File: | clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp |
Warning: | line 4802, column 22 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | //===---------------- SemaCodeComplete.cpp - Code Completion ----*- C++ -*-===// | ||||
2 | // | ||||
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||
6 | // | ||||
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
8 | // | ||||
9 | // This file defines the code-completion semantic actions. | ||||
10 | // | ||||
11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
12 | #include "clang/AST/Decl.h" | ||||
13 | #include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h" | ||||
14 | #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" | ||||
15 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | ||||
16 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" | ||||
17 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" | ||||
18 | #include "clang/AST/QualTypeNames.h" | ||||
19 | #include "clang/AST/Type.h" | ||||
20 | #include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h" | ||||
21 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" | ||||
22 | #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" | ||||
23 | #include "clang/Lex/MacroInfo.h" | ||||
24 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" | ||||
25 | #include "clang/Sema/CodeCompleteConsumer.h" | ||||
26 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" | ||||
27 | #include "clang/Sema/Overload.h" | ||||
28 | #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" | ||||
29 | #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" | ||||
30 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" | ||||
31 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h" | ||||
32 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h" | ||||
33 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" | ||||
34 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" | ||||
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" | ||||
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h" | ||||
37 | #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h" | ||||
38 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" | ||||
39 | #include "llvm/Support/Path.h" | ||||
40 | #include <list> | ||||
41 | #include <map> | ||||
42 | #include <string> | ||||
43 | #include <vector> | ||||
44 | |||||
45 | using namespace clang; | ||||
46 | using namespace sema; | ||||
47 | |||||
48 | namespace { | ||||
49 | /// A container of code-completion results. | ||||
50 | class ResultBuilder { | ||||
51 | public: | ||||
52 | /// The type of a name-lookup filter, which can be provided to the | ||||
53 | /// name-lookup routines to specify which declarations should be included in | ||||
54 | /// the result set (when it returns true) and which declarations should be | ||||
55 | /// filtered out (returns false). | ||||
56 | typedef bool (ResultBuilder::*LookupFilter)(const NamedDecl *) const; | ||||
57 | |||||
58 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
59 | |||||
60 | private: | ||||
61 | /// The actual results we have found. | ||||
62 | std::vector<Result> Results; | ||||
63 | |||||
64 | /// A record of all of the declarations we have found and placed | ||||
65 | /// into the result set, used to ensure that no declaration ever gets into | ||||
66 | /// the result set twice. | ||||
67 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl *, 16> AllDeclsFound; | ||||
68 | |||||
69 | typedef std::pair<const NamedDecl *, unsigned> DeclIndexPair; | ||||
70 | |||||
71 | /// An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store | ||||
72 | /// a single (declaration, index) mapping (the common case) but | ||||
73 | /// can also store a list of (declaration, index) mappings. | ||||
74 | class ShadowMapEntry { | ||||
75 | typedef SmallVector<DeclIndexPair, 4> DeclIndexPairVector; | ||||
76 | |||||
77 | /// Contains either the solitary NamedDecl * or a vector | ||||
78 | /// of (declaration, index) pairs. | ||||
79 | llvm::PointerUnion<const NamedDecl *, DeclIndexPairVector *> DeclOrVector; | ||||
80 | |||||
81 | /// When the entry contains a single declaration, this is | ||||
82 | /// the index associated with that entry. | ||||
83 | unsigned SingleDeclIndex; | ||||
84 | |||||
85 | public: | ||||
86 | ShadowMapEntry() : DeclOrVector(), SingleDeclIndex(0) {} | ||||
87 | ShadowMapEntry(const ShadowMapEntry &) = delete; | ||||
88 | ShadowMapEntry(ShadowMapEntry &&Move) { *this = std::move(Move); } | ||||
89 | ShadowMapEntry &operator=(const ShadowMapEntry &) = delete; | ||||
90 | ShadowMapEntry &operator=(ShadowMapEntry &&Move) { | ||||
91 | SingleDeclIndex = Move.SingleDeclIndex; | ||||
92 | DeclOrVector = Move.DeclOrVector; | ||||
93 | Move.DeclOrVector = nullptr; | ||||
94 | return *this; | ||||
95 | } | ||||
96 | |||||
97 | void Add(const NamedDecl *ND, unsigned Index) { | ||||
98 | if (DeclOrVector.isNull()) { | ||||
99 | // 0 - > 1 elements: just set the single element information. | ||||
100 | DeclOrVector = ND; | ||||
101 | SingleDeclIndex = Index; | ||||
102 | return; | ||||
103 | } | ||||
104 | |||||
105 | if (const NamedDecl *PrevND = | ||||
106 | DeclOrVector.dyn_cast<const NamedDecl *>()) { | ||||
107 | // 1 -> 2 elements: create the vector of results and push in the | ||||
108 | // existing declaration. | ||||
109 | DeclIndexPairVector *Vec = new DeclIndexPairVector; | ||||
110 | Vec->push_back(DeclIndexPair(PrevND, SingleDeclIndex)); | ||||
111 | DeclOrVector = Vec; | ||||
112 | } | ||||
113 | |||||
114 | // Add the new element to the end of the vector. | ||||
115 | DeclOrVector.get<DeclIndexPairVector *>()->push_back( | ||||
116 | DeclIndexPair(ND, Index)); | ||||
117 | } | ||||
118 | |||||
119 | ~ShadowMapEntry() { | ||||
120 | if (DeclIndexPairVector *Vec = | ||||
121 | DeclOrVector.dyn_cast<DeclIndexPairVector *>()) { | ||||
122 | delete Vec; | ||||
123 | DeclOrVector = ((NamedDecl *)nullptr); | ||||
124 | } | ||||
125 | } | ||||
126 | |||||
127 | // Iteration. | ||||
128 | class iterator; | ||||
129 | iterator begin() const; | ||||
130 | iterator end() const; | ||||
131 | }; | ||||
132 | |||||
133 | /// A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have | ||||
134 | /// this name within a particular scope and their index within the list of | ||||
135 | /// results. | ||||
136 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap; | ||||
137 | |||||
138 | /// The semantic analysis object for which results are being | ||||
139 | /// produced. | ||||
140 | Sema &SemaRef; | ||||
141 | |||||
142 | /// The allocator used to allocate new code-completion strings. | ||||
143 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator; | ||||
144 | |||||
145 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo; | ||||
146 | |||||
147 | /// If non-NULL, a filter function used to remove any code-completion | ||||
148 | /// results that are not desirable. | ||||
149 | LookupFilter Filter; | ||||
150 | |||||
151 | /// Whether we should allow declarations as | ||||
152 | /// nested-name-specifiers that would otherwise be filtered out. | ||||
153 | bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers; | ||||
154 | |||||
155 | /// If set, the type that we would prefer our resulting value | ||||
156 | /// declarations to have. | ||||
157 | /// | ||||
158 | /// Closely matching the preferred type gives a boost to a result's | ||||
159 | /// priority. | ||||
160 | CanQualType PreferredType; | ||||
161 | |||||
162 | /// A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding at | ||||
163 | /// different levels of, e.g., the inheritance hierarchy. | ||||
164 | std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps; | ||||
165 | |||||
166 | /// Overloaded C++ member functions found by SemaLookup. | ||||
167 | /// Used to determine when one overload is dominated by another. | ||||
168 | llvm::DenseMap<std::pair<DeclContext *, /*Name*/uintptr_t>, ShadowMapEntry> | ||||
169 | OverloadMap; | ||||
170 | |||||
171 | /// If we're potentially referring to a C++ member function, the set | ||||
172 | /// of qualifiers applied to the object type. | ||||
173 | Qualifiers ObjectTypeQualifiers; | ||||
174 | /// The kind of the object expression, for rvalue/lvalue overloads. | ||||
175 | ExprValueKind ObjectKind; | ||||
176 | |||||
177 | /// Whether the \p ObjectTypeQualifiers field is active. | ||||
178 | bool HasObjectTypeQualifiers; | ||||
179 | |||||
180 | /// The selector that we prefer. | ||||
181 | Selector PreferredSelector; | ||||
182 | |||||
183 | /// The completion context in which we are gathering results. | ||||
184 | CodeCompletionContext CompletionContext; | ||||
185 | |||||
186 | /// If we are in an instance method definition, the \@implementation | ||||
187 | /// object. | ||||
188 | ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation; | ||||
189 | |||||
190 | void AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(Result &R); | ||||
191 | |||||
192 | void MaybeAddConstructorResults(Result R); | ||||
193 | |||||
194 | public: | ||||
195 | explicit ResultBuilder(Sema &SemaRef, CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, | ||||
196 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, | ||||
197 | const CodeCompletionContext &CompletionContext, | ||||
198 | LookupFilter Filter = nullptr) | ||||
199 | : SemaRef(SemaRef), Allocator(Allocator), CCTUInfo(CCTUInfo), | ||||
200 | Filter(Filter), AllowNestedNameSpecifiers(false), | ||||
201 | HasObjectTypeQualifiers(false), CompletionContext(CompletionContext), | ||||
202 | ObjCImplementation(nullptr) { | ||||
203 | // If this is an Objective-C instance method definition, dig out the | ||||
204 | // corresponding implementation. | ||||
205 | switch (CompletionContext.getKind()) { | ||||
206 | case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression: | ||||
207 | case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCMessageReceiver: | ||||
208 | case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression: | ||||
209 | case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Statement: | ||||
210 | case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Recovery: | ||||
211 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) | ||||
212 | if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) | ||||
213 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = Method->getClassInterface()) | ||||
214 | ObjCImplementation = Interface->getImplementation(); | ||||
215 | break; | ||||
216 | |||||
217 | default: | ||||
218 | break; | ||||
219 | } | ||||
220 | } | ||||
221 | |||||
222 | /// Determine the priority for a reference to the given declaration. | ||||
223 | unsigned getBasePriority(const NamedDecl *D); | ||||
224 | |||||
225 | /// Whether we should include code patterns in the completion | ||||
226 | /// results. | ||||
227 | bool includeCodePatterns() const { | ||||
228 | return SemaRef.CodeCompleter && | ||||
229 | SemaRef.CodeCompleter->includeCodePatterns(); | ||||
230 | } | ||||
231 | |||||
232 | /// Set the filter used for code-completion results. | ||||
233 | void setFilter(LookupFilter Filter) { this->Filter = Filter; } | ||||
234 | |||||
235 | Result *data() { return Results.empty() ? nullptr : &Results.front(); } | ||||
236 | unsigned size() const { return Results.size(); } | ||||
237 | bool empty() const { return Results.empty(); } | ||||
238 | |||||
239 | /// Specify the preferred type. | ||||
240 | void setPreferredType(QualType T) { | ||||
241 | PreferredType = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(T); | ||||
242 | } | ||||
243 | |||||
244 | /// Set the cv-qualifiers on the object type, for us in filtering | ||||
245 | /// calls to member functions. | ||||
246 | /// | ||||
247 | /// When there are qualifiers in this set, they will be used to filter | ||||
248 | /// out member functions that aren't available (because there will be a | ||||
249 | /// cv-qualifier mismatch) or prefer functions with an exact qualifier | ||||
250 | /// match. | ||||
251 | void setObjectTypeQualifiers(Qualifiers Quals, ExprValueKind Kind) { | ||||
252 | ObjectTypeQualifiers = Quals; | ||||
253 | ObjectKind = Kind; | ||||
254 | HasObjectTypeQualifiers = true; | ||||
255 | } | ||||
256 | |||||
257 | /// Set the preferred selector. | ||||
258 | /// | ||||
259 | /// When an Objective-C method declaration result is added, and that | ||||
260 | /// method's selector matches this preferred selector, we give that method | ||||
261 | /// a slight priority boost. | ||||
262 | void setPreferredSelector(Selector Sel) { PreferredSelector = Sel; } | ||||
263 | |||||
264 | /// Retrieve the code-completion context for which results are | ||||
265 | /// being collected. | ||||
266 | const CodeCompletionContext &getCompletionContext() const { | ||||
267 | return CompletionContext; | ||||
268 | } | ||||
269 | |||||
270 | /// Specify whether nested-name-specifiers are allowed. | ||||
271 | void allowNestedNameSpecifiers(bool Allow = true) { | ||||
272 | AllowNestedNameSpecifiers = Allow; | ||||
273 | } | ||||
274 | |||||
275 | /// Return the semantic analysis object for which we are collecting | ||||
276 | /// code completion results. | ||||
277 | Sema &getSema() const { return SemaRef; } | ||||
278 | |||||
279 | /// Retrieve the allocator used to allocate code completion strings. | ||||
280 | CodeCompletionAllocator &getAllocator() const { return Allocator; } | ||||
281 | |||||
282 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &getCodeCompletionTUInfo() const { return CCTUInfo; } | ||||
283 | |||||
284 | /// Determine whether the given declaration is at all interesting | ||||
285 | /// as a code-completion result. | ||||
286 | /// | ||||
287 | /// \param ND the declaration that we are inspecting. | ||||
288 | /// | ||||
289 | /// \param AsNestedNameSpecifier will be set true if this declaration is | ||||
290 | /// only interesting when it is a nested-name-specifier. | ||||
291 | bool isInterestingDecl(const NamedDecl *ND, | ||||
292 | bool &AsNestedNameSpecifier) const; | ||||
293 | |||||
294 | /// Check whether the result is hidden by the Hiding declaration. | ||||
295 | /// | ||||
296 | /// \returns true if the result is hidden and cannot be found, false if | ||||
297 | /// the hidden result could still be found. When false, \p R may be | ||||
298 | /// modified to describe how the result can be found (e.g., via extra | ||||
299 | /// qualification). | ||||
300 | bool CheckHiddenResult(Result &R, DeclContext *CurContext, | ||||
301 | const NamedDecl *Hiding); | ||||
302 | |||||
303 | /// Add a new result to this result set (if it isn't already in one | ||||
304 | /// of the shadow maps), or replace an existing result (for, e.g., a | ||||
305 | /// redeclaration). | ||||
306 | /// | ||||
307 | /// \param R the result to add (if it is unique). | ||||
308 | /// | ||||
309 | /// \param CurContext the context in which this result will be named. | ||||
310 | void MaybeAddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext = nullptr); | ||||
311 | |||||
312 | /// Add a new result to this result set, where we already know | ||||
313 | /// the hiding declaration (if any). | ||||
314 | /// | ||||
315 | /// \param R the result to add (if it is unique). | ||||
316 | /// | ||||
317 | /// \param CurContext the context in which this result will be named. | ||||
318 | /// | ||||
319 | /// \param Hiding the declaration that hides the result. | ||||
320 | /// | ||||
321 | /// \param InBaseClass whether the result was found in a base | ||||
322 | /// class of the searched context. | ||||
323 | void AddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext, NamedDecl *Hiding, | ||||
324 | bool InBaseClass); | ||||
325 | |||||
326 | /// Add a new non-declaration result to this result set. | ||||
327 | void AddResult(Result R); | ||||
328 | |||||
329 | /// Enter into a new scope. | ||||
330 | void EnterNewScope(); | ||||
331 | |||||
332 | /// Exit from the current scope. | ||||
333 | void ExitScope(); | ||||
334 | |||||
335 | /// Ignore this declaration, if it is seen again. | ||||
336 | void Ignore(const Decl *D) { AllDeclsFound.insert(D->getCanonicalDecl()); } | ||||
337 | |||||
338 | /// Add a visited context. | ||||
339 | void addVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) { | ||||
340 | CompletionContext.addVisitedContext(Ctx); | ||||
341 | } | ||||
342 | |||||
343 | /// \name Name lookup predicates | ||||
344 | /// | ||||
345 | /// These predicates can be passed to the name lookup functions to filter the | ||||
346 | /// results of name lookup. All of the predicates have the same type, so that | ||||
347 | /// | ||||
348 | //@{ | ||||
349 | bool IsOrdinaryName(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||
350 | bool IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||
351 | bool IsIntegralConstantValue(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||
352 | bool IsOrdinaryNonValueName(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||
353 | bool IsNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||
354 | bool IsEnum(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||
355 | bool IsClassOrStruct(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||
356 | bool IsUnion(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||
357 | bool IsNamespace(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||
358 | bool IsNamespaceOrAlias(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||
359 | bool IsType(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||
360 | bool IsMember(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||
361 | bool IsObjCIvar(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||
362 | bool IsObjCMessageReceiver(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||
363 | bool IsObjCMessageReceiverOrLambdaCapture(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||
364 | bool IsObjCCollection(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||
365 | bool IsImpossibleToSatisfy(const NamedDecl *ND) const; | ||||
366 | //@} | ||||
367 | }; | ||||
368 | } // namespace | ||||
369 | |||||
370 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterReturn(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok) { | ||||
371 | if (isa<BlockDecl>(S.CurContext)) { | ||||
372 | if (sema::BlockScopeInfo *BSI = S.getCurBlock()) { | ||||
373 | ComputeType = nullptr; | ||||
374 | Type = BSI->ReturnType; | ||||
375 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; | ||||
376 | } | ||||
377 | } else if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) { | ||||
378 | ComputeType = nullptr; | ||||
379 | Type = Function->getReturnType(); | ||||
380 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; | ||||
381 | } else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(S.CurContext)) { | ||||
382 | ComputeType = nullptr; | ||||
383 | Type = Method->getReturnType(); | ||||
384 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; | ||||
385 | } | ||||
386 | } | ||||
387 | |||||
388 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterVariableInit(SourceLocation Tok, Decl *D) { | ||||
389 | auto *VD = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D); | ||||
390 | ComputeType = nullptr; | ||||
391 | Type = VD ? VD->getType() : QualType(); | ||||
392 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; | ||||
393 | } | ||||
394 | |||||
395 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterFunctionArgument( | ||||
396 | SourceLocation Tok, llvm::function_ref<QualType()> ComputeType) { | ||||
397 | this->ComputeType = ComputeType; | ||||
398 | Type = QualType(); | ||||
399 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; | ||||
400 | } | ||||
401 | |||||
402 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterParenExpr(SourceLocation Tok, | ||||
403 | SourceLocation LParLoc) { | ||||
404 | // expected type for parenthesized expression does not change. | ||||
405 | if (ExpectedLoc == LParLoc) | ||||
406 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; | ||||
407 | } | ||||
408 | |||||
409 | static QualType getPreferredTypeOfBinaryRHS(Sema &S, Expr *LHS, | ||||
410 | tok::TokenKind Op) { | ||||
411 | if (!LHS) | ||||
412 | return QualType(); | ||||
413 | |||||
414 | QualType LHSType = LHS->getType(); | ||||
415 | if (LHSType->isPointerType()) { | ||||
416 | if (Op == tok::plus || Op == tok::plusequal || Op == tok::minusequal) | ||||
417 | return S.getASTContext().getPointerDiffType(); | ||||
418 | // Pointer difference is more common than subtracting an int from a pointer. | ||||
419 | if (Op == tok::minus) | ||||
420 | return LHSType; | ||||
421 | } | ||||
422 | |||||
423 | switch (Op) { | ||||
424 | // No way to infer the type of RHS from LHS. | ||||
425 | case tok::comma: | ||||
426 | return QualType(); | ||||
427 | // Prefer the type of the left operand for all of these. | ||||
428 | // Arithmetic operations. | ||||
429 | case tok::plus: | ||||
430 | case tok::plusequal: | ||||
431 | case tok::minus: | ||||
432 | case tok::minusequal: | ||||
433 | case tok::percent: | ||||
434 | case tok::percentequal: | ||||
435 | case tok::slash: | ||||
436 | case tok::slashequal: | ||||
437 | case tok::star: | ||||
438 | case tok::starequal: | ||||
439 | // Assignment. | ||||
440 | case tok::equal: | ||||
441 | // Comparison operators. | ||||
442 | case tok::equalequal: | ||||
443 | case tok::exclaimequal: | ||||
444 | case tok::less: | ||||
445 | case tok::lessequal: | ||||
446 | case tok::greater: | ||||
447 | case tok::greaterequal: | ||||
448 | case tok::spaceship: | ||||
449 | return LHS->getType(); | ||||
450 | // Binary shifts are often overloaded, so don't try to guess those. | ||||
451 | case tok::greatergreater: | ||||
452 | case tok::greatergreaterequal: | ||||
453 | case tok::lessless: | ||||
454 | case tok::lesslessequal: | ||||
455 | if (LHSType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) | ||||
456 | return S.getASTContext().IntTy; | ||||
457 | return QualType(); | ||||
458 | // Logical operators, assume we want bool. | ||||
459 | case tok::ampamp: | ||||
460 | case tok::pipepipe: | ||||
461 | case tok::caretcaret: | ||||
462 | return S.getASTContext().BoolTy; | ||||
463 | // Operators often used for bit manipulation are typically used with the type | ||||
464 | // of the left argument. | ||||
465 | case tok::pipe: | ||||
466 | case tok::pipeequal: | ||||
467 | case tok::caret: | ||||
468 | case tok::caretequal: | ||||
469 | case tok::amp: | ||||
470 | case tok::ampequal: | ||||
471 | if (LHSType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) | ||||
472 | return LHSType; | ||||
473 | return QualType(); | ||||
474 | // RHS should be a pointer to a member of the 'LHS' type, but we can't give | ||||
475 | // any particular type here. | ||||
476 | case tok::periodstar: | ||||
477 | case tok::arrowstar: | ||||
478 | return QualType(); | ||||
479 | default: | ||||
480 | // FIXME(ibiryukov): handle the missing op, re-add the assertion. | ||||
481 | // assert(false && "unhandled binary op"); | ||||
482 | return QualType(); | ||||
483 | } | ||||
484 | } | ||||
485 | |||||
486 | /// Get preferred type for an argument of an unary expression. \p ContextType is | ||||
487 | /// preferred type of the whole unary expression. | ||||
488 | static QualType getPreferredTypeOfUnaryArg(Sema &S, QualType ContextType, | ||||
489 | tok::TokenKind Op) { | ||||
490 | switch (Op) { | ||||
491 | case tok::exclaim: | ||||
492 | return S.getASTContext().BoolTy; | ||||
493 | case tok::amp: | ||||
494 | if (!ContextType.isNull() && ContextType->isPointerType()) | ||||
495 | return ContextType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
496 | return QualType(); | ||||
497 | case tok::star: | ||||
498 | if (ContextType.isNull()) | ||||
499 | return QualType(); | ||||
500 | return S.getASTContext().getPointerType(ContextType.getNonReferenceType()); | ||||
501 | case tok::plus: | ||||
502 | case tok::minus: | ||||
503 | case tok::tilde: | ||||
504 | case tok::minusminus: | ||||
505 | case tok::plusplus: | ||||
506 | if (ContextType.isNull()) | ||||
507 | return S.getASTContext().IntTy; | ||||
508 | // leave as is, these operators typically return the same type. | ||||
509 | return ContextType; | ||||
510 | case tok::kw___real: | ||||
511 | case tok::kw___imag: | ||||
512 | return QualType(); | ||||
513 | default: | ||||
514 | assert(false && "unhandled unary op")((false && "unhandled unary op") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("false && \"unhandled unary op\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 514, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
515 | return QualType(); | ||||
516 | } | ||||
517 | } | ||||
518 | |||||
519 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterBinary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *LHS, | ||||
520 | tok::TokenKind Op) { | ||||
521 | ComputeType = nullptr; | ||||
522 | Type = getPreferredTypeOfBinaryRHS(S, LHS, Op); | ||||
523 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; | ||||
524 | } | ||||
525 | |||||
526 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterMemAccess(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, | ||||
527 | Expr *Base) { | ||||
528 | if (!Base) | ||||
529 | return; | ||||
530 | // Do we have expected type for Base? | ||||
531 | if (ExpectedLoc != Base->getBeginLoc()) | ||||
532 | return; | ||||
533 | // Keep the expected type, only update the location. | ||||
534 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; | ||||
535 | return; | ||||
536 | } | ||||
537 | |||||
538 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterUnary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, | ||||
539 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, | ||||
540 | SourceLocation OpLoc) { | ||||
541 | ComputeType = nullptr; | ||||
542 | Type = getPreferredTypeOfUnaryArg(S, this->get(OpLoc), OpKind); | ||||
543 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; | ||||
544 | } | ||||
545 | |||||
546 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterSubscript(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, | ||||
547 | Expr *LHS) { | ||||
548 | ComputeType = nullptr; | ||||
549 | Type = S.getASTContext().IntTy; | ||||
550 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; | ||||
551 | } | ||||
552 | |||||
553 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterTypeCast(SourceLocation Tok, | ||||
554 | QualType CastType) { | ||||
555 | ComputeType = nullptr; | ||||
556 | Type = !CastType.isNull() ? CastType.getCanonicalType() : QualType(); | ||||
557 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; | ||||
558 | } | ||||
559 | |||||
560 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterCondition(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok) { | ||||
561 | ComputeType = nullptr; | ||||
562 | Type = S.getASTContext().BoolTy; | ||||
563 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; | ||||
564 | } | ||||
565 | |||||
566 | class ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::iterator { | ||||
567 | llvm::PointerUnion<const NamedDecl *, const DeclIndexPair *> DeclOrIterator; | ||||
568 | unsigned SingleDeclIndex; | ||||
569 | |||||
570 | public: | ||||
571 | typedef DeclIndexPair value_type; | ||||
572 | typedef value_type reference; | ||||
573 | typedef std::ptrdiff_t difference_type; | ||||
574 | typedef std::input_iterator_tag iterator_category; | ||||
575 | |||||
576 | class pointer { | ||||
577 | DeclIndexPair Value; | ||||
578 | |||||
579 | public: | ||||
580 | pointer(const DeclIndexPair &Value) : Value(Value) {} | ||||
581 | |||||
582 | const DeclIndexPair *operator->() const { return &Value; } | ||||
583 | }; | ||||
584 | |||||
585 | iterator() : DeclOrIterator((NamedDecl *)nullptr), SingleDeclIndex(0) {} | ||||
586 | |||||
587 | iterator(const NamedDecl *SingleDecl, unsigned Index) | ||||
588 | : DeclOrIterator(SingleDecl), SingleDeclIndex(Index) {} | ||||
589 | |||||
590 | iterator(const DeclIndexPair *Iterator) | ||||
591 | : DeclOrIterator(Iterator), SingleDeclIndex(0) {} | ||||
592 | |||||
593 | iterator &operator++() { | ||||
594 | if (DeclOrIterator.is<const NamedDecl *>()) { | ||||
595 | DeclOrIterator = (NamedDecl *)nullptr; | ||||
596 | SingleDeclIndex = 0; | ||||
597 | return *this; | ||||
598 | } | ||||
599 | |||||
600 | const DeclIndexPair *I = DeclOrIterator.get<const DeclIndexPair *>(); | ||||
601 | ++I; | ||||
602 | DeclOrIterator = I; | ||||
603 | return *this; | ||||
604 | } | ||||
605 | |||||
606 | /*iterator operator++(int) { | ||||
607 | iterator tmp(*this); | ||||
608 | ++(*this); | ||||
609 | return tmp; | ||||
610 | }*/ | ||||
611 | |||||
612 | reference operator*() const { | ||||
613 | if (const NamedDecl *ND = DeclOrIterator.dyn_cast<const NamedDecl *>()) | ||||
614 | return reference(ND, SingleDeclIndex); | ||||
615 | |||||
616 | return *DeclOrIterator.get<const DeclIndexPair *>(); | ||||
617 | } | ||||
618 | |||||
619 | pointer operator->() const { return pointer(**this); } | ||||
620 | |||||
621 | friend bool operator==(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) { | ||||
622 | return X.DeclOrIterator.getOpaqueValue() == | ||||
623 | Y.DeclOrIterator.getOpaqueValue() && | ||||
624 | X.SingleDeclIndex == Y.SingleDeclIndex; | ||||
625 | } | ||||
626 | |||||
627 | friend bool operator!=(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) { | ||||
628 | return !(X == Y); | ||||
629 | } | ||||
630 | }; | ||||
631 | |||||
632 | ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::iterator | ||||
633 | ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::begin() const { | ||||
634 | if (DeclOrVector.isNull()) | ||||
635 | return iterator(); | ||||
636 | |||||
637 | if (const NamedDecl *ND = DeclOrVector.dyn_cast<const NamedDecl *>()) | ||||
638 | return iterator(ND, SingleDeclIndex); | ||||
639 | |||||
640 | return iterator(DeclOrVector.get<DeclIndexPairVector *>()->begin()); | ||||
641 | } | ||||
642 | |||||
643 | ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::iterator | ||||
644 | ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::end() const { | ||||
645 | if (DeclOrVector.is<const NamedDecl *>() || DeclOrVector.isNull()) | ||||
646 | return iterator(); | ||||
647 | |||||
648 | return iterator(DeclOrVector.get<DeclIndexPairVector *>()->end()); | ||||
649 | } | ||||
650 | |||||
651 | /// Compute the qualification required to get from the current context | ||||
652 | /// (\p CurContext) to the target context (\p TargetContext). | ||||
653 | /// | ||||
654 | /// \param Context the AST context in which the qualification will be used. | ||||
655 | /// | ||||
656 | /// \param CurContext the context where an entity is being named, which is | ||||
657 | /// typically based on the current scope. | ||||
658 | /// | ||||
659 | /// \param TargetContext the context in which the named entity actually | ||||
660 | /// resides. | ||||
661 | /// | ||||
662 | /// \returns a nested name specifier that refers into the target context, or | ||||
663 | /// NULL if no qualification is needed. | ||||
664 | static NestedNameSpecifier * | ||||
665 | getRequiredQualification(ASTContext &Context, const DeclContext *CurContext, | ||||
666 | const DeclContext *TargetContext) { | ||||
667 | SmallVector<const DeclContext *, 4> TargetParents; | ||||
668 | |||||
669 | for (const DeclContext *CommonAncestor = TargetContext; | ||||
670 | CommonAncestor && !CommonAncestor->Encloses(CurContext); | ||||
671 | CommonAncestor = CommonAncestor->getLookupParent()) { | ||||
672 | if (CommonAncestor->isTransparentContext() || | ||||
673 | CommonAncestor->isFunctionOrMethod()) | ||||
674 | continue; | ||||
675 | |||||
676 | TargetParents.push_back(CommonAncestor); | ||||
677 | } | ||||
678 | |||||
679 | NestedNameSpecifier *Result = nullptr; | ||||
680 | while (!TargetParents.empty()) { | ||||
681 | const DeclContext *Parent = TargetParents.pop_back_val(); | ||||
682 | |||||
683 | if (const auto *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Parent)) { | ||||
684 | if (!Namespace->getIdentifier()) | ||||
685 | continue; | ||||
686 | |||||
687 | Result = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, Result, Namespace); | ||||
688 | } else if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Parent)) | ||||
689 | Result = NestedNameSpecifier::Create( | ||||
690 | Context, Result, false, Context.getTypeDeclType(TD).getTypePtr()); | ||||
691 | } | ||||
692 | return Result; | ||||
693 | } | ||||
694 | |||||
695 | // Some declarations have reserved names that we don't want to ever show. | ||||
696 | // Filter out names reserved for the implementation if they come from a | ||||
697 | // system header. | ||||
698 | static bool shouldIgnoreDueToReservedName(const NamedDecl *ND, Sema &SemaRef) { | ||||
699 | const IdentifierInfo *Id = ND->getIdentifier(); | ||||
700 | if (!Id) | ||||
701 | return false; | ||||
702 | |||||
703 | // Ignore reserved names for compiler provided decls. | ||||
704 | if (Id->isReservedName() && ND->getLocation().isInvalid()) | ||||
705 | return true; | ||||
706 | |||||
707 | // For system headers ignore only double-underscore names. | ||||
708 | // This allows for system headers providing private symbols with a single | ||||
709 | // underscore. | ||||
710 | if (Id->isReservedName(/*doubleUnderscoreOnly=*/true) && | ||||
711 | SemaRef.SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader( | ||||
712 | SemaRef.SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(ND->getLocation()))) | ||||
713 | return true; | ||||
714 | |||||
715 | return false; | ||||
716 | } | ||||
717 | |||||
718 | bool ResultBuilder::isInterestingDecl(const NamedDecl *ND, | ||||
719 | bool &AsNestedNameSpecifier) const { | ||||
720 | AsNestedNameSpecifier = false; | ||||
721 | |||||
722 | auto *Named = ND; | ||||
723 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||
724 | |||||
725 | // Skip unnamed entities. | ||||
726 | if (!ND->getDeclName()) | ||||
727 | return false; | ||||
728 | |||||
729 | // Friend declarations and declarations introduced due to friends are never | ||||
730 | // added as results. | ||||
731 | if (ND->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Undeclared) | ||||
732 | return false; | ||||
733 | |||||
734 | // Class template (partial) specializations are never added as results. | ||||
735 | if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(ND) || | ||||
736 | isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(ND)) | ||||
737 | return false; | ||||
738 | |||||
739 | // Using declarations themselves are never added as results. | ||||
740 | if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND)) | ||||
741 | return false; | ||||
742 | |||||
743 | if (shouldIgnoreDueToReservedName(ND, SemaRef)) | ||||
744 | return false; | ||||
745 | |||||
746 | if (Filter == &ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier || | ||||
747 | (isa<NamespaceDecl>(ND) && Filter != &ResultBuilder::IsNamespace && | ||||
748 | Filter != &ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias && Filter != nullptr)) | ||||
749 | AsNestedNameSpecifier = true; | ||||
750 | |||||
751 | // Filter out any unwanted results. | ||||
752 | if (Filter && !(this->*Filter)(Named)) { | ||||
753 | // Check whether it is interesting as a nested-name-specifier. | ||||
754 | if (AllowNestedNameSpecifiers && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||
755 | IsNestedNameSpecifier(ND) && | ||||
756 | (Filter != &ResultBuilder::IsMember || | ||||
757 | (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(ND) && | ||||
758 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND)->isInjectedClassName()))) { | ||||
759 | AsNestedNameSpecifier = true; | ||||
760 | return true; | ||||
761 | } | ||||
762 | |||||
763 | return false; | ||||
764 | } | ||||
765 | // ... then it must be interesting! | ||||
766 | return true; | ||||
767 | } | ||||
768 | |||||
769 | bool ResultBuilder::CheckHiddenResult(Result &R, DeclContext *CurContext, | ||||
770 | const NamedDecl *Hiding) { | ||||
771 | // In C, there is no way to refer to a hidden name. | ||||
772 | // FIXME: This isn't true; we can find a tag name hidden by an ordinary | ||||
773 | // name if we introduce the tag type. | ||||
774 | if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||
775 | return true; | ||||
776 | |||||
777 | const DeclContext *HiddenCtx = | ||||
778 | R.Declaration->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); | ||||
779 | |||||
780 | // There is no way to qualify a name declared in a function or method. | ||||
781 | if (HiddenCtx->isFunctionOrMethod()) | ||||
782 | return true; | ||||
783 | |||||
784 | if (HiddenCtx == Hiding->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) | ||||
785 | return true; | ||||
786 | |||||
787 | // We can refer to the result with the appropriate qualification. Do it. | ||||
788 | R.Hidden = true; | ||||
789 | R.QualifierIsInformative = false; | ||||
790 | |||||
791 | if (!R.Qualifier) | ||||
792 | R.Qualifier = getRequiredQualification(SemaRef.Context, CurContext, | ||||
793 | R.Declaration->getDeclContext()); | ||||
794 | return false; | ||||
795 | } | ||||
796 | |||||
797 | /// A simplified classification of types used to determine whether two | ||||
798 | /// types are "similar enough" when adjusting priorities. | ||||
799 | SimplifiedTypeClass clang::getSimplifiedTypeClass(CanQualType T) { | ||||
800 | switch (T->getTypeClass()) { | ||||
801 | case Type::Builtin: | ||||
802 | switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { | ||||
803 | case BuiltinType::Void: | ||||
804 | return STC_Void; | ||||
805 | |||||
806 | case BuiltinType::NullPtr: | ||||
807 | return STC_Pointer; | ||||
808 | |||||
809 | case BuiltinType::Overload: | ||||
810 | case BuiltinType::Dependent: | ||||
811 | return STC_Other; | ||||
812 | |||||
813 | case BuiltinType::ObjCId: | ||||
814 | case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | ||||
815 | case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: | ||||
816 | return STC_ObjectiveC; | ||||
817 | |||||
818 | default: | ||||
819 | return STC_Arithmetic; | ||||
820 | } | ||||
821 | |||||
822 | case Type::Complex: | ||||
823 | return STC_Arithmetic; | ||||
824 | |||||
825 | case Type::Pointer: | ||||
826 | return STC_Pointer; | ||||
827 | |||||
828 | case Type::BlockPointer: | ||||
829 | return STC_Block; | ||||
830 | |||||
831 | case Type::LValueReference: | ||||
832 | case Type::RValueReference: | ||||
833 | return getSimplifiedTypeClass(T->getAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType()); | ||||
834 | |||||
835 | case Type::ConstantArray: | ||||
836 | case Type::IncompleteArray: | ||||
837 | case Type::VariableArray: | ||||
838 | case Type::DependentSizedArray: | ||||
839 | return STC_Array; | ||||
840 | |||||
841 | case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: | ||||
842 | case Type::Vector: | ||||
843 | case Type::ExtVector: | ||||
844 | return STC_Arithmetic; | ||||
845 | |||||
846 | case Type::FunctionProto: | ||||
847 | case Type::FunctionNoProto: | ||||
848 | return STC_Function; | ||||
849 | |||||
850 | case Type::Record: | ||||
851 | return STC_Record; | ||||
852 | |||||
853 | case Type::Enum: | ||||
854 | return STC_Arithmetic; | ||||
855 | |||||
856 | case Type::ObjCObject: | ||||
857 | case Type::ObjCInterface: | ||||
858 | case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||
859 | return STC_ObjectiveC; | ||||
860 | |||||
861 | default: | ||||
862 | return STC_Other; | ||||
863 | } | ||||
864 | } | ||||
865 | |||||
866 | /// Get the type that a given expression will have if this declaration | ||||
867 | /// is used as an expression in its "typical" code-completion form. | ||||
868 | QualType clang::getDeclUsageType(ASTContext &C, const NamedDecl *ND) { | ||||
869 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||
870 | |||||
871 | if (const auto *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(ND)) | ||||
872 | return C.getTypeDeclType(Type); | ||||
873 | if (const auto *Iface = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) | ||||
874 | return C.getObjCInterfaceType(Iface); | ||||
875 | |||||
876 | QualType T; | ||||
877 | if (const FunctionDecl *Function = ND->getAsFunction()) | ||||
878 | T = Function->getCallResultType(); | ||||
879 | else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) | ||||
880 | T = Method->getSendResultType(); | ||||
881 | else if (const auto *Enumerator = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(ND)) | ||||
882 | T = C.getTypeDeclType(cast<EnumDecl>(Enumerator->getDeclContext())); | ||||
883 | else if (const auto *Property = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND)) | ||||
884 | T = Property->getType(); | ||||
885 | else if (const auto *Value = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(ND)) | ||||
886 | T = Value->getType(); | ||||
887 | |||||
888 | if (T.isNull()) | ||||
889 | return QualType(); | ||||
890 | |||||
891 | // Dig through references, function pointers, and block pointers to | ||||
892 | // get down to the likely type of an expression when the entity is | ||||
893 | // used. | ||||
894 | do { | ||||
895 | if (const auto *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { | ||||
896 | T = Ref->getPointeeType(); | ||||
897 | continue; | ||||
898 | } | ||||
899 | |||||
900 | if (const auto *Pointer = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
901 | if (Pointer->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) { | ||||
902 | T = Pointer->getPointeeType(); | ||||
903 | continue; | ||||
904 | } | ||||
905 | |||||
906 | break; | ||||
907 | } | ||||
908 | |||||
909 | if (const auto *Block = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { | ||||
910 | T = Block->getPointeeType(); | ||||
911 | continue; | ||||
912 | } | ||||
913 | |||||
914 | if (const auto *Function = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) { | ||||
915 | T = Function->getReturnType(); | ||||
916 | continue; | ||||
917 | } | ||||
918 | |||||
919 | break; | ||||
920 | } while (true); | ||||
921 | |||||
922 | return T; | ||||
923 | } | ||||
924 | |||||
925 | unsigned ResultBuilder::getBasePriority(const NamedDecl *ND) { | ||||
926 | if (!ND) | ||||
927 | return CCP_Unlikely; | ||||
928 | |||||
929 | // Context-based decisions. | ||||
930 | const DeclContext *LexicalDC = ND->getLexicalDeclContext(); | ||||
931 | if (LexicalDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) { | ||||
932 | // _cmd is relatively rare | ||||
933 | if (const auto *ImplicitParam = dyn_cast<ImplicitParamDecl>(ND)) | ||||
934 | if (ImplicitParam->getIdentifier() && | ||||
935 | ImplicitParam->getIdentifier()->isStr("_cmd")) | ||||
936 | return CCP_ObjC_cmd; | ||||
937 | |||||
938 | return CCP_LocalDeclaration; | ||||
939 | } | ||||
940 | |||||
941 | const DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); | ||||
942 | if (DC->isRecord() || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(DC)) { | ||||
943 | // Explicit destructor calls are very rare. | ||||
944 | if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(ND)) | ||||
945 | return CCP_Unlikely; | ||||
946 | // Explicit operator and conversion function calls are also very rare. | ||||
947 | auto DeclNameKind = ND->getDeclName().getNameKind(); | ||||
948 | if (DeclNameKind == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName || | ||||
949 | DeclNameKind == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName || | ||||
950 | DeclNameKind == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) | ||||
951 | return CCP_Unlikely; | ||||
952 | return CCP_MemberDeclaration; | ||||
953 | } | ||||
954 | |||||
955 | // Content-based decisions. | ||||
956 | if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(ND)) | ||||
957 | return CCP_Constant; | ||||
958 | |||||
959 | // Use CCP_Type for type declarations unless we're in a statement, Objective-C | ||||
960 | // message receiver, or parenthesized expression context. There, it's as | ||||
961 | // likely that the user will want to write a type as other declarations. | ||||
962 | if ((isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && | ||||
963 | !(CompletionContext.getKind() == CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Statement || | ||||
964 | CompletionContext.getKind() == | ||||
965 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCMessageReceiver || | ||||
966 | CompletionContext.getKind() == | ||||
967 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression)) | ||||
968 | return CCP_Type; | ||||
969 | |||||
970 | return CCP_Declaration; | ||||
971 | } | ||||
972 | |||||
973 | void ResultBuilder::AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(Result &R) { | ||||
974 | // If this is an Objective-C method declaration whose selector matches our | ||||
975 | // preferred selector, give it a priority boost. | ||||
976 | if (!PreferredSelector.isNull()) | ||||
977 | if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(R.Declaration)) | ||||
978 | if (PreferredSelector == Method->getSelector()) | ||||
979 | R.Priority += CCD_SelectorMatch; | ||||
980 | |||||
981 | // If we have a preferred type, adjust the priority for results with exactly- | ||||
982 | // matching or nearly-matching types. | ||||
983 | if (!PreferredType.isNull()) { | ||||
984 | QualType T = getDeclUsageType(SemaRef.Context, R.Declaration); | ||||
985 | if (!T.isNull()) { | ||||
986 | CanQualType TC = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(T); | ||||
987 | // Check for exactly-matching types (modulo qualifiers). | ||||
988 | if (SemaRef.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(PreferredType, TC)) | ||||
989 | R.Priority /= CCF_ExactTypeMatch; | ||||
990 | // Check for nearly-matching types, based on classification of each. | ||||
991 | else if ((getSimplifiedTypeClass(PreferredType) == | ||||
992 | getSimplifiedTypeClass(TC)) && | ||||
993 | !(PreferredType->isEnumeralType() && TC->isEnumeralType())) | ||||
994 | R.Priority /= CCF_SimilarTypeMatch; | ||||
995 | } | ||||
996 | } | ||||
997 | } | ||||
998 | |||||
999 | static DeclContext::lookup_result getConstructors(ASTContext &Context, | ||||
1000 | const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { | ||||
1001 | QualType RecordTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); | ||||
1002 | DeclarationName ConstructorName = | ||||
1003 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( | ||||
1004 | Context.getCanonicalType(RecordTy)); | ||||
1005 | return Record->lookup(ConstructorName); | ||||
1006 | } | ||||
1007 | |||||
1008 | void ResultBuilder::MaybeAddConstructorResults(Result R) { | ||||
1009 | if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !R.Declaration || | ||||
1010 | !CompletionContext.wantConstructorResults()) | ||||
1011 | return; | ||||
1012 | |||||
1013 | const NamedDecl *D = R.Declaration; | ||||
1014 | const CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; | ||||
1015 | if (const ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(D)) | ||||
1016 | Record = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||
1017 | else if ((Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D))) { | ||||
1018 | // Skip specializations and partial specializations. | ||||
1019 | if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record)) | ||||
1020 | return; | ||||
1021 | } else { | ||||
1022 | // There are no constructors here. | ||||
1023 | return; | ||||
1024 | } | ||||
1025 | |||||
1026 | Record = Record->getDefinition(); | ||||
1027 | if (!Record) | ||||
1028 | return; | ||||
1029 | |||||
1030 | for (NamedDecl *Ctor : getConstructors(SemaRef.Context, Record)) { | ||||
1031 | R.Declaration = Ctor; | ||||
1032 | R.CursorKind = getCursorKindForDecl(R.Declaration); | ||||
1033 | Results.push_back(R); | ||||
1034 | } | ||||
1035 | } | ||||
1036 | |||||
1037 | static bool isConstructor(const Decl *ND) { | ||||
1038 | if (const auto *Tmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) | ||||
1039 | ND = Tmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||
1040 | return isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND); | ||||
1041 | } | ||||
1042 | |||||
1043 | void ResultBuilder::MaybeAddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext) { | ||||
1044 | assert(!ShadowMaps.empty() && "Must enter into a results scope")((!ShadowMaps.empty() && "Must enter into a results scope" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!ShadowMaps.empty() && \"Must enter into a results scope\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 1044, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1045 | |||||
1046 | if (R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration) { | ||||
1047 | // For non-declaration results, just add the result. | ||||
1048 | Results.push_back(R); | ||||
1049 | return; | ||||
1050 | } | ||||
1051 | |||||
1052 | // Look through using declarations. | ||||
1053 | if (const UsingShadowDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(R.Declaration)) { | ||||
1054 | CodeCompletionResult Result(Using->getTargetDecl(), | ||||
1055 | getBasePriority(Using->getTargetDecl()), | ||||
1056 | R.Qualifier); | ||||
1057 | Result.ShadowDecl = Using; | ||||
1058 | MaybeAddResult(Result, CurContext); | ||||
1059 | return; | ||||
1060 | } | ||||
1061 | |||||
1062 | const Decl *CanonDecl = R.Declaration->getCanonicalDecl(); | ||||
1063 | unsigned IDNS = CanonDecl->getIdentifierNamespace(); | ||||
1064 | |||||
1065 | bool AsNestedNameSpecifier = false; | ||||
1066 | if (!isInterestingDecl(R.Declaration, AsNestedNameSpecifier)) | ||||
1067 | return; | ||||
1068 | |||||
1069 | // C++ constructors are never found by name lookup. | ||||
1070 | if (isConstructor(R.Declaration)) | ||||
1071 | return; | ||||
1072 | |||||
1073 | ShadowMap &SMap = ShadowMaps.back(); | ||||
1074 | ShadowMapEntry::iterator I, IEnd; | ||||
1075 | ShadowMap::iterator NamePos = SMap.find(R.Declaration->getDeclName()); | ||||
1076 | if (NamePos != SMap.end()) { | ||||
1077 | I = NamePos->second.begin(); | ||||
1078 | IEnd = NamePos->second.end(); | ||||
1079 | } | ||||
1080 | |||||
1081 | for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { | ||||
1082 | const NamedDecl *ND = I->first; | ||||
1083 | unsigned Index = I->second; | ||||
1084 | if (ND->getCanonicalDecl() == CanonDecl) { | ||||
1085 | // This is a redeclaration. Always pick the newer declaration. | ||||
1086 | Results[Index].Declaration = R.Declaration; | ||||
1087 | |||||
1088 | // We're done. | ||||
1089 | return; | ||||
1090 | } | ||||
1091 | } | ||||
1092 | |||||
1093 | // This is a new declaration in this scope. However, check whether this | ||||
1094 | // declaration name is hidden by a similarly-named declaration in an outer | ||||
1095 | // scope. | ||||
1096 | std::list<ShadowMap>::iterator SM, SMEnd = ShadowMaps.end(); | ||||
1097 | --SMEnd; | ||||
1098 | for (SM = ShadowMaps.begin(); SM != SMEnd; ++SM) { | ||||
1099 | ShadowMapEntry::iterator I, IEnd; | ||||
1100 | ShadowMap::iterator NamePos = SM->find(R.Declaration->getDeclName()); | ||||
1101 | if (NamePos != SM->end()) { | ||||
1102 | I = NamePos->second.begin(); | ||||
1103 | IEnd = NamePos->second.end(); | ||||
1104 | } | ||||
1105 | for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { | ||||
1106 | // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration. | ||||
1107 | if (I->first->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() && | ||||
1108 | (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | | ||||
1109 | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol))) | ||||
1110 | continue; | ||||
1111 | |||||
1112 | // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else. | ||||
1113 | if (((I->first->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol) || | ||||
1114 | (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) && | ||||
1115 | I->first->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS) | ||||
1116 | continue; | ||||
1117 | |||||
1118 | // The newly-added result is hidden by an entry in the shadow map. | ||||
1119 | if (CheckHiddenResult(R, CurContext, I->first)) | ||||
1120 | return; | ||||
1121 | |||||
1122 | break; | ||||
1123 | } | ||||
1124 | } | ||||
1125 | |||||
1126 | // Make sure that any given declaration only shows up in the result set once. | ||||
1127 | if (!AllDeclsFound.insert(CanonDecl).second) | ||||
1128 | return; | ||||
1129 | |||||
1130 | // If the filter is for nested-name-specifiers, then this result starts a | ||||
1131 | // nested-name-specifier. | ||||
1132 | if (AsNestedNameSpecifier) { | ||||
1133 | R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier = true; | ||||
1134 | R.Priority = CCP_NestedNameSpecifier; | ||||
1135 | } else | ||||
1136 | AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(R); | ||||
1137 | |||||
1138 | // If this result is supposed to have an informative qualifier, add one. | ||||
1139 | if (R.QualifierIsInformative && !R.Qualifier && | ||||
1140 | !R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier) { | ||||
1141 | const DeclContext *Ctx = R.Declaration->getDeclContext(); | ||||
1142 | if (const NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Ctx)) | ||||
1143 | R.Qualifier = | ||||
1144 | NestedNameSpecifier::Create(SemaRef.Context, nullptr, Namespace); | ||||
1145 | else if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Ctx)) | ||||
1146 | R.Qualifier = NestedNameSpecifier::Create( | ||||
1147 | SemaRef.Context, nullptr, false, | ||||
1148 | SemaRef.Context.getTypeDeclType(Tag).getTypePtr()); | ||||
1149 | else | ||||
1150 | R.QualifierIsInformative = false; | ||||
1151 | } | ||||
1152 | |||||
1153 | // Insert this result into the set of results and into the current shadow | ||||
1154 | // map. | ||||
1155 | SMap[R.Declaration->getDeclName()].Add(R.Declaration, Results.size()); | ||||
1156 | Results.push_back(R); | ||||
1157 | |||||
1158 | if (!AsNestedNameSpecifier) | ||||
1159 | MaybeAddConstructorResults(R); | ||||
1160 | } | ||||
1161 | |||||
1162 | static void setInBaseClass(ResultBuilder::Result &R) { | ||||
1163 | R.Priority += CCD_InBaseClass; | ||||
1164 | R.InBaseClass = true; | ||||
1165 | } | ||||
1166 | |||||
1167 | enum class OverloadCompare { BothViable, Dominates, Dominated }; | ||||
1168 | // Will Candidate ever be called on the object, when overloaded with Incumbent? | ||||
1169 | // Returns Dominates if Candidate is always called, Dominated if Incumbent is | ||||
1170 | // always called, BothViable if either may be called dependending on arguments. | ||||
1171 | // Precondition: must actually be overloads! | ||||
1172 | static OverloadCompare compareOverloads(const CXXMethodDecl &Candidate, | ||||
1173 | const CXXMethodDecl &Incumbent, | ||||
1174 | const Qualifiers &ObjectQuals, | ||||
1175 | ExprValueKind ObjectKind) { | ||||
1176 | // Base/derived shadowing is handled elsewhere. | ||||
1177 | if (Candidate.getDeclContext() != Incumbent.getDeclContext()) | ||||
1178 | return OverloadCompare::BothViable; | ||||
1179 | if (Candidate.isVariadic() != Incumbent.isVariadic() || | ||||
1180 | Candidate.getNumParams() != Incumbent.getNumParams() || | ||||
1181 | Candidate.getMinRequiredArguments() != | ||||
1182 | Incumbent.getMinRequiredArguments()) | ||||
1183 | return OverloadCompare::BothViable; | ||||
1184 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = Candidate.getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) | ||||
1185 | if (Candidate.parameters()[I]->getType().getCanonicalType() != | ||||
1186 | Incumbent.parameters()[I]->getType().getCanonicalType()) | ||||
1187 | return OverloadCompare::BothViable; | ||||
1188 | if (!llvm::empty(Candidate.specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>()) || | ||||
1189 | !llvm::empty(Incumbent.specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>())) | ||||
1190 | return OverloadCompare::BothViable; | ||||
1191 | // At this point, we know calls can't pick one or the other based on | ||||
1192 | // arguments, so one of the two must win. (Or both fail, handled elsewhere). | ||||
1193 | RefQualifierKind CandidateRef = Candidate.getRefQualifier(); | ||||
1194 | RefQualifierKind IncumbentRef = Incumbent.getRefQualifier(); | ||||
1195 | if (CandidateRef != IncumbentRef) { | ||||
1196 | // If the object kind is LValue/RValue, there's one acceptable ref-qualifier | ||||
1197 | // and it can't be mixed with ref-unqualified overloads (in valid code). | ||||
1198 | |||||
1199 | // For xvalue objects, we prefer the rvalue overload even if we have to | ||||
1200 | // add qualifiers (which is rare, because const&& is rare). | ||||
1201 | if (ObjectKind == clang::VK_XValue) | ||||
1202 | return CandidateRef == RQ_RValue ? OverloadCompare::Dominates | ||||
1203 | : OverloadCompare::Dominated; | ||||
1204 | } | ||||
1205 | // Now the ref qualifiers are the same (or we're in some invalid state). | ||||
1206 | // So make some decision based on the qualifiers. | ||||
1207 | Qualifiers CandidateQual = Candidate.getMethodQualifiers(); | ||||
1208 | Qualifiers IncumbentQual = Incumbent.getMethodQualifiers(); | ||||
1209 | bool CandidateSuperset = CandidateQual.compatiblyIncludes(IncumbentQual); | ||||
1210 | bool IncumbentSuperset = IncumbentQual.compatiblyIncludes(CandidateQual); | ||||
1211 | if (CandidateSuperset == IncumbentSuperset) | ||||
1212 | return OverloadCompare::BothViable; | ||||
1213 | return IncumbentSuperset ? OverloadCompare::Dominates | ||||
1214 | : OverloadCompare::Dominated; | ||||
1215 | } | ||||
1216 | |||||
1217 | void ResultBuilder::AddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext, | ||||
1218 | NamedDecl *Hiding, bool InBaseClass = false) { | ||||
1219 | if (R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration) { | ||||
1220 | // For non-declaration results, just add the result. | ||||
1221 | Results.push_back(R); | ||||
1222 | return; | ||||
1223 | } | ||||
1224 | |||||
1225 | // Look through using declarations. | ||||
1226 | if (const auto *Using = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(R.Declaration)) { | ||||
1227 | CodeCompletionResult Result(Using->getTargetDecl(), | ||||
1228 | getBasePriority(Using->getTargetDecl()), | ||||
1229 | R.Qualifier); | ||||
1230 | Result.ShadowDecl = Using; | ||||
1231 | AddResult(Result, CurContext, Hiding); | ||||
1232 | return; | ||||
1233 | } | ||||
1234 | |||||
1235 | bool AsNestedNameSpecifier = false; | ||||
1236 | if (!isInterestingDecl(R.Declaration, AsNestedNameSpecifier)) | ||||
1237 | return; | ||||
1238 | |||||
1239 | // C++ constructors are never found by name lookup. | ||||
1240 | if (isConstructor(R.Declaration)) | ||||
1241 | return; | ||||
1242 | |||||
1243 | if (Hiding && CheckHiddenResult(R, CurContext, Hiding)) | ||||
1244 | return; | ||||
1245 | |||||
1246 | // Make sure that any given declaration only shows up in the result set once. | ||||
1247 | if (!AllDeclsFound.insert(R.Declaration->getCanonicalDecl()).second) | ||||
1248 | return; | ||||
1249 | |||||
1250 | // If the filter is for nested-name-specifiers, then this result starts a | ||||
1251 | // nested-name-specifier. | ||||
1252 | if (AsNestedNameSpecifier) { | ||||
1253 | R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier = true; | ||||
1254 | R.Priority = CCP_NestedNameSpecifier; | ||||
1255 | } else if (Filter == &ResultBuilder::IsMember && !R.Qualifier && | ||||
1256 | InBaseClass && | ||||
1257 | isa<CXXRecordDecl>( | ||||
1258 | R.Declaration->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) | ||||
1259 | R.QualifierIsInformative = true; | ||||
1260 | |||||
1261 | // If this result is supposed to have an informative qualifier, add one. | ||||
1262 | if (R.QualifierIsInformative && !R.Qualifier && | ||||
1263 | !R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier) { | ||||
1264 | const DeclContext *Ctx = R.Declaration->getDeclContext(); | ||||
1265 | if (const auto *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Ctx)) | ||||
1266 | R.Qualifier = | ||||
1267 | NestedNameSpecifier::Create(SemaRef.Context, nullptr, Namespace); | ||||
1268 | else if (const auto *Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Ctx)) | ||||
1269 | R.Qualifier = NestedNameSpecifier::Create( | ||||
1270 | SemaRef.Context, nullptr, false, | ||||
1271 | SemaRef.Context.getTypeDeclType(Tag).getTypePtr()); | ||||
1272 | else | ||||
1273 | R.QualifierIsInformative = false; | ||||
1274 | } | ||||
1275 | |||||
1276 | // Adjust the priority if this result comes from a base class. | ||||
1277 | if (InBaseClass) | ||||
1278 | setInBaseClass(R); | ||||
1279 | |||||
1280 | AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(R); | ||||
1281 | |||||
1282 | if (HasObjectTypeQualifiers) | ||||
1283 | if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(R.Declaration)) | ||||
1284 | if (Method->isInstance()) { | ||||
1285 | Qualifiers MethodQuals = Method->getMethodQualifiers(); | ||||
1286 | if (ObjectTypeQualifiers == MethodQuals) | ||||
1287 | R.Priority += CCD_ObjectQualifierMatch; | ||||
1288 | else if (ObjectTypeQualifiers - MethodQuals) { | ||||
1289 | // The method cannot be invoked, because doing so would drop | ||||
1290 | // qualifiers. | ||||
1291 | return; | ||||
1292 | } | ||||
1293 | // Detect cases where a ref-qualified method cannot be invoked. | ||||
1294 | switch (Method->getRefQualifier()) { | ||||
1295 | case RQ_LValue: | ||||
1296 | if (ObjectKind != VK_LValue && !MethodQuals.hasConst()) | ||||
1297 | return; | ||||
1298 | break; | ||||
1299 | case RQ_RValue: | ||||
1300 | if (ObjectKind == VK_LValue) | ||||
1301 | return; | ||||
1302 | break; | ||||
1303 | case RQ_None: | ||||
1304 | break; | ||||
1305 | } | ||||
1306 | |||||
1307 | /// Check whether this dominates another overloaded method, which should | ||||
1308 | /// be suppressed (or vice versa). | ||||
1309 | /// Motivating case is const_iterator begin() const vs iterator begin(). | ||||
1310 | auto &OverloadSet = OverloadMap[std::make_pair( | ||||
1311 | CurContext, Method->getDeclName().getAsOpaqueInteger())]; | ||||
1312 | for (const DeclIndexPair Entry : OverloadSet) { | ||||
1313 | Result &Incumbent = Results[Entry.second]; | ||||
1314 | switch (compareOverloads(*Method, | ||||
1315 | *cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Incumbent.Declaration), | ||||
1316 | ObjectTypeQualifiers, ObjectKind)) { | ||||
1317 | case OverloadCompare::Dominates: | ||||
1318 | // Replace the dominated overload with this one. | ||||
1319 | // FIXME: if the overload dominates multiple incumbents then we | ||||
1320 | // should remove all. But two overloads is by far the common case. | ||||
1321 | Incumbent = std::move(R); | ||||
1322 | return; | ||||
1323 | case OverloadCompare::Dominated: | ||||
1324 | // This overload can't be called, drop it. | ||||
1325 | return; | ||||
1326 | case OverloadCompare::BothViable: | ||||
1327 | break; | ||||
1328 | } | ||||
1329 | } | ||||
1330 | OverloadSet.Add(Method, Results.size()); | ||||
1331 | } | ||||
1332 | |||||
1333 | // Insert this result into the set of results. | ||||
1334 | Results.push_back(R); | ||||
1335 | |||||
1336 | if (!AsNestedNameSpecifier) | ||||
1337 | MaybeAddConstructorResults(R); | ||||
1338 | } | ||||
1339 | |||||
1340 | void ResultBuilder::AddResult(Result R) { | ||||
1341 | assert(R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration &&((R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration && "Declaration results need more context" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration && \"Declaration results need more context\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 1342, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
1342 | "Declaration results need more context")((R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration && "Declaration results need more context" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration && \"Declaration results need more context\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 1342, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1343 | Results.push_back(R); | ||||
1344 | } | ||||
1345 | |||||
1346 | /// Enter into a new scope. | ||||
1347 | void ResultBuilder::EnterNewScope() { ShadowMaps.emplace_back(); } | ||||
1348 | |||||
1349 | /// Exit from the current scope. | ||||
1350 | void ResultBuilder::ExitScope() { | ||||
1351 | ShadowMaps.pop_back(); | ||||
1352 | } | ||||
1353 | |||||
1354 | /// Determines whether this given declaration will be found by | ||||
1355 | /// ordinary name lookup. | ||||
1356 | bool ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||
1357 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||
1358 | |||||
1359 | // If name lookup finds a local extern declaration, then we are in a | ||||
1360 | // context where it behaves like an ordinary name. | ||||
1361 | unsigned IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern; | ||||
1362 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||
1363 | IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_Member; | ||||
1364 | else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) { | ||||
1365 | if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) | ||||
1366 | return true; | ||||
1367 | } | ||||
1368 | |||||
1369 | return ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS; | ||||
1370 | } | ||||
1371 | |||||
1372 | /// Determines whether this given declaration will be found by | ||||
1373 | /// ordinary name lookup but is not a type name. | ||||
1374 | bool ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||
1375 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||
1376 | if (isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) | ||||
1377 | return false; | ||||
1378 | // Objective-C interfaces names are not filtered by this method because they | ||||
1379 | // can be used in a class property expression. We can still filter out | ||||
1380 | // @class declarations though. | ||||
1381 | if (const auto *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) { | ||||
1382 | if (!ID->getDefinition()) | ||||
1383 | return false; | ||||
1384 | } | ||||
1385 | |||||
1386 | unsigned IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern; | ||||
1387 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||
1388 | IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_Member; | ||||
1389 | else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) { | ||||
1390 | if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) | ||||
1391 | return true; | ||||
1392 | } | ||||
1393 | |||||
1394 | return ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS; | ||||
1395 | } | ||||
1396 | |||||
1397 | bool ResultBuilder::IsIntegralConstantValue(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||
1398 | if (!IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(ND)) | ||||
1399 | return 0; | ||||
1400 | |||||
1401 | if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl())) | ||||
1402 | if (VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) | ||||
1403 | return true; | ||||
1404 | |||||
1405 | return false; | ||||
1406 | } | ||||
1407 | |||||
1408 | /// Determines whether this given declaration will be found by | ||||
1409 | /// ordinary name lookup. | ||||
1410 | bool ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonValueName(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||
1411 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||
1412 | |||||
1413 | unsigned IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern; | ||||
1414 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||
1415 | IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Namespace; | ||||
1416 | |||||
1417 | return (ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS) && !isa<ValueDecl>(ND) && | ||||
1418 | !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND) && !isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND); | ||||
1419 | } | ||||
1420 | |||||
1421 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is suitable as the | ||||
1422 | /// start of a C++ nested-name-specifier, e.g., a class or namespace. | ||||
1423 | bool ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||
1424 | // Allow us to find class templates, too. | ||||
1425 | if (const auto *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND)) | ||||
1426 | ND = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||
1427 | |||||
1428 | return SemaRef.isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(ND); | ||||
1429 | } | ||||
1430 | |||||
1431 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is an enumeration. | ||||
1432 | bool ResultBuilder::IsEnum(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||
1433 | return isa<EnumDecl>(ND); | ||||
1434 | } | ||||
1435 | |||||
1436 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is a class or struct. | ||||
1437 | bool ResultBuilder::IsClassOrStruct(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||
1438 | // Allow us to find class templates, too. | ||||
1439 | if (const auto *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND)) | ||||
1440 | ND = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||
1441 | |||||
1442 | // For purposes of this check, interfaces match too. | ||||
1443 | if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(ND)) | ||||
1444 | return RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Class || RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Struct || | ||||
1445 | RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Interface; | ||||
1446 | |||||
1447 | return false; | ||||
1448 | } | ||||
1449 | |||||
1450 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is a union. | ||||
1451 | bool ResultBuilder::IsUnion(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||
1452 | // Allow us to find class templates, too. | ||||
1453 | if (const auto *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND)) | ||||
1454 | ND = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||
1455 | |||||
1456 | if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(ND)) | ||||
1457 | return RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Union; | ||||
1458 | |||||
1459 | return false; | ||||
1460 | } | ||||
1461 | |||||
1462 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is a namespace. | ||||
1463 | bool ResultBuilder::IsNamespace(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||
1464 | return isa<NamespaceDecl>(ND); | ||||
1465 | } | ||||
1466 | |||||
1467 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is a namespace or | ||||
1468 | /// namespace alias. | ||||
1469 | bool ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||
1470 | return isa<NamespaceDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()); | ||||
1471 | } | ||||
1472 | |||||
1473 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is a type. | ||||
1474 | bool ResultBuilder::IsType(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||
1475 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||
1476 | return isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); | ||||
1477 | } | ||||
1478 | |||||
1479 | /// Determines which members of a class should be visible via | ||||
1480 | /// "." or "->". Only value declarations, nested name specifiers, and | ||||
1481 | /// using declarations thereof should show up. | ||||
1482 | bool ResultBuilder::IsMember(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||
1483 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||
1484 | return isa<ValueDecl>(ND) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND) || | ||||
1485 | isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND); | ||||
1486 | } | ||||
1487 | |||||
1488 | static bool isObjCReceiverType(ASTContext &C, QualType T) { | ||||
1489 | T = C.getCanonicalType(T); | ||||
1490 | switch (T->getTypeClass()) { | ||||
1491 | case Type::ObjCObject: | ||||
1492 | case Type::ObjCInterface: | ||||
1493 | case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||
1494 | return true; | ||||
1495 | |||||
1496 | case Type::Builtin: | ||||
1497 | switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { | ||||
1498 | case BuiltinType::ObjCId: | ||||
1499 | case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | ||||
1500 | case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: | ||||
1501 | return true; | ||||
1502 | |||||
1503 | default: | ||||
1504 | break; | ||||
1505 | } | ||||
1506 | return false; | ||||
1507 | |||||
1508 | default: | ||||
1509 | break; | ||||
1510 | } | ||||
1511 | |||||
1512 | if (!C.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||
1513 | return false; | ||||
1514 | |||||
1515 | // FIXME: We could perform more analysis here to determine whether a | ||||
1516 | // particular class type has any conversions to Objective-C types. For now, | ||||
1517 | // just accept all class types. | ||||
1518 | return T->isDependentType() || T->isRecordType(); | ||||
1519 | } | ||||
1520 | |||||
1521 | bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiver(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||
1522 | QualType T = getDeclUsageType(SemaRef.Context, ND); | ||||
1523 | if (T.isNull()) | ||||
1524 | return false; | ||||
1525 | |||||
1526 | T = SemaRef.Context.getBaseElementType(T); | ||||
1527 | return isObjCReceiverType(SemaRef.Context, T); | ||||
1528 | } | ||||
1529 | |||||
1530 | bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiverOrLambdaCapture( | ||||
1531 | const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||
1532 | if (IsObjCMessageReceiver(ND)) | ||||
1533 | return true; | ||||
1534 | |||||
1535 | const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ND); | ||||
1536 | if (!Var) | ||||
1537 | return false; | ||||
1538 | |||||
1539 | return Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>(); | ||||
1540 | } | ||||
1541 | |||||
1542 | bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCCollection(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||
1543 | if ((SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsOrdinaryName(ND)) || | ||||
1544 | (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(ND))) | ||||
1545 | return false; | ||||
1546 | |||||
1547 | QualType T = getDeclUsageType(SemaRef.Context, ND); | ||||
1548 | if (T.isNull()) | ||||
1549 | return false; | ||||
1550 | |||||
1551 | T = SemaRef.Context.getBaseElementType(T); | ||||
1552 | return T->isObjCObjectType() || T->isObjCObjectPointerType() || | ||||
1553 | T->isObjCIdType() || | ||||
1554 | (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && T->isRecordType()); | ||||
1555 | } | ||||
1556 | |||||
1557 | bool ResultBuilder::IsImpossibleToSatisfy(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||
1558 | return false; | ||||
1559 | } | ||||
1560 | |||||
1561 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is an Objective-C | ||||
1562 | /// instance variable. | ||||
1563 | bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCIvar(const NamedDecl *ND) const { | ||||
1564 | return isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND); | ||||
1565 | } | ||||
1566 | |||||
1567 | namespace { | ||||
1568 | |||||
1569 | /// Visible declaration consumer that adds a code-completion result | ||||
1570 | /// for each visible declaration. | ||||
1571 | class CodeCompletionDeclConsumer : public VisibleDeclConsumer { | ||||
1572 | ResultBuilder &Results; | ||||
1573 | DeclContext *InitialLookupCtx; | ||||
1574 | // NamingClass and BaseType are used for access-checking. See | ||||
1575 | // Sema::IsSimplyAccessible for details. | ||||
1576 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass; | ||||
1577 | QualType BaseType; | ||||
1578 | std::vector<FixItHint> FixIts; | ||||
1579 | |||||
1580 | public: | ||||
1581 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer( | ||||
1582 | ResultBuilder &Results, DeclContext *InitialLookupCtx, | ||||
1583 | QualType BaseType = QualType(), | ||||
1584 | std::vector<FixItHint> FixIts = std::vector<FixItHint>()) | ||||
1585 | : Results(Results), InitialLookupCtx(InitialLookupCtx), | ||||
1586 | FixIts(std::move(FixIts)) { | ||||
1587 | NamingClass = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(InitialLookupCtx); | ||||
1588 | // If BaseType was not provided explicitly, emulate implicit 'this->'. | ||||
1589 | if (BaseType.isNull()) { | ||||
1590 | auto ThisType = Results.getSema().getCurrentThisType(); | ||||
1591 | if (!ThisType.isNull()) { | ||||
1592 | assert(ThisType->isPointerType())((ThisType->isPointerType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ThisType->isPointerType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 1592, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1593 | BaseType = ThisType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
1594 | if (!NamingClass) | ||||
1595 | NamingClass = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||
1596 | } | ||||
1597 | } | ||||
1598 | this->BaseType = BaseType; | ||||
1599 | } | ||||
1600 | |||||
1601 | void FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding, DeclContext *Ctx, | ||||
1602 | bool InBaseClass) override { | ||||
1603 | ResultBuilder::Result Result(ND, Results.getBasePriority(ND), nullptr, | ||||
1604 | false, IsAccessible(ND, Ctx), FixIts); | ||||
1605 | Results.AddResult(Result, InitialLookupCtx, Hiding, InBaseClass); | ||||
1606 | } | ||||
1607 | |||||
1608 | void EnteredContext(DeclContext *Ctx) override { | ||||
1609 | Results.addVisitedContext(Ctx); | ||||
1610 | } | ||||
1611 | |||||
1612 | private: | ||||
1613 | bool IsAccessible(NamedDecl *ND, DeclContext *Ctx) { | ||||
1614 | // Naming class to use for access check. In most cases it was provided | ||||
1615 | // explicitly (e.g. member access (lhs.foo) or qualified lookup (X::)), | ||||
1616 | // for unqualified lookup we fallback to the \p Ctx in which we found the | ||||
1617 | // member. | ||||
1618 | auto *NamingClass = this->NamingClass; | ||||
1619 | QualType BaseType = this->BaseType; | ||||
1620 | if (auto *Cls = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) { | ||||
1621 | if (!NamingClass) | ||||
1622 | NamingClass = Cls; | ||||
1623 | // When we emulate implicit 'this->' in an unqualified lookup, we might | ||||
1624 | // end up with an invalid naming class. In that case, we avoid emulating | ||||
1625 | // 'this->' qualifier to satisfy preconditions of the access checking. | ||||
1626 | if (NamingClass->getCanonicalDecl() != Cls->getCanonicalDecl() && | ||||
1627 | !NamingClass->isDerivedFrom(Cls)) { | ||||
1628 | NamingClass = Cls; | ||||
1629 | BaseType = QualType(); | ||||
1630 | } | ||||
1631 | } else { | ||||
1632 | // The decl was found outside the C++ class, so only ObjC access checks | ||||
1633 | // apply. Those do not rely on NamingClass and BaseType, so we clear them | ||||
1634 | // out. | ||||
1635 | NamingClass = nullptr; | ||||
1636 | BaseType = QualType(); | ||||
1637 | } | ||||
1638 | return Results.getSema().IsSimplyAccessible(ND, NamingClass, BaseType); | ||||
1639 | } | ||||
1640 | }; | ||||
1641 | } // namespace | ||||
1642 | |||||
1643 | /// Add type specifiers for the current language as keyword results. | ||||
1644 | static void AddTypeSpecifierResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, | ||||
1645 | ResultBuilder &Results) { | ||||
1646 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
1647 | Results.AddResult(Result("short", CCP_Type)); | ||||
1648 | Results.AddResult(Result("long", CCP_Type)); | ||||
1649 | Results.AddResult(Result("signed", CCP_Type)); | ||||
1650 | Results.AddResult(Result("unsigned", CCP_Type)); | ||||
1651 | Results.AddResult(Result("void", CCP_Type)); | ||||
1652 | Results.AddResult(Result("char", CCP_Type)); | ||||
1653 | Results.AddResult(Result("int", CCP_Type)); | ||||
1654 | Results.AddResult(Result("float", CCP_Type)); | ||||
1655 | Results.AddResult(Result("double", CCP_Type)); | ||||
1656 | Results.AddResult(Result("enum", CCP_Type)); | ||||
1657 | Results.AddResult(Result("struct", CCP_Type)); | ||||
1658 | Results.AddResult(Result("union", CCP_Type)); | ||||
1659 | Results.AddResult(Result("const", CCP_Type)); | ||||
1660 | Results.AddResult(Result("volatile", CCP_Type)); | ||||
1661 | |||||
1662 | if (LangOpts.C99) { | ||||
1663 | // C99-specific | ||||
1664 | Results.AddResult(Result("_Complex", CCP_Type)); | ||||
1665 | Results.AddResult(Result("_Imaginary", CCP_Type)); | ||||
1666 | Results.AddResult(Result("_Bool", CCP_Type)); | ||||
1667 | Results.AddResult(Result("restrict", CCP_Type)); | ||||
1668 | } | ||||
1669 | |||||
1670 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||
1671 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
1672 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { | ||||
1673 | // C++-specific | ||||
1674 | Results.AddResult( | ||||
1675 | Result("bool", CCP_Type + (LangOpts.ObjC ? CCD_bool_in_ObjC : 0))); | ||||
1676 | Results.AddResult(Result("class", CCP_Type)); | ||||
1677 | Results.AddResult(Result("wchar_t", CCP_Type)); | ||||
1678 | |||||
1679 | // typename qualified-id | ||||
1680 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typename"); | ||||
1681 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
1682 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("qualifier"); | ||||
1683 | Builder.AddTextChunk("::"); | ||||
1684 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name"); | ||||
1685 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
1686 | |||||
1687 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) { | ||||
1688 | Results.AddResult(Result("auto", CCP_Type)); | ||||
1689 | Results.AddResult(Result("char16_t", CCP_Type)); | ||||
1690 | Results.AddResult(Result("char32_t", CCP_Type)); | ||||
1691 | |||||
1692 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("decltype"); | ||||
1693 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
1694 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||
1695 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
1696 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
1697 | } | ||||
1698 | } else | ||||
1699 | Results.AddResult(Result("__auto_type", CCP_Type)); | ||||
1700 | |||||
1701 | // GNU keywords | ||||
1702 | if (LangOpts.GNUKeywords) { | ||||
1703 | // FIXME: Enable when we actually support decimal floating point. | ||||
1704 | // Results.AddResult(Result("_Decimal32")); | ||||
1705 | // Results.AddResult(Result("_Decimal64")); | ||||
1706 | // Results.AddResult(Result("_Decimal128")); | ||||
1707 | |||||
1708 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typeof"); | ||||
1709 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
1710 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||
1711 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
1712 | |||||
1713 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typeof"); | ||||
1714 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
1715 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); | ||||
1716 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
1717 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
1718 | } | ||||
1719 | |||||
1720 | // Nullability | ||||
1721 | Results.AddResult(Result("_Nonnull", CCP_Type)); | ||||
1722 | Results.AddResult(Result("_Null_unspecified", CCP_Type)); | ||||
1723 | Results.AddResult(Result("_Nullable", CCP_Type)); | ||||
1724 | } | ||||
1725 | |||||
1726 | static void AddStorageSpecifiers(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC, | ||||
1727 | const LangOptions &LangOpts, | ||||
1728 | ResultBuilder &Results) { | ||||
1729 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
1730 | // Note: we don't suggest either "auto" or "register", because both | ||||
1731 | // are pointless as storage specifiers. Elsewhere, we suggest "auto" | ||||
1732 | // in C++0x as a type specifier. | ||||
1733 | Results.AddResult(Result("extern")); | ||||
1734 | Results.AddResult(Result("static")); | ||||
1735 | |||||
1736 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) { | ||||
1737 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator(); | ||||
1738 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
1739 | |||||
1740 | // alignas | ||||
1741 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("alignas"); | ||||
1742 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
1743 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||
1744 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
1745 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
1746 | |||||
1747 | Results.AddResult(Result("constexpr")); | ||||
1748 | Results.AddResult(Result("thread_local")); | ||||
1749 | } | ||||
1750 | } | ||||
1751 | |||||
1752 | static void AddFunctionSpecifiers(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC, | ||||
1753 | const LangOptions &LangOpts, | ||||
1754 | ResultBuilder &Results) { | ||||
1755 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
1756 | switch (CCC) { | ||||
1757 | case Sema::PCC_Class: | ||||
1758 | case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate: | ||||
1759 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { | ||||
1760 | Results.AddResult(Result("explicit")); | ||||
1761 | Results.AddResult(Result("friend")); | ||||
1762 | Results.AddResult(Result("mutable")); | ||||
1763 | Results.AddResult(Result("virtual")); | ||||
1764 | } | ||||
1765 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||
1766 | |||||
1767 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface: | ||||
1768 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation: | ||||
1769 | case Sema::PCC_Namespace: | ||||
1770 | case Sema::PCC_Template: | ||||
1771 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || LangOpts.C99) | ||||
1772 | Results.AddResult(Result("inline")); | ||||
1773 | break; | ||||
1774 | |||||
1775 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: | ||||
1776 | case Sema::PCC_Expression: | ||||
1777 | case Sema::PCC_Statement: | ||||
1778 | case Sema::PCC_ForInit: | ||||
1779 | case Sema::PCC_Condition: | ||||
1780 | case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction: | ||||
1781 | case Sema::PCC_Type: | ||||
1782 | case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: | ||||
1783 | case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: | ||||
1784 | break; | ||||
1785 | } | ||||
1786 | } | ||||
1787 | |||||
1788 | static void AddObjCExpressionResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); | ||||
1789 | static void AddObjCStatementResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); | ||||
1790 | static void AddObjCVisibilityResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, | ||||
1791 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); | ||||
1792 | static void AddObjCImplementationResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, | ||||
1793 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); | ||||
1794 | static void AddObjCInterfaceResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, | ||||
1795 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); | ||||
1796 | static void AddObjCTopLevelResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); | ||||
1797 | |||||
1798 | static void AddTypedefResult(ResultBuilder &Results) { | ||||
1799 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||
1800 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
1801 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typedef"); | ||||
1802 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
1803 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); | ||||
1804 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
1805 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name"); | ||||
1806 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||
1807 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
1808 | } | ||||
1809 | |||||
1810 | static bool WantTypesInContext(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC, | ||||
1811 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { | ||||
1812 | switch (CCC) { | ||||
1813 | case Sema::PCC_Namespace: | ||||
1814 | case Sema::PCC_Class: | ||||
1815 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: | ||||
1816 | case Sema::PCC_Template: | ||||
1817 | case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate: | ||||
1818 | case Sema::PCC_Statement: | ||||
1819 | case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction: | ||||
1820 | case Sema::PCC_Type: | ||||
1821 | case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: | ||||
1822 | case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: | ||||
1823 | return true; | ||||
1824 | |||||
1825 | case Sema::PCC_Expression: | ||||
1826 | case Sema::PCC_Condition: | ||||
1827 | return LangOpts.CPlusPlus; | ||||
1828 | |||||
1829 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface: | ||||
1830 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation: | ||||
1831 | return false; | ||||
1832 | |||||
1833 | case Sema::PCC_ForInit: | ||||
1834 | return LangOpts.CPlusPlus || LangOpts.ObjC || LangOpts.C99; | ||||
1835 | } | ||||
1836 | |||||
1837 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid ParserCompletionContext!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid ParserCompletionContext!" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 1837); | ||||
1838 | } | ||||
1839 | |||||
1840 | static PrintingPolicy getCompletionPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Context, | ||||
1841 | const Preprocessor &PP) { | ||||
1842 | PrintingPolicy Policy = Sema::getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); | ||||
1843 | Policy.AnonymousTagLocations = false; | ||||
1844 | Policy.SuppressStrongLifetime = true; | ||||
1845 | Policy.SuppressUnwrittenScope = true; | ||||
1846 | Policy.SuppressScope = true; | ||||
1847 | return Policy; | ||||
1848 | } | ||||
1849 | |||||
1850 | /// Retrieve a printing policy suitable for code completion. | ||||
1851 | static PrintingPolicy getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Sema &S) { | ||||
1852 | return getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S.Context, S.PP); | ||||
1853 | } | ||||
1854 | |||||
1855 | /// Retrieve the string representation of the given type as a string | ||||
1856 | /// that has the appropriate lifetime for code completion. | ||||
1857 | /// | ||||
1858 | /// This routine provides a fast path where we provide constant strings for | ||||
1859 | /// common type names. | ||||
1860 | static const char *GetCompletionTypeString(QualType T, ASTContext &Context, | ||||
1861 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||
1862 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator) { | ||||
1863 | if (!T.getLocalQualifiers()) { | ||||
1864 | // Built-in type names are constant strings. | ||||
1865 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(T)) | ||||
1866 | return BT->getNameAsCString(Policy); | ||||
1867 | |||||
1868 | // Anonymous tag types are constant strings. | ||||
1869 | if (const TagType *TagT = dyn_cast<TagType>(T)) | ||||
1870 | if (TagDecl *Tag = TagT->getDecl()) | ||||
1871 | if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage()) { | ||||
1872 | switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { | ||||
1873 | case TTK_Struct: | ||||
1874 | return "struct <anonymous>"; | ||||
1875 | case TTK_Interface: | ||||
1876 | return "__interface <anonymous>"; | ||||
1877 | case TTK_Class: | ||||
1878 | return "class <anonymous>"; | ||||
1879 | case TTK_Union: | ||||
1880 | return "union <anonymous>"; | ||||
1881 | case TTK_Enum: | ||||
1882 | return "enum <anonymous>"; | ||||
1883 | } | ||||
1884 | } | ||||
1885 | } | ||||
1886 | |||||
1887 | // Slow path: format the type as a string. | ||||
1888 | std::string Result; | ||||
1889 | T.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy); | ||||
1890 | return Allocator.CopyString(Result); | ||||
1891 | } | ||||
1892 | |||||
1893 | /// Add a completion for "this", if we're in a member function. | ||||
1894 | static void addThisCompletion(Sema &S, ResultBuilder &Results) { | ||||
1895 | QualType ThisTy = S.getCurrentThisType(); | ||||
1896 | if (ThisTy.isNull()) | ||||
1897 | return; | ||||
1898 | |||||
1899 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator(); | ||||
1900 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
1901 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S); | ||||
1902 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk( | ||||
1903 | GetCompletionTypeString(ThisTy, S.Context, Policy, Allocator)); | ||||
1904 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("this"); | ||||
1905 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
1906 | } | ||||
1907 | |||||
1908 | static void AddStaticAssertResult(CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder, | ||||
1909 | ResultBuilder &Results, | ||||
1910 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { | ||||
1911 | if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) | ||||
1912 | return; | ||||
1913 | |||||
1914 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("static_assert"); | ||||
1915 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
1916 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||
1917 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); | ||||
1918 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("message"); | ||||
1919 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
1920 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||
1921 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
1922 | } | ||||
1923 | |||||
1924 | static void AddOverrideResults(ResultBuilder &Results, | ||||
1925 | const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, | ||||
1926 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder) { | ||||
1927 | Sema &S = Results.getSema(); | ||||
1928 | const auto *CR = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(S.CurContext); | ||||
1929 | // If not inside a class/struct/union return empty. | ||||
1930 | if (!CR) | ||||
1931 | return; | ||||
1932 | // First store overrides within current class. | ||||
1933 | // These are stored by name to make querying fast in the later step. | ||||
1934 | llvm::StringMap<std::vector<FunctionDecl *>> Overrides; | ||||
1935 | for (auto *Method : CR->methods()) { | ||||
1936 | if (!Method->isVirtual() || !Method->getIdentifier()) | ||||
1937 | continue; | ||||
1938 | Overrides[Method->getName()].push_back(Method); | ||||
1939 | } | ||||
1940 | |||||
1941 | for (const auto &Base : CR->bases()) { | ||||
1942 | const auto *BR = Base.getType().getTypePtr()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||
1943 | if (!BR) | ||||
1944 | continue; | ||||
1945 | for (auto *Method : BR->methods()) { | ||||
1946 | if (!Method->isVirtual() || !Method->getIdentifier()) | ||||
1947 | continue; | ||||
1948 | const auto it = Overrides.find(Method->getName()); | ||||
1949 | bool IsOverriden = false; | ||||
1950 | if (it != Overrides.end()) { | ||||
1951 | for (auto *MD : it->second) { | ||||
1952 | // If the method in current body is not an overload of this virtual | ||||
1953 | // function, then it overrides this one. | ||||
1954 | if (!S.IsOverload(MD, Method, false)) { | ||||
1955 | IsOverriden = true; | ||||
1956 | break; | ||||
1957 | } | ||||
1958 | } | ||||
1959 | } | ||||
1960 | if (!IsOverriden) { | ||||
1961 | // Generates a new CodeCompletionResult by taking this function and | ||||
1962 | // converting it into an override declaration with only one chunk in the | ||||
1963 | // final CodeCompletionString as a TypedTextChunk. | ||||
1964 | std::string OverrideSignature; | ||||
1965 | llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(OverrideSignature); | ||||
1966 | CodeCompletionResult CCR(Method, 0); | ||||
1967 | PrintingPolicy Policy = | ||||
1968 | getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S.getASTContext(), S.getPreprocessor()); | ||||
1969 | auto *CCS = CCR.createCodeCompletionStringForOverride( | ||||
1970 | S.getPreprocessor(), S.getASTContext(), Builder, | ||||
1971 | /*IncludeBriefComments=*/false, CCContext, Policy); | ||||
1972 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(CCS, Method, CCP_CodePattern)); | ||||
1973 | } | ||||
1974 | } | ||||
1975 | } | ||||
1976 | } | ||||
1977 | |||||
1978 | /// Add language constructs that show up for "ordinary" names. | ||||
1979 | static void AddOrdinaryNameResults(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC, Scope *S, | ||||
1980 | Sema &SemaRef, ResultBuilder &Results) { | ||||
1981 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator(); | ||||
1982 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
1983 | |||||
1984 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
1985 | switch (CCC) { | ||||
1986 | case Sema::PCC_Namespace: | ||||
1987 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
1988 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { | ||||
1989 | // namespace <identifier> { declarations } | ||||
1990 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("namespace"); | ||||
1991 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
1992 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("identifier"); | ||||
1993 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
1994 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||
1995 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||
1996 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("declarations"); | ||||
1997 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||
1998 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||
1999 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2000 | } | ||||
2001 | |||||
2002 | // namespace identifier = identifier ; | ||||
2003 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("namespace"); | ||||
2004 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2005 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name"); | ||||
2006 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Equal); | ||||
2007 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("namespace"); | ||||
2008 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||
2009 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2010 | |||||
2011 | // Using directives | ||||
2012 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using namespace"); | ||||
2013 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2014 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("identifier"); | ||||
2015 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||
2016 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2017 | |||||
2018 | // asm(string-literal) | ||||
2019 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("asm"); | ||||
2020 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
2021 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("string-literal"); | ||||
2022 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
2023 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2024 | |||||
2025 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { | ||||
2026 | // Explicit template instantiation | ||||
2027 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("template"); | ||||
2028 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2029 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("declaration"); | ||||
2030 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2031 | } else { | ||||
2032 | Results.AddResult(Result("template", CodeCompletionResult::RK_Keyword)); | ||||
2033 | } | ||||
2034 | } | ||||
2035 | |||||
2036 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||
2037 | AddObjCTopLevelResults(Results, true); | ||||
2038 | |||||
2039 | AddTypedefResult(Results); | ||||
2040 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||
2041 | |||||
2042 | case Sema::PCC_Class: | ||||
2043 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
2044 | // Using declaration | ||||
2045 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using"); | ||||
2046 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2047 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("qualifier"); | ||||
2048 | Builder.AddTextChunk("::"); | ||||
2049 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name"); | ||||
2050 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||
2051 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2052 | |||||
2053 | // using typename qualifier::name (only in a dependent context) | ||||
2054 | if (SemaRef.CurContext->isDependentContext()) { | ||||
2055 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using typename"); | ||||
2056 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2057 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("qualifier"); | ||||
2058 | Builder.AddTextChunk("::"); | ||||
2059 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name"); | ||||
2060 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||
2061 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2062 | } | ||||
2063 | |||||
2064 | AddStaticAssertResult(Builder, Results, SemaRef.getLangOpts()); | ||||
2065 | |||||
2066 | if (CCC == Sema::PCC_Class) { | ||||
2067 | AddTypedefResult(Results); | ||||
2068 | |||||
2069 | bool IsNotInheritanceScope = | ||||
2070 | !(S->getFlags() & Scope::ClassInheritanceScope); | ||||
2071 | // public: | ||||
2072 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("public"); | ||||
2073 | if (IsNotInheritanceScope && Results.includeCodePatterns()) | ||||
2074 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); | ||||
2075 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2076 | |||||
2077 | // protected: | ||||
2078 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("protected"); | ||||
2079 | if (IsNotInheritanceScope && Results.includeCodePatterns()) | ||||
2080 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); | ||||
2081 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2082 | |||||
2083 | // private: | ||||
2084 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("private"); | ||||
2085 | if (IsNotInheritanceScope && Results.includeCodePatterns()) | ||||
2086 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); | ||||
2087 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2088 | |||||
2089 | // FIXME: This adds override results only if we are at the first word of | ||||
2090 | // the declaration/definition. Also call this from other sides to have | ||||
2091 | // more use-cases. | ||||
2092 | AddOverrideResults(Results, CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassStructUnion, | ||||
2093 | Builder); | ||||
2094 | } | ||||
2095 | } | ||||
2096 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||
2097 | |||||
2098 | case Sema::PCC_Template: | ||||
2099 | case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate: | ||||
2100 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Results.includeCodePatterns()) { | ||||
2101 | // template < parameters > | ||||
2102 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("template"); | ||||
2103 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); | ||||
2104 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameters"); | ||||
2105 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); | ||||
2106 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2107 | } else { | ||||
2108 | Results.AddResult(Result("template", CodeCompletionResult::RK_Keyword)); | ||||
2109 | } | ||||
2110 | |||||
2111 | AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); | ||||
2112 | AddFunctionSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); | ||||
2113 | break; | ||||
2114 | |||||
2115 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface: | ||||
2116 | AddObjCInterfaceResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results, true); | ||||
2117 | AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); | ||||
2118 | AddFunctionSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); | ||||
2119 | break; | ||||
2120 | |||||
2121 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation: | ||||
2122 | AddObjCImplementationResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results, true); | ||||
2123 | AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); | ||||
2124 | AddFunctionSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); | ||||
2125 | break; | ||||
2126 | |||||
2127 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: | ||||
2128 | AddObjCVisibilityResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results, true); | ||||
2129 | break; | ||||
2130 | |||||
2131 | case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction: | ||||
2132 | case Sema::PCC_Statement: { | ||||
2133 | AddTypedefResult(Results); | ||||
2134 | |||||
2135 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Results.includeCodePatterns() && | ||||
2136 | SemaRef.getLangOpts().CXXExceptions) { | ||||
2137 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("try"); | ||||
2138 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2139 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||
2140 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||
2141 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); | ||||
2142 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||
2143 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||
2144 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2145 | Builder.AddTextChunk("catch"); | ||||
2146 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2147 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
2148 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("declaration"); | ||||
2149 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
2150 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2151 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||
2152 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||
2153 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); | ||||
2154 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||
2155 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||
2156 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2157 | } | ||||
2158 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||
2159 | AddObjCStatementResults(Results, true); | ||||
2160 | |||||
2161 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { | ||||
2162 | // if (condition) { statements } | ||||
2163 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("if"); | ||||
2164 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2165 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
2166 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||
2167 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition"); | ||||
2168 | else | ||||
2169 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||
2170 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
2171 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2172 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||
2173 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||
2174 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); | ||||
2175 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||
2176 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||
2177 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2178 | |||||
2179 | // switch (condition) { } | ||||
2180 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("switch"); | ||||
2181 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2182 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
2183 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||
2184 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition"); | ||||
2185 | else | ||||
2186 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||
2187 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
2188 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2189 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||
2190 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||
2191 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("cases"); | ||||
2192 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||
2193 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||
2194 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2195 | } | ||||
2196 | |||||
2197 | // Switch-specific statements. | ||||
2198 | if (SemaRef.getCurFunction() && | ||||
2199 | !SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) { | ||||
2200 | // case expression: | ||||
2201 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("case"); | ||||
2202 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2203 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||
2204 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); | ||||
2205 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2206 | |||||
2207 | // default: | ||||
2208 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("default"); | ||||
2209 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); | ||||
2210 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2211 | } | ||||
2212 | |||||
2213 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { | ||||
2214 | /// while (condition) { statements } | ||||
2215 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("while"); | ||||
2216 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2217 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
2218 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||
2219 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition"); | ||||
2220 | else | ||||
2221 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||
2222 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
2223 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2224 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||
2225 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||
2226 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); | ||||
2227 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||
2228 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||
2229 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2230 | |||||
2231 | // do { statements } while ( expression ); | ||||
2232 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("do"); | ||||
2233 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2234 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||
2235 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||
2236 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); | ||||
2237 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||
2238 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||
2239 | Builder.AddTextChunk("while"); | ||||
2240 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2241 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
2242 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||
2243 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
2244 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2245 | |||||
2246 | // for ( for-init-statement ; condition ; expression ) { statements } | ||||
2247 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("for"); | ||||
2248 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2249 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
2250 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99) | ||||
2251 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("init-statement"); | ||||
2252 | else | ||||
2253 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("init-expression"); | ||||
2254 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||
2255 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2256 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition"); | ||||
2257 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||
2258 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2259 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("inc-expression"); | ||||
2260 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
2261 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2262 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||
2263 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||
2264 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); | ||||
2265 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||
2266 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||
2267 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2268 | } | ||||
2269 | |||||
2270 | if (S->getContinueParent()) { | ||||
2271 | // continue ; | ||||
2272 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("continue"); | ||||
2273 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||
2274 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2275 | } | ||||
2276 | |||||
2277 | if (S->getBreakParent()) { | ||||
2278 | // break ; | ||||
2279 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("break"); | ||||
2280 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||
2281 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2282 | } | ||||
2283 | |||||
2284 | // "return expression ;" or "return ;", depending on the return type. | ||||
2285 | QualType ReturnType; | ||||
2286 | if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) | ||||
2287 | ReturnType = Function->getReturnType(); | ||||
2288 | else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) | ||||
2289 | ReturnType = Method->getReturnType(); | ||||
2290 | else if (SemaRef.getCurBlock() && | ||||
2291 | !SemaRef.getCurBlock()->ReturnType.isNull()) | ||||
2292 | ReturnType = SemaRef.getCurBlock()->ReturnType;; | ||||
2293 | if (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isVoidType()) { | ||||
2294 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return"); | ||||
2295 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||
2296 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2297 | } else { | ||||
2298 | assert(!ReturnType.isNull())((!ReturnType.isNull()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!ReturnType.isNull()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 2298, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2299 | // "return expression ;" | ||||
2300 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return"); | ||||
2301 | Builder.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2302 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||
2303 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||
2304 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2305 | // When boolean, also add 'return true;' and 'return false;'. | ||||
2306 | if (ReturnType->isBooleanType()) { | ||||
2307 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return true"); | ||||
2308 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||
2309 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2310 | |||||
2311 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return false"); | ||||
2312 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||
2313 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2314 | } | ||||
2315 | } | ||||
2316 | |||||
2317 | // goto identifier ; | ||||
2318 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("goto"); | ||||
2319 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2320 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("label"); | ||||
2321 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||
2322 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2323 | |||||
2324 | // Using directives | ||||
2325 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using namespace"); | ||||
2326 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2327 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("identifier"); | ||||
2328 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||
2329 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2330 | |||||
2331 | AddStaticAssertResult(Builder, Results, SemaRef.getLangOpts()); | ||||
2332 | } | ||||
2333 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||
2334 | |||||
2335 | // Fall through (for statement expressions). | ||||
2336 | case Sema::PCC_ForInit: | ||||
2337 | case Sema::PCC_Condition: | ||||
2338 | AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); | ||||
2339 | // Fall through: conditions and statements can have expressions. | ||||
2340 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||
2341 | |||||
2342 | case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: | ||||
2343 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && | ||||
2344 | CCC == Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression) { | ||||
2345 | // (__bridge <type>)<expression> | ||||
2346 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("__bridge"); | ||||
2347 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2348 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); | ||||
2349 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
2350 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||
2351 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2352 | |||||
2353 | // (__bridge_transfer <Objective-C type>)<expression> | ||||
2354 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("__bridge_transfer"); | ||||
2355 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2356 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("Objective-C type"); | ||||
2357 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
2358 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||
2359 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2360 | |||||
2361 | // (__bridge_retained <CF type>)<expression> | ||||
2362 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("__bridge_retained"); | ||||
2363 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2364 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("CF type"); | ||||
2365 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
2366 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||
2367 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2368 | } | ||||
2369 | // Fall through | ||||
2370 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||
2371 | |||||
2372 | case Sema::PCC_Expression: { | ||||
2373 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
2374 | // 'this', if we're in a non-static member function. | ||||
2375 | addThisCompletion(SemaRef, Results); | ||||
2376 | |||||
2377 | // true | ||||
2378 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("bool"); | ||||
2379 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("true"); | ||||
2380 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2381 | |||||
2382 | // false | ||||
2383 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("bool"); | ||||
2384 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("false"); | ||||
2385 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2386 | |||||
2387 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().RTTI) { | ||||
2388 | // dynamic_cast < type-id > ( expression ) | ||||
2389 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("dynamic_cast"); | ||||
2390 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); | ||||
2391 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); | ||||
2392 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); | ||||
2393 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
2394 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||
2395 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
2396 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2397 | } | ||||
2398 | |||||
2399 | // static_cast < type-id > ( expression ) | ||||
2400 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("static_cast"); | ||||
2401 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); | ||||
2402 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); | ||||
2403 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); | ||||
2404 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
2405 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||
2406 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
2407 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2408 | |||||
2409 | // reinterpret_cast < type-id > ( expression ) | ||||
2410 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("reinterpret_cast"); | ||||
2411 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); | ||||
2412 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); | ||||
2413 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); | ||||
2414 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
2415 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||
2416 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
2417 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2418 | |||||
2419 | // const_cast < type-id > ( expression ) | ||||
2420 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("const_cast"); | ||||
2421 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); | ||||
2422 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); | ||||
2423 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); | ||||
2424 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
2425 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||
2426 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
2427 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2428 | |||||
2429 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().RTTI) { | ||||
2430 | // typeid ( expression-or-type ) | ||||
2431 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("std::type_info"); | ||||
2432 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typeid"); | ||||
2433 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
2434 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression-or-type"); | ||||
2435 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
2436 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2437 | } | ||||
2438 | |||||
2439 | // new T ( ... ) | ||||
2440 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("new"); | ||||
2441 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2442 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); | ||||
2443 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
2444 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expressions"); | ||||
2445 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
2446 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2447 | |||||
2448 | // new T [ ] ( ... ) | ||||
2449 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("new"); | ||||
2450 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2451 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); | ||||
2452 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBracket); | ||||
2453 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("size"); | ||||
2454 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket); | ||||
2455 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
2456 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expressions"); | ||||
2457 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
2458 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2459 | |||||
2460 | // delete expression | ||||
2461 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("void"); | ||||
2462 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("delete"); | ||||
2463 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2464 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||
2465 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2466 | |||||
2467 | // delete [] expression | ||||
2468 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("void"); | ||||
2469 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("delete"); | ||||
2470 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2471 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBracket); | ||||
2472 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket); | ||||
2473 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2474 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||
2475 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2476 | |||||
2477 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CXXExceptions) { | ||||
2478 | // throw expression | ||||
2479 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("void"); | ||||
2480 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("throw"); | ||||
2481 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
2482 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||
2483 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2484 | } | ||||
2485 | |||||
2486 | // FIXME: Rethrow? | ||||
2487 | |||||
2488 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | ||||
2489 | // nullptr | ||||
2490 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("std::nullptr_t"); | ||||
2491 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("nullptr"); | ||||
2492 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2493 | |||||
2494 | // alignof | ||||
2495 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t"); | ||||
2496 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("alignof"); | ||||
2497 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
2498 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); | ||||
2499 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
2500 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2501 | |||||
2502 | // noexcept | ||||
2503 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("bool"); | ||||
2504 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("noexcept"); | ||||
2505 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
2506 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||
2507 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
2508 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2509 | |||||
2510 | // sizeof... expression | ||||
2511 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t"); | ||||
2512 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("sizeof..."); | ||||
2513 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
2514 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameter-pack"); | ||||
2515 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
2516 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2517 | } | ||||
2518 | } | ||||
2519 | |||||
2520 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) { | ||||
2521 | // Add "super", if we're in an Objective-C class with a superclass. | ||||
2522 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) { | ||||
2523 | // The interface can be NULL. | ||||
2524 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = Method->getClassInterface()) | ||||
2525 | if (ID->getSuperClass()) { | ||||
2526 | std::string SuperType; | ||||
2527 | SuperType = ID->getSuperClass()->getNameAsString(); | ||||
2528 | if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) | ||||
2529 | SuperType += " *"; | ||||
2530 | |||||
2531 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SuperType)); | ||||
2532 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("super"); | ||||
2533 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2534 | } | ||||
2535 | } | ||||
2536 | |||||
2537 | AddObjCExpressionResults(Results, true); | ||||
2538 | } | ||||
2539 | |||||
2540 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) { | ||||
2541 | // _Alignof | ||||
2542 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t"); | ||||
2543 | if (SemaRef.PP.isMacroDefined("alignof")) | ||||
2544 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("alignof"); | ||||
2545 | else | ||||
2546 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("_Alignof"); | ||||
2547 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
2548 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); | ||||
2549 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
2550 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2551 | } | ||||
2552 | |||||
2553 | // sizeof expression | ||||
2554 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t"); | ||||
2555 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("sizeof"); | ||||
2556 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
2557 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression-or-type"); | ||||
2558 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
2559 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
2560 | break; | ||||
2561 | } | ||||
2562 | |||||
2563 | case Sema::PCC_Type: | ||||
2564 | case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: | ||||
2565 | break; | ||||
2566 | } | ||||
2567 | |||||
2568 | if (WantTypesInContext(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts())) | ||||
2569 | AddTypeSpecifierResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); | ||||
2570 | |||||
2571 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CCC != Sema::PCC_Type) | ||||
2572 | Results.AddResult(Result("operator")); | ||||
2573 | } | ||||
2574 | |||||
2575 | /// If the given declaration has an associated type, add it as a result | ||||
2576 | /// type chunk. | ||||
2577 | static void AddResultTypeChunk(ASTContext &Context, | ||||
2578 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||
2579 | const NamedDecl *ND, QualType BaseType, | ||||
2580 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Result) { | ||||
2581 | if (!ND) | ||||
2582 | return; | ||||
2583 | |||||
2584 | // Skip constructors and conversion functions, which have their return types | ||||
2585 | // built into their names. | ||||
2586 | if (isConstructor(ND) || isa<CXXConversionDecl>(ND)) | ||||
2587 | return; | ||||
2588 | |||||
2589 | // Determine the type of the declaration (if it has a type). | ||||
2590 | QualType T; | ||||
2591 | if (const FunctionDecl *Function = ND->getAsFunction()) | ||||
2592 | T = Function->getReturnType(); | ||||
2593 | else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) { | ||||
2594 | if (!BaseType.isNull()) | ||||
2595 | T = Method->getSendResultType(BaseType); | ||||
2596 | else | ||||
2597 | T = Method->getReturnType(); | ||||
2598 | } else if (const auto *Enumerator = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(ND)) { | ||||
2599 | T = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<TypeDecl>(Enumerator->getDeclContext())); | ||||
2600 | T = clang::TypeName::getFullyQualifiedType(T, Context); | ||||
2601 | } else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(ND)) { | ||||
2602 | /* Do nothing: ignore unresolved using declarations*/ | ||||
2603 | } else if (const auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) { | ||||
2604 | if (!BaseType.isNull()) | ||||
2605 | T = Ivar->getUsageType(BaseType); | ||||
2606 | else | ||||
2607 | T = Ivar->getType(); | ||||
2608 | } else if (const auto *Value = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(ND)) { | ||||
2609 | T = Value->getType(); | ||||
2610 | } else if (const auto *Property = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND)) { | ||||
2611 | if (!BaseType.isNull()) | ||||
2612 | T = Property->getUsageType(BaseType); | ||||
2613 | else | ||||
2614 | T = Property->getType(); | ||||
2615 | } | ||||
2616 | |||||
2617 | if (T.isNull() || Context.hasSameType(T, Context.DependentTy)) | ||||
2618 | return; | ||||
2619 | |||||
2620 | Result.AddResultTypeChunk( | ||||
2621 | GetCompletionTypeString(T, Context, Policy, Result.getAllocator())); | ||||
2622 | } | ||||
2623 | |||||
2624 | static void MaybeAddSentinel(Preprocessor &PP, | ||||
2625 | const NamedDecl *FunctionOrMethod, | ||||
2626 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Result) { | ||||
2627 | if (SentinelAttr *Sentinel = FunctionOrMethod->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) | ||||
2628 | if (Sentinel->getSentinel() == 0) { | ||||
2629 | if (PP.getLangOpts().ObjC && PP.isMacroDefined("nil")) | ||||
2630 | Result.AddTextChunk(", nil"); | ||||
2631 | else if (PP.isMacroDefined("NULL")) | ||||
2632 | Result.AddTextChunk(", NULL"); | ||||
2633 | else | ||||
2634 | Result.AddTextChunk(", (void*)0"); | ||||
2635 | } | ||||
2636 | } | ||||
2637 | |||||
2638 | static std::string formatObjCParamQualifiers(unsigned ObjCQuals, | ||||
2639 | QualType &Type) { | ||||
2640 | std::string Result; | ||||
2641 | if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) | ||||
2642 | Result += "in "; | ||||
2643 | else if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) | ||||
2644 | Result += "inout "; | ||||
2645 | else if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) | ||||
2646 | Result += "out "; | ||||
2647 | if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) | ||||
2648 | Result += "bycopy "; | ||||
2649 | else if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) | ||||
2650 | Result += "byref "; | ||||
2651 | if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) | ||||
2652 | Result += "oneway "; | ||||
2653 | if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) { | ||||
2654 | if (auto nullability = AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Type)) { | ||||
2655 | switch (*nullability) { | ||||
2656 | case NullabilityKind::NonNull: | ||||
2657 | Result += "nonnull "; | ||||
2658 | break; | ||||
2659 | |||||
2660 | case NullabilityKind::Nullable: | ||||
2661 | Result += "nullable "; | ||||
2662 | break; | ||||
2663 | |||||
2664 | case NullabilityKind::Unspecified: | ||||
2665 | Result += "null_unspecified "; | ||||
2666 | break; | ||||
2667 | } | ||||
2668 | } | ||||
2669 | } | ||||
2670 | return Result; | ||||
2671 | } | ||||
2672 | |||||
2673 | /// Tries to find the most appropriate type location for an Objective-C | ||||
2674 | /// block placeholder. | ||||
2675 | /// | ||||
2676 | /// This function ignores things like typedefs and qualifiers in order to | ||||
2677 | /// present the most relevant and accurate block placeholders in code completion | ||||
2678 | /// results. | ||||
2679 | static void findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(const TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, | ||||
2680 | FunctionTypeLoc &Block, | ||||
2681 | FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProto, | ||||
2682 | bool SuppressBlock = false) { | ||||
2683 | if (!TSInfo) | ||||
2684 | return; | ||||
2685 | TypeLoc TL = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc(); | ||||
2686 | while (true) { | ||||
2687 | // Look through typedefs. | ||||
2688 | if (!SuppressBlock) { | ||||
2689 | if (TypedefTypeLoc TypedefTL = TL.getAs<TypedefTypeLoc>()) { | ||||
2690 | if (TypeSourceInfo *InnerTSInfo = | ||||
2691 | TypedefTL.getTypedefNameDecl()->getTypeSourceInfo()) { | ||||
2692 | TL = InnerTSInfo->getTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc(); | ||||
2693 | continue; | ||||
2694 | } | ||||
2695 | } | ||||
2696 | |||||
2697 | // Look through qualified types | ||||
2698 | if (QualifiedTypeLoc QualifiedTL = TL.getAs<QualifiedTypeLoc>()) { | ||||
2699 | TL = QualifiedTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); | ||||
2700 | continue; | ||||
2701 | } | ||||
2702 | |||||
2703 | if (AttributedTypeLoc AttrTL = TL.getAs<AttributedTypeLoc>()) { | ||||
2704 | TL = AttrTL.getModifiedLoc(); | ||||
2705 | continue; | ||||
2706 | } | ||||
2707 | } | ||||
2708 | |||||
2709 | // Try to get the function prototype behind the block pointer type, | ||||
2710 | // then we're done. | ||||
2711 | if (BlockPointerTypeLoc BlockPtr = TL.getAs<BlockPointerTypeLoc>()) { | ||||
2712 | TL = BlockPtr.getPointeeLoc().IgnoreParens(); | ||||
2713 | Block = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); | ||||
2714 | BlockProto = TL.getAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>(); | ||||
2715 | } | ||||
2716 | break; | ||||
2717 | } | ||||
2718 | } | ||||
2719 | |||||
2720 | static std::string | ||||
2721 | formatBlockPlaceholder(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const NamedDecl *BlockDecl, | ||||
2722 | FunctionTypeLoc &Block, FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProto, | ||||
2723 | bool SuppressBlockName = false, | ||||
2724 | bool SuppressBlock = false, | ||||
2725 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts = None); | ||||
2726 | |||||
2727 | static std::string | ||||
2728 | FormatFunctionParameter(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const ParmVarDecl *Param, | ||||
2729 | bool SuppressName = false, bool SuppressBlock = false, | ||||
2730 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts = None) { | ||||
2731 | // Params are unavailable in FunctionTypeLoc if the FunctionType is invalid. | ||||
2732 | // It would be better to pass in the param Type, which is usually avaliable. | ||||
2733 | // But this case is rare, so just pretend we fell back to int as elsewhere. | ||||
2734 | if (!Param) | ||||
2735 | return "int"; | ||||
2736 | bool ObjCMethodParam = isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(Param->getDeclContext()); | ||||
2737 | if (Param->getType()->isDependentType() || | ||||
2738 | !Param->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||
2739 | // The argument for a dependent or non-block parameter is a placeholder | ||||
2740 | // containing that parameter's type. | ||||
2741 | std::string Result; | ||||
2742 | |||||
2743 | if (Param->getIdentifier() && !ObjCMethodParam && !SuppressName) | ||||
2744 | Result = Param->getIdentifier()->getName(); | ||||
2745 | |||||
2746 | QualType Type = Param->getType(); | ||||
2747 | if (ObjCSubsts) | ||||
2748 | Type = Type.substObjCTypeArgs(Param->getASTContext(), *ObjCSubsts, | ||||
2749 | ObjCSubstitutionContext::Parameter); | ||||
2750 | if (ObjCMethodParam) { | ||||
2751 | Result = | ||||
2752 | "(" + formatObjCParamQualifiers(Param->getObjCDeclQualifier(), Type); | ||||
2753 | Result += Type.getAsString(Policy) + ")"; | ||||
2754 | if (Param->getIdentifier() && !SuppressName) | ||||
2755 | Result += Param->getIdentifier()->getName(); | ||||
2756 | } else { | ||||
2757 | Type.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy); | ||||
2758 | } | ||||
2759 | return Result; | ||||
2760 | } | ||||
2761 | |||||
2762 | // The argument for a block pointer parameter is a block literal with | ||||
2763 | // the appropriate type. | ||||
2764 | FunctionTypeLoc Block; | ||||
2765 | FunctionProtoTypeLoc BlockProto; | ||||
2766 | findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(Param->getTypeSourceInfo(), Block, BlockProto, | ||||
2767 | SuppressBlock); | ||||
2768 | // Try to retrieve the block type information from the property if this is a | ||||
2769 | // parameter in a setter. | ||||
2770 | if (!Block && ObjCMethodParam && | ||||
2771 | cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Param->getDeclContext())->isPropertyAccessor()) { | ||||
2772 | if (const auto *PD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Param->getDeclContext()) | ||||
2773 | ->findPropertyDecl(/*CheckOverrides=*/false)) | ||||
2774 | findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(PD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Block, BlockProto, | ||||
2775 | SuppressBlock); | ||||
2776 | } | ||||
2777 | |||||
2778 | if (!Block) { | ||||
2779 | // We were unable to find a FunctionProtoTypeLoc with parameter names | ||||
2780 | // for the block; just use the parameter type as a placeholder. | ||||
2781 | std::string Result; | ||||
2782 | if (!ObjCMethodParam && Param->getIdentifier()) | ||||
2783 | Result = Param->getIdentifier()->getName(); | ||||
2784 | |||||
2785 | QualType Type = Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
2786 | |||||
2787 | if (ObjCMethodParam) { | ||||
2788 | Result = Type.getAsString(Policy); | ||||
2789 | std::string Quals = | ||||
2790 | formatObjCParamQualifiers(Param->getObjCDeclQualifier(), Type); | ||||
2791 | if (!Quals.empty()) | ||||
2792 | Result = "(" + Quals + " " + Result + ")"; | ||||
2793 | if (Result.back() != ')') | ||||
2794 | Result += " "; | ||||
2795 | if (Param->getIdentifier()) | ||||
2796 | Result += Param->getIdentifier()->getName(); | ||||
2797 | } else { | ||||
2798 | Type.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy); | ||||
2799 | } | ||||
2800 | |||||
2801 | return Result; | ||||
2802 | } | ||||
2803 | |||||
2804 | // We have the function prototype behind the block pointer type, as it was | ||||
2805 | // written in the source. | ||||
2806 | return formatBlockPlaceholder(Policy, Param, Block, BlockProto, | ||||
2807 | /*SuppressBlockName=*/false, SuppressBlock, | ||||
2808 | ObjCSubsts); | ||||
2809 | } | ||||
2810 | |||||
2811 | /// Returns a placeholder string that corresponds to an Objective-C block | ||||
2812 | /// declaration. | ||||
2813 | /// | ||||
2814 | /// \param BlockDecl A declaration with an Objective-C block type. | ||||
2815 | /// | ||||
2816 | /// \param Block The most relevant type location for that block type. | ||||
2817 | /// | ||||
2818 | /// \param SuppressBlockName Determines whether or not the name of the block | ||||
2819 | /// declaration is included in the resulting string. | ||||
2820 | static std::string | ||||
2821 | formatBlockPlaceholder(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const NamedDecl *BlockDecl, | ||||
2822 | FunctionTypeLoc &Block, FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProto, | ||||
2823 | bool SuppressBlockName, bool SuppressBlock, | ||||
2824 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts) { | ||||
2825 | std::string Result; | ||||
2826 | QualType ResultType = Block.getTypePtr()->getReturnType(); | ||||
2827 | if (ObjCSubsts) | ||||
2828 | ResultType = | ||||
2829 | ResultType.substObjCTypeArgs(BlockDecl->getASTContext(), *ObjCSubsts, | ||||
2830 | ObjCSubstitutionContext::Result); | ||||
2831 | if (!ResultType->isVoidType() || SuppressBlock) | ||||
2832 | ResultType.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy); | ||||
2833 | |||||
2834 | // Format the parameter list. | ||||
2835 | std::string Params; | ||||
2836 | if (!BlockProto || Block.getNumParams() == 0) { | ||||
2837 | if (BlockProto && BlockProto.getTypePtr()->isVariadic()) | ||||
2838 | Params = "(...)"; | ||||
2839 | else | ||||
2840 | Params = "(void)"; | ||||
2841 | } else { | ||||
2842 | Params += "("; | ||||
2843 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Block.getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) { | ||||
2844 | if (I) | ||||
2845 | Params += ", "; | ||||
2846 | Params += FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Block.getParam(I), | ||||
2847 | /*SuppressName=*/false, | ||||
2848 | /*SuppressBlock=*/true, ObjCSubsts); | ||||
2849 | |||||
2850 | if (I == N - 1 && BlockProto.getTypePtr()->isVariadic()) | ||||
2851 | Params += ", ..."; | ||||
2852 | } | ||||
2853 | Params += ")"; | ||||
2854 | } | ||||
2855 | |||||
2856 | if (SuppressBlock) { | ||||
2857 | // Format as a parameter. | ||||
2858 | Result = Result + " (^"; | ||||
2859 | if (!SuppressBlockName && BlockDecl->getIdentifier()) | ||||
2860 | Result += BlockDecl->getIdentifier()->getName(); | ||||
2861 | Result += ")"; | ||||
2862 | Result += Params; | ||||
2863 | } else { | ||||
2864 | // Format as a block literal argument. | ||||
2865 | Result = '^' + Result; | ||||
2866 | Result += Params; | ||||
2867 | |||||
2868 | if (!SuppressBlockName && BlockDecl->getIdentifier()) | ||||
2869 | Result += BlockDecl->getIdentifier()->getName(); | ||||
2870 | } | ||||
2871 | |||||
2872 | return Result; | ||||
2873 | } | ||||
2874 | |||||
2875 | static std::string GetDefaultValueString(const ParmVarDecl *Param, | ||||
2876 | const SourceManager &SM, | ||||
2877 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { | ||||
2878 | const SourceRange SrcRange = Param->getDefaultArgRange(); | ||||
2879 | CharSourceRange CharSrcRange = CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(SrcRange); | ||||
2880 | bool Invalid = CharSrcRange.isInvalid(); | ||||
2881 | if (Invalid) | ||||
2882 | return ""; | ||||
2883 | StringRef srcText = | ||||
2884 | Lexer::getSourceText(CharSrcRange, SM, LangOpts, &Invalid); | ||||
2885 | if (Invalid) | ||||
2886 | return ""; | ||||
2887 | |||||
2888 | if (srcText.empty() || srcText == "=") { | ||||
2889 | // Lexer can't determine the value. | ||||
2890 | // This happens if the code is incorrect (for example class is forward | ||||
2891 | // declared). | ||||
2892 | return ""; | ||||
2893 | } | ||||
2894 | std::string DefValue(srcText.str()); | ||||
2895 | // FIXME: remove this check if the Lexer::getSourceText value is fixed and | ||||
2896 | // this value always has (or always does not have) '=' in front of it | ||||
2897 | if (DefValue.at(0) != '=') { | ||||
2898 | // If we don't have '=' in front of value. | ||||
2899 | // Lexer returns built-in types values without '=' and user-defined types | ||||
2900 | // values with it. | ||||
2901 | return " = " + DefValue; | ||||
2902 | } | ||||
2903 | return " " + DefValue; | ||||
2904 | } | ||||
2905 | |||||
2906 | /// Add function parameter chunks to the given code completion string. | ||||
2907 | static void AddFunctionParameterChunks(Preprocessor &PP, | ||||
2908 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||
2909 | const FunctionDecl *Function, | ||||
2910 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, | ||||
2911 | unsigned Start = 0, | ||||
2912 | bool InOptional = false) { | ||||
2913 | bool FirstParameter = true; | ||||
2914 | |||||
2915 | for (unsigned P = Start, N = Function->getNumParams(); P != N; ++P) { | ||||
2916 | const ParmVarDecl *Param = Function->getParamDecl(P); | ||||
2917 | |||||
2918 | if (Param->hasDefaultArg() && !InOptional) { | ||||
2919 | // When we see an optional default argument, put that argument and | ||||
2920 | // the remaining default arguments into a new, optional string. | ||||
2921 | CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(), | ||||
2922 | Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
2923 | if (!FirstParameter) | ||||
2924 | Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); | ||||
2925 | AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Opt, P, true); | ||||
2926 | Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString()); | ||||
2927 | break; | ||||
2928 | } | ||||
2929 | |||||
2930 | if (FirstParameter) | ||||
2931 | FirstParameter = false; | ||||
2932 | else | ||||
2933 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); | ||||
2934 | |||||
2935 | InOptional = false; | ||||
2936 | |||||
2937 | // Format the placeholder string. | ||||
2938 | std::string PlaceholderStr = FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Param); | ||||
2939 | if (Param->hasDefaultArg()) | ||||
2940 | PlaceholderStr += | ||||
2941 | GetDefaultValueString(Param, PP.getSourceManager(), PP.getLangOpts()); | ||||
2942 | |||||
2943 | if (Function->isVariadic() && P == N - 1) | ||||
2944 | PlaceholderStr += ", ..."; | ||||
2945 | |||||
2946 | // Add the placeholder string. | ||||
2947 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk( | ||||
2948 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr)); | ||||
2949 | } | ||||
2950 | |||||
2951 | if (const auto *Proto = Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) | ||||
2952 | if (Proto->isVariadic()) { | ||||
2953 | if (Proto->getNumParams() == 0) | ||||
2954 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk("..."); | ||||
2955 | |||||
2956 | MaybeAddSentinel(PP, Function, Result); | ||||
2957 | } | ||||
2958 | } | ||||
2959 | |||||
2960 | /// Add template parameter chunks to the given code completion string. | ||||
2961 | static void AddTemplateParameterChunks( | ||||
2962 | ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||
2963 | const TemplateDecl *Template, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, | ||||
2964 | unsigned MaxParameters = 0, unsigned Start = 0, bool InDefaultArg = false) { | ||||
2965 | bool FirstParameter = true; | ||||
2966 | |||||
2967 | // Prefer to take the template parameter names from the first declaration of | ||||
2968 | // the template. | ||||
2969 | Template = cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()); | ||||
2970 | |||||
2971 | TemplateParameterList *Params = Template->getTemplateParameters(); | ||||
2972 | TemplateParameterList::iterator PEnd = Params->end(); | ||||
2973 | if (MaxParameters) | ||||
2974 | PEnd = Params->begin() + MaxParameters; | ||||
2975 | for (TemplateParameterList::iterator P = Params->begin() + Start; P != PEnd; | ||||
2976 | ++P) { | ||||
2977 | bool HasDefaultArg = false; | ||||
2978 | std::string PlaceholderStr; | ||||
2979 | if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { | ||||
2980 | if (TTP->wasDeclaredWithTypename()) | ||||
2981 | PlaceholderStr = "typename"; | ||||
2982 | else | ||||
2983 | PlaceholderStr = "class"; | ||||
2984 | |||||
2985 | if (TTP->getIdentifier()) { | ||||
2986 | PlaceholderStr += ' '; | ||||
2987 | PlaceholderStr += TTP->getIdentifier()->getName(); | ||||
2988 | } | ||||
2989 | |||||
2990 | HasDefaultArg = TTP->hasDefaultArgument(); | ||||
2991 | } else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = | ||||
2992 | dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { | ||||
2993 | if (NTTP->getIdentifier()) | ||||
2994 | PlaceholderStr = NTTP->getIdentifier()->getName(); | ||||
2995 | NTTP->getType().getAsStringInternal(PlaceholderStr, Policy); | ||||
2996 | HasDefaultArg = NTTP->hasDefaultArgument(); | ||||
2997 | } else { | ||||
2998 | assert(isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))((isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 2998, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2999 | TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); | ||||
3000 | |||||
3001 | // Since putting the template argument list into the placeholder would | ||||
3002 | // be very, very long, we just use an abbreviation. | ||||
3003 | PlaceholderStr = "template<...> class"; | ||||
3004 | if (TTP->getIdentifier()) { | ||||
3005 | PlaceholderStr += ' '; | ||||
3006 | PlaceholderStr += TTP->getIdentifier()->getName(); | ||||
3007 | } | ||||
3008 | |||||
3009 | HasDefaultArg = TTP->hasDefaultArgument(); | ||||
3010 | } | ||||
3011 | |||||
3012 | if (HasDefaultArg && !InDefaultArg) { | ||||
3013 | // When we see an optional default argument, put that argument and | ||||
3014 | // the remaining default arguments into a new, optional string. | ||||
3015 | CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(), | ||||
3016 | Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
3017 | if (!FirstParameter) | ||||
3018 | Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); | ||||
3019 | AddTemplateParameterChunks(Context, Policy, Template, Opt, MaxParameters, | ||||
3020 | P - Params->begin(), true); | ||||
3021 | Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString()); | ||||
3022 | break; | ||||
3023 | } | ||||
3024 | |||||
3025 | InDefaultArg = false; | ||||
3026 | |||||
3027 | if (FirstParameter) | ||||
3028 | FirstParameter = false; | ||||
3029 | else | ||||
3030 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); | ||||
3031 | |||||
3032 | // Add the placeholder string. | ||||
3033 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk( | ||||
3034 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr)); | ||||
3035 | } | ||||
3036 | } | ||||
3037 | |||||
3038 | /// Add a qualifier to the given code-completion string, if the | ||||
3039 | /// provided nested-name-specifier is non-NULL. | ||||
3040 | static void AddQualifierToCompletionString(CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, | ||||
3041 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, | ||||
3042 | bool QualifierIsInformative, | ||||
3043 | ASTContext &Context, | ||||
3044 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { | ||||
3045 | if (!Qualifier) | ||||
3046 | return; | ||||
3047 | |||||
3048 | std::string PrintedNNS; | ||||
3049 | { | ||||
3050 | llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(PrintedNNS); | ||||
3051 | Qualifier->print(OS, Policy); | ||||
3052 | } | ||||
3053 | if (QualifierIsInformative) | ||||
3054 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PrintedNNS)); | ||||
3055 | else | ||||
3056 | Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PrintedNNS)); | ||||
3057 | } | ||||
3058 | |||||
3059 | static void | ||||
3060 | AddFunctionTypeQualsToCompletionString(CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, | ||||
3061 | const FunctionDecl *Function) { | ||||
3062 | const auto *Proto = Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
3063 | if (!Proto || !Proto->getMethodQuals()) | ||||
3064 | return; | ||||
3065 | |||||
3066 | // FIXME: Add ref-qualifier! | ||||
3067 | |||||
3068 | // Handle single qualifiers without copying | ||||
3069 | if (Proto->getMethodQuals().hasOnlyConst()) { | ||||
3070 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(" const"); | ||||
3071 | return; | ||||
3072 | } | ||||
3073 | |||||
3074 | if (Proto->getMethodQuals().hasOnlyVolatile()) { | ||||
3075 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(" volatile"); | ||||
3076 | return; | ||||
3077 | } | ||||
3078 | |||||
3079 | if (Proto->getMethodQuals().hasOnlyRestrict()) { | ||||
3080 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(" restrict"); | ||||
3081 | return; | ||||
3082 | } | ||||
3083 | |||||
3084 | // Handle multiple qualifiers. | ||||
3085 | std::string QualsStr; | ||||
3086 | if (Proto->isConst()) | ||||
3087 | QualsStr += " const"; | ||||
3088 | if (Proto->isVolatile()) | ||||
3089 | QualsStr += " volatile"; | ||||
3090 | if (Proto->isRestrict()) | ||||
3091 | QualsStr += " restrict"; | ||||
3092 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(QualsStr)); | ||||
3093 | } | ||||
3094 | |||||
3095 | /// Add the name of the given declaration | ||||
3096 | static void AddTypedNameChunk(ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||
3097 | const NamedDecl *ND, | ||||
3098 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Result) { | ||||
3099 | DeclarationName Name = ND->getDeclName(); | ||||
3100 | if (!Name) | ||||
3101 | return; | ||||
3102 | |||||
3103 | switch (Name.getNameKind()) { | ||||
3104 | case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName: { | ||||
3105 | const char *OperatorName = nullptr; | ||||
3106 | switch (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator()) { | ||||
3107 | case OO_None: | ||||
3108 | case OO_Conditional: | ||||
3109 | case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS: | ||||
3110 | OperatorName = "operator"; | ||||
3111 | break; | ||||
3112 | |||||
3113 | #define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Name, Spelling, Token, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly) \ | ||||
3114 | case OO_##Name: \ | ||||
3115 | OperatorName = "operator" Spelling; \ | ||||
3116 | break; | ||||
3117 | #define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR_MULTI(Name, Spelling, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly) | ||||
3118 | #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.def" | ||||
3119 | |||||
3120 | case OO_New: | ||||
3121 | OperatorName = "operator new"; | ||||
3122 | break; | ||||
3123 | case OO_Delete: | ||||
3124 | OperatorName = "operator delete"; | ||||
3125 | break; | ||||
3126 | case OO_Array_New: | ||||
3127 | OperatorName = "operator new[]"; | ||||
3128 | break; | ||||
3129 | case OO_Array_Delete: | ||||
3130 | OperatorName = "operator delete[]"; | ||||
3131 | break; | ||||
3132 | case OO_Call: | ||||
3133 | OperatorName = "operator()"; | ||||
3134 | break; | ||||
3135 | case OO_Subscript: | ||||
3136 | OperatorName = "operator[]"; | ||||
3137 | break; | ||||
3138 | } | ||||
3139 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(OperatorName); | ||||
3140 | break; | ||||
3141 | } | ||||
3142 | |||||
3143 | case DeclarationName::Identifier: | ||||
3144 | case DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName: | ||||
3145 | case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName: | ||||
3146 | case DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName: | ||||
3147 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||
3148 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString())); | ||||
3149 | break; | ||||
3150 | |||||
3151 | case DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName: | ||||
3152 | case DeclarationName::CXXUsingDirective: | ||||
3153 | case DeclarationName::ObjCZeroArgSelector: | ||||
3154 | case DeclarationName::ObjCOneArgSelector: | ||||
3155 | case DeclarationName::ObjCMultiArgSelector: | ||||
3156 | break; | ||||
3157 | |||||
3158 | case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName: { | ||||
3159 | CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; | ||||
3160 | QualType Ty = Name.getCXXNameType(); | ||||
3161 | if (const auto *RecordTy = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) | ||||
3162 | Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl()); | ||||
3163 | else if (const auto *InjectedTy = Ty->getAs<InjectedClassNameType>()) | ||||
3164 | Record = InjectedTy->getDecl(); | ||||
3165 | else { | ||||
3166 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||
3167 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString())); | ||||
3168 | break; | ||||
3169 | } | ||||
3170 | |||||
3171 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||
3172 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Record->getNameAsString())); | ||||
3173 | if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) { | ||||
3174 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); | ||||
3175 | AddTemplateParameterChunks(Context, Policy, Template, Result); | ||||
3176 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); | ||||
3177 | } | ||||
3178 | break; | ||||
3179 | } | ||||
3180 | } | ||||
3181 | } | ||||
3182 | |||||
3183 | CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::CreateCodeCompletionString( | ||||
3184 | Sema &S, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, | ||||
3185 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, | ||||
3186 | bool IncludeBriefComments) { | ||||
3187 | return CreateCodeCompletionString(S.Context, S.PP, CCContext, Allocator, | ||||
3188 | CCTUInfo, IncludeBriefComments); | ||||
3189 | } | ||||
3190 | |||||
3191 | CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::CreateCodeCompletionStringForMacro( | ||||
3192 | Preprocessor &PP, CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, | ||||
3193 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo) { | ||||
3194 | assert(Kind == RK_Macro)((Kind == RK_Macro) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == RK_Macro", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 3194, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3195 | CodeCompletionBuilder Result(Allocator, CCTUInfo, Priority, Availability); | ||||
3196 | const MacroInfo *MI = PP.getMacroInfo(Macro); | ||||
3197 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Macro->getName())); | ||||
3198 | |||||
3199 | if (!MI || !MI->isFunctionLike()) | ||||
3200 | return Result.TakeString(); | ||||
3201 | |||||
3202 | // Format a function-like macro with placeholders for the arguments. | ||||
3203 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
3204 | MacroInfo::param_iterator A = MI->param_begin(), AEnd = MI->param_end(); | ||||
3205 | |||||
3206 | // C99 variadic macros add __VA_ARGS__ at the end. Skip it. | ||||
3207 | if (MI->isC99Varargs()) { | ||||
3208 | --AEnd; | ||||
3209 | |||||
3210 | if (A == AEnd) { | ||||
3211 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk("..."); | ||||
3212 | } | ||||
3213 | } | ||||
3214 | |||||
3215 | for (MacroInfo::param_iterator A = MI->param_begin(); A != AEnd; ++A) { | ||||
3216 | if (A != MI->param_begin()) | ||||
3217 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); | ||||
3218 | |||||
3219 | if (MI->isVariadic() && (A + 1) == AEnd) { | ||||
3220 | SmallString<32> Arg = (*A)->getName(); | ||||
3221 | if (MI->isC99Varargs()) | ||||
3222 | Arg += ", ..."; | ||||
3223 | else | ||||
3224 | Arg += "..."; | ||||
3225 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg)); | ||||
3226 | break; | ||||
3227 | } | ||||
3228 | |||||
3229 | // Non-variadic macros are simple. | ||||
3230 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk( | ||||
3231 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString((*A)->getName())); | ||||
3232 | } | ||||
3233 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
3234 | return Result.TakeString(); | ||||
3235 | } | ||||
3236 | |||||
3237 | /// If possible, create a new code completion string for the given | ||||
3238 | /// result. | ||||
3239 | /// | ||||
3240 | /// \returns Either a new, heap-allocated code completion string describing | ||||
3241 | /// how to use this result, or NULL to indicate that the string or name of the | ||||
3242 | /// result is all that is needed. | ||||
3243 | CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::CreateCodeCompletionString( | ||||
3244 | ASTContext &Ctx, Preprocessor &PP, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, | ||||
3245 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, | ||||
3246 | bool IncludeBriefComments) { | ||||
3247 | if (Kind == RK_Macro) | ||||
3248 | return CreateCodeCompletionStringForMacro(PP, Allocator, CCTUInfo); | ||||
3249 | |||||
3250 | CodeCompletionBuilder Result(Allocator, CCTUInfo, Priority, Availability); | ||||
3251 | |||||
3252 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Ctx, PP); | ||||
3253 | if (Kind == RK_Pattern) { | ||||
3254 | Pattern->Priority = Priority; | ||||
3255 | Pattern->Availability = Availability; | ||||
3256 | |||||
3257 | if (Declaration) { | ||||
3258 | Result.addParentContext(Declaration->getDeclContext()); | ||||
3259 | Pattern->ParentName = Result.getParentName(); | ||||
3260 | if (const RawComment *RC = | ||||
3261 | getPatternCompletionComment(Ctx, Declaration)) { | ||||
3262 | Result.addBriefComment(RC->getBriefText(Ctx)); | ||||
3263 | Pattern->BriefComment = Result.getBriefComment(); | ||||
3264 | } | ||||
3265 | } | ||||
3266 | |||||
3267 | return Pattern; | ||||
3268 | } | ||||
3269 | |||||
3270 | if (Kind == RK_Keyword) { | ||||
3271 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Keyword); | ||||
3272 | return Result.TakeString(); | ||||
3273 | } | ||||
3274 | assert(Kind == RK_Declaration && "Missed a result kind?")((Kind == RK_Declaration && "Missed a result kind?") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == RK_Declaration && \"Missed a result kind?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 3274, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3275 | return createCodeCompletionStringForDecl( | ||||
3276 | PP, Ctx, Result, IncludeBriefComments, CCContext, Policy); | ||||
3277 | } | ||||
3278 | |||||
3279 | static void printOverrideString(const CodeCompletionString &CCS, | ||||
3280 | std::string &BeforeName, | ||||
3281 | std::string &NameAndSignature) { | ||||
3282 | bool SeenTypedChunk = false; | ||||
3283 | for (auto &Chunk : CCS) { | ||||
3284 | if (Chunk.Kind == CodeCompletionString::CK_Optional) { | ||||
3285 | assert(SeenTypedChunk && "optional parameter before name")((SeenTypedChunk && "optional parameter before name") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("SeenTypedChunk && \"optional parameter before name\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 3285, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3286 | // Note that we put all chunks inside into NameAndSignature. | ||||
3287 | printOverrideString(*Chunk.Optional, NameAndSignature, NameAndSignature); | ||||
3288 | continue; | ||||
3289 | } | ||||
3290 | SeenTypedChunk |= Chunk.Kind == CodeCompletionString::CK_TypedText; | ||||
3291 | if (SeenTypedChunk) | ||||
3292 | NameAndSignature += Chunk.Text; | ||||
3293 | else | ||||
3294 | BeforeName += Chunk.Text; | ||||
3295 | } | ||||
3296 | } | ||||
3297 | |||||
3298 | CodeCompletionString * | ||||
3299 | CodeCompletionResult::createCodeCompletionStringForOverride( | ||||
3300 | Preprocessor &PP, ASTContext &Ctx, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, | ||||
3301 | bool IncludeBriefComments, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, | ||||
3302 | PrintingPolicy &Policy) { | ||||
3303 | auto *CCS = createCodeCompletionStringForDecl(PP, Ctx, Result, | ||||
3304 | /*IncludeBriefComments=*/false, | ||||
3305 | CCContext, Policy); | ||||
3306 | std::string BeforeName; | ||||
3307 | std::string NameAndSignature; | ||||
3308 | // For overrides all chunks go into the result, none are informative. | ||||
3309 | printOverrideString(*CCS, BeforeName, NameAndSignature); | ||||
3310 | NameAndSignature += " override"; | ||||
3311 | |||||
3312 | Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(BeforeName)); | ||||
3313 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
3314 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(NameAndSignature)); | ||||
3315 | return Result.TakeString(); | ||||
3316 | } | ||||
3317 | |||||
3318 | // FIXME: Right now this works well with lambdas. Add support for other functor | ||||
3319 | // types like std::function. | ||||
3320 | static const NamedDecl *extractFunctorCallOperator(const NamedDecl *ND) { | ||||
3321 | const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ND); | ||||
3322 | if (!VD) | ||||
3323 | return nullptr; | ||||
3324 | const auto *RecordDecl = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||
3325 | if (!RecordDecl || !RecordDecl->isLambda()) | ||||
3326 | return nullptr; | ||||
3327 | return RecordDecl->getLambdaCallOperator(); | ||||
3328 | } | ||||
3329 | |||||
3330 | CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::createCodeCompletionStringForDecl( | ||||
3331 | Preprocessor &PP, ASTContext &Ctx, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, | ||||
3332 | bool IncludeBriefComments, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, | ||||
3333 | PrintingPolicy &Policy) { | ||||
3334 | const NamedDecl *ND = Declaration; | ||||
3335 | Result.addParentContext(ND->getDeclContext()); | ||||
3336 | |||||
3337 | if (IncludeBriefComments) { | ||||
3338 | // Add documentation comment, if it exists. | ||||
3339 | if (const RawComment *RC = getCompletionComment(Ctx, Declaration)) { | ||||
3340 | Result.addBriefComment(RC->getBriefText(Ctx)); | ||||
3341 | } | ||||
3342 | } | ||||
3343 | |||||
3344 | if (StartsNestedNameSpecifier) { | ||||
3345 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||
3346 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString())); | ||||
3347 | Result.AddTextChunk("::"); | ||||
3348 | return Result.TakeString(); | ||||
3349 | } | ||||
3350 | |||||
3351 | for (const auto *I : ND->specific_attrs<AnnotateAttr>()) | ||||
3352 | Result.AddAnnotation(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(I->getAnnotation())); | ||||
3353 | |||||
3354 | auto AddFunctionTypeAndResult = [&](const FunctionDecl *Function) { | ||||
3355 | AddResultTypeChunk(Ctx, Policy, Function, CCContext.getBaseType(), Result); | ||||
3356 | AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative, | ||||
3357 | Ctx, Policy); | ||||
3358 | AddTypedNameChunk(Ctx, Policy, ND, Result); | ||||
3359 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
3360 | AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Result); | ||||
3361 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
3362 | AddFunctionTypeQualsToCompletionString(Result, Function); | ||||
3363 | }; | ||||
3364 | |||||
3365 | if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) { | ||||
3366 | AddFunctionTypeAndResult(Function); | ||||
3367 | return Result.TakeString(); | ||||
3368 | } | ||||
3369 | |||||
3370 | if (const auto *CallOperator = | ||||
3371 | dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(extractFunctorCallOperator(ND))) { | ||||
3372 | AddFunctionTypeAndResult(CallOperator); | ||||
3373 | return Result.TakeString(); | ||||
3374 | } | ||||
3375 | |||||
3376 | AddResultTypeChunk(Ctx, Policy, ND, CCContext.getBaseType(), Result); | ||||
3377 | |||||
3378 | if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = | ||||
3379 | dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) { | ||||
3380 | AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative, | ||||
3381 | Ctx, Policy); | ||||
3382 | FunctionDecl *Function = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||
3383 | AddTypedNameChunk(Ctx, Policy, Function, Result); | ||||
3384 | |||||
3385 | // Figure out which template parameters are deduced (or have default | ||||
3386 | // arguments). | ||||
3387 | llvm::SmallBitVector Deduced; | ||||
3388 | Sema::MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Ctx, FunTmpl, Deduced); | ||||
3389 | unsigned LastDeducibleArgument; | ||||
3390 | for (LastDeducibleArgument = Deduced.size(); LastDeducibleArgument > 0; | ||||
3391 | --LastDeducibleArgument) { | ||||
3392 | if (!Deduced[LastDeducibleArgument - 1]) { | ||||
3393 | // C++0x: Figure out if the template argument has a default. If so, | ||||
3394 | // the user doesn't need to type this argument. | ||||
3395 | // FIXME: We need to abstract template parameters better! | ||||
3396 | bool HasDefaultArg = false; | ||||
3397 | NamedDecl *Param = FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters()->getParam( | ||||
3398 | LastDeducibleArgument - 1); | ||||
3399 | if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Param)) | ||||
3400 | HasDefaultArg = TTP->hasDefaultArgument(); | ||||
3401 | else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = | ||||
3402 | dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Param)) | ||||
3403 | HasDefaultArg = NTTP->hasDefaultArgument(); | ||||
3404 | else { | ||||
3405 | assert(isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param))((isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param)) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 3405, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3406 | HasDefaultArg = | ||||
3407 | cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param)->hasDefaultArgument(); | ||||
3408 | } | ||||
3409 | |||||
3410 | if (!HasDefaultArg) | ||||
3411 | break; | ||||
3412 | } | ||||
3413 | } | ||||
3414 | |||||
3415 | if (LastDeducibleArgument) { | ||||
3416 | // Some of the function template arguments cannot be deduced from a | ||||
3417 | // function call, so we introduce an explicit template argument list | ||||
3418 | // containing all of the arguments up to the first deducible argument. | ||||
3419 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); | ||||
3420 | AddTemplateParameterChunks(Ctx, Policy, FunTmpl, Result, | ||||
3421 | LastDeducibleArgument); | ||||
3422 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); | ||||
3423 | } | ||||
3424 | |||||
3425 | // Add the function parameters | ||||
3426 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
3427 | AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Result); | ||||
3428 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
3429 | AddFunctionTypeQualsToCompletionString(Result, Function); | ||||
3430 | return Result.TakeString(); | ||||
3431 | } | ||||
3432 | |||||
3433 | if (const auto *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(ND)) { | ||||
3434 | AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative, | ||||
3435 | Ctx, Policy); | ||||
3436 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||
3437 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Template->getNameAsString())); | ||||
3438 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); | ||||
3439 | AddTemplateParameterChunks(Ctx, Policy, Template, Result); | ||||
3440 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); | ||||
3441 | return Result.TakeString(); | ||||
3442 | } | ||||
3443 | |||||
3444 | if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) { | ||||
3445 | Selector Sel = Method->getSelector(); | ||||
3446 | if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) { | ||||
3447 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||
3448 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0))); | ||||
3449 | return Result.TakeString(); | ||||
3450 | } | ||||
3451 | |||||
3452 | std::string SelName = Sel.getNameForSlot(0).str(); | ||||
3453 | SelName += ':'; | ||||
3454 | if (StartParameter == 0) | ||||
3455 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(SelName)); | ||||
3456 | else { | ||||
3457 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(SelName)); | ||||
3458 | |||||
3459 | // If there is only one parameter, and we're past it, add an empty | ||||
3460 | // typed-text chunk since there is nothing to type. | ||||
3461 | if (Method->param_size() == 1) | ||||
3462 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(""); | ||||
3463 | } | ||||
3464 | unsigned Idx = 0; | ||||
3465 | for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator P = Method->param_begin(), | ||||
3466 | PEnd = Method->param_end(); | ||||
3467 | P != PEnd; (void)++P, ++Idx) { | ||||
3468 | if (Idx > 0) { | ||||
3469 | std::string Keyword; | ||||
3470 | if (Idx > StartParameter) | ||||
3471 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
3472 | if (IdentifierInfo *II = Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(Idx)) | ||||
3473 | Keyword += II->getName(); | ||||
3474 | Keyword += ":"; | ||||
3475 | if (Idx < StartParameter || AllParametersAreInformative) | ||||
3476 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Keyword)); | ||||
3477 | else | ||||
3478 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Keyword)); | ||||
3479 | } | ||||
3480 | |||||
3481 | // If we're before the starting parameter, skip the placeholder. | ||||
3482 | if (Idx < StartParameter) | ||||
3483 | continue; | ||||
3484 | |||||
3485 | std::string Arg; | ||||
3486 | QualType ParamType = (*P)->getType(); | ||||
3487 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts; | ||||
3488 | if (!CCContext.getBaseType().isNull()) | ||||
3489 | ObjCSubsts = CCContext.getBaseType()->getObjCSubstitutions(Method); | ||||
3490 | |||||
3491 | if (ParamType->isBlockPointerType() && !DeclaringEntity) | ||||
3492 | Arg = FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, *P, true, | ||||
3493 | /*SuppressBlock=*/false, ObjCSubsts); | ||||
3494 | else { | ||||
3495 | if (ObjCSubsts) | ||||
3496 | ParamType = ParamType.substObjCTypeArgs( | ||||
3497 | Ctx, *ObjCSubsts, ObjCSubstitutionContext::Parameter); | ||||
3498 | Arg = "(" + formatObjCParamQualifiers((*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier(), | ||||
3499 | ParamType); | ||||
3500 | Arg += ParamType.getAsString(Policy) + ")"; | ||||
3501 | if (IdentifierInfo *II = (*P)->getIdentifier()) | ||||
3502 | if (DeclaringEntity || AllParametersAreInformative) | ||||
3503 | Arg += II->getName(); | ||||
3504 | } | ||||
3505 | |||||
3506 | if (Method->isVariadic() && (P + 1) == PEnd) | ||||
3507 | Arg += ", ..."; | ||||
3508 | |||||
3509 | if (DeclaringEntity) | ||||
3510 | Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg)); | ||||
3511 | else if (AllParametersAreInformative) | ||||
3512 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg)); | ||||
3513 | else | ||||
3514 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg)); | ||||
3515 | } | ||||
3516 | |||||
3517 | if (Method->isVariadic()) { | ||||
3518 | if (Method->param_size() == 0) { | ||||
3519 | if (DeclaringEntity) | ||||
3520 | Result.AddTextChunk(", ..."); | ||||
3521 | else if (AllParametersAreInformative) | ||||
3522 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(", ..."); | ||||
3523 | else | ||||
3524 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(", ..."); | ||||
3525 | } | ||||
3526 | |||||
3527 | MaybeAddSentinel(PP, Method, Result); | ||||
3528 | } | ||||
3529 | |||||
3530 | return Result.TakeString(); | ||||
3531 | } | ||||
3532 | |||||
3533 | if (Qualifier) | ||||
3534 | AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative, | ||||
3535 | Ctx, Policy); | ||||
3536 | |||||
3537 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||
3538 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString())); | ||||
3539 | return Result.TakeString(); | ||||
3540 | } | ||||
3541 | |||||
3542 | const RawComment *clang::getCompletionComment(const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||||
3543 | const NamedDecl *ND) { | ||||
3544 | if (!ND) | ||||
3545 | return nullptr; | ||||
3546 | if (auto *RC = Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(ND)) | ||||
3547 | return RC; | ||||
3548 | |||||
3549 | // Try to find comment from a property for ObjC methods. | ||||
3550 | const auto *M = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND); | ||||
3551 | if (!M) | ||||
3552 | return nullptr; | ||||
3553 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = M->findPropertyDecl(); | ||||
3554 | if (!PDecl) | ||||
3555 | return nullptr; | ||||
3556 | |||||
3557 | return Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(PDecl); | ||||
3558 | } | ||||
3559 | |||||
3560 | const RawComment *clang::getPatternCompletionComment(const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||||
3561 | const NamedDecl *ND) { | ||||
3562 | const auto *M = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND); | ||||
3563 | if (!M || !M->isPropertyAccessor()) | ||||
3564 | return nullptr; | ||||
3565 | |||||
3566 | // Provide code completion comment for self.GetterName where | ||||
3567 | // GetterName is the getter method for a property with name | ||||
3568 | // different from the property name (declared via a property | ||||
3569 | // getter attribute. | ||||
3570 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = M->findPropertyDecl(); | ||||
3571 | if (!PDecl) | ||||
3572 | return nullptr; | ||||
3573 | if (PDecl->getGetterName() == M->getSelector() && | ||||
3574 | PDecl->getIdentifier() != M->getIdentifier()) { | ||||
3575 | if (auto *RC = Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(M)) | ||||
3576 | return RC; | ||||
3577 | if (auto *RC = Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(PDecl)) | ||||
3578 | return RC; | ||||
3579 | } | ||||
3580 | return nullptr; | ||||
3581 | } | ||||
3582 | |||||
3583 | const RawComment *clang::getParameterComment( | ||||
3584 | const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||||
3585 | const CodeCompleteConsumer::OverloadCandidate &Result, unsigned ArgIndex) { | ||||
3586 | auto FDecl = Result.getFunction(); | ||||
3587 | if (!FDecl) | ||||
3588 | return nullptr; | ||||
3589 | if (ArgIndex < FDecl->getNumParams()) | ||||
3590 | return Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(FDecl->getParamDecl(ArgIndex)); | ||||
3591 | return nullptr; | ||||
3592 | } | ||||
3593 | |||||
3594 | /// Add function overload parameter chunks to the given code completion | ||||
3595 | /// string. | ||||
3596 | static void AddOverloadParameterChunks(ASTContext &Context, | ||||
3597 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||
3598 | const FunctionDecl *Function, | ||||
3599 | const FunctionProtoType *Prototype, | ||||
3600 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, | ||||
3601 | unsigned CurrentArg, unsigned Start = 0, | ||||
3602 | bool InOptional = false) { | ||||
3603 | bool FirstParameter = true; | ||||
3604 | unsigned NumParams = | ||||
3605 | Function ? Function->getNumParams() : Prototype->getNumParams(); | ||||
3606 | |||||
3607 | for (unsigned P = Start; P != NumParams; ++P) { | ||||
3608 | if (Function && Function->getParamDecl(P)->hasDefaultArg() && !InOptional) { | ||||
3609 | // When we see an optional default argument, put that argument and | ||||
3610 | // the remaining default arguments into a new, optional string. | ||||
3611 | CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(), | ||||
3612 | Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
3613 | if (!FirstParameter) | ||||
3614 | Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); | ||||
3615 | // Optional sections are nested. | ||||
3616 | AddOverloadParameterChunks(Context, Policy, Function, Prototype, Opt, | ||||
3617 | CurrentArg, P, /*InOptional=*/true); | ||||
3618 | Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString()); | ||||
3619 | return; | ||||
3620 | } | ||||
3621 | |||||
3622 | if (FirstParameter) | ||||
3623 | FirstParameter = false; | ||||
3624 | else | ||||
3625 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); | ||||
3626 | |||||
3627 | InOptional = false; | ||||
3628 | |||||
3629 | // Format the placeholder string. | ||||
3630 | std::string Placeholder; | ||||
3631 | if (Function) { | ||||
3632 | const ParmVarDecl *Param = Function->getParamDecl(P); | ||||
3633 | Placeholder = FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Param); | ||||
3634 | if (Param->hasDefaultArg()) | ||||
3635 | Placeholder += GetDefaultValueString(Param, Context.getSourceManager(), | ||||
3636 | Context.getLangOpts()); | ||||
3637 | } else { | ||||
3638 | Placeholder = Prototype->getParamType(P).getAsString(Policy); | ||||
3639 | } | ||||
3640 | |||||
3641 | if (P == CurrentArg) | ||||
3642 | Result.AddCurrentParameterChunk( | ||||
3643 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Placeholder)); | ||||
3644 | else | ||||
3645 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Placeholder)); | ||||
3646 | } | ||||
3647 | |||||
3648 | if (Prototype && Prototype->isVariadic()) { | ||||
3649 | CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(), | ||||
3650 | Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
3651 | if (!FirstParameter) | ||||
3652 | Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); | ||||
3653 | |||||
3654 | if (CurrentArg < NumParams) | ||||
3655 | Opt.AddPlaceholderChunk("..."); | ||||
3656 | else | ||||
3657 | Opt.AddCurrentParameterChunk("..."); | ||||
3658 | |||||
3659 | Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString()); | ||||
3660 | } | ||||
3661 | } | ||||
3662 | |||||
3663 | CodeCompletionString * | ||||
3664 | CodeCompleteConsumer::OverloadCandidate::CreateSignatureString( | ||||
3665 | unsigned CurrentArg, Sema &S, CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, | ||||
3666 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, bool IncludeBriefComments) const { | ||||
3667 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S); | ||||
3668 | // Show signatures of constructors as they are declared: | ||||
3669 | // vector(int n) rather than vector<string>(int n) | ||||
3670 | // This is less noisy without being less clear, and avoids tricky cases. | ||||
3671 | Policy.SuppressTemplateArgsInCXXConstructors = true; | ||||
3672 | |||||
3673 | // FIXME: Set priority, availability appropriately. | ||||
3674 | CodeCompletionBuilder Result(Allocator, CCTUInfo, 1, | ||||
3675 | CXAvailability_Available); | ||||
3676 | FunctionDecl *FDecl = getFunction(); | ||||
3677 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto = | ||||
3678 | dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(getFunctionType()); | ||||
3679 | if (!FDecl && !Proto) { | ||||
3680 | // Function without a prototype. Just give the return type and a | ||||
3681 | // highlighted ellipsis. | ||||
3682 | const FunctionType *FT = getFunctionType(); | ||||
3683 | Result.AddResultTypeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString( | ||||
3684 | FT->getReturnType().getAsString(Policy))); | ||||
3685 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
3686 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_CurrentParameter, "..."); | ||||
3687 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
3688 | return Result.TakeString(); | ||||
3689 | } | ||||
3690 | |||||
3691 | if (FDecl) { | ||||
3692 | if (IncludeBriefComments) { | ||||
3693 | if (auto RC = getParameterComment(S.getASTContext(), *this, CurrentArg)) | ||||
3694 | Result.addBriefComment(RC->getBriefText(S.getASTContext())); | ||||
3695 | } | ||||
3696 | AddResultTypeChunk(S.Context, Policy, FDecl, QualType(), Result); | ||||
3697 | Result.AddTextChunk( | ||||
3698 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(FDecl->getNameAsString())); | ||||
3699 | } else { | ||||
3700 | Result.AddResultTypeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString( | ||||
3701 | Proto->getReturnType().getAsString(Policy))); | ||||
3702 | } | ||||
3703 | |||||
3704 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
3705 | AddOverloadParameterChunks(S.getASTContext(), Policy, FDecl, Proto, Result, | ||||
3706 | CurrentArg); | ||||
3707 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
3708 | |||||
3709 | return Result.TakeString(); | ||||
3710 | } | ||||
3711 | |||||
3712 | unsigned clang::getMacroUsagePriority(StringRef MacroName, | ||||
3713 | const LangOptions &LangOpts, | ||||
3714 | bool PreferredTypeIsPointer) { | ||||
3715 | unsigned Priority = CCP_Macro; | ||||
3716 | |||||
3717 | // Treat the "nil", "Nil" and "NULL" macros as null pointer constants. | ||||
3718 | if (MacroName.equals("nil") || MacroName.equals("NULL") || | ||||
3719 | MacroName.equals("Nil")) { | ||||
3720 | Priority = CCP_Constant; | ||||
3721 | if (PreferredTypeIsPointer) | ||||
3722 | Priority = Priority / CCF_SimilarTypeMatch; | ||||
3723 | } | ||||
3724 | // Treat "YES", "NO", "true", and "false" as constants. | ||||
3725 | else if (MacroName.equals("YES") || MacroName.equals("NO") || | ||||
3726 | MacroName.equals("true") || MacroName.equals("false")) | ||||
3727 | Priority = CCP_Constant; | ||||
3728 | // Treat "bool" as a type. | ||||
3729 | else if (MacroName.equals("bool")) | ||||
3730 | Priority = CCP_Type + (LangOpts.ObjC ? CCD_bool_in_ObjC : 0); | ||||
3731 | |||||
3732 | return Priority; | ||||
3733 | } | ||||
3734 | |||||
3735 | CXCursorKind clang::getCursorKindForDecl(const Decl *D) { | ||||
3736 | if (!D) | ||||
3737 | return CXCursor_UnexposedDecl; | ||||
3738 | |||||
3739 | switch (D->getKind()) { | ||||
3740 | case Decl::Enum: | ||||
3741 | return CXCursor_EnumDecl; | ||||
3742 | case Decl::EnumConstant: | ||||
3743 | return CXCursor_EnumConstantDecl; | ||||
3744 | case Decl::Field: | ||||
3745 | return CXCursor_FieldDecl; | ||||
3746 | case Decl::Function: | ||||
3747 | return CXCursor_FunctionDecl; | ||||
3748 | case Decl::ObjCCategory: | ||||
3749 | return CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl; | ||||
3750 | case Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl: | ||||
3751 | return CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl; | ||||
3752 | case Decl::ObjCImplementation: | ||||
3753 | return CXCursor_ObjCImplementationDecl; | ||||
3754 | |||||
3755 | case Decl::ObjCInterface: | ||||
3756 | return CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl; | ||||
3757 | case Decl::ObjCIvar: | ||||
3758 | return CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl; | ||||
3759 | case Decl::ObjCMethod: | ||||
3760 | return cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)->isInstanceMethod() | ||||
3761 | ? CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl | ||||
3762 | : CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl; | ||||
3763 | case Decl::CXXMethod: | ||||
3764 | return CXCursor_CXXMethod; | ||||
3765 | case Decl::CXXConstructor: | ||||
3766 | return CXCursor_Constructor; | ||||
3767 | case Decl::CXXDestructor: | ||||
3768 | return CXCursor_Destructor; | ||||
3769 | case Decl::CXXConversion: | ||||
3770 | return CXCursor_ConversionFunction; | ||||
3771 | case Decl::ObjCProperty: | ||||
3772 | return CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl; | ||||
3773 | case Decl::ObjCProtocol: | ||||
3774 | return CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl; | ||||
3775 | case Decl::ParmVar: | ||||
3776 | return CXCursor_ParmDecl; | ||||
3777 | case Decl::Typedef: | ||||
3778 | return CXCursor_TypedefDecl; | ||||
3779 | case Decl::TypeAlias: | ||||
3780 | return CXCursor_TypeAliasDecl; | ||||
3781 | case Decl::TypeAliasTemplate: | ||||
3782 | return CXCursor_TypeAliasTemplateDecl; | ||||
3783 | case Decl::Var: | ||||
3784 | return CXCursor_VarDecl; | ||||
3785 | case Decl::Namespace: | ||||
3786 | return CXCursor_Namespace; | ||||
3787 | case Decl::NamespaceAlias: | ||||
3788 | return CXCursor_NamespaceAlias; | ||||
3789 | case Decl::TemplateTypeParm: | ||||
3790 | return CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter; | ||||
3791 | case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm: | ||||
3792 | return CXCursor_NonTypeTemplateParameter; | ||||
3793 | case Decl::TemplateTemplateParm: | ||||
3794 | return CXCursor_TemplateTemplateParameter; | ||||
3795 | case Decl::FunctionTemplate: | ||||
3796 | return CXCursor_FunctionTemplate; | ||||
3797 | case Decl::ClassTemplate: | ||||
3798 | return CXCursor_ClassTemplate; | ||||
3799 | case Decl::AccessSpec: | ||||
3800 | return CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier; | ||||
3801 | case Decl::ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization: | ||||
3802 | return CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization; | ||||
3803 | case Decl::UsingDirective: | ||||
3804 | return CXCursor_UsingDirective; | ||||
3805 | case Decl::StaticAssert: | ||||
3806 | return CXCursor_StaticAssert; | ||||
3807 | case Decl::Friend: | ||||
3808 | return CXCursor_FriendDecl; | ||||
3809 | case Decl::TranslationUnit: | ||||
3810 | return CXCursor_TranslationUnit; | ||||
3811 | |||||
3812 | case Decl::Using: | ||||
3813 | case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue: | ||||
3814 | case Decl::UnresolvedUsingTypename: | ||||
3815 | return CXCursor_UsingDeclaration; | ||||
3816 | |||||
3817 | case Decl::ObjCPropertyImpl: | ||||
3818 | switch (cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D)->getPropertyImplementation()) { | ||||
3819 | case ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic: | ||||
3820 | return CXCursor_ObjCDynamicDecl; | ||||
3821 | |||||
3822 | case ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Synthesize: | ||||
3823 | return CXCursor_ObjCSynthesizeDecl; | ||||
3824 | } | ||||
3825 | llvm_unreachable("Unexpected Kind!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unexpected Kind!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 3825); | ||||
3826 | |||||
3827 | case Decl::Import: | ||||
3828 | return CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl; | ||||
3829 | |||||
3830 | case Decl::ObjCTypeParam: | ||||
3831 | return CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter; | ||||
3832 | |||||
3833 | default: | ||||
3834 | if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) { | ||||
3835 | switch (TD->getTagKind()) { | ||||
3836 | case TTK_Interface: // fall through | ||||
3837 | case TTK_Struct: | ||||
3838 | return CXCursor_StructDecl; | ||||
3839 | case TTK_Class: | ||||
3840 | return CXCursor_ClassDecl; | ||||
3841 | case TTK_Union: | ||||
3842 | return CXCursor_UnionDecl; | ||||
3843 | case TTK_Enum: | ||||
3844 | return CXCursor_EnumDecl; | ||||
3845 | } | ||||
3846 | } | ||||
3847 | } | ||||
3848 | |||||
3849 | return CXCursor_UnexposedDecl; | ||||
3850 | } | ||||
3851 | |||||
3852 | static void AddMacroResults(Preprocessor &PP, ResultBuilder &Results, | ||||
3853 | bool LoadExternal, bool IncludeUndefined, | ||||
3854 | bool TargetTypeIsPointer = false) { | ||||
3855 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
3856 | |||||
3857 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
3858 | |||||
3859 | for (Preprocessor::macro_iterator M = PP.macro_begin(LoadExternal), | ||||
3860 | MEnd = PP.macro_end(LoadExternal); | ||||
3861 | M != MEnd; ++M) { | ||||
3862 | auto MD = PP.getMacroDefinition(M->first); | ||||
3863 | if (IncludeUndefined || MD) { | ||||
3864 | MacroInfo *MI = MD.getMacroInfo(); | ||||
3865 | if (MI && MI->isUsedForHeaderGuard()) | ||||
3866 | continue; | ||||
3867 | |||||
3868 | Results.AddResult( | ||||
3869 | Result(M->first, MI, | ||||
3870 | getMacroUsagePriority(M->first->getName(), PP.getLangOpts(), | ||||
3871 | TargetTypeIsPointer))); | ||||
3872 | } | ||||
3873 | } | ||||
3874 | |||||
3875 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
3876 | } | ||||
3877 | |||||
3878 | static void AddPrettyFunctionResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, | ||||
3879 | ResultBuilder &Results) { | ||||
3880 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
3881 | |||||
3882 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
3883 | |||||
3884 | Results.AddResult(Result("__PRETTY_FUNCTION__", CCP_Constant)); | ||||
3885 | Results.AddResult(Result("__FUNCTION__", CCP_Constant)); | ||||
3886 | if (LangOpts.C99 || LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) | ||||
3887 | Results.AddResult(Result("__func__", CCP_Constant)); | ||||
3888 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
3889 | } | ||||
3890 | |||||
3891 | static void HandleCodeCompleteResults(Sema *S, | ||||
3892 | CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter, | ||||
3893 | CodeCompletionContext Context, | ||||
3894 | CodeCompletionResult *Results, | ||||
3895 | unsigned NumResults) { | ||||
3896 | if (CodeCompleter) | ||||
3897 | CodeCompleter->ProcessCodeCompleteResults(*S, Context, Results, NumResults); | ||||
3898 | } | ||||
3899 | |||||
3900 | static CodeCompletionContext | ||||
3901 | mapCodeCompletionContext(Sema &S, Sema::ParserCompletionContext PCC) { | ||||
3902 | switch (PCC) { | ||||
3903 | case Sema::PCC_Namespace: | ||||
3904 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TopLevel; | ||||
3905 | |||||
3906 | case Sema::PCC_Class: | ||||
3907 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassStructUnion; | ||||
3908 | |||||
3909 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface: | ||||
3910 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInterface; | ||||
3911 | |||||
3912 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation: | ||||
3913 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCImplementation; | ||||
3914 | |||||
3915 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: | ||||
3916 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCIvarList; | ||||
3917 | |||||
3918 | case Sema::PCC_Template: | ||||
3919 | case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate: | ||||
3920 | if (S.CurContext->isFileContext()) | ||||
3921 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TopLevel; | ||||
3922 | if (S.CurContext->isRecord()) | ||||
3923 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassStructUnion; | ||||
3924 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other; | ||||
3925 | |||||
3926 | case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction: | ||||
3927 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Recovery; | ||||
3928 | |||||
3929 | case Sema::PCC_ForInit: | ||||
3930 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || S.getLangOpts().C99 || | ||||
3931 | S.getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||
3932 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression; | ||||
3933 | else | ||||
3934 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression; | ||||
3935 | |||||
3936 | case Sema::PCC_Expression: | ||||
3937 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression; | ||||
3938 | case Sema::PCC_Condition: | ||||
3939 | return CodeCompletionContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression, | ||||
3940 | S.getASTContext().BoolTy); | ||||
3941 | |||||
3942 | case Sema::PCC_Statement: | ||||
3943 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Statement; | ||||
3944 | |||||
3945 | case Sema::PCC_Type: | ||||
3946 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type; | ||||
3947 | |||||
3948 | case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: | ||||
3949 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression; | ||||
3950 | |||||
3951 | case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: | ||||
3952 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type; | ||||
3953 | } | ||||
3954 | |||||
3955 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid ParserCompletionContext!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid ParserCompletionContext!" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 3955); | ||||
3956 | } | ||||
3957 | |||||
3958 | /// If we're in a C++ virtual member function, add completion results | ||||
3959 | /// that invoke the functions we override, since it's common to invoke the | ||||
3960 | /// overridden function as well as adding new functionality. | ||||
3961 | /// | ||||
3962 | /// \param S The semantic analysis object for which we are generating results. | ||||
3963 | /// | ||||
3964 | /// \param InContext This context in which the nested-name-specifier preceding | ||||
3965 | /// the code-completion point | ||||
3966 | static void MaybeAddOverrideCalls(Sema &S, DeclContext *InContext, | ||||
3967 | ResultBuilder &Results) { | ||||
3968 | // Look through blocks. | ||||
3969 | DeclContext *CurContext = S.CurContext; | ||||
3970 | while (isa<BlockDecl>(CurContext)) | ||||
3971 | CurContext = CurContext->getParent(); | ||||
3972 | |||||
3973 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext); | ||||
3974 | if (!Method || !Method->isVirtual()) | ||||
3975 | return; | ||||
3976 | |||||
3977 | // We need to have names for all of the parameters, if we're going to | ||||
3978 | // generate a forwarding call. | ||||
3979 | for (auto P : Method->parameters()) | ||||
3980 | if (!P->getDeclName()) | ||||
3981 | return; | ||||
3982 | |||||
3983 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S); | ||||
3984 | for (const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden : Method->overridden_methods()) { | ||||
3985 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||
3986 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
3987 | if (Overridden->getCanonicalDecl() == Method->getCanonicalDecl()) | ||||
3988 | continue; | ||||
3989 | |||||
3990 | // If we need a nested-name-specifier, add one now. | ||||
3991 | if (!InContext) { | ||||
3992 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = getRequiredQualification( | ||||
3993 | S.Context, CurContext, Overridden->getDeclContext()); | ||||
3994 | if (NNS) { | ||||
3995 | std::string Str; | ||||
3996 | llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Str); | ||||
3997 | NNS->print(OS, Policy); | ||||
3998 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Results.getAllocator().CopyString(OS.str())); | ||||
3999 | } | ||||
4000 | } else if (!InContext->Equals(Overridden->getDeclContext())) | ||||
4001 | continue; | ||||
4002 | |||||
4003 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||
4004 | Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Overridden->getNameAsString())); | ||||
4005 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
4006 | bool FirstParam = true; | ||||
4007 | for (auto P : Method->parameters()) { | ||||
4008 | if (FirstParam) | ||||
4009 | FirstParam = false; | ||||
4010 | else | ||||
4011 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); | ||||
4012 | |||||
4013 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk( | ||||
4014 | Results.getAllocator().CopyString(P->getIdentifier()->getName())); | ||||
4015 | } | ||||
4016 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
4017 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult( | ||||
4018 | Builder.TakeString(), CCP_SuperCompletion, CXCursor_CXXMethod, | ||||
4019 | CXAvailability_Available, Overridden)); | ||||
4020 | Results.Ignore(Overridden); | ||||
4021 | } | ||||
4022 | } | ||||
4023 | |||||
4024 | void Sema::CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, | ||||
4025 | ModuleIdPath Path) { | ||||
4026 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
4027 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
4028 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
4029 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); | ||||
4030 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
4031 | |||||
4032 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator(); | ||||
4033 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
4034 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
4035 | if (Path.empty()) { | ||||
4036 | // Enumerate all top-level modules. | ||||
4037 | SmallVector<Module *, 8> Modules; | ||||
4038 | PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().collectAllModules(Modules); | ||||
4039 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Modules.size(); I != N; ++I) { | ||||
4040 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||
4041 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Modules[I]->Name)); | ||||
4042 | Results.AddResult(Result( | ||||
4043 | Builder.TakeString(), CCP_Declaration, CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl, | ||||
4044 | Modules[I]->isAvailable() ? CXAvailability_Available | ||||
4045 | : CXAvailability_NotAvailable)); | ||||
4046 | } | ||||
4047 | } else if (getLangOpts().Modules) { | ||||
4048 | // Load the named module. | ||||
4049 | Module *Mod = | ||||
4050 | PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, | ||||
4051 | /*IsInclusionDirective=*/false); | ||||
4052 | // Enumerate submodules. | ||||
4053 | if (Mod) { | ||||
4054 | for (Module::submodule_iterator Sub = Mod->submodule_begin(), | ||||
4055 | SubEnd = Mod->submodule_end(); | ||||
4056 | Sub != SubEnd; ++Sub) { | ||||
4057 | |||||
4058 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||
4059 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString((*Sub)->Name)); | ||||
4060 | Results.AddResult(Result( | ||||
4061 | Builder.TakeString(), CCP_Declaration, CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl, | ||||
4062 | (*Sub)->isAvailable() ? CXAvailability_Available | ||||
4063 | : CXAvailability_NotAvailable)); | ||||
4064 | } | ||||
4065 | } | ||||
4066 | } | ||||
4067 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
4068 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
4069 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
4070 | } | ||||
4071 | |||||
4072 | void Sema::CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, | ||||
4073 | ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext) { | ||||
4074 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
4075 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
4076 | mapCodeCompletionContext(*this, CompletionContext)); | ||||
4077 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
4078 | |||||
4079 | // Determine how to filter results, e.g., so that the names of | ||||
4080 | // values (functions, enumerators, function templates, etc.) are | ||||
4081 | // only allowed where we can have an expression. | ||||
4082 | switch (CompletionContext) { | ||||
4083 | case PCC_Namespace: | ||||
4084 | case PCC_Class: | ||||
4085 | case PCC_ObjCInterface: | ||||
4086 | case PCC_ObjCImplementation: | ||||
4087 | case PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: | ||||
4088 | case PCC_Template: | ||||
4089 | case PCC_MemberTemplate: | ||||
4090 | case PCC_Type: | ||||
4091 | case PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: | ||||
4092 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonValueName); | ||||
4093 | break; | ||||
4094 | |||||
4095 | case PCC_Statement: | ||||
4096 | case PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: | ||||
4097 | case PCC_Expression: | ||||
4098 | case PCC_ForInit: | ||||
4099 | case PCC_Condition: | ||||
4100 | if (WantTypesInContext(CompletionContext, getLangOpts())) | ||||
4101 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName); | ||||
4102 | else | ||||
4103 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonTypeName); | ||||
4104 | |||||
4105 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||
4106 | MaybeAddOverrideCalls(*this, /*InContext=*/nullptr, Results); | ||||
4107 | break; | ||||
4108 | |||||
4109 | case PCC_RecoveryInFunction: | ||||
4110 | // Unfiltered | ||||
4111 | break; | ||||
4112 | } | ||||
4113 | |||||
4114 | // If we are in a C++ non-static member function, check the qualifiers on | ||||
4115 | // the member function to filter/prioritize the results list. | ||||
4116 | auto ThisType = getCurrentThisType(); | ||||
4117 | if (!ThisType.isNull()) | ||||
4118 | Results.setObjectTypeQualifiers(ThisType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers(), | ||||
4119 | VK_LValue); | ||||
4120 | |||||
4121 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); | ||||
4122 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, | ||||
4123 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), | ||||
4124 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||
4125 | |||||
4126 | AddOrdinaryNameResults(CompletionContext, S, *this, Results); | ||||
4127 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
4128 | |||||
4129 | switch (CompletionContext) { | ||||
4130 | case PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: | ||||
4131 | case PCC_Expression: | ||||
4132 | case PCC_Statement: | ||||
4133 | case PCC_RecoveryInFunction: | ||||
4134 | if (S->getFnParent()) | ||||
4135 | AddPrettyFunctionResults(getLangOpts(), Results); | ||||
4136 | break; | ||||
4137 | |||||
4138 | case PCC_Namespace: | ||||
4139 | case PCC_Class: | ||||
4140 | case PCC_ObjCInterface: | ||||
4141 | case PCC_ObjCImplementation: | ||||
4142 | case PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: | ||||
4143 | case PCC_Template: | ||||
4144 | case PCC_MemberTemplate: | ||||
4145 | case PCC_ForInit: | ||||
4146 | case PCC_Condition: | ||||
4147 | case PCC_Type: | ||||
4148 | case PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: | ||||
4149 | break; | ||||
4150 | } | ||||
4151 | |||||
4152 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) | ||||
4153 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false); | ||||
4154 | |||||
4155 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
4156 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
4157 | } | ||||
4158 | |||||
4159 | static void AddClassMessageCompletions(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, | ||||
4160 | ParsedType Receiver, | ||||
4161 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, | ||||
4162 | bool AtArgumentExpression, bool IsSuper, | ||||
4163 | ResultBuilder &Results); | ||||
4164 | |||||
4165 | void Sema::CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, | ||||
4166 | bool AllowNonIdentifiers, | ||||
4167 | bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers) { | ||||
4168 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
4169 | ResultBuilder Results( | ||||
4170 | *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
4171 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
4172 | AllowNestedNameSpecifiers | ||||
4173 | // FIXME: Try to separate codepath leading here to deduce whether we | ||||
4174 | // need an existing symbol or a new one. | ||||
4175 | ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_SymbolOrNewName | ||||
4176 | : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_NewName); | ||||
4177 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
4178 | |||||
4179 | // Type qualifiers can come after names. | ||||
4180 | Results.AddResult(Result("const")); | ||||
4181 | Results.AddResult(Result("volatile")); | ||||
4182 | if (getLangOpts().C99) | ||||
4183 | Results.AddResult(Result("restrict")); | ||||
4184 | |||||
4185 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
4186 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && | ||||
4187 | (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || | ||||
4188 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct)) | ||||
4189 | Results.AddResult("final"); | ||||
4190 | |||||
4191 | if (AllowNonIdentifiers) { | ||||
4192 | Results.AddResult(Result("operator")); | ||||
4193 | } | ||||
4194 | |||||
4195 | // Add nested-name-specifiers. | ||||
4196 | if (AllowNestedNameSpecifiers) { | ||||
4197 | Results.allowNestedNameSpecifiers(); | ||||
4198 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsImpossibleToSatisfy); | ||||
4199 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); | ||||
4200 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, Consumer, | ||||
4201 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), | ||||
4202 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||
4203 | Results.setFilter(nullptr); | ||||
4204 | } | ||||
4205 | } | ||||
4206 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
4207 | |||||
4208 | // If we're in a context where we might have an expression (rather than a | ||||
4209 | // declaration), and what we've seen so far is an Objective-C type that could | ||||
4210 | // be a receiver of a class message, this may be a class message send with | ||||
4211 | // the initial opening bracket '[' missing. Add appropriate completions. | ||||
4212 | if (AllowNonIdentifiers && !AllowNestedNameSpecifiers && | ||||
4213 | DS.getParsedSpecifiers() == DeclSpec::PQ_TypeSpecifier && | ||||
4214 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && | ||||
4215 | DS.getTypeSpecComplex() == DeclSpec::TSC_unspecified && | ||||
4216 | DS.getTypeSpecSign() == DeclSpec::TSS_unspecified && | ||||
4217 | !DS.isTypeAltiVecVector() && S && | ||||
4218 | (S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) != 0 && | ||||
4219 | (S->getFlags() & (Scope::ClassScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope | | ||||
4220 | Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::AtCatchScope)) == | ||||
4221 | 0) { | ||||
4222 | ParsedType T = DS.getRepAsType(); | ||||
4223 | if (!T.get().isNull() && T.get()->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) | ||||
4224 | AddClassMessageCompletions(*this, S, T, None, false, false, Results); | ||||
4225 | } | ||||
4226 | |||||
4227 | // Note that we intentionally suppress macro results here, since we do not | ||||
4228 | // encourage using macros to produce the names of entities. | ||||
4229 | |||||
4230 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
4231 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
4232 | } | ||||
4233 | |||||
4234 | struct Sema::CodeCompleteExpressionData { | ||||
4235 | CodeCompleteExpressionData(QualType PreferredType = QualType(), | ||||
4236 | bool IsParenthesized = false) | ||||
4237 | : PreferredType(PreferredType), IntegralConstantExpression(false), | ||||
4238 | ObjCCollection(false), IsParenthesized(IsParenthesized) {} | ||||
4239 | |||||
4240 | QualType PreferredType; | ||||
4241 | bool IntegralConstantExpression; | ||||
4242 | bool ObjCCollection; | ||||
4243 | bool IsParenthesized; | ||||
4244 | SmallVector<Decl *, 4> IgnoreDecls; | ||||
4245 | }; | ||||
4246 | |||||
4247 | namespace { | ||||
4248 | /// Information that allows to avoid completing redundant enumerators. | ||||
4249 | struct CoveredEnumerators { | ||||
4250 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<EnumConstantDecl *, 8> Seen; | ||||
4251 | NestedNameSpecifier *SuggestedQualifier = nullptr; | ||||
4252 | }; | ||||
4253 | } // namespace | ||||
4254 | |||||
4255 | static void AddEnumerators(ResultBuilder &Results, ASTContext &Context, | ||||
4256 | EnumDecl *Enum, DeclContext *CurContext, | ||||
4257 | const CoveredEnumerators &Enumerators) { | ||||
4258 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = Enumerators.SuggestedQualifier; | ||||
4259 | if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !Qualifier && Enumerators.Seen.empty()) { | ||||
4260 | // If there are no prior enumerators in C++, check whether we have to | ||||
4261 | // qualify the names of the enumerators that we suggest, because they | ||||
4262 | // may not be visible in this scope. | ||||
4263 | Qualifier = getRequiredQualification(Context, CurContext, Enum); | ||||
4264 | } | ||||
4265 | |||||
4266 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
4267 | for (auto *E : Enum->enumerators()) { | ||||
4268 | if (Enumerators.Seen.count(E)) | ||||
4269 | continue; | ||||
4270 | |||||
4271 | CodeCompletionResult R(E, CCP_EnumInCase, Qualifier); | ||||
4272 | Results.AddResult(R, CurContext, nullptr, false); | ||||
4273 | } | ||||
4274 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
4275 | } | ||||
4276 | |||||
4277 | /// Try to find a corresponding FunctionProtoType for function-like types (e.g. | ||||
4278 | /// function pointers, std::function, etc). | ||||
4279 | static const FunctionProtoType *TryDeconstructFunctionLike(QualType T) { | ||||
4280 | assert(!T.isNull())((!T.isNull()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ( "!T.isNull()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 4280, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4281 | // Try to extract first template argument from std::function<> and similar. | ||||
4282 | // Note we only handle the sugared types, they closely match what users wrote. | ||||
4283 | // We explicitly choose to not handle ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl. | ||||
4284 | if (auto *Specialization = T->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { | ||||
4285 | if (Specialization->getNumArgs() != 1) | ||||
4286 | return nullptr; | ||||
4287 | const TemplateArgument &Argument = Specialization->getArg(0); | ||||
4288 | if (Argument.getKind() != TemplateArgument::Type) | ||||
4289 | return nullptr; | ||||
4290 | return Argument.getAsType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
4291 | } | ||||
4292 | // Handle other cases. | ||||
4293 | if (T->isPointerType()) | ||||
4294 | T = T->getPointeeType(); | ||||
4295 | return T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
4296 | } | ||||
4297 | |||||
4298 | /// Adds a pattern completion for a lambda expression with the specified | ||||
4299 | /// parameter types and placeholders for parameter names. | ||||
4300 | static void AddLambdaCompletion(ResultBuilder &Results, | ||||
4301 | llvm::ArrayRef<QualType> Parameters, | ||||
4302 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { | ||||
4303 | if (!Results.includeCodePatterns()) | ||||
4304 | return; | ||||
4305 | CodeCompletionBuilder Completion(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||
4306 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
4307 | // [](<parameters>) {} | ||||
4308 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBracket); | ||||
4309 | Completion.AddPlaceholderChunk("="); | ||||
4310 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket); | ||||
4311 | if (!Parameters.empty()) { | ||||
4312 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
4313 | bool First = true; | ||||
4314 | for (auto Parameter : Parameters) { | ||||
4315 | if (!First) | ||||
4316 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::ChunkKind::CK_Comma); | ||||
4317 | else | ||||
4318 | First = false; | ||||
4319 | |||||
4320 | constexpr llvm::StringLiteral NamePlaceholder = "!#!NAME_GOES_HERE!#!"; | ||||
4321 | std::string Type = NamePlaceholder; | ||||
4322 | Parameter.getAsStringInternal(Type, PrintingPolicy(LangOpts)); | ||||
4323 | llvm::StringRef Prefix, Suffix; | ||||
4324 | std::tie(Prefix, Suffix) = llvm::StringRef(Type).split(NamePlaceholder); | ||||
4325 | Prefix = Prefix.rtrim(); | ||||
4326 | Suffix = Suffix.ltrim(); | ||||
4327 | |||||
4328 | Completion.AddTextChunk(Completion.getAllocator().CopyString(Prefix)); | ||||
4329 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
4330 | Completion.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameter"); | ||||
4331 | Completion.AddTextChunk(Completion.getAllocator().CopyString(Suffix)); | ||||
4332 | }; | ||||
4333 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
4334 | } | ||||
4335 | Completion.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
4336 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||
4337 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
4338 | Completion.AddPlaceholderChunk("body"); | ||||
4339 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
4340 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||
4341 | |||||
4342 | Results.AddResult(Completion.TakeString()); | ||||
4343 | } | ||||
4344 | |||||
4345 | /// Perform code-completion in an expression context when we know what | ||||
4346 | /// type we're looking for. | ||||
4347 | void Sema::CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, | ||||
4348 | const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data) { | ||||
4349 | ResultBuilder Results( | ||||
4350 | *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
4351 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
4352 | CodeCompletionContext( | ||||
4353 | Data.IsParenthesized | ||||
4354 | ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression | ||||
4355 | : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression, | ||||
4356 | Data.PreferredType)); | ||||
4357 | auto PCC = | ||||
4358 | Data.IsParenthesized ? PCC_ParenthesizedExpression : PCC_Expression; | ||||
4359 | if (Data.ObjCCollection) | ||||
4360 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsObjCCollection); | ||||
4361 | else if (Data.IntegralConstantExpression) | ||||
4362 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsIntegralConstantValue); | ||||
4363 | else if (WantTypesInContext(PCC, getLangOpts())) | ||||
4364 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName); | ||||
4365 | else | ||||
4366 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonTypeName); | ||||
4367 | |||||
4368 | if (!Data.PreferredType.isNull()) | ||||
4369 | Results.setPreferredType(Data.PreferredType.getNonReferenceType()); | ||||
4370 | |||||
4371 | // Ignore any declarations that we were told that we don't care about. | ||||
4372 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Data.IgnoreDecls.size(); I != N; ++I) | ||||
4373 | Results.Ignore(Data.IgnoreDecls[I]); | ||||
4374 | |||||
4375 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); | ||||
4376 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, | ||||
4377 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), | ||||
4378 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||
4379 | |||||
4380 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
4381 | AddOrdinaryNameResults(PCC, S, *this, Results); | ||||
4382 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
4383 | |||||
4384 | bool PreferredTypeIsPointer = false; | ||||
4385 | if (!Data.PreferredType.isNull()) { | ||||
4386 | PreferredTypeIsPointer = Data.PreferredType->isAnyPointerType() || | ||||
4387 | Data.PreferredType->isMemberPointerType() || | ||||
4388 | Data.PreferredType->isBlockPointerType(); | ||||
4389 | if (Data.PreferredType->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||
4390 | EnumDecl *Enum = Data.PreferredType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl(); | ||||
4391 | if (auto *Def = Enum->getDefinition()) | ||||
4392 | Enum = Def; | ||||
4393 | // FIXME: collect covered enumerators in cases like: | ||||
4394 | // if (x == my_enum::one) { ... } else if (x == ^) {} | ||||
4395 | AddEnumerators(Results, Context, Enum, CurContext, CoveredEnumerators()); | ||||
4396 | } | ||||
4397 | } | ||||
4398 | |||||
4399 | if (S->getFnParent() && !Data.ObjCCollection && | ||||
4400 | !Data.IntegralConstantExpression) | ||||
4401 | AddPrettyFunctionResults(getLangOpts(), Results); | ||||
4402 | |||||
4403 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) | ||||
4404 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false, | ||||
4405 | PreferredTypeIsPointer); | ||||
4406 | |||||
4407 | // Complete a lambda expression when preferred type is a function. | ||||
4408 | if (!Data.PreferredType.isNull() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | ||||
4409 | if (const FunctionProtoType *F = | ||||
4410 | TryDeconstructFunctionLike(Data.PreferredType)) | ||||
4411 | AddLambdaCompletion(Results, F->getParamTypes(), getLangOpts()); | ||||
4412 | } | ||||
4413 | |||||
4414 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
4415 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
4416 | } | ||||
4417 | |||||
4418 | void Sema::CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, QualType PreferredType, | ||||
4419 | bool IsParenthesized) { | ||||
4420 | return CodeCompleteExpression( | ||||
4421 | S, CodeCompleteExpressionData(PreferredType, IsParenthesized)); | ||||
4422 | } | ||||
4423 | |||||
4424 | void Sema::CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult E, | ||||
4425 | QualType PreferredType) { | ||||
4426 | if (E.isInvalid()) | ||||
4427 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, PreferredType); | ||||
4428 | else if (getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||
4429 | CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(S, E.get(), None, false); | ||||
4430 | } | ||||
4431 | |||||
4432 | /// The set of properties that have already been added, referenced by | ||||
4433 | /// property name. | ||||
4434 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 16> AddedPropertiesSet; | ||||
4435 | |||||
4436 | /// Retrieve the container definition, if any? | ||||
4437 | static ObjCContainerDecl *getContainerDef(ObjCContainerDecl *Container) { | ||||
4438 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container)) { | ||||
4439 | if (Interface->hasDefinition()) | ||||
4440 | return Interface->getDefinition(); | ||||
4441 | |||||
4442 | return Interface; | ||||
4443 | } | ||||
4444 | |||||
4445 | if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) { | ||||
4446 | if (Protocol->hasDefinition()) | ||||
4447 | return Protocol->getDefinition(); | ||||
4448 | |||||
4449 | return Protocol; | ||||
4450 | } | ||||
4451 | return Container; | ||||
4452 | } | ||||
4453 | |||||
4454 | /// Adds a block invocation code completion result for the given block | ||||
4455 | /// declaration \p BD. | ||||
4456 | static void AddObjCBlockCall(ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||
4457 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder, | ||||
4458 | const NamedDecl *BD, | ||||
4459 | const FunctionTypeLoc &BlockLoc, | ||||
4460 | const FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProtoLoc) { | ||||
4461 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk( | ||||
4462 | GetCompletionTypeString(BlockLoc.getReturnLoc().getType(), Context, | ||||
4463 | Policy, Builder.getAllocator())); | ||||
4464 | |||||
4465 | AddTypedNameChunk(Context, Policy, BD, Builder); | ||||
4466 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
4467 | |||||
4468 | if (BlockProtoLoc && BlockProtoLoc.getTypePtr()->isVariadic()) { | ||||
4469 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("..."); | ||||
4470 | } else { | ||||
4471 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = BlockLoc.getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) { | ||||
4472 | if (I) | ||||
4473 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); | ||||
4474 | |||||
4475 | // Format the placeholder string. | ||||
4476 | std::string PlaceholderStr = | ||||
4477 | FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, BlockLoc.getParam(I)); | ||||
4478 | |||||
4479 | if (I == N - 1 && BlockProtoLoc && | ||||
4480 | BlockProtoLoc.getTypePtr()->isVariadic()) | ||||
4481 | PlaceholderStr += ", ..."; | ||||
4482 | |||||
4483 | // Add the placeholder string. | ||||
4484 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk( | ||||
4485 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr)); | ||||
4486 | } | ||||
4487 | } | ||||
4488 | |||||
4489 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
4490 | } | ||||
4491 | |||||
4492 | static void | ||||
4493 | AddObjCProperties(const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, | ||||
4494 | ObjCContainerDecl *Container, bool AllowCategories, | ||||
4495 | bool AllowNullaryMethods, DeclContext *CurContext, | ||||
4496 | AddedPropertiesSet &AddedProperties, ResultBuilder &Results, | ||||
4497 | bool IsBaseExprStatement = false, | ||||
4498 | bool IsClassProperty = false, bool InOriginalClass = true) { | ||||
4499 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
4500 | |||||
4501 | // Retrieve the definition. | ||||
4502 | Container = getContainerDef(Container); | ||||
4503 | |||||
4504 | // Add properties in this container. | ||||
4505 | const auto AddProperty = [&](const ObjCPropertyDecl *P) { | ||||
4506 | if (!AddedProperties.insert(P->getIdentifier()).second) | ||||
4507 | return; | ||||
4508 | |||||
4509 | // FIXME: Provide block invocation completion for non-statement | ||||
4510 | // expressions. | ||||
4511 | if (!P->getType().getTypePtr()->isBlockPointerType() || | ||||
4512 | !IsBaseExprStatement) { | ||||
4513 | Result R = Result(P, Results.getBasePriority(P), nullptr); | ||||
4514 | if (!InOriginalClass) | ||||
4515 | setInBaseClass(R); | ||||
4516 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); | ||||
4517 | return; | ||||
4518 | } | ||||
4519 | |||||
4520 | // Block setter and invocation completion is provided only when we are able | ||||
4521 | // to find the FunctionProtoTypeLoc with parameter names for the block. | ||||
4522 | FunctionTypeLoc BlockLoc; | ||||
4523 | FunctionProtoTypeLoc BlockProtoLoc; | ||||
4524 | findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(P->getTypeSourceInfo(), BlockLoc, | ||||
4525 | BlockProtoLoc); | ||||
4526 | if (!BlockLoc) { | ||||
4527 | Result R = Result(P, Results.getBasePriority(P), nullptr); | ||||
4528 | if (!InOriginalClass) | ||||
4529 | setInBaseClass(R); | ||||
4530 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); | ||||
4531 | return; | ||||
4532 | } | ||||
4533 | |||||
4534 | // The default completion result for block properties should be the block | ||||
4535 | // invocation completion when the base expression is a statement. | ||||
4536 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||
4537 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
4538 | AddObjCBlockCall(Container->getASTContext(), | ||||
4539 | getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()), Builder, P, | ||||
4540 | BlockLoc, BlockProtoLoc); | ||||
4541 | Result R = Result(Builder.TakeString(), P, Results.getBasePriority(P)); | ||||
4542 | if (!InOriginalClass) | ||||
4543 | setInBaseClass(R); | ||||
4544 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); | ||||
4545 | |||||
4546 | // Provide additional block setter completion iff the base expression is a | ||||
4547 | // statement and the block property is mutable. | ||||
4548 | if (!P->isReadOnly()) { | ||||
4549 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||
4550 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
4551 | AddResultTypeChunk(Container->getASTContext(), | ||||
4552 | getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()), P, | ||||
4553 | CCContext.getBaseType(), Builder); | ||||
4554 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||
4555 | Results.getAllocator().CopyString(P->getName())); | ||||
4556 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Equal); | ||||
4557 | |||||
4558 | std::string PlaceholderStr = formatBlockPlaceholder( | ||||
4559 | getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()), P, BlockLoc, | ||||
4560 | BlockProtoLoc, /*SuppressBlockName=*/true); | ||||
4561 | // Add the placeholder string. | ||||
4562 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk( | ||||
4563 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr)); | ||||
4564 | |||||
4565 | // When completing blocks properties that return void the default | ||||
4566 | // property completion result should show up before the setter, | ||||
4567 | // otherwise the setter completion should show up before the default | ||||
4568 | // property completion, as we normally want to use the result of the | ||||
4569 | // call. | ||||
4570 | Result R = | ||||
4571 | Result(Builder.TakeString(), P, | ||||
4572 | Results.getBasePriority(P) + | ||||
4573 | (BlockLoc.getTypePtr()->getReturnType()->isVoidType() | ||||
4574 | ? CCD_BlockPropertySetter | ||||
4575 | : -CCD_BlockPropertySetter)); | ||||
4576 | if (!InOriginalClass) | ||||
4577 | setInBaseClass(R); | ||||
4578 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); | ||||
4579 | } | ||||
4580 | }; | ||||
4581 | |||||
4582 | if (IsClassProperty) { | ||||
4583 | for (const auto *P : Container->class_properties()) | ||||
4584 | AddProperty(P); | ||||
4585 | } else { | ||||
4586 | for (const auto *P : Container->instance_properties()) | ||||
4587 | AddProperty(P); | ||||
4588 | } | ||||
4589 | |||||
4590 | // Add nullary methods or implicit class properties | ||||
4591 | if (AllowNullaryMethods) { | ||||
4592 | ASTContext &Context = Container->getASTContext(); | ||||
4593 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()); | ||||
4594 | // Adds a method result | ||||
4595 | const auto AddMethod = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *M) { | ||||
4596 | IdentifierInfo *Name = M->getSelector().getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0); | ||||
4597 | if (!Name) | ||||
4598 | return; | ||||
4599 | if (!AddedProperties.insert(Name).second) | ||||
4600 | return; | ||||
4601 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||
4602 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
4603 | AddResultTypeChunk(Context, Policy, M, CCContext.getBaseType(), Builder); | ||||
4604 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||
4605 | Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Name->getName())); | ||||
4606 | Result R = Result(Builder.TakeString(), M, | ||||
4607 | CCP_MemberDeclaration + CCD_MethodAsProperty); | ||||
4608 | if (!InOriginalClass) | ||||
4609 | setInBaseClass(R); | ||||
4610 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); | ||||
4611 | }; | ||||
4612 | |||||
4613 | if (IsClassProperty) { | ||||
4614 | for (const auto *M : Container->methods()) { | ||||
4615 | // Gather the class method that can be used as implicit property | ||||
4616 | // getters. Methods with arguments or methods that return void aren't | ||||
4617 | // added to the results as they can't be used as a getter. | ||||
4618 | if (!M->getSelector().isUnarySelector() || | ||||
4619 | M->getReturnType()->isVoidType() || M->isInstanceMethod()) | ||||
4620 | continue; | ||||
4621 | AddMethod(M); | ||||
4622 | } | ||||
4623 | } else { | ||||
4624 | for (auto *M : Container->methods()) { | ||||
4625 | if (M->getSelector().isUnarySelector()) | ||||
4626 | AddMethod(M); | ||||
4627 | } | ||||
4628 | } | ||||
4629 | } | ||||
4630 | |||||
4631 | // Add properties in referenced protocols. | ||||
4632 | if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) { | ||||
4633 | for (auto *P : Protocol->protocols()) | ||||
4634 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, P, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods, | ||||
4635 | CurContext, AddedProperties, Results, | ||||
4636 | IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty, | ||||
4637 | /*InOriginalClass*/ false); | ||||
4638 | } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = | ||||
4639 | dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container)) { | ||||
4640 | if (AllowCategories) { | ||||
4641 | // Look through categories. | ||||
4642 | for (auto *Cat : IFace->known_categories()) | ||||
4643 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, Cat, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods, | ||||
4644 | CurContext, AddedProperties, Results, | ||||
4645 | IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty, | ||||
4646 | InOriginalClass); | ||||
4647 | } | ||||
4648 | |||||
4649 | // Look through protocols. | ||||
4650 | for (auto *I : IFace->all_referenced_protocols()) | ||||
4651 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, I, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods, | ||||
4652 | CurContext, AddedProperties, Results, | ||||
4653 | IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty, | ||||
4654 | /*InOriginalClass*/ false); | ||||
4655 | |||||
4656 | // Look in the superclass. | ||||
4657 | if (IFace->getSuperClass()) | ||||
4658 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, IFace->getSuperClass(), AllowCategories, | ||||
4659 | AllowNullaryMethods, CurContext, AddedProperties, | ||||
4660 | Results, IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty, | ||||
4661 | /*InOriginalClass*/ false); | ||||
4662 | } else if (const auto *Category = | ||||
4663 | dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Container)) { | ||||
4664 | // Look through protocols. | ||||
4665 | for (auto *P : Category->protocols()) | ||||
4666 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, P, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods, | ||||
4667 | CurContext, AddedProperties, Results, | ||||
4668 | IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty, | ||||
4669 | /*InOriginalClass*/ false); | ||||
4670 | } | ||||
4671 | } | ||||
4672 | |||||
4673 | static void AddRecordMembersCompletionResults( | ||||
4674 | Sema &SemaRef, ResultBuilder &Results, Scope *S, QualType BaseType, | ||||
4675 | ExprValueKind BaseKind, RecordDecl *RD, Optional<FixItHint> AccessOpFixIt) { | ||||
4676 | // Indicate that we are performing a member access, and the cv-qualifiers | ||||
4677 | // for the base object type. | ||||
4678 | Results.setObjectTypeQualifiers(BaseType.getQualifiers(), BaseKind); | ||||
4679 | |||||
4680 | // Access to a C/C++ class, struct, or union. | ||||
4681 | Results.allowNestedNameSpecifiers(); | ||||
4682 | std::vector<FixItHint> FixIts; | ||||
4683 | if (AccessOpFixIt) | ||||
4684 | FixIts.emplace_back(AccessOpFixIt.getValue()); | ||||
4685 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, RD, BaseType, std::move(FixIts)); | ||||
4686 | SemaRef.LookupVisibleDecls(RD, Sema::LookupMemberName, Consumer, | ||||
4687 | SemaRef.CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), | ||||
4688 | /*IncludeDependentBases=*/true, | ||||
4689 | SemaRef.CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||
4690 | |||||
4691 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
4692 | if (!Results.empty()) { | ||||
4693 | // The "template" keyword can follow "->" or "." in the grammar. | ||||
4694 | // However, we only want to suggest the template keyword if something | ||||
4695 | // is dependent. | ||||
4696 | bool IsDependent = BaseType->isDependentType(); | ||||
4697 | if (!IsDependent) { | ||||
4698 | for (Scope *DepScope = S; DepScope; DepScope = DepScope->getParent()) | ||||
4699 | if (DeclContext *Ctx = DepScope->getEntity()) { | ||||
4700 | IsDependent = Ctx->isDependentContext(); | ||||
4701 | break; | ||||
4702 | } | ||||
4703 | } | ||||
4704 | |||||
4705 | if (IsDependent) | ||||
4706 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("template")); | ||||
4707 | } | ||||
4708 | } | ||||
4709 | } | ||||
4710 | |||||
4711 | void Sema::CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, | ||||
4712 | Expr *OtherOpBase, | ||||
4713 | SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, | ||||
4714 | bool IsBaseExprStatement, | ||||
4715 | QualType PreferredType) { | ||||
4716 | if (!Base || !CodeCompleter) | ||||
| |||||
4717 | return; | ||||
4718 | |||||
4719 | ExprResult ConvertedBase = PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Base, IsArrow); | ||||
4720 | if (ConvertedBase.isInvalid()) | ||||
4721 | return; | ||||
4722 | QualType ConvertedBaseType = ConvertedBase.get()->getType(); | ||||
4723 | |||||
4724 | enum CodeCompletionContext::Kind contextKind; | ||||
4725 | |||||
4726 | if (IsArrow) { | ||||
4727 | if (const auto *Ptr = ConvertedBaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
4728 | ConvertedBaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
4729 | } | ||||
4730 | |||||
4731 | if (IsArrow
| ||||
4732 | contextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ArrowMemberAccess; | ||||
4733 | } else { | ||||
4734 | if (ConvertedBaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || | ||||
4735 | ConvertedBaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) { | ||||
4736 | contextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCPropertyAccess; | ||||
4737 | } else { | ||||
4738 | contextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_DotMemberAccess; | ||||
4739 | } | ||||
4740 | } | ||||
4741 | |||||
4742 | CodeCompletionContext CCContext(contextKind, ConvertedBaseType); | ||||
4743 | CCContext.setPreferredType(PreferredType); | ||||
4744 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
4745 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCContext, | ||||
4746 | &ResultBuilder::IsMember); | ||||
4747 | |||||
4748 | auto DoCompletion = [&](Expr *Base, bool IsArrow, | ||||
4749 | Optional<FixItHint> AccessOpFixIt) -> bool { | ||||
4750 | if (!Base
| ||||
4751 | return false; | ||||
4752 | |||||
4753 | ExprResult ConvertedBase = PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Base, IsArrow); | ||||
4754 | if (ConvertedBase.isInvalid()) | ||||
4755 | return false; | ||||
4756 | Base = ConvertedBase.get(); | ||||
4757 | |||||
4758 | QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); | ||||
4759 | ExprValueKind BaseKind = Base->getValueKind(); | ||||
4760 | |||||
4761 | if (IsArrow
| ||||
4762 | if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
4763 | BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
4764 | BaseKind = VK_LValue; | ||||
4765 | } else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) | ||||
4766 | /*Do nothing*/; | ||||
4767 | else | ||||
4768 | return false; | ||||
4769 | } | ||||
4770 | |||||
4771 | if (const RecordType *Record
| ||||
4772 | AddRecordMembersCompletionResults(*this, Results, S, BaseType, BaseKind, | ||||
4773 | Record->getDecl(), | ||||
4774 | std::move(AccessOpFixIt)); | ||||
4775 | } else if (const auto *TST
| ||||
4776 | BaseType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { | ||||
4777 | TemplateName TN = TST->getTemplateName(); | ||||
4778 | if (const auto *TD = | ||||
4779 | dyn_cast_or_null<ClassTemplateDecl>(TN.getAsTemplateDecl())) { | ||||
4780 | CXXRecordDecl *RD = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||
4781 | AddRecordMembersCompletionResults(*this, Results, S, BaseType, BaseKind, | ||||
4782 | RD, std::move(AccessOpFixIt)); | ||||
4783 | } | ||||
4784 | } else if (const auto *ICNT
| ||||
4785 | if (auto *RD = ICNT->getDecl()) | ||||
4786 | AddRecordMembersCompletionResults(*this, Results, S, BaseType, BaseKind, | ||||
4787 | RD, std::move(AccessOpFixIt)); | ||||
4788 | } else if (!IsArrow
| ||||
4789 | // Objective-C property reference. | ||||
4790 | AddedPropertiesSet AddedProperties; | ||||
4791 | |||||
4792 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ObjCPtr = | ||||
4793 | BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { | ||||
4794 | // Add property results based on our interface. | ||||
4795 | assert(ObjCPtr && "Non-NULL pointer guaranteed above!")((ObjCPtr && "Non-NULL pointer guaranteed above!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ObjCPtr && \"Non-NULL pointer guaranteed above!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 4795, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4796 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, ObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl(), true, | ||||
4797 | /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true, CurContext, | ||||
4798 | AddedProperties, Results, IsBaseExprStatement); | ||||
4799 | } | ||||
4800 | |||||
4801 | // Add properties from the protocols in a qualified interface. | ||||
4802 | for (auto *I : BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->quals()) | ||||
| |||||
4803 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, I, true, /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true, | ||||
4804 | CurContext, AddedProperties, Results, | ||||
4805 | IsBaseExprStatement, /*IsClassProperty*/ false, | ||||
4806 | /*InOriginalClass*/ false); | ||||
4807 | } else if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) || | ||||
4808 | (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectType())) { | ||||
4809 | // Objective-C instance variable access. | ||||
4810 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = nullptr; | ||||
4811 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ObjCPtr = | ||||
4812 | BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) | ||||
4813 | Class = ObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl(); | ||||
4814 | else | ||||
4815 | Class = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getInterface(); | ||||
4816 | |||||
4817 | // Add all ivars from this class and its superclasses. | ||||
4818 | if (Class) { | ||||
4819 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, Class, BaseType); | ||||
4820 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsObjCIvar); | ||||
4821 | LookupVisibleDecls( | ||||
4822 | Class, LookupMemberName, Consumer, CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), | ||||
4823 | /*IncludeDependentBases=*/false, CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||
4824 | } | ||||
4825 | } | ||||
4826 | |||||
4827 | // FIXME: How do we cope with isa? | ||||
4828 | return true; | ||||
4829 | }; | ||||
4830 | |||||
4831 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
4832 | |||||
4833 | bool CompletionSucceded = DoCompletion(Base, IsArrow, None); | ||||
4834 | if (CodeCompleter->includeFixIts()) { | ||||
4835 | const CharSourceRange OpRange = | ||||
4836 | CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(OpLoc, OpLoc); | ||||
4837 | CompletionSucceded |= DoCompletion( | ||||
4838 | OtherOpBase, !IsArrow, | ||||
4839 | FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpRange, IsArrow ? "." : "->")); | ||||
4840 | } | ||||
4841 | |||||
4842 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
4843 | |||||
4844 | if (!CompletionSucceded) | ||||
4845 | return; | ||||
4846 | |||||
4847 | // Hand off the results found for code completion. | ||||
4848 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
4849 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
4850 | } | ||||
4851 | |||||
4852 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCClassPropertyRefExpr(Scope *S, | ||||
4853 | IdentifierInfo &ClassName, | ||||
4854 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc, | ||||
4855 | bool IsBaseExprStatement) { | ||||
4856 | IdentifierInfo *ClassNamePtr = &ClassName; | ||||
4857 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getObjCInterfaceDecl(ClassNamePtr, ClassNameLoc); | ||||
4858 | if (!IFace) | ||||
4859 | return; | ||||
4860 | CodeCompletionContext CCContext( | ||||
4861 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCPropertyAccess); | ||||
4862 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
4863 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCContext, | ||||
4864 | &ResultBuilder::IsMember); | ||||
4865 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
4866 | AddedPropertiesSet AddedProperties; | ||||
4867 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, IFace, true, | ||||
4868 | /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true, CurContext, AddedProperties, | ||||
4869 | Results, IsBaseExprStatement, | ||||
4870 | /*IsClassProperty=*/true); | ||||
4871 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
4872 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
4873 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
4874 | } | ||||
4875 | |||||
4876 | void Sema::CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec) { | ||||
4877 | if (!CodeCompleter) | ||||
4878 | return; | ||||
4879 | |||||
4880 | ResultBuilder::LookupFilter Filter = nullptr; | ||||
4881 | enum CodeCompletionContext::Kind ContextKind = | ||||
4882 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other; | ||||
4883 | switch ((DeclSpec::TST)TagSpec) { | ||||
4884 | case DeclSpec::TST_enum: | ||||
4885 | Filter = &ResultBuilder::IsEnum; | ||||
4886 | ContextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_EnumTag; | ||||
4887 | break; | ||||
4888 | |||||
4889 | case DeclSpec::TST_union: | ||||
4890 | Filter = &ResultBuilder::IsUnion; | ||||
4891 | ContextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_UnionTag; | ||||
4892 | break; | ||||
4893 | |||||
4894 | case DeclSpec::TST_struct: | ||||
4895 | case DeclSpec::TST_class: | ||||
4896 | case DeclSpec::TST_interface: | ||||
4897 | Filter = &ResultBuilder::IsClassOrStruct; | ||||
4898 | ContextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassOrStructTag; | ||||
4899 | break; | ||||
4900 | |||||
4901 | default: | ||||
4902 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown type specifier kind in CodeCompleteTag")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown type specifier kind in CodeCompleteTag" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp" , 4902); | ||||
4903 | } | ||||
4904 | |||||
4905 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
4906 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), ContextKind); | ||||
4907 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); | ||||
4908 | |||||
4909 | // First pass: look for tags. | ||||
4910 | Results.setFilter(Filter); | ||||
4911 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupTagName, Consumer, | ||||
4912 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), | ||||
4913 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||
4914 | |||||
4915 | if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { | ||||
4916 | // Second pass: look for nested name specifiers. | ||||
4917 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier); | ||||
4918 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, Consumer, | ||||
4919 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), | ||||
4920 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||
4921 | } | ||||
4922 | |||||
4923 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
4924 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
4925 | } | ||||
4926 | |||||
4927 | static void AddTypeQualifierResults(DeclSpec &DS, ResultBuilder &Results, | ||||
4928 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { | ||||
4929 | if (!(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)) | ||||
4930 | Results.AddResult("const"); | ||||
4931 | if (!(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)) | ||||
4932 | Results.AddResult("volatile"); | ||||
4933 | if (LangOpts.C99 && !(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)) | ||||
4934 | Results.AddResult("restrict"); | ||||
4935 | if (LangOpts.C11 && !(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)) | ||||
4936 | Results.AddResult("_Atomic"); | ||||
4937 | if (LangOpts.MSVCCompat && !(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)) | ||||
4938 | Results.AddResult("__unaligned"); | ||||
4939 | } | ||||
4940 | |||||
4941 | void Sema::CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS) { | ||||
4942 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
4943 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
4944 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TypeQualifiers); | ||||
4945 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
4946 | AddTypeQualifierResults(DS, Results, LangOpts); | ||||
4947 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
4948 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
4949 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
4950 | } | ||||
4951 | |||||
4952 | void Sema::CodeCompleteFunctionQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS, Declarator &D, | ||||
4953 | const VirtSpecifiers *VS) { | ||||
4954 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
4955 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
4956 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TypeQualifiers); | ||||
4957 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
4958 | AddTypeQualifierResults(DS, Results, LangOpts); | ||||
4959 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) { | ||||
4960 | Results.AddResult("noexcept"); | ||||
4961 | if (D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::MemberContext && | ||||
4962 | !D.isCtorOrDtor() && !D.isStaticMember()) { | ||||
4963 | if (!VS || !VS->isFinalSpecified()) | ||||
4964 | Results.AddResult("final"); | ||||
4965 | if (!VS || !VS->isOverrideSpecified()) | ||||
4966 | Results.AddResult("override"); | ||||
4967 | } | ||||
4968 | } | ||||
4969 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
4970 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
4971 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
4972 | } | ||||
4973 | |||||
4974 | void Sema::CodeCompleteBracketDeclarator(Scope *S) { | ||||
4975 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, QualType(getASTContext().getSizeType())); | ||||
4976 | } | ||||
4977 | |||||
4978 | void Sema::CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S) { | ||||
4979 | if (getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty() || !CodeCompleter) | ||||
4980 | return; | ||||
4981 | |||||
4982 | SwitchStmt *Switch = getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.back().getPointer(); | ||||
4983 | // Condition expression might be invalid, do not continue in this case. | ||||
4984 | if (!Switch->getCond()) | ||||
4985 | return; | ||||
4986 | QualType type = Switch->getCond()->IgnoreImplicit()->getType(); | ||||
4987 | if (!type->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||
4988 | CodeCompleteExpressionData Data(type); | ||||
4989 | Data.IntegralConstantExpression = true; | ||||
4990 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, Data); | ||||
4991 | return; | ||||
4992 | } | ||||
4993 | |||||
4994 | // Code-complete the cases of a switch statement over an enumeration type | ||||
4995 | // by providing the list of | ||||
4996 | EnumDecl *Enum = type->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl(); | ||||
4997 | if (EnumDecl *Def = Enum->getDefinition()) | ||||
4998 | Enum = Def; | ||||
4999 | |||||
5000 | // Determine which enumerators we have already seen in the switch statement. | ||||
5001 | // FIXME: Ideally, we would also be able to look *past* the code-completion | ||||
5002 | // token, in case we are code-completing in the middle of the switch and not | ||||
5003 | // at the end. However, we aren't able to do so at the moment. | ||||
5004 | CoveredEnumerators Enumerators; | ||||
5005 | for (SwitchCase *SC = Switch->getSwitchCaseList(); SC; | ||||
5006 | SC = SC->getNextSwitchCase()) { | ||||
5007 | CaseStmt *Case = dyn_cast<CaseStmt>(SC); | ||||
5008 | if (!Case) | ||||
5009 | continue; | ||||
5010 | |||||
5011 | Expr *CaseVal = Case->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts(); | ||||
5012 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CaseVal)) | ||||
5013 | if (auto *Enumerator = | ||||
5014 | dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) { | ||||
5015 | // We look into the AST of the case statement to determine which | ||||
5016 | // enumerator was named. Alternatively, we could compute the value of | ||||
5017 | // the integral constant expression, then compare it against the | ||||
5018 | // values of each enumerator. However, value-based approach would not | ||||
5019 | // work as well with C++ templates where enumerators declared within a | ||||
5020 | // template are type- and value-dependent. | ||||
5021 | Enumerators.Seen.insert(Enumerator); | ||||
5022 | |||||
5023 | // If this is a qualified-id, keep track of the nested-name-specifier | ||||
5024 | // so that we can reproduce it as part of code completion, e.g., | ||||
5025 | // | ||||
5026 | // switch (TagD.getKind()) { | ||||
5027 | // case TagDecl::TK_enum: | ||||
5028 | // break; | ||||
5029 | // case XXX | ||||
5030 | // | ||||
5031 | // At the XXX, our completions are TagDecl::TK_union, | ||||
5032 | // TagDecl::TK_struct, and TagDecl::TK_class, rather than TK_union, | ||||
5033 | // TK_struct, and TK_class. | ||||
5034 | Enumerators.SuggestedQualifier = DRE->getQualifier(); | ||||
5035 | } | ||||
5036 | } | ||||
5037 | |||||
5038 | // Add any enumerators that have not yet been mentioned. | ||||
5039 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
5040 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
5041 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression); | ||||
5042 | AddEnumerators(Results, Context, Enum, CurContext, Enumerators); | ||||
5043 | |||||
5044 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) { | ||||
5045 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false); | ||||
5046 | } | ||||
5047 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
5048 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
5049 | } | ||||
5050 | |||||
5051 | static bool anyNullArguments(ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) { | ||||
5052 | if (Args.size() && !Args.data()) | ||||
5053 | return true; | ||||
5054 | |||||
5055 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != Args.size(); ++I) | ||||
5056 | if (!Args[I]) | ||||
5057 | return true; | ||||
5058 | |||||
5059 | return false; | ||||
5060 | } | ||||
5061 | |||||
5062 | typedef CodeCompleteConsumer::OverloadCandidate ResultCandidate; | ||||
5063 | |||||
5064 | static void mergeCandidatesWithResults( | ||||
5065 | Sema &SemaRef, SmallVectorImpl<ResultCandidate> &Results, | ||||
5066 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
5067 | // Sort the overload candidate set by placing the best overloads first. | ||||
5068 | llvm::stable_sort(CandidateSet, [&](const OverloadCandidate &X, | ||||
5069 | const OverloadCandidate &Y) { | ||||
5070 | return isBetterOverloadCandidate(SemaRef, X, Y, Loc, | ||||
5071 | CandidateSet.getKind()); | ||||
5072 | }); | ||||
5073 | |||||
5074 | // Add the remaining viable overload candidates as code-completion results. | ||||
5075 | for (OverloadCandidate &Candidate : CandidateSet) { | ||||
5076 | if (Candidate.Function && Candidate.Function->isDeleted()) | ||||
5077 | continue; | ||||
5078 | if (Candidate.Viable) | ||||
5079 | Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(Candidate.Function)); | ||||
5080 | } | ||||
5081 | } | ||||
5082 | |||||
5083 | /// Get the type of the Nth parameter from a given set of overload | ||||
5084 | /// candidates. | ||||
5085 | static QualType getParamType(Sema &SemaRef, | ||||
5086 | ArrayRef<ResultCandidate> Candidates, unsigned N) { | ||||
5087 | |||||
5088 | // Given the overloads 'Candidates' for a function call matching all arguments | ||||
5089 | // up to N, return the type of the Nth parameter if it is the same for all | ||||
5090 | // overload candidates. | ||||
5091 | QualType ParamType; | ||||
5092 | for (auto &Candidate : Candidates) { | ||||
5093 | if (const auto *FType = Candidate.getFunctionType()) | ||||
5094 | if (const auto *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FType)) | ||||
5095 | if (N < Proto->getNumParams()) { | ||||
5096 | if (ParamType.isNull()) | ||||
5097 | ParamType = Proto->getParamType(N); | ||||
5098 | else if (!SemaRef.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( | ||||
5099 | ParamType.getNonReferenceType(), | ||||
5100 | Proto->getParamType(N).getNonReferenceType())) | ||||
5101 | // Otherwise return a default-constructed QualType. | ||||
5102 | return QualType(); | ||||
5103 | } | ||||
5104 | } | ||||
5105 | |||||
5106 | return ParamType; | ||||
5107 | } | ||||
5108 | |||||
5109 | static QualType | ||||
5110 | ProduceSignatureHelp(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, | ||||
5111 | MutableArrayRef<ResultCandidate> Candidates, | ||||
5112 | unsigned CurrentArg, SourceLocation OpenParLoc) { | ||||
5113 | if (Candidates.empty()) | ||||
5114 | return QualType(); | ||||
5115 | SemaRef.CodeCompleter->ProcessOverloadCandidates( | ||||
5116 | SemaRef, CurrentArg, Candidates.data(), Candidates.size(), OpenParLoc); | ||||
5117 | return getParamType(SemaRef, Candidates, CurrentArg); | ||||
5118 | } | ||||
5119 | |||||
5120 | QualType Sema::ProduceCallSignatureHelp(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, | ||||
5121 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
5122 | SourceLocation OpenParLoc) { | ||||
5123 | if (!CodeCompleter) | ||||
5124 | return QualType(); | ||||
5125 | |||||
5126 | // FIXME: Provide support for variadic template functions. | ||||
5127 | // Ignore type-dependent call expressions entirely. | ||||
5128 | if (!Fn || Fn->isTypeDependent() || anyNullArguments(Args) || | ||||
5129 | Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args)) { | ||||
5130 | return QualType(); | ||||
5131 | } | ||||
5132 | |||||
5133 | // Build an overload candidate set based on the functions we find. | ||||
5134 | SourceLocation Loc = Fn->getExprLoc(); | ||||
5135 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||
5136 | |||||
5137 | SmallVector<ResultCandidate, 8> Results; | ||||
5138 | |||||
5139 | Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParenCasts(); | ||||
5140 | if (auto ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) | ||||
5141 | AddOverloadedCallCandidates(ULE, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
5142 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true); | ||||
5143 | else if (auto UME = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) { | ||||
5144 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = nullptr; | ||||
5145 | if (UME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | ||||
5146 | UME->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer); | ||||
5147 | TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer; | ||||
5148 | } | ||||
5149 | |||||
5150 | // Add the base as first argument (use a nullptr if the base is implicit). | ||||
5151 | SmallVector<Expr *, 12> ArgExprs( | ||||
5152 | 1, UME->isImplicitAccess() ? nullptr : UME->getBase()); | ||||
5153 | ArgExprs.append(Args.begin(), Args.end()); | ||||
5154 | UnresolvedSet<8> Decls; | ||||
5155 | Decls.append(UME->decls_begin(), UME->decls_end()); | ||||
5156 | const bool FirstArgumentIsBase = !UME->isImplicitAccess() && UME->getBase(); | ||||
5157 | AddFunctionCandidates(Decls, ArgExprs, CandidateSet, TemplateArgs, | ||||
5158 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||
5159 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true, FirstArgumentIsBase); | ||||
5160 | } else { | ||||
5161 | FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; | ||||
5162 | if (auto *MCE = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) | ||||
5163 | FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MCE->getMemberDecl()); | ||||
5164 | else if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)) | ||||
5165 | FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); | ||||
5166 | if (FD) { // We check whether it's a resolved function declaration. | ||||
5167 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || | ||||
5168 | !FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) | ||||
5169 | Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(FD)); | ||||
5170 | else | ||||
5171 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, FD->getAccess()), | ||||
5172 | Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
5173 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||
5174 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true); | ||||
5175 | |||||
5176 | } else if (auto DC = NakedFn->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { | ||||
5177 | // If expression's type is CXXRecordDecl, it may overload the function | ||||
5178 | // call operator, so we check if it does and add them as candidates. | ||||
5179 | // A complete type is needed to lookup for member function call operators. | ||||
5180 | if (isCompleteType(Loc, NakedFn->getType())) { | ||||
5181 | DeclarationName OpName = | ||||
5182 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call); | ||||
5183 | LookupResult R(*this, OpName, Loc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
5184 | LookupQualifiedName(R, DC); | ||||
5185 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||
5186 | SmallVector<Expr *, 12> ArgExprs(1, NakedFn); | ||||
5187 | ArgExprs.append(Args.begin(), Args.end()); | ||||
5188 | AddFunctionCandidates(R.asUnresolvedSet(), ArgExprs, CandidateSet, | ||||
5189 | /*ExplicitArgs=*/nullptr, | ||||
5190 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||
5191 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true); | ||||
5192 | } | ||||
5193 | } else { | ||||
5194 | // Lastly we check whether expression's type is function pointer or | ||||
5195 | // function. | ||||
5196 | QualType T = NakedFn->getType(); | ||||
5197 | if (!T->getPointeeType().isNull()) | ||||
5198 | T = T->getPointeeType(); | ||||
5199 | |||||
5200 | if (auto FP = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { | ||||
5201 | if (!TooManyArguments(FP->getNumParams(), Args.size(), | ||||
5202 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true) || | ||||
5203 | FP->isVariadic()) | ||||
5204 | Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(FP)); | ||||
5205 | } else if (auto FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) | ||||
5206 | // No prototype and declaration, it may be a K & R style function. | ||||
5207 | Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(FT)); | ||||
5208 | } | ||||
5209 | } | ||||
5210 | mergeCandidatesWithResults(*this, Results, CandidateSet, Loc); | ||||
5211 | QualType ParamType = | ||||
5212 | ProduceSignatureHelp(*this, S, Results, Args.size(), OpenParLoc); | ||||
5213 | return !CandidateSet.empty() ? ParamType : QualType(); | ||||
5214 | } | ||||
5215 | |||||
5216 | QualType Sema::ProduceConstructorSignatureHelp(Scope *S, QualType Type, | ||||
5217 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
5218 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
5219 | SourceLocation OpenParLoc) { | ||||
5220 | if (!CodeCompleter) | ||||
5221 | return QualType(); | ||||
5222 | |||||
5223 | // A complete type is needed to lookup for constructors. | ||||
5224 | CXXRecordDecl *RD = | ||||
5225 | isCompleteType(Loc, Type) ? Type->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : nullptr; | ||||
5226 | if (!RD) | ||||
5227 | return Type; | ||||
5228 | |||||
5229 | // FIXME: Provide support for member initializers. | ||||
5230 | // FIXME: Provide support for variadic template constructors. | ||||
5231 | |||||
5232 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||
5233 | |||||
5234 | for (NamedDecl *C : LookupConstructors(RD)) { | ||||
5235 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(C)) { | ||||
5236 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, C->getAccess()), Args, | ||||
5237 | CandidateSet, | ||||
5238 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||
5239 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true, | ||||
5240 | /*AllowExplicit*/ true); | ||||
5241 | } else if (auto *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(C)) { | ||||
5242 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||
5243 | FTD, DeclAccessPair::make(FTD, C->getAccess()), | ||||
5244 | /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
5245 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||
5246 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true); | ||||
5247 | } | ||||
5248 | } | ||||
5249 | |||||
5250 | SmallVector<ResultCandidate, 8> Results; | ||||
5251 | mergeCandidatesWithResults(*this, Results, CandidateSet, Loc); | ||||
5252 | return ProduceSignatureHelp(*this, S, Results, Args.size(), OpenParLoc); | ||||
5253 | } | ||||
5254 | |||||
5255 | QualType Sema::ProduceCtorInitMemberSignatureHelp( | ||||
5256 | Scope *S, Decl *ConstructorDecl, CXXScopeSpec SS, ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, | ||||
5257 | ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs, IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation OpenParLoc) { | ||||
5258 | if (!CodeCompleter) | ||||
5259 | return QualType(); | ||||
5260 | |||||
5261 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = | ||||
5262 | dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorDecl); | ||||
5263 | if (!Constructor) | ||||
5264 | return QualType(); | ||||
5265 | // FIXME: Add support for Base class constructors as well. | ||||
5266 | if (ValueDecl *MemberDecl = tryLookupCtorInitMemberDecl( | ||||
5267 | Constructor->getParent(), SS, TemplateTypeTy, II)) | ||||
5268 | return ProduceConstructorSignatureHelp(getCurScope(), MemberDecl->getType(), | ||||
5269 | MemberDecl->getLocation(), ArgExprs, | ||||
5270 | OpenParLoc); | ||||
5271 | return QualType(); | ||||
5272 | } | ||||
5273 | |||||
5274 | void Sema::CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D) { | ||||
5275 | ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D); | ||||
5276 | if (!VD) { | ||||
5277 | CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, PCC_Expression); | ||||
5278 | return; | ||||
5279 | } | ||||
5280 | |||||
5281 | CodeCompleteExpressionData Data; | ||||
5282 | Data.PreferredType = VD->getType(); | ||||
5283 | // Ignore VD to avoid completing the variable itself, e.g. in 'int foo = ^'. | ||||
5284 | Data.IgnoreDecls.push_back(VD); | ||||
5285 | |||||
5286 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, Data); | ||||
5287 | } | ||||
5288 | |||||
5289 | void Sema::CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S) { | ||||
5290 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
5291 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
5292 | mapCodeCompletionContext(*this, PCC_Statement)); | ||||
5293 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName); | ||||
5294 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
5295 | |||||
5296 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); | ||||
5297 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, | ||||
5298 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), | ||||
5299 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||
5300 | |||||
5301 | AddOrdinaryNameResults(PCC_Statement, S, *this, Results); | ||||
5302 | |||||
5303 | // "else" block | ||||
5304 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||
5305 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
5306 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("else"); | ||||
5307 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { | ||||
5308 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
5309 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||
5310 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||
5311 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); | ||||
5312 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||
5313 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||
5314 | } | ||||
5315 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||
5316 | |||||
5317 | // "else if" block | ||||
5318 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("else if"); | ||||
5319 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
5320 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
5321 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||
5322 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition"); | ||||
5323 | else | ||||
5324 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||
5325 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
5326 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { | ||||
5327 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
5328 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||
5329 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||
5330 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); | ||||
5331 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||
5332 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||
5333 | } | ||||
5334 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||
5335 | |||||
5336 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
5337 | |||||
5338 | if (S->getFnParent()) | ||||
5339 | AddPrettyFunctionResults(getLangOpts(), Results); | ||||
5340 | |||||
5341 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) | ||||
5342 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false); | ||||
5343 | |||||
5344 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
5345 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
5346 | } | ||||
5347 | |||||
5348 | void Sema::CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, | ||||
5349 | bool EnteringContext, | ||||
5350 | bool IsUsingDeclaration, QualType BaseType, | ||||
5351 | QualType PreferredType) { | ||||
5352 | if (SS.isEmpty() || !CodeCompleter) | ||||
5353 | return; | ||||
5354 | |||||
5355 | CodeCompletionContext CC(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Symbol, PreferredType); | ||||
5356 | CC.setIsUsingDeclaration(IsUsingDeclaration); | ||||
5357 | CC.setCXXScopeSpecifier(SS); | ||||
5358 | |||||
5359 | // We want to keep the scope specifier even if it's invalid (e.g. the scope | ||||
5360 | // "a::b::" is not corresponding to any context/namespace in the AST), since | ||||
5361 | // it can be useful for global code completion which have information about | ||||
5362 | // contexts/symbols that are not in the AST. | ||||
5363 | if (SS.isInvalid()) { | ||||
5364 | // As SS is invalid, we try to collect accessible contexts from the current | ||||
5365 | // scope with a dummy lookup so that the completion consumer can try to | ||||
5366 | // guess what the specified scope is. | ||||
5367 | ResultBuilder DummyResults(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
5368 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CC); | ||||
5369 | if (!PreferredType.isNull()) | ||||
5370 | DummyResults.setPreferredType(PreferredType); | ||||
5371 | if (S->getEntity()) { | ||||
5372 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(DummyResults, S->getEntity(), | ||||
5373 | BaseType); | ||||
5374 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, | ||||
5375 | /*IncludeGlobalScope=*/false, | ||||
5376 | /*LoadExternal=*/false); | ||||
5377 | } | ||||
5378 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, | ||||
5379 | DummyResults.getCompletionContext(), nullptr, 0); | ||||
5380 | return; | ||||
5381 | } | ||||
5382 | // Always pretend to enter a context to ensure that a dependent type | ||||
5383 | // resolves to a dependent record. | ||||
5384 | DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, /*EnteringContext=*/true); | ||||
5385 | if (!Ctx) | ||||
5386 | return; | ||||
5387 | |||||
5388 | // Try to instantiate any non-dependent declaration contexts before | ||||
5389 | // we look in them. | ||||
5390 | if (!isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS) && RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, Ctx)) | ||||
5391 | return; | ||||
5392 | |||||
5393 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
5394 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CC); | ||||
5395 | if (!PreferredType.isNull()) | ||||
5396 | Results.setPreferredType(PreferredType); | ||||
5397 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
5398 | |||||
5399 | // The "template" keyword can follow "::" in the grammar, but only | ||||
5400 | // put it into the grammar if the nested-name-specifier is dependent. | ||||
5401 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); | ||||
5402 | if (!Results.empty() && NNS->isDependent()) | ||||
5403 | Results.AddResult("template"); | ||||
5404 | |||||
5405 | // Add calls to overridden virtual functions, if there are any. | ||||
5406 | // | ||||
5407 | // FIXME: This isn't wonderful, because we don't know whether we're actually | ||||
5408 | // in a context that permits expressions. This is a general issue with | ||||
5409 | // qualified-id completions. | ||||
5410 | if (!EnteringContext) | ||||
5411 | MaybeAddOverrideCalls(*this, Ctx, Results); | ||||
5412 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
5413 | |||||
5414 | if (CodeCompleter->includeNamespaceLevelDecls() || | ||||
5415 | (!Ctx->isNamespace() && !Ctx->isTranslationUnit())) { | ||||
5416 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, Ctx, BaseType); | ||||
5417 | LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, | ||||
5418 | /*IncludeGlobalScope=*/true, | ||||
5419 | /*IncludeDependentBases=*/true, | ||||
5420 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||
5421 | } | ||||
5422 | |||||
5423 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
5424 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
5425 | } | ||||
5426 | |||||
5427 | void Sema::CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S) { | ||||
5428 | if (!CodeCompleter) | ||||
5429 | return; | ||||
5430 | |||||
5431 | // This can be both a using alias or using declaration, in the former we | ||||
5432 | // expect a new name and a symbol in the latter case. | ||||
5433 | CodeCompletionContext Context(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_SymbolOrNewName); | ||||
5434 | Context.setIsUsingDeclaration(true); | ||||
5435 | |||||
5436 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
5437 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), Context, | ||||
5438 | &ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier); | ||||
5439 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
5440 | |||||
5441 | // If we aren't in class scope, we could see the "namespace" keyword. | ||||
5442 | if (!S->isClassScope()) | ||||
5443 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("namespace")); | ||||
5444 | |||||
5445 | // After "using", we can see anything that would start a | ||||
5446 | // nested-name-specifier. | ||||
5447 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); | ||||
5448 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, | ||||
5449 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), | ||||
5450 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||
5451 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
5452 | |||||
5453 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
5454 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
5455 | } | ||||
5456 | |||||
5457 | void Sema::CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S) { | ||||
5458 | if (!CodeCompleter) | ||||
5459 | return; | ||||
5460 | |||||
5461 | // After "using namespace", we expect to see a namespace name or namespace | ||||
5462 | // alias. | ||||
5463 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
5464 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
5465 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Namespace, | ||||
5466 | &ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias); | ||||
5467 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
5468 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); | ||||
5469 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, | ||||
5470 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), | ||||
5471 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||
5472 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
5473 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
5474 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
5475 | } | ||||
5476 | |||||
5477 | void Sema::CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S) { | ||||
5478 | if (!CodeCompleter) | ||||
5479 | return; | ||||
5480 | |||||
5481 | DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity(); | ||||
5482 | if (!S->getParent()) | ||||
5483 | Ctx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | ||||
5484 | |||||
5485 | bool SuppressedGlobalResults = | ||||
5486 | Ctx && !CodeCompleter->includeGlobals() && isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Ctx); | ||||
5487 | |||||
5488 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
5489 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
5490 | SuppressedGlobalResults | ||||
5491 | ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Namespace | ||||
5492 | : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other, | ||||
5493 | &ResultBuilder::IsNamespace); | ||||
5494 | |||||
5495 | if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext() && !SuppressedGlobalResults) { | ||||
5496 | // We only want to see those namespaces that have already been defined | ||||
5497 | // within this scope, because its likely that the user is creating an | ||||
5498 | // extended namespace declaration. Keep track of the most recent | ||||
5499 | // definition of each namespace. | ||||
5500 | std::map<NamespaceDecl *, NamespaceDecl *> OrigToLatest; | ||||
5501 | for (DeclContext::specific_decl_iterator<NamespaceDecl> | ||||
5502 | NS(Ctx->decls_begin()), | ||||
5503 | NSEnd(Ctx->decls_end()); | ||||
5504 | NS != NSEnd; ++NS) | ||||
5505 | OrigToLatest[NS->getOriginalNamespace()] = *NS; | ||||
5506 | |||||
5507 | // Add the most recent definition (or extended definition) of each | ||||
5508 | // namespace to the list of results. | ||||
5509 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
5510 | for (std::map<NamespaceDecl *, NamespaceDecl *>::iterator | ||||
5511 | NS = OrigToLatest.begin(), | ||||
5512 | NSEnd = OrigToLatest.end(); | ||||
5513 | NS != NSEnd; ++NS) | ||||
5514 | Results.AddResult( | ||||
5515 | CodeCompletionResult(NS->second, Results.getBasePriority(NS->second), | ||||
5516 | nullptr), | ||||
5517 | CurContext, nullptr, false); | ||||
5518 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
5519 | } | ||||
5520 | |||||
5521 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
5522 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
5523 | } | ||||
5524 | |||||
5525 | void Sema::CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S) { | ||||
5526 | if (!CodeCompleter) | ||||
5527 | return; | ||||
5528 | |||||
5529 | // After "namespace", we expect to see a namespace or alias. | ||||
5530 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
5531 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
5532 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Namespace, | ||||
5533 | &ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias); | ||||
5534 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); | ||||
5535 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, | ||||
5536 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), | ||||
5537 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||
5538 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
5539 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
5540 | } | ||||
5541 | |||||
5542 | void Sema::CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S) { | ||||
5543 | if (!CodeCompleter) | ||||
5544 | return; | ||||
5545 | |||||
5546 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
5547 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
5548 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
5549 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type, | ||||
5550 | &ResultBuilder::IsType); | ||||
5551 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
5552 | |||||
5553 | // Add the names of overloadable operators. Note that OO_Conditional is not | ||||
5554 | // actually overloadable. | ||||
5555 | #define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Name, Spelling, Token, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly) \ | ||||
5556 | if (OO_##Name != OO_Conditional) \ | ||||
5557 | Results.AddResult(Result(Spelling)); | ||||
5558 | #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.def" | ||||
5559 | |||||
5560 | // Add any type names visible from the current scope | ||||
5561 | Results.allowNestedNameSpecifiers(); | ||||
5562 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); | ||||
5563 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, | ||||
5564 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), | ||||
5565 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||
5566 | |||||
5567 | // Add any type specifiers | ||||
5568 | AddTypeSpecifierResults(getLangOpts(), Results); | ||||
5569 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
5570 | |||||
5571 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
5572 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
5573 | } | ||||
5574 | |||||
5575 | void Sema::CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer( | ||||
5576 | Decl *ConstructorD, ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers) { | ||||
5577 | if (!ConstructorD) | ||||
5578 | return; | ||||
5579 | |||||
5580 | AdjustDeclIfTemplate(ConstructorD); | ||||
5581 | |||||
5582 | auto *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorD); | ||||
5583 | if (!Constructor) | ||||
5584 | return; | ||||
5585 | |||||
5586 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
5587 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
5588 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Symbol); | ||||
5589 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
5590 | |||||
5591 | // Fill in any already-initialized fields or base classes. | ||||
5592 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 4> InitializedFields; | ||||
5593 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> InitializedBases; | ||||
5594 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = Initializers.size(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
5595 | if (Initializers[I]->isBaseInitializer()) | ||||
5596 | InitializedBases.insert(Context.getCanonicalType( | ||||
5597 | QualType(Initializers[I]->getBaseClass(), 0))); | ||||
5598 | else | ||||
5599 | InitializedFields.insert( | ||||
5600 | cast<FieldDecl>(Initializers[I]->getAnyMember())); | ||||
5601 | } | ||||
5602 | |||||
5603 | // Add completions for base classes. | ||||
5604 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(*this); | ||||
5605 | bool SawLastInitializer = Initializers.empty(); | ||||
5606 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = Constructor->getParent(); | ||||
5607 | |||||
5608 | auto GenerateCCS = [&](const NamedDecl *ND, const char *Name) { | ||||
5609 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||
5610 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
5611 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Name); | ||||
5612 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
5613 | if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) | ||||
5614 | AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Builder); | ||||
5615 | else if (const auto *FunTemplDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) | ||||
5616 | AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, FunTemplDecl->getTemplatedDecl(), | ||||
5617 | Builder); | ||||
5618 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
5619 | return Builder.TakeString(); | ||||
5620 | }; | ||||
5621 | auto AddDefaultCtorInit = [&](const char *Name, const char *Type, | ||||
5622 | const NamedDecl *ND) { | ||||
5623 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||
5624 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
5625 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Name); | ||||
5626 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
5627 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Type); | ||||
5628 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
5629 | if (ND) { | ||||
5630 | auto CCR = CodeCompletionResult( | ||||
5631 | Builder.TakeString(), ND, | ||||
5632 | SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration); | ||||
5633 | if (isa<FieldDecl>(ND)) | ||||
5634 | CCR.CursorKind = CXCursor_MemberRef; | ||||
5635 | return Results.AddResult(CCR); | ||||
5636 | } | ||||
5637 | return Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult( | ||||
5638 | Builder.TakeString(), | ||||
5639 | SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration)); | ||||
5640 | }; | ||||
5641 | auto AddCtorsWithName = [&](const CXXRecordDecl *RD, unsigned int Priority, | ||||
5642 | const char *Name, const FieldDecl *FD) { | ||||
5643 | if (!RD) | ||||
5644 | return AddDefaultCtorInit(Name, | ||||
5645 | FD ? Results.getAllocator().CopyString( | ||||
5646 | FD->getType().getAsString(Policy)) | ||||
5647 | : Name, | ||||
5648 | FD); | ||||
5649 | auto Ctors = getConstructors(Context, RD); | ||||
5650 | if (Ctors.begin() == Ctors.end()) | ||||
5651 | return AddDefaultCtorInit(Name, Name, RD); | ||||
5652 | for (const NamedDecl *Ctor : Ctors) { | ||||
5653 | auto CCR = CodeCompletionResult(GenerateCCS(Ctor, Name), RD, Priority); | ||||
5654 | CCR.CursorKind = getCursorKindForDecl(Ctor); | ||||
5655 | Results.AddResult(CCR); | ||||
5656 | } | ||||
5657 | }; | ||||
5658 | auto AddBase = [&](const CXXBaseSpecifier &Base) { | ||||
5659 | const char *BaseName = | ||||
5660 | Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Base.getType().getAsString(Policy)); | ||||
5661 | const auto *RD = Base.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||
5662 | AddCtorsWithName( | ||||
5663 | RD, SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration, | ||||
5664 | BaseName, nullptr); | ||||
5665 | }; | ||||
5666 | auto AddField = [&](const FieldDecl *FD) { | ||||
5667 | const char *FieldName = | ||||
5668 | Results.getAllocator().CopyString(FD->getIdentifier()->getName()); | ||||
5669 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD = FD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||
5670 | AddCtorsWithName( | ||||
5671 | RD, SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration, | ||||
5672 | FieldName, FD); | ||||
5673 | }; | ||||
5674 | |||||
5675 | for (const auto &Base : ClassDecl->bases()) { | ||||
5676 | if (!InitializedBases.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(Base.getType())) | ||||
5677 | .second) { | ||||
5678 | SawLastInitializer = | ||||
5679 | !Initializers.empty() && Initializers.back()->isBaseInitializer() && | ||||
5680 | Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( | ||||
5681 | Base.getType(), QualType(Initializers.back()->getBaseClass(), 0)); | ||||
5682 | continue; | ||||
5683 | } | ||||
5684 | |||||
5685 | AddBase(Base); | ||||
5686 | SawLastInitializer = false; | ||||
5687 | } | ||||
5688 | |||||
5689 | // Add completions for virtual base classes. | ||||
5690 | for (const auto &Base : ClassDecl->vbases()) { | ||||
5691 | if (!InitializedBases.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(Base.getType())) | ||||
5692 | .second) { | ||||
5693 | SawLastInitializer = | ||||
5694 | !Initializers.empty() && Initializers.back()->isBaseInitializer() && | ||||
5695 | Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( | ||||
5696 | Base.getType(), QualType(Initializers.back()->getBaseClass(), 0)); | ||||
5697 | continue; | ||||
5698 | } | ||||
5699 | |||||
5700 | AddBase(Base); | ||||
5701 | SawLastInitializer = false; | ||||
5702 | } | ||||
5703 | |||||
5704 | // Add completions for members. | ||||
5705 | for (auto *Field : ClassDecl->fields()) { | ||||
5706 | if (!InitializedFields.insert(cast<FieldDecl>(Field->getCanonicalDecl())) | ||||
5707 | .second) { | ||||
5708 | SawLastInitializer = !Initializers.empty() && | ||||
5709 | Initializers.back()->isAnyMemberInitializer() && | ||||
5710 | Initializers.back()->getAnyMember() == Field; | ||||
5711 | continue; | ||||
5712 | } | ||||
5713 | |||||
5714 | if (!Field->getDeclName()) | ||||
5715 | continue; | ||||
5716 | |||||
5717 | AddField(Field); | ||||
5718 | SawLastInitializer = false; | ||||
5719 | } | ||||
5720 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
5721 | |||||
5722 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
5723 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
5724 | } | ||||
5725 | |||||
5726 | /// Determine whether this scope denotes a namespace. | ||||
5727 | static bool isNamespaceScope(Scope *S) { | ||||
5728 | DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity(); | ||||
5729 | if (!DC) | ||||
5730 | return false; | ||||
5731 | |||||
5732 | return DC->isFileContext(); | ||||
5733 | } | ||||
5734 | |||||
5735 | void Sema::CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, | ||||
5736 | bool AfterAmpersand) { | ||||
5737 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
5738 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
5739 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); | ||||
5740 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
5741 | |||||
5742 | // Note what has already been captured. | ||||
5743 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Known; | ||||
5744 | bool IncludedThis = false; | ||||
5745 | for (const auto &C : Intro.Captures) { | ||||
5746 | if (C.Kind == LCK_This) { | ||||
5747 | IncludedThis = true; | ||||
5748 | continue; | ||||
5749 | } | ||||
5750 | |||||
5751 | Known.insert(C.Id); | ||||
5752 | } | ||||
5753 | |||||
5754 | // Look for other capturable variables. | ||||
5755 | for (; S && !isNamespaceScope(S); S = S->getParent()) { | ||||
5756 | for (const auto *D : S->decls()) { | ||||
5757 | const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); | ||||
5758 | if (!Var || !Var->hasLocalStorage() || Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) | ||||
5759 | continue; | ||||
5760 | |||||
5761 | if (Known.insert(Var->getIdentifier()).second) | ||||
5762 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Var, CCP_LocalDeclaration), | ||||
5763 | CurContext, nullptr, false); | ||||
5764 | } | ||||
5765 | } | ||||
5766 | |||||
5767 | // Add 'this', if it would be valid. | ||||
5768 | if (!IncludedThis && !AfterAmpersand && Intro.Default != LCD_ByCopy) | ||||
5769 | addThisCompletion(*this, Results); | ||||
5770 | |||||
5771 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
5772 | |||||
5773 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
5774 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
5775 | } | ||||
5776 | |||||
5777 | /// Macro that optionally prepends an "@" to the string literal passed in via | ||||
5778 | /// Keyword, depending on whether NeedAt is true or false. | ||||
5779 | #define OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, Keyword)((NeedAt) ? "@" Keyword : Keyword) ((NeedAt) ? "@" Keyword : Keyword) | ||||
5780 | |||||
5781 | static void AddObjCImplementationResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, | ||||
5782 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) { | ||||
5783 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
5784 | // Since we have an implementation, we can end it. | ||||
5785 | Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "end")((NeedAt) ? "@" "end" : "end"))); | ||||
5786 | |||||
5787 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||
5788 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
5789 | if (LangOpts.ObjC) { | ||||
5790 | // @dynamic | ||||
5791 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "dynamic")((NeedAt) ? "@" "dynamic" : "dynamic")); | ||||
5792 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
5793 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("property"); | ||||
5794 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
5795 | |||||
5796 | // @synthesize | ||||
5797 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "synthesize")((NeedAt) ? "@" "synthesize" : "synthesize")); | ||||
5798 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
5799 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("property"); | ||||
5800 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
5801 | } | ||||
5802 | } | ||||
5803 | |||||
5804 | static void AddObjCInterfaceResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, | ||||
5805 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) { | ||||
5806 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
5807 | |||||
5808 | // Since we have an interface or protocol, we can end it. | ||||
5809 | Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "end")((NeedAt) ? "@" "end" : "end"))); | ||||
5810 | |||||
5811 | if (LangOpts.ObjC) { | ||||
5812 | // @property | ||||
5813 | Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "property")((NeedAt) ? "@" "property" : "property"))); | ||||
5814 | |||||
5815 | // @required | ||||
5816 | Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "required")((NeedAt) ? "@" "required" : "required"))); | ||||
5817 | |||||
5818 | // @optional | ||||
5819 | Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "optional")((NeedAt) ? "@" "optional" : "optional"))); | ||||
5820 | } | ||||
5821 | } | ||||
5822 | |||||
5823 | static void AddObjCTopLevelResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) { | ||||
5824 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
5825 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||
5826 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
5827 | |||||
5828 | // @class name ; | ||||
5829 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "class")((NeedAt) ? "@" "class" : "class")); | ||||
5830 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
5831 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name"); | ||||
5832 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
5833 | |||||
5834 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { | ||||
5835 | // @interface name | ||||
5836 | // FIXME: Could introduce the whole pattern, including superclasses and | ||||
5837 | // such. | ||||
5838 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "interface")((NeedAt) ? "@" "interface" : "interface")); | ||||
5839 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
5840 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("class"); | ||||
5841 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
5842 | |||||
5843 | // @protocol name | ||||
5844 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "protocol")((NeedAt) ? "@" "protocol" : "protocol")); | ||||
5845 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
5846 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("protocol"); | ||||
5847 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
5848 | |||||
5849 | // @implementation name | ||||
5850 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "implementation")((NeedAt) ? "@" "implementation" : "implementation")); | ||||
5851 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
5852 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("class"); | ||||
5853 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
5854 | } | ||||
5855 | |||||
5856 | // @compatibility_alias name | ||||
5857 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||
5858 | OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "compatibility_alias")((NeedAt) ? "@" "compatibility_alias" : "compatibility_alias" )); | ||||
5859 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
5860 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("alias"); | ||||
5861 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
5862 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("class"); | ||||
5863 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
5864 | |||||
5865 | if (Results.getSema().getLangOpts().Modules) { | ||||
5866 | // @import name | ||||
5867 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "import")((NeedAt) ? "@" "import" : "import")); | ||||
5868 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
5869 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("module"); | ||||
5870 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
5871 | } | ||||
5872 | } | ||||
5873 | |||||
5874 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S) { | ||||
5875 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
5876 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
5877 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); | ||||
5878 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
5879 | if (isa<ObjCImplDecl>(CurContext)) | ||||
5880 | AddObjCImplementationResults(getLangOpts(), Results, false); | ||||
5881 | else if (CurContext->isObjCContainer()) | ||||
5882 | AddObjCInterfaceResults(getLangOpts(), Results, false); | ||||
5883 | else | ||||
5884 | AddObjCTopLevelResults(Results, false); | ||||
5885 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
5886 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
5887 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
5888 | } | ||||
5889 | |||||
5890 | static void AddObjCExpressionResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) { | ||||
5891 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
5892 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||
5893 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
5894 | |||||
5895 | // @encode ( type-name ) | ||||
5896 | const char *EncodeType = "char[]"; | ||||
5897 | if (Results.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || | ||||
5898 | Results.getSema().getLangOpts().ConstStrings) | ||||
5899 | EncodeType = "const char[]"; | ||||
5900 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(EncodeType); | ||||
5901 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "encode")((NeedAt) ? "@" "encode" : "encode")); | ||||
5902 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
5903 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type-name"); | ||||
5904 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
5905 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
5906 | |||||
5907 | // @protocol ( protocol-name ) | ||||
5908 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("Protocol *"); | ||||
5909 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "protocol")((NeedAt) ? "@" "protocol" : "protocol")); | ||||
5910 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
5911 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("protocol-name"); | ||||
5912 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
5913 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
5914 | |||||
5915 | // @selector ( selector ) | ||||
5916 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("SEL"); | ||||
5917 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "selector")((NeedAt) ? "@" "selector" : "selector")); | ||||
5918 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
5919 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("selector"); | ||||
5920 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
5921 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
5922 | |||||
5923 | // @"string" | ||||
5924 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("NSString *"); | ||||
5925 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "\"")((NeedAt) ? "@" "\"" : "\"")); | ||||
5926 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("string"); | ||||
5927 | Builder.AddTextChunk("\""); | ||||
5928 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
5929 | |||||
5930 | // @[objects, ...] | ||||
5931 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("NSArray *"); | ||||
5932 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "[")((NeedAt) ? "@" "[" : "[")); | ||||
5933 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("objects, ..."); | ||||
5934 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket); | ||||
5935 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
5936 | |||||
5937 | // @{key : object, ...} | ||||
5938 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("NSDictionary *"); | ||||
5939 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "{")((NeedAt) ? "@" "{" : "{")); | ||||
5940 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("key"); | ||||
5941 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); | ||||
5942 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
5943 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object, ..."); | ||||
5944 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||
5945 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
5946 | |||||
5947 | // @(expression) | ||||
5948 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("id"); | ||||
5949 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "(")((NeedAt) ? "@" "(" : "(")); | ||||
5950 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||
5951 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
5952 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
5953 | } | ||||
5954 | |||||
5955 | static void AddObjCStatementResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) { | ||||
5956 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
5957 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||
5958 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
5959 | |||||
5960 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { | ||||
5961 | // @try { statements } @catch ( declaration ) { statements } @finally | ||||
5962 | // { statements } | ||||
5963 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "try")((NeedAt) ? "@" "try" : "try")); | ||||
5964 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||
5965 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); | ||||
5966 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||
5967 | Builder.AddTextChunk("@catch"); | ||||
5968 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
5969 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameter"); | ||||
5970 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
5971 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||
5972 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); | ||||
5973 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||
5974 | Builder.AddTextChunk("@finally"); | ||||
5975 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||
5976 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); | ||||
5977 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||
5978 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
5979 | } | ||||
5980 | |||||
5981 | // @throw | ||||
5982 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "throw")((NeedAt) ? "@" "throw" : "throw")); | ||||
5983 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
5984 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||
5985 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
5986 | |||||
5987 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { | ||||
5988 | // @synchronized ( expression ) { statements } | ||||
5989 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "synchronized")((NeedAt) ? "@" "synchronized" : "synchronized")); | ||||
5990 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
5991 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
5992 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||
5993 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
5994 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||
5995 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); | ||||
5996 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||
5997 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
5998 | } | ||||
5999 | } | ||||
6000 | |||||
6001 | static void AddObjCVisibilityResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, | ||||
6002 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) { | ||||
6003 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
6004 | Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "private")((NeedAt) ? "@" "private" : "private"))); | ||||
6005 | Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "protected")((NeedAt) ? "@" "protected" : "protected"))); | ||||
6006 | Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "public")((NeedAt) ? "@" "public" : "public"))); | ||||
6007 | if (LangOpts.ObjC) | ||||
6008 | Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "package")((NeedAt) ? "@" "package" : "package"))); | ||||
6009 | } | ||||
6010 | |||||
6011 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S) { | ||||
6012 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
6013 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
6014 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); | ||||
6015 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
6016 | AddObjCVisibilityResults(getLangOpts(), Results, false); | ||||
6017 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
6018 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
6019 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
6020 | } | ||||
6021 | |||||
6022 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S) { | ||||
6023 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
6024 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
6025 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); | ||||
6026 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
6027 | AddObjCStatementResults(Results, false); | ||||
6028 | AddObjCExpressionResults(Results, false); | ||||
6029 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
6030 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
6031 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
6032 | } | ||||
6033 | |||||
6034 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S) { | ||||
6035 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
6036 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
6037 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); | ||||
6038 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
6039 | AddObjCExpressionResults(Results, false); | ||||
6040 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
6041 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
6042 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
6043 | } | ||||
6044 | |||||
6045 | /// Determine whether the addition of the given flag to an Objective-C | ||||
6046 | /// property's attributes will cause a conflict. | ||||
6047 | static bool ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(unsigned Attributes, unsigned NewFlag) { | ||||
6048 | // Check if we've already added this flag. | ||||
6049 | if (Attributes & NewFlag) | ||||
6050 | return true; | ||||
6051 | |||||
6052 | Attributes |= NewFlag; | ||||
6053 | |||||
6054 | // Check for collisions with "readonly". | ||||
6055 | if ((Attributes & ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_readonly) && | ||||
6056 | (Attributes & ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_readwrite)) | ||||
6057 | return true; | ||||
6058 | |||||
6059 | // Check for more than one of { assign, copy, retain, strong, weak }. | ||||
6060 | unsigned AssignCopyRetMask = | ||||
6061 | Attributes & | ||||
6062 | (ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_assign | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_unsafe_unretained | | ||||
6063 | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_copy | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_retain | | ||||
6064 | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_strong | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_weak); | ||||
6065 | if (AssignCopyRetMask && AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_assign && | ||||
6066 | AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_unsafe_unretained && | ||||
6067 | AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_copy && | ||||
6068 | AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_retain && | ||||
6069 | AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_strong && | ||||
6070 | AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_weak) | ||||
6071 | return true; | ||||
6072 | |||||
6073 | return false; | ||||
6074 | } | ||||
6075 | |||||
6076 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS) { | ||||
6077 | if (!CodeCompleter) | ||||
6078 | return; | ||||
6079 | |||||
6080 | unsigned Attributes = ODS.getPropertyAttributes(); | ||||
6081 | |||||
6082 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
6083 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
6084 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); | ||||
6085 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
6086 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_readonly)) | ||||
6087 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("readonly")); | ||||
6088 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_assign)) | ||||
6089 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("assign")); | ||||
6090 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, | ||||
6091 | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_unsafe_unretained)) | ||||
6092 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("unsafe_unretained")); | ||||
6093 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_readwrite)) | ||||
6094 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("readwrite")); | ||||
6095 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_retain)) | ||||
6096 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("retain")); | ||||
6097 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_strong)) | ||||
6098 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("strong")); | ||||
6099 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_copy)) | ||||
6100 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("copy")); | ||||
6101 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_nonatomic)) | ||||
6102 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("nonatomic")); | ||||
6103 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_atomic)) | ||||
6104 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("atomic")); | ||||
6105 | |||||
6106 | // Only suggest "weak" if we're compiling for ARC-with-weak-references or GC. | ||||
6107 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCWeak || getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) | ||||
6108 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_weak)) | ||||
6109 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("weak")); | ||||
6110 | |||||
6111 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_setter)) { | ||||
6112 | CodeCompletionBuilder Setter(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||
6113 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
6114 | Setter.AddTypedTextChunk("setter"); | ||||
6115 | Setter.AddTextChunk("="); | ||||
6116 | Setter.AddPlaceholderChunk("method"); | ||||
6117 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Setter.TakeString())); | ||||
6118 | } | ||||
6119 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_getter)) { | ||||
6120 | CodeCompletionBuilder Getter(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||
6121 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
6122 | Getter.AddTypedTextChunk("getter"); | ||||
6123 | Getter.AddTextChunk("="); | ||||
6124 | Getter.AddPlaceholderChunk("method"); | ||||
6125 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Getter.TakeString())); | ||||
6126 | } | ||||
6127 | if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_nullability)) { | ||||
6128 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("nonnull")); | ||||
6129 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("nullable")); | ||||
6130 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("null_unspecified")); | ||||
6131 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("null_resettable")); | ||||
6132 | } | ||||
6133 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
6134 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
6135 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
6136 | } | ||||
6137 | |||||
6138 | /// Describes the kind of Objective-C method that we want to find | ||||
6139 | /// via code completion. | ||||
6140 | enum ObjCMethodKind { | ||||
6141 | MK_Any, ///< Any kind of method, provided it means other specified criteria. | ||||
6142 | MK_ZeroArgSelector, ///< Zero-argument (unary) selector. | ||||
6143 | MK_OneArgSelector ///< One-argument selector. | ||||
6144 | }; | ||||
6145 | |||||
6146 | static bool isAcceptableObjCSelector(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodKind WantKind, | ||||
6147 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, | ||||
6148 | bool AllowSameLength = true) { | ||||
6149 | unsigned NumSelIdents = SelIdents.size(); | ||||
6150 | if (NumSelIdents > Sel.getNumArgs()) | ||||
6151 | return false; | ||||
6152 | |||||
6153 | switch (WantKind) { | ||||
6154 | case MK_Any: | ||||
6155 | break; | ||||
6156 | case MK_ZeroArgSelector: | ||||
6157 | return Sel.isUnarySelector(); | ||||
6158 | case MK_OneArgSelector: | ||||
6159 | return Sel.getNumArgs() == 1; | ||||
6160 | } | ||||
6161 | |||||
6162 | if (!AllowSameLength && NumSelIdents && NumSelIdents == Sel.getNumArgs()) | ||||
6163 | return false; | ||||
6164 | |||||
6165 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumSelIdents; ++I) | ||||
6166 | if (SelIdents[I] != Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(I)) | ||||
6167 | return false; | ||||
6168 | |||||
6169 | return true; | ||||
6170 | } | ||||
6171 | |||||
6172 | static bool isAcceptableObjCMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, | ||||
6173 | ObjCMethodKind WantKind, | ||||
6174 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, | ||||
6175 | bool AllowSameLength = true) { | ||||
6176 | return isAcceptableObjCSelector(Method->getSelector(), WantKind, SelIdents, | ||||
6177 | AllowSameLength); | ||||
6178 | } | ||||
6179 | |||||
6180 | /// A set of selectors, which is used to avoid introducing multiple | ||||
6181 | /// completions with the same selector into the result set. | ||||
6182 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 16> VisitedSelectorSet; | ||||
6183 | |||||
6184 | /// Add all of the Objective-C methods in the given Objective-C | ||||
6185 | /// container to the set of results. | ||||
6186 | /// | ||||
6187 | /// The container will be a class, protocol, category, or implementation of | ||||
6188 | /// any of the above. This mether will recurse to include methods from | ||||
6189 | /// the superclasses of classes along with their categories, protocols, and | ||||
6190 | /// implementations. | ||||
6191 | /// | ||||
6192 | /// \param Container the container in which we'll look to find methods. | ||||
6193 | /// | ||||
6194 | /// \param WantInstanceMethods Whether to add instance methods (only); if | ||||
6195 | /// false, this routine will add factory methods (only). | ||||
6196 | /// | ||||
6197 | /// \param CurContext the context in which we're performing the lookup that | ||||
6198 | /// finds methods. | ||||
6199 | /// | ||||
6200 | /// \param AllowSameLength Whether we allow a method to be added to the list | ||||
6201 | /// when it has the same number of parameters as we have selector identifiers. | ||||
6202 | /// | ||||
6203 | /// \param Results the structure into which we'll add results. | ||||
6204 | static void AddObjCMethods(ObjCContainerDecl *Container, | ||||
6205 | bool WantInstanceMethods, ObjCMethodKind WantKind, | ||||
6206 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, | ||||
6207 | DeclContext *CurContext, | ||||
6208 | VisitedSelectorSet &Selectors, bool AllowSameLength, | ||||
6209 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool InOriginalClass = true, | ||||
6210 | bool IsRootClass = false) { | ||||
6211 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
6212 | Container = getContainerDef(Container); | ||||
6213 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container); | ||||
6214 | IsRootClass = IsRootClass || (IFace && !IFace->getSuperClass()); | ||||
6215 | for (ObjCMethodDecl *M : Container->methods()) { | ||||
6216 | // The instance methods on the root class can be messaged via the | ||||
6217 | // metaclass. | ||||
6218 | if (M->isInstanceMethod() == WantInstanceMethods || | ||||
6219 | (IsRootClass && !WantInstanceMethods)) { | ||||
6220 | // Check whether the selector identifiers we've been given are a | ||||
6221 | // subset of the identifiers for this particular method. | ||||
6222 | if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(M, WantKind, SelIdents, AllowSameLength)) | ||||
6223 | continue; | ||||
6224 | |||||
6225 | if (!Selectors.insert(M->getSelector()).second) | ||||
6226 | continue; | ||||
6227 | |||||
6228 | Result R = Result(M, Results.getBasePriority(M), nullptr); | ||||
6229 | R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size(); | ||||
6230 | R.AllParametersAreInformative = (WantKind != MK_Any); | ||||
6231 | if (!InOriginalClass) | ||||
6232 | setInBaseClass(R); | ||||
6233 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); | ||||
6234 | } | ||||
6235 | } | ||||
6236 | |||||
6237 | // Visit the protocols of protocols. | ||||
6238 | if (const auto *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) { | ||||
6239 | if (Protocol->hasDefinition()) { | ||||
6240 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols = | ||||
6241 | Protocol->getReferencedProtocols(); | ||||
6242 | for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(), | ||||
6243 | E = Protocols.end(); | ||||
6244 | I != E; ++I) | ||||
6245 | AddObjCMethods(*I, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext, | ||||
6246 | Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, false, IsRootClass); | ||||
6247 | } | ||||
6248 | } | ||||
6249 | |||||
6250 | if (!IFace || !IFace->hasDefinition()) | ||||
6251 | return; | ||||
6252 | |||||
6253 | // Add methods in protocols. | ||||
6254 | for (ObjCProtocolDecl *I : IFace->protocols()) | ||||
6255 | AddObjCMethods(I, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext, | ||||
6256 | Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, false, IsRootClass); | ||||
6257 | |||||
6258 | // Add methods in categories. | ||||
6259 | for (ObjCCategoryDecl *CatDecl : IFace->known_categories()) { | ||||
6260 | AddObjCMethods(CatDecl, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, | ||||
6261 | CurContext, Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, | ||||
6262 | InOriginalClass, IsRootClass); | ||||
6263 | |||||
6264 | // Add a categories protocol methods. | ||||
6265 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols = | ||||
6266 | CatDecl->getReferencedProtocols(); | ||||
6267 | for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(), | ||||
6268 | E = Protocols.end(); | ||||
6269 | I != E; ++I) | ||||
6270 | AddObjCMethods(*I, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext, | ||||
6271 | Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, false, IsRootClass); | ||||
6272 | |||||
6273 | // Add methods in category implementations. | ||||
6274 | if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *Impl = CatDecl->getImplementation()) | ||||
6275 | AddObjCMethods(Impl, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext, | ||||
6276 | Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, InOriginalClass, | ||||
6277 | IsRootClass); | ||||
6278 | } | ||||
6279 | |||||
6280 | // Add methods in superclass. | ||||
6281 | // Avoid passing in IsRootClass since root classes won't have super classes. | ||||
6282 | if (IFace->getSuperClass()) | ||||
6283 | AddObjCMethods(IFace->getSuperClass(), WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, | ||||
6284 | SelIdents, CurContext, Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, | ||||
6285 | /*IsRootClass=*/false); | ||||
6286 | |||||
6287 | // Add methods in our implementation, if any. | ||||
6288 | if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl = IFace->getImplementation()) | ||||
6289 | AddObjCMethods(Impl, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext, | ||||
6290 | Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, InOriginalClass, | ||||
6291 | IsRootClass); | ||||
6292 | } | ||||
6293 | |||||
6294 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S) { | ||||
6295 | // Try to find the interface where getters might live. | ||||
6296 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); | ||||
6297 | if (!Class) { | ||||
6298 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = | ||||
6299 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) | ||||
6300 | Class = Category->getClassInterface(); | ||||
6301 | |||||
6302 | if (!Class) | ||||
6303 | return; | ||||
6304 | } | ||||
6305 | |||||
6306 | // Find all of the potential getters. | ||||
6307 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
6308 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
6309 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); | ||||
6310 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
6311 | |||||
6312 | VisitedSelectorSet Selectors; | ||||
6313 | AddObjCMethods(Class, true, MK_ZeroArgSelector, None, CurContext, Selectors, | ||||
6314 | /*AllowSameLength=*/true, Results); | ||||
6315 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
6316 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
6317 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
6318 | } | ||||
6319 | |||||
6320 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S) { | ||||
6321 | // Try to find the interface where setters might live. | ||||
6322 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); | ||||
6323 | if (!Class) { | ||||
6324 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = | ||||
6325 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) | ||||
6326 | Class = Category->getClassInterface(); | ||||
6327 | |||||
6328 | if (!Class) | ||||
6329 | return; | ||||
6330 | } | ||||
6331 | |||||
6332 | // Find all of the potential getters. | ||||
6333 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
6334 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
6335 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); | ||||
6336 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
6337 | |||||
6338 | VisitedSelectorSet Selectors; | ||||
6339 | AddObjCMethods(Class, true, MK_OneArgSelector, None, CurContext, Selectors, | ||||
6340 | /*AllowSameLength=*/true, Results); | ||||
6341 | |||||
6342 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
6343 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
6344 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
6345 | } | ||||
6346 | |||||
6347 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, | ||||
6348 | bool IsParameter) { | ||||
6349 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
6350 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
6351 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type); | ||||
6352 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
6353 | |||||
6354 | // Add context-sensitive, Objective-C parameter-passing keywords. | ||||
6355 | bool AddedInOut = false; | ||||
6356 | if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() & | ||||
6357 | (ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_In | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Inout)) == 0) { | ||||
6358 | Results.AddResult("in"); | ||||
6359 | Results.AddResult("inout"); | ||||
6360 | AddedInOut = true; | ||||
6361 | } | ||||
6362 | if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() & | ||||
6363 | (ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Out | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Inout)) == 0) { | ||||
6364 | Results.AddResult("out"); | ||||
6365 | if (!AddedInOut) | ||||
6366 | Results.AddResult("inout"); | ||||
6367 | } | ||||
6368 | if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() & | ||||
6369 | (ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Bycopy | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Byref | | ||||
6370 | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Oneway)) == 0) { | ||||
6371 | Results.AddResult("bycopy"); | ||||
6372 | Results.AddResult("byref"); | ||||
6373 | Results.AddResult("oneway"); | ||||
6374 | } | ||||
6375 | if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() & ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_CSNullability) == 0) { | ||||
6376 | Results.AddResult("nonnull"); | ||||
6377 | Results.AddResult("nullable"); | ||||
6378 | Results.AddResult("null_unspecified"); | ||||
6379 | } | ||||
6380 | |||||
6381 | // If we're completing the return type of an Objective-C method and the | ||||
6382 | // identifier IBAction refers to a macro, provide a completion item for | ||||
6383 | // an action, e.g., | ||||
6384 | // IBAction)<#selector#>:(id)sender | ||||
6385 | if (DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() == 0 && !IsParameter && | ||||
6386 | PP.isMacroDefined("IBAction")) { | ||||
6387 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||
6388 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
6389 | CCP_CodePattern, CXAvailability_Available); | ||||
6390 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("IBAction"); | ||||
6391 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
6392 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("selector"); | ||||
6393 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); | ||||
6394 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
6395 | Builder.AddTextChunk("id"); | ||||
6396 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
6397 | Builder.AddTextChunk("sender"); | ||||
6398 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
6399 | } | ||||
6400 | |||||
6401 | // If we're completing the return type, provide 'instancetype'. | ||||
6402 | if (!IsParameter) { | ||||
6403 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("instancetype")); | ||||
6404 | } | ||||
6405 | |||||
6406 | // Add various builtin type names and specifiers. | ||||
6407 | AddOrdinaryNameResults(PCC_Type, S, *this, Results); | ||||
6408 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
6409 | |||||
6410 | // Add the various type names | ||||
6411 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonValueName); | ||||
6412 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); | ||||
6413 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, | ||||
6414 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), | ||||
6415 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||
6416 | |||||
6417 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) | ||||
6418 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false); | ||||
6419 | |||||
6420 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
6421 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
6422 | } | ||||
6423 | |||||
6424 | /// When we have an expression with type "id", we may assume | ||||
6425 | /// that it has some more-specific class type based on knowledge of | ||||
6426 | /// common uses of Objective-C. This routine returns that class type, | ||||
6427 | /// or NULL if no better result could be determined. | ||||
6428 | static ObjCInterfaceDecl *GetAssumedMessageSendExprType(Expr *E) { | ||||
6429 | auto *Msg = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMessageExpr>(E); | ||||
6430 | if (!Msg) | ||||
6431 | return nullptr; | ||||
6432 | |||||
6433 | Selector Sel = Msg->getSelector(); | ||||
6434 | if (Sel.isNull()) | ||||
6435 | return nullptr; | ||||
6436 | |||||
6437 | IdentifierInfo *Id = Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0); | ||||
6438 | if (!Id) | ||||
6439 | return nullptr; | ||||
6440 | |||||
6441 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method = Msg->getMethodDecl(); | ||||
6442 | if (!Method) | ||||
6443 | return nullptr; | ||||
6444 | |||||
6445 | // Determine the class that we're sending the message to. | ||||
6446 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr; | ||||
6447 | switch (Msg->getReceiverKind()) { | ||||
6448 | case ObjCMessageExpr::Class: | ||||
6449 | if (const ObjCObjectType *ObjType = | ||||
6450 | Msg->getClassReceiver()->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) | ||||
6451 | IFace = ObjType->getInterface(); | ||||
6452 | break; | ||||
6453 | |||||
6454 | case ObjCMessageExpr::Instance: { | ||||
6455 | QualType T = Msg->getInstanceReceiver()->getType(); | ||||
6456 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) | ||||
6457 | IFace = Ptr->getInterfaceDecl(); | ||||
6458 | break; | ||||
6459 | } | ||||
6460 | |||||
6461 | case ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance: | ||||
6462 | case ObjCMessageExpr::SuperClass: | ||||
6463 | break; | ||||
6464 | } | ||||
6465 | |||||
6466 | if (!IFace) | ||||
6467 | return nullptr; | ||||
6468 | |||||
6469 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = IFace->getSuperClass(); | ||||
6470 | if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) | ||||
6471 | return llvm::StringSwitch<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(Id->getName()) | ||||
6472 | .Case("retain", IFace) | ||||
6473 | .Case("strong", IFace) | ||||
6474 | .Case("autorelease", IFace) | ||||
6475 | .Case("copy", IFace) | ||||
6476 | .Case("copyWithZone", IFace) | ||||
6477 | .Case("mutableCopy", IFace) | ||||
6478 | .Case("mutableCopyWithZone", IFace) | ||||
6479 | .Case("awakeFromCoder", IFace) | ||||
6480 | .Case("replacementObjectFromCoder", IFace) | ||||
6481 | .Case("class", IFace) | ||||
6482 | .Case("classForCoder", IFace) | ||||
6483 | .Case("superclass", Super) | ||||
6484 | .Default(nullptr); | ||||
6485 | |||||
6486 | return llvm::StringSwitch<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(Id->getName()) | ||||
6487 | .Case("new", IFace) | ||||
6488 | .Case("alloc", IFace) | ||||
6489 | .Case("allocWithZone", IFace) | ||||
6490 | .Case("class", IFace) | ||||
6491 | .Case("superclass", Super) | ||||
6492 | .Default(nullptr); | ||||
6493 | } | ||||
6494 | |||||
6495 | // Add a special completion for a message send to "super", which fills in the | ||||
6496 | // most likely case of forwarding all of our arguments to the superclass | ||||
6497 | // function. | ||||
6498 | /// | ||||
6499 | /// \param S The semantic analysis object. | ||||
6500 | /// | ||||
6501 | /// \param NeedSuperKeyword Whether we need to prefix this completion with | ||||
6502 | /// the "super" keyword. Otherwise, we just need to provide the arguments. | ||||
6503 | /// | ||||
6504 | /// \param SelIdents The identifiers in the selector that have already been | ||||
6505 | /// provided as arguments for a send to "super". | ||||
6506 | /// | ||||
6507 | /// \param Results The set of results to augment. | ||||
6508 | /// | ||||
6509 | /// \returns the Objective-C method declaration that would be invoked by | ||||
6510 | /// this "super" completion. If NULL, no completion was added. | ||||
6511 | static ObjCMethodDecl * | ||||
6512 | AddSuperSendCompletion(Sema &S, bool NeedSuperKeyword, | ||||
6513 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, | ||||
6514 | ResultBuilder &Results) { | ||||
6515 | ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = S.getCurMethodDecl(); | ||||
6516 | if (!CurMethod) | ||||
6517 | return nullptr; | ||||
6518 | |||||
6519 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = CurMethod->getClassInterface(); | ||||
6520 | if (!Class) | ||||
6521 | return nullptr; | ||||
6522 | |||||
6523 | // Try to find a superclass method with the same selector. | ||||
6524 | ObjCMethodDecl *SuperMethod = nullptr; | ||||
6525 | while ((Class = Class->getSuperClass()) && !SuperMethod) { | ||||
6526 | // Check in the class | ||||
6527 | SuperMethod = Class->getMethod(CurMethod->getSelector(), | ||||
6528 | CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()); | ||||
6529 | |||||
6530 | // Check in categories or class extensions. | ||||
6531 | if (!SuperMethod) { | ||||
6532 | for (const auto *Cat : Class->known_categories()) { | ||||
6533 | if ((SuperMethod = Cat->getMethod(CurMethod->getSelector(), | ||||
6534 | CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()))) | ||||
6535 | break; | ||||
6536 | } | ||||
6537 | } | ||||
6538 | } | ||||
6539 | |||||
6540 | if (!SuperMethod) | ||||
6541 | return nullptr; | ||||
6542 | |||||
6543 | // Check whether the superclass method has the same signature. | ||||
6544 | if (CurMethod->param_size() != SuperMethod->param_size() || | ||||
6545 | CurMethod->isVariadic() != SuperMethod->isVariadic()) | ||||
6546 | return nullptr; | ||||
6547 | |||||
6548 | for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator CurP = CurMethod->param_begin(), | ||||
6549 | CurPEnd = CurMethod->param_end(), | ||||
6550 | SuperP = SuperMethod->param_begin(); | ||||
6551 | CurP != CurPEnd; ++CurP, ++SuperP) { | ||||
6552 | // Make sure the parameter types are compatible. | ||||
6553 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType((*CurP)->getType(), | ||||
6554 | (*SuperP)->getType())) | ||||
6555 | return nullptr; | ||||
6556 | |||||
6557 | // Make sure we have a parameter name to forward! | ||||
6558 | if (!(*CurP)->getIdentifier()) | ||||
6559 | return nullptr; | ||||
6560 | } | ||||
6561 | |||||
6562 | // We have a superclass method. Now, form the send-to-super completion. | ||||
6563 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||
6564 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
6565 | |||||
6566 | // Give this completion a return type. | ||||
6567 | AddResultTypeChunk(S.Context, getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S), SuperMethod, | ||||
6568 | Results.getCompletionContext().getBaseType(), Builder); | ||||
6569 | |||||
6570 | // If we need the "super" keyword, add it (plus some spacing). | ||||
6571 | if (NeedSuperKeyword) { | ||||
6572 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("super"); | ||||
6573 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
6574 | } | ||||
6575 | |||||
6576 | Selector Sel = CurMethod->getSelector(); | ||||
6577 | if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) { | ||||
6578 | if (NeedSuperKeyword) | ||||
6579 | Builder.AddTextChunk( | ||||
6580 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0))); | ||||
6581 | else | ||||
6582 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||
6583 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0))); | ||||
6584 | } else { | ||||
6585 | ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator CurP = CurMethod->param_begin(); | ||||
6586 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Sel.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I, ++CurP) { | ||||
6587 | if (I > SelIdents.size()) | ||||
6588 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
6589 | |||||
6590 | if (I < SelIdents.size()) | ||||
6591 | Builder.AddInformativeChunk( | ||||
6592 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":")); | ||||
6593 | else if (NeedSuperKeyword || I > SelIdents.size()) { | ||||
6594 | Builder.AddTextChunk( | ||||
6595 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":")); | ||||
6596 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString( | ||||
6597 | (*CurP)->getIdentifier()->getName())); | ||||
6598 | } else { | ||||
6599 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||
6600 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":")); | ||||
6601 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString( | ||||
6602 | (*CurP)->getIdentifier()->getName())); | ||||
6603 | } | ||||
6604 | } | ||||
6605 | } | ||||
6606 | |||||
6607 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString(), SuperMethod, | ||||
6608 | CCP_SuperCompletion)); | ||||
6609 | return SuperMethod; | ||||
6610 | } | ||||
6611 | |||||
6612 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S) { | ||||
6613 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
6614 | ResultBuilder Results( | ||||
6615 | *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
6616 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
6617 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCMessageReceiver, | ||||
6618 | getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 | ||||
6619 | ? &ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiverOrLambdaCapture | ||||
6620 | : &ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiver); | ||||
6621 | |||||
6622 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); | ||||
6623 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
6624 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, | ||||
6625 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), | ||||
6626 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||
6627 | |||||
6628 | // If we are in an Objective-C method inside a class that has a superclass, | ||||
6629 | // add "super" as an option. | ||||
6630 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = getCurMethodDecl()) | ||||
6631 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Iface = Method->getClassInterface()) | ||||
6632 | if (Iface->getSuperClass()) { | ||||
6633 | Results.AddResult(Result("super")); | ||||
6634 | |||||
6635 | AddSuperSendCompletion(*this, /*NeedSuperKeyword=*/true, None, Results); | ||||
6636 | } | ||||
6637 | |||||
6638 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) | ||||
6639 | addThisCompletion(*this, Results); | ||||
6640 | |||||
6641 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
6642 | |||||
6643 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) | ||||
6644 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false); | ||||
6645 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
6646 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
6647 | } | ||||
6648 | |||||
6649 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, | ||||
6650 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, | ||||
6651 | bool AtArgumentExpression) { | ||||
6652 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl = nullptr; | ||||
6653 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl()) { | ||||
6654 | // Figure out which interface we're in. | ||||
6655 | CDecl = CurMethod->getClassInterface(); | ||||
6656 | if (!CDecl) | ||||
6657 | return; | ||||
6658 | |||||
6659 | // Find the superclass of this class. | ||||
6660 | CDecl = CDecl->getSuperClass(); | ||||
6661 | if (!CDecl) | ||||
6662 | return; | ||||
6663 | |||||
6664 | if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) { | ||||
6665 | // We are inside an instance method, which means that the message | ||||
6666 | // send [super ...] is actually calling an instance method on the | ||||
6667 | // current object. | ||||
6668 | return CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(S, nullptr, SelIdents, | ||||
6669 | AtArgumentExpression, CDecl); | ||||
6670 | } | ||||
6671 | |||||
6672 | // Fall through to send to the superclass in CDecl. | ||||
6673 | } else { | ||||
6674 | // "super" may be the name of a type or variable. Figure out which | ||||
6675 | // it is. | ||||
6676 | IdentifierInfo *Super = getSuperIdentifier(); | ||||
6677 | NamedDecl *ND = LookupSingleName(S, Super, SuperLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
6678 | if ((CDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND))) { | ||||
6679 | // "super" names an interface. Use it. | ||||
6680 | } else if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast_or_null<TypeDecl>(ND)) { | ||||
6681 | if (const ObjCObjectType *Iface = | ||||
6682 | Context.getTypeDeclType(TD)->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) | ||||
6683 | CDecl = Iface->getInterface(); | ||||
6684 | } else if (ND && isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(ND)) { | ||||
6685 | // "super" names an unresolved type; we can't be more specific. | ||||
6686 | } else { | ||||
6687 | // Assume that "super" names some kind of value and parse that way. | ||||
6688 | CXXScopeSpec SS; | ||||
6689 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc; | ||||
6690 | UnqualifiedId id; | ||||
6691 | id.setIdentifier(Super, SuperLoc); | ||||
6692 | ExprResult SuperExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SS, TemplateKWLoc, id, | ||||
6693 | /*HasTrailingLParen=*/false, | ||||
6694 | /*IsAddressOfOperand=*/false); | ||||
6695 | return CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(S, (Expr *)SuperExpr.get(), | ||||
6696 | SelIdents, AtArgumentExpression); | ||||
6697 | } | ||||
6698 | |||||
6699 | // Fall through | ||||
6700 | } | ||||
6701 | |||||
6702 | ParsedType Receiver; | ||||
6703 | if (CDecl) | ||||
6704 | Receiver = ParsedType::make(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(CDecl)); | ||||
6705 | return CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(S, Receiver, SelIdents, | ||||
6706 | AtArgumentExpression, | ||||
6707 | /*IsSuper=*/true); | ||||
6708 | } | ||||
6709 | |||||
6710 | /// Given a set of code-completion results for the argument of a message | ||||
6711 | /// send, determine the preferred type (if any) for that argument expression. | ||||
6712 | static QualType getPreferredArgumentTypeForMessageSend(ResultBuilder &Results, | ||||
6713 | unsigned NumSelIdents) { | ||||
6714 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
6715 | ASTContext &Context = Results.getSema().Context; | ||||
6716 | |||||
6717 | QualType PreferredType; | ||||
6718 | unsigned BestPriority = CCP_Unlikely * 2; | ||||
6719 | Result *ResultsData = Results.data(); | ||||
6720 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Results.size(); I != N; ++I) { | ||||
6721 | Result &R = ResultsData[I]; | ||||
6722 | if (R.Kind == Result::RK_Declaration && | ||||
6723 | isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(R.Declaration)) { | ||||
6724 | if (R.Priority <= BestPriority) { | ||||
6725 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(R.Declaration); | ||||
6726 | if (NumSelIdents <= Method->param_size()) { | ||||
6727 | QualType MyPreferredType = | ||||
6728 | Method->parameters()[NumSelIdents - 1]->getType(); | ||||
6729 | if (R.Priority < BestPriority || PreferredType.isNull()) { | ||||
6730 | BestPriority = R.Priority; | ||||
6731 | PreferredType = MyPreferredType; | ||||
6732 | } else if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(PreferredType, | ||||
6733 | MyPreferredType)) { | ||||
6734 | PreferredType = QualType(); | ||||
6735 | } | ||||
6736 | } | ||||
6737 | } | ||||
6738 | } | ||||
6739 | } | ||||
6740 | |||||
6741 | return PreferredType; | ||||
6742 | } | ||||
6743 | |||||
6744 | static void AddClassMessageCompletions(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, | ||||
6745 | ParsedType Receiver, | ||||
6746 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, | ||||
6747 | bool AtArgumentExpression, bool IsSuper, | ||||
6748 | ResultBuilder &Results) { | ||||
6749 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
6750 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl = nullptr; | ||||
6751 | |||||
6752 | // If the given name refers to an interface type, retrieve the | ||||
6753 | // corresponding declaration. | ||||
6754 | if (Receiver) { | ||||
6755 | QualType T = SemaRef.GetTypeFromParser(Receiver, nullptr); | ||||
6756 | if (!T.isNull()) | ||||
6757 | if (const ObjCObjectType *Interface = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) | ||||
6758 | CDecl = Interface->getInterface(); | ||||
6759 | } | ||||
6760 | |||||
6761 | // Add all of the factory methods in this Objective-C class, its protocols, | ||||
6762 | // superclasses, categories, implementation, etc. | ||||
6763 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
6764 | |||||
6765 | // If this is a send-to-super, try to add the special "super" send | ||||
6766 | // completion. | ||||
6767 | if (IsSuper) { | ||||
6768 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *SuperMethod = | ||||
6769 | AddSuperSendCompletion(SemaRef, false, SelIdents, Results)) | ||||
6770 | Results.Ignore(SuperMethod); | ||||
6771 | } | ||||
6772 | |||||
6773 | // If we're inside an Objective-C method definition, prefer its selector to | ||||
6774 | // others. | ||||
6775 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) | ||||
6776 | Results.setPreferredSelector(CurMethod->getSelector()); | ||||
6777 | |||||
6778 | VisitedSelectorSet Selectors; | ||||
6779 | if (CDecl) | ||||
6780 | AddObjCMethods(CDecl, false, MK_Any, SelIdents, SemaRef.CurContext, | ||||
6781 | Selectors, AtArgumentExpression, Results); | ||||
6782 | else { | ||||
6783 | // We're messaging "id" as a type; provide all class/factory methods. | ||||
6784 | |||||
6785 | // If we have an external source, load the entire class method | ||||
6786 | // pool from the AST file. | ||||
6787 | if (SemaRef.getExternalSource()) { | ||||
6788 | for (uint32_t I = 0, | ||||
6789 | N = SemaRef.getExternalSource()->GetNumExternalSelectors(); | ||||
6790 | I != N; ++I) { | ||||
6791 | Selector Sel = SemaRef.getExternalSource()->GetExternalSelector(I); | ||||
6792 | if (Sel.isNull() || SemaRef.MethodPool.count(Sel)) | ||||
6793 | continue; | ||||
6794 | |||||
6795 | SemaRef.ReadMethodPool(Sel); | ||||
6796 | } | ||||
6797 | } | ||||
6798 | |||||
6799 | for (Sema::GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = SemaRef.MethodPool.begin(), | ||||
6800 | MEnd = SemaRef.MethodPool.end(); | ||||
6801 | M != MEnd; ++M) { | ||||
6802 | for (ObjCMethodList *MethList = &M->second.second; | ||||
6803 | MethList && MethList->getMethod(); MethList = MethList->getNext()) { | ||||
6804 | if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(MethList->getMethod(), MK_Any, SelIdents)) | ||||
6805 | continue; | ||||
6806 | |||||
6807 | Result R(MethList->getMethod(), | ||||
6808 | Results.getBasePriority(MethList->getMethod()), nullptr); | ||||
6809 | R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size(); | ||||
6810 | R.AllParametersAreInformative = false; | ||||
6811 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, SemaRef.CurContext); | ||||
6812 | } | ||||
6813 | } | ||||
6814 | } | ||||
6815 | |||||
6816 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
6817 | } | ||||
6818 | |||||
6819 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, | ||||
6820 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, | ||||
6821 | bool AtArgumentExpression, | ||||
6822 | bool IsSuper) { | ||||
6823 | |||||
6824 | QualType T = this->GetTypeFromParser(Receiver); | ||||
6825 | |||||
6826 | ResultBuilder Results( | ||||
6827 | *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
6828 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
6829 | CodeCompletionContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCClassMessage, T, | ||||
6830 | SelIdents)); | ||||
6831 | |||||
6832 | AddClassMessageCompletions(*this, S, Receiver, SelIdents, | ||||
6833 | AtArgumentExpression, IsSuper, Results); | ||||
6834 | |||||
6835 | // If we're actually at the argument expression (rather than prior to the | ||||
6836 | // selector), we're actually performing code completion for an expression. | ||||
6837 | // Determine whether we have a single, best method. If so, we can | ||||
6838 | // code-complete the expression using the corresponding parameter type as | ||||
6839 | // our preferred type, improving completion results. | ||||
6840 | if (AtArgumentExpression) { | ||||
6841 | QualType PreferredType = | ||||
6842 | getPreferredArgumentTypeForMessageSend(Results, SelIdents.size()); | ||||
6843 | if (PreferredType.isNull()) | ||||
6844 | CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, PCC_Expression); | ||||
6845 | else | ||||
6846 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, PreferredType); | ||||
6847 | return; | ||||
6848 | } | ||||
6849 | |||||
6850 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
6851 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
6852 | } | ||||
6853 | |||||
6854 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, | ||||
6855 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, | ||||
6856 | bool AtArgumentExpression, | ||||
6857 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super) { | ||||
6858 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
6859 | |||||
6860 | Expr *RecExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Receiver); | ||||
6861 | |||||
6862 | // If necessary, apply function/array conversion to the receiver. | ||||
6863 | // C99 6.7.5.3p[7,8]. | ||||
6864 | if (RecExpr) { | ||||
6865 | ExprResult Conv = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RecExpr); | ||||
6866 | if (Conv.isInvalid()) // conversion failed. bail. | ||||
6867 | return; | ||||
6868 | RecExpr = Conv.get(); | ||||
6869 | } | ||||
6870 | QualType ReceiverType = RecExpr | ||||
6871 | ? RecExpr->getType() | ||||
6872 | : Super ? Context.getObjCObjectPointerType( | ||||
6873 | Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Super)) | ||||
6874 | : Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||
6875 | |||||
6876 | // If we're messaging an expression with type "id" or "Class", check | ||||
6877 | // whether we know something special about the receiver that allows | ||||
6878 | // us to assume a more-specific receiver type. | ||||
6879 | if (ReceiverType->isObjCIdType() || ReceiverType->isObjCClassType()) { | ||||
6880 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = GetAssumedMessageSendExprType(RecExpr)) { | ||||
6881 | if (ReceiverType->isObjCClassType()) | ||||
6882 | return CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage( | ||||
6883 | S, ParsedType::make(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IFace)), SelIdents, | ||||
6884 | AtArgumentExpression, Super); | ||||
6885 | |||||
6886 | ReceiverType = | ||||
6887 | Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IFace)); | ||||
6888 | } | ||||
6889 | } else if (RecExpr && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
6890 | ExprResult Conv = PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(RecExpr); | ||||
6891 | if (Conv.isUsable()) { | ||||
6892 | RecExpr = Conv.get(); | ||||
6893 | ReceiverType = RecExpr->getType(); | ||||
6894 | } | ||||
6895 | } | ||||
6896 | |||||
6897 | // Build the set of methods we can see. | ||||
6898 | ResultBuilder Results( | ||||
6899 | *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
6900 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
6901 | CodeCompletionContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInstanceMessage, | ||||
6902 | ReceiverType, SelIdents)); | ||||
6903 | |||||
6904 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
6905 | |||||
6906 | // If this is a send-to-super, try to add the special "super" send | ||||
6907 | // completion. | ||||
6908 | if (Super) { | ||||
6909 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *SuperMethod = | ||||
6910 | AddSuperSendCompletion(*this, false, SelIdents, Results)) | ||||
6911 | Results.Ignore(SuperMethod); | ||||
6912 | } | ||||
6913 | |||||
6914 | // If we're inside an Objective-C method definition, prefer its selector to | ||||
6915 | // others. | ||||
6916 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl()) | ||||
6917 | Results.setPreferredSelector(CurMethod->getSelector()); | ||||
6918 | |||||
6919 | // Keep track of the selectors we've already added. | ||||
6920 | VisitedSelectorSet Selectors; | ||||
6921 | |||||
6922 | // Handle messages to Class. This really isn't a message to an instance | ||||
6923 | // method, so we treat it the same way we would treat a message send to a | ||||
6924 | // class method. | ||||
6925 | if (ReceiverType->isObjCClassType() || | ||||
6926 | ReceiverType->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { | ||||
6927 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl()) { | ||||
6928 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl = CurMethod->getClassInterface()) | ||||
6929 | AddObjCMethods(ClassDecl, false, MK_Any, SelIdents, CurContext, | ||||
6930 | Selectors, AtArgumentExpression, Results); | ||||
6931 | } | ||||
6932 | } | ||||
6933 | // Handle messages to a qualified ID ("id<foo>"). | ||||
6934 | else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *QualID = | ||||
6935 | ReceiverType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { | ||||
6936 | // Search protocols for instance methods. | ||||
6937 | for (auto *I : QualID->quals()) | ||||
6938 | AddObjCMethods(I, true, MK_Any, SelIdents, CurContext, Selectors, | ||||
6939 | AtArgumentExpression, Results); | ||||
6940 | } | ||||
6941 | // Handle messages to a pointer to interface type. | ||||
6942 | else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *IFacePtr = | ||||
6943 | ReceiverType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { | ||||
6944 | // Search the class, its superclasses, etc., for instance methods. | ||||
6945 | AddObjCMethods(IFacePtr->getInterfaceDecl(), true, MK_Any, SelIdents, | ||||
6946 | CurContext, Selectors, AtArgumentExpression, Results); | ||||
6947 | |||||
6948 | // Search protocols for instance methods. | ||||
6949 | for (auto *I : IFacePtr->quals()) | ||||
6950 | AddObjCMethods(I, true, MK_Any, SelIdents, CurContext, Selectors, | ||||
6951 | AtArgumentExpression, Results); | ||||
6952 | } | ||||
6953 | // Handle messages to "id". | ||||
6954 | else if (ReceiverType->isObjCIdType()) { | ||||
6955 | // We're messaging "id", so provide all instance methods we know | ||||
6956 | // about as code-completion results. | ||||
6957 | |||||
6958 | // If we have an external source, load the entire class method | ||||
6959 | // pool from the AST file. | ||||
6960 | if (ExternalSource) { | ||||
6961 | for (uint32_t I = 0, N = ExternalSource->GetNumExternalSelectors(); | ||||
6962 | I != N; ++I) { | ||||
6963 | Selector Sel = ExternalSource->GetExternalSelector(I); | ||||
6964 | if (Sel.isNull() || MethodPool.count(Sel)) | ||||
6965 | continue; | ||||
6966 | |||||
6967 | ReadMethodPool(Sel); | ||||
6968 | } | ||||
6969 | } | ||||
6970 | |||||
6971 | for (GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = MethodPool.begin(), | ||||
6972 | MEnd = MethodPool.end(); | ||||
6973 | M != MEnd; ++M) { | ||||
6974 | for (ObjCMethodList *MethList = &M->second.first; | ||||
6975 | MethList && MethList->getMethod(); MethList = MethList->getNext()) { | ||||
6976 | if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(MethList->getMethod(), MK_Any, SelIdents)) | ||||
6977 | continue; | ||||
6978 | |||||
6979 | if (!Selectors.insert(MethList->getMethod()->getSelector()).second) | ||||
6980 | continue; | ||||
6981 | |||||
6982 | Result R(MethList->getMethod(), | ||||
6983 | Results.getBasePriority(MethList->getMethod()), nullptr); | ||||
6984 | R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size(); | ||||
6985 | R.AllParametersAreInformative = false; | ||||
6986 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); | ||||
6987 | } | ||||
6988 | } | ||||
6989 | } | ||||
6990 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
6991 | |||||
6992 | // If we're actually at the argument expression (rather than prior to the | ||||
6993 | // selector), we're actually performing code completion for an expression. | ||||
6994 | // Determine whether we have a single, best method. If so, we can | ||||
6995 | // code-complete the expression using the corresponding parameter type as | ||||
6996 | // our preferred type, improving completion results. | ||||
6997 | if (AtArgumentExpression) { | ||||
6998 | QualType PreferredType = | ||||
6999 | getPreferredArgumentTypeForMessageSend(Results, SelIdents.size()); | ||||
7000 | if (PreferredType.isNull()) | ||||
7001 | CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, PCC_Expression); | ||||
7002 | else | ||||
7003 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, PreferredType); | ||||
7004 | return; | ||||
7005 | } | ||||
7006 | |||||
7007 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
7008 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
7009 | } | ||||
7010 | |||||
7011 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, | ||||
7012 | DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar) { | ||||
7013 | CodeCompleteExpressionData Data; | ||||
7014 | Data.ObjCCollection = true; | ||||
7015 | |||||
7016 | if (IterationVar.getAsOpaquePtr()) { | ||||
7017 | DeclGroupRef DG = IterationVar.get(); | ||||
7018 | for (DeclGroupRef::iterator I = DG.begin(), End = DG.end(); I != End; ++I) { | ||||
7019 | if (*I) | ||||
7020 | Data.IgnoreDecls.push_back(*I); | ||||
7021 | } | ||||
7022 | } | ||||
7023 | |||||
7024 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, Data); | ||||
7025 | } | ||||
7026 | |||||
7027 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, | ||||
7028 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents) { | ||||
7029 | // If we have an external source, load the entire class method | ||||
7030 | // pool from the AST file. | ||||
7031 | if (ExternalSource) { | ||||
7032 | for (uint32_t I = 0, N = ExternalSource->GetNumExternalSelectors(); I != N; | ||||
7033 | ++I) { | ||||
7034 | Selector Sel = ExternalSource->GetExternalSelector(I); | ||||
7035 | if (Sel.isNull() || MethodPool.count(Sel)) | ||||
7036 | continue; | ||||
7037 | |||||
7038 | ReadMethodPool(Sel); | ||||
7039 | } | ||||
7040 | } | ||||
7041 | |||||
7042 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
7043 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
7044 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_SelectorName); | ||||
7045 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
7046 | for (GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = MethodPool.begin(), | ||||
7047 | MEnd = MethodPool.end(); | ||||
7048 | M != MEnd; ++M) { | ||||
7049 | |||||
7050 | Selector Sel = M->first; | ||||
7051 | if (!isAcceptableObjCSelector(Sel, MK_Any, SelIdents)) | ||||
7052 | continue; | ||||
7053 | |||||
7054 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||
7055 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
7056 | if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) { | ||||
7057 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||
7058 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0))); | ||||
7059 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||
7060 | continue; | ||||
7061 | } | ||||
7062 | |||||
7063 | std::string Accumulator; | ||||
7064 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Sel.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) { | ||||
7065 | if (I == SelIdents.size()) { | ||||
7066 | if (!Accumulator.empty()) { | ||||
7067 | Builder.AddInformativeChunk( | ||||
7068 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Accumulator)); | ||||
7069 | Accumulator.clear(); | ||||
7070 | } | ||||
7071 | } | ||||
7072 | |||||
7073 | Accumulator += Sel.getNameForSlot(I); | ||||
7074 | Accumulator += ':'; | ||||
7075 | } | ||||
7076 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Accumulator)); | ||||
7077 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||
7078 | } | ||||
7079 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
7080 | |||||
7081 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
7082 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
7083 | } | ||||
7084 | |||||
7085 | /// Add all of the protocol declarations that we find in the given | ||||
7086 | /// (translation unit) context. | ||||
7087 | static void AddProtocolResults(DeclContext *Ctx, DeclContext *CurContext, | ||||
7088 | bool OnlyForwardDeclarations, | ||||
7089 | ResultBuilder &Results) { | ||||
7090 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
7091 | |||||
7092 | for (const auto *D : Ctx->decls()) { | ||||
7093 | // Record any protocols we find. | ||||
7094 | if (const auto *Proto = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D)) | ||||
7095 | if (!OnlyForwardDeclarations || !Proto->hasDefinition()) | ||||
7096 | Results.AddResult( | ||||
7097 | Result(Proto, Results.getBasePriority(Proto), nullptr), CurContext, | ||||
7098 | nullptr, false); | ||||
7099 | } | ||||
7100 | } | ||||
7101 | |||||
7102 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences( | ||||
7103 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> Protocols) { | ||||
7104 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
7105 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
7106 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCProtocolName); | ||||
7107 | |||||
7108 | if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { | ||||
7109 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
7110 | |||||
7111 | // Tell the result set to ignore all of the protocols we have | ||||
7112 | // already seen. | ||||
7113 | // FIXME: This doesn't work when caching code-completion results. | ||||
7114 | for (const IdentifierLocPair &Pair : Protocols) | ||||
7115 | if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = LookupProtocol(Pair.first, Pair.second)) | ||||
7116 | Results.Ignore(Protocol); | ||||
7117 | |||||
7118 | // Add all protocols. | ||||
7119 | AddProtocolResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false, | ||||
7120 | Results); | ||||
7121 | |||||
7122 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
7123 | } | ||||
7124 | |||||
7125 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
7126 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
7127 | } | ||||
7128 | |||||
7129 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *) { | ||||
7130 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
7131 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
7132 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCProtocolName); | ||||
7133 | |||||
7134 | if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { | ||||
7135 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
7136 | |||||
7137 | // Add all protocols. | ||||
7138 | AddProtocolResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, true, | ||||
7139 | Results); | ||||
7140 | |||||
7141 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
7142 | } | ||||
7143 | |||||
7144 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
7145 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
7146 | } | ||||
7147 | |||||
7148 | /// Add all of the Objective-C interface declarations that we find in | ||||
7149 | /// the given (translation unit) context. | ||||
7150 | static void AddInterfaceResults(DeclContext *Ctx, DeclContext *CurContext, | ||||
7151 | bool OnlyForwardDeclarations, | ||||
7152 | bool OnlyUnimplemented, | ||||
7153 | ResultBuilder &Results) { | ||||
7154 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
7155 | |||||
7156 | for (const auto *D : Ctx->decls()) { | ||||
7157 | // Record any interfaces we find. | ||||
7158 | if (const auto *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) | ||||
7159 | if ((!OnlyForwardDeclarations || !Class->hasDefinition()) && | ||||
7160 | (!OnlyUnimplemented || !Class->getImplementation())) | ||||
7161 | Results.AddResult( | ||||
7162 | Result(Class, Results.getBasePriority(Class), nullptr), CurContext, | ||||
7163 | nullptr, false); | ||||
7164 | } | ||||
7165 | } | ||||
7166 | |||||
7167 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S) { | ||||
7168 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
7169 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
7170 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInterfaceName); | ||||
7171 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
7172 | |||||
7173 | if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { | ||||
7174 | // Add all classes. | ||||
7175 | AddInterfaceResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false, | ||||
7176 | false, Results); | ||||
7177 | } | ||||
7178 | |||||
7179 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
7180 | |||||
7181 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
7182 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
7183 | } | ||||
7184 | |||||
7185 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *ClassName, | ||||
7186 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc) { | ||||
7187 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
7188 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
7189 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInterfaceName); | ||||
7190 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
7191 | |||||
7192 | // Make sure that we ignore the class we're currently defining. | ||||
7193 | NamedDecl *CurClass = | ||||
7194 | LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassNameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
7195 | if (CurClass && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurClass)) | ||||
7196 | Results.Ignore(CurClass); | ||||
7197 | |||||
7198 | if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { | ||||
7199 | // Add all classes. | ||||
7200 | AddInterfaceResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false, | ||||
7201 | false, Results); | ||||
7202 | } | ||||
7203 | |||||
7204 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
7205 | |||||
7206 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
7207 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
7208 | } | ||||
7209 | |||||
7210 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S) { | ||||
7211 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
7212 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
7213 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCImplementation); | ||||
7214 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
7215 | |||||
7216 | if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { | ||||
7217 | // Add all unimplemented classes. | ||||
7218 | AddInterfaceResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false, | ||||
7219 | true, Results); | ||||
7220 | } | ||||
7221 | |||||
7222 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
7223 | |||||
7224 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
7225 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
7226 | } | ||||
7227 | |||||
7228 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, | ||||
7229 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, | ||||
7230 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc) { | ||||
7231 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
7232 | |||||
7233 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
7234 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
7235 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCCategoryName); | ||||
7236 | |||||
7237 | // Ignore any categories we find that have already been implemented by this | ||||
7238 | // interface. | ||||
7239 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 16> CategoryNames; | ||||
7240 | NamedDecl *CurClass = | ||||
7241 | LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassNameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
7242 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = | ||||
7243 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurClass)) { | ||||
7244 | for (const auto *Cat : Class->visible_categories()) | ||||
7245 | CategoryNames.insert(Cat->getIdentifier()); | ||||
7246 | } | ||||
7247 | |||||
7248 | // Add all of the categories we know about. | ||||
7249 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
7250 | TranslationUnitDecl *TU = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | ||||
7251 | for (const auto *D : TU->decls()) | ||||
7252 | if (const auto *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) | ||||
7253 | if (CategoryNames.insert(Category->getIdentifier()).second) | ||||
7254 | Results.AddResult( | ||||
7255 | Result(Category, Results.getBasePriority(Category), nullptr), | ||||
7256 | CurContext, nullptr, false); | ||||
7257 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
7258 | |||||
7259 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
7260 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
7261 | } | ||||
7262 | |||||
7263 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, | ||||
7264 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, | ||||
7265 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc) { | ||||
7266 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
7267 | |||||
7268 | // Find the corresponding interface. If we couldn't find the interface, the | ||||
7269 | // program itself is ill-formed. However, we'll try to be helpful still by | ||||
7270 | // providing the list of all of the categories we know about. | ||||
7271 | NamedDecl *CurClass = | ||||
7272 | LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassNameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
7273 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurClass); | ||||
7274 | if (!Class) | ||||
7275 | return CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(S, ClassName, ClassNameLoc); | ||||
7276 | |||||
7277 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
7278 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
7279 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCCategoryName); | ||||
7280 | |||||
7281 | // Add all of the categories that have have corresponding interface | ||||
7282 | // declarations in this class and any of its superclasses, except for | ||||
7283 | // already-implemented categories in the class itself. | ||||
7284 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 16> CategoryNames; | ||||
7285 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
7286 | bool IgnoreImplemented = true; | ||||
7287 | while (Class) { | ||||
7288 | for (const auto *Cat : Class->visible_categories()) { | ||||
7289 | if ((!IgnoreImplemented || !Cat->getImplementation()) && | ||||
7290 | CategoryNames.insert(Cat->getIdentifier()).second) | ||||
7291 | Results.AddResult(Result(Cat, Results.getBasePriority(Cat), nullptr), | ||||
7292 | CurContext, nullptr, false); | ||||
7293 | } | ||||
7294 | |||||
7295 | Class = Class->getSuperClass(); | ||||
7296 | IgnoreImplemented = false; | ||||
7297 | } | ||||
7298 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
7299 | |||||
7300 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
7301 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
7302 | } | ||||
7303 | |||||
7304 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S) { | ||||
7305 | CodeCompletionContext CCContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); | ||||
7306 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
7307 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCContext); | ||||
7308 | |||||
7309 | // Figure out where this @synthesize lives. | ||||
7310 | ObjCContainerDecl *Container = | ||||
7311 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); | ||||
7312 | if (!Container || (!isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container) && | ||||
7313 | !isa<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container))) | ||||
7314 | return; | ||||
7315 | |||||
7316 | // Ignore any properties that have already been implemented. | ||||
7317 | Container = getContainerDef(Container); | ||||
7318 | for (const auto *D : Container->decls()) | ||||
7319 | if (const auto *PropertyImpl = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D)) | ||||
7320 | Results.Ignore(PropertyImpl->getPropertyDecl()); | ||||
7321 | |||||
7322 | // Add any properties that we find. | ||||
7323 | AddedPropertiesSet AddedProperties; | ||||
7324 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
7325 | if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassImpl = | ||||
7326 | dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container)) | ||||
7327 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, ClassImpl->getClassInterface(), false, | ||||
7328 | /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/false, CurContext, | ||||
7329 | AddedProperties, Results); | ||||
7330 | else | ||||
7331 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, | ||||
7332 | cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)->getCategoryDecl(), | ||||
7333 | false, /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/false, CurContext, | ||||
7334 | AddedProperties, Results); | ||||
7335 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
7336 | |||||
7337 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
7338 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
7339 | } | ||||
7340 | |||||
7341 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar( | ||||
7342 | Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *PropertyName) { | ||||
7343 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
7344 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
7345 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
7346 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); | ||||
7347 | |||||
7348 | // Figure out where this @synthesize lives. | ||||
7349 | ObjCContainerDecl *Container = | ||||
7350 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); | ||||
7351 | if (!Container || (!isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container) && | ||||
7352 | !isa<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container))) | ||||
7353 | return; | ||||
7354 | |||||
7355 | // Figure out which interface we're looking into. | ||||
7356 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = nullptr; | ||||
7357 | if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassImpl = | ||||
7358 | dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container)) | ||||
7359 | Class = ClassImpl->getClassInterface(); | ||||
7360 | else | ||||
7361 | Class = cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container) | ||||
7362 | ->getCategoryDecl() | ||||
7363 | ->getClassInterface(); | ||||
7364 | |||||
7365 | // Determine the type of the property we're synthesizing. | ||||
7366 | QualType PropertyType = Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||
7367 | if (Class) { | ||||
7368 | if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration( | ||||
7369 | PropertyName, ObjCPropertyQueryKind::OBJC_PR_query_instance)) { | ||||
7370 | PropertyType = | ||||
7371 | Property->getType().getNonReferenceType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
7372 | |||||
7373 | // Give preference to ivars | ||||
7374 | Results.setPreferredType(PropertyType); | ||||
7375 | } | ||||
7376 | } | ||||
7377 | |||||
7378 | // Add all of the instance variables in this class and its superclasses. | ||||
7379 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
7380 | bool SawSimilarlyNamedIvar = false; | ||||
7381 | std::string NameWithPrefix; | ||||
7382 | NameWithPrefix += '_'; | ||||
7383 | NameWithPrefix += PropertyName->getName(); | ||||
7384 | std::string NameWithSuffix = PropertyName->getName().str(); | ||||
7385 | NameWithSuffix += '_'; | ||||
7386 | for (; Class; Class = Class->getSuperClass()) { | ||||
7387 | for (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Ivar; | ||||
7388 | Ivar = Ivar->getNextIvar()) { | ||||
7389 | Results.AddResult(Result(Ivar, Results.getBasePriority(Ivar), nullptr), | ||||
7390 | CurContext, nullptr, false); | ||||
7391 | |||||
7392 | // Determine whether we've seen an ivar with a name similar to the | ||||
7393 | // property. | ||||
7394 | if ((PropertyName == Ivar->getIdentifier() || | ||||
7395 | NameWithPrefix == Ivar->getName() || | ||||
7396 | NameWithSuffix == Ivar->getName())) { | ||||
7397 | SawSimilarlyNamedIvar = true; | ||||
7398 | |||||
7399 | // Reduce the priority of this result by one, to give it a slight | ||||
7400 | // advantage over other results whose names don't match so closely. | ||||
7401 | if (Results.size() && | ||||
7402 | Results.data()[Results.size() - 1].Kind == | ||||
7403 | CodeCompletionResult::RK_Declaration && | ||||
7404 | Results.data()[Results.size() - 1].Declaration == Ivar) | ||||
7405 | Results.data()[Results.size() - 1].Priority--; | ||||
7406 | } | ||||
7407 | } | ||||
7408 | } | ||||
7409 | |||||
7410 | if (!SawSimilarlyNamedIvar) { | ||||
7411 | // Create ivar result _propName, that the user can use to synthesize | ||||
7412 | // an ivar of the appropriate type. | ||||
7413 | unsigned Priority = CCP_MemberDeclaration + 1; | ||||
7414 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
7415 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator(); | ||||
7416 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
7417 | Priority, CXAvailability_Available); | ||||
7418 | |||||
7419 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(*this); | ||||
7420 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk( | ||||
7421 | GetCompletionTypeString(PropertyType, Context, Policy, Allocator)); | ||||
7422 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(NameWithPrefix)); | ||||
7423 | Results.AddResult( | ||||
7424 | Result(Builder.TakeString(), Priority, CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl)); | ||||
7425 | } | ||||
7426 | |||||
7427 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
7428 | |||||
7429 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
7430 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
7431 | } | ||||
7432 | |||||
7433 | // Mapping from selectors to the methods that implement that selector, along | ||||
7434 | // with the "in original class" flag. | ||||
7435 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, | ||||
7436 | llvm::PointerIntPair<ObjCMethodDecl *, 1, bool>> | ||||
7437 | KnownMethodsMap; | ||||
7438 | |||||
7439 | /// Find all of the methods that reside in the given container | ||||
7440 | /// (and its superclasses, protocols, etc.) that meet the given | ||||
7441 | /// criteria. Insert those methods into the map of known methods, | ||||
7442 | /// indexed by selector so they can be easily found. | ||||
7443 | static void FindImplementableMethods(ASTContext &Context, | ||||
7444 | ObjCContainerDecl *Container, | ||||
7445 | Optional<bool> WantInstanceMethods, | ||||
7446 | QualType ReturnType, | ||||
7447 | KnownMethodsMap &KnownMethods, | ||||
7448 | bool InOriginalClass = true) { | ||||
7449 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container)) { | ||||
7450 | // Make sure we have a definition; that's what we'll walk. | ||||
7451 | if (!IFace->hasDefinition()) | ||||
7452 | return; | ||||
7453 | |||||
7454 | IFace = IFace->getDefinition(); | ||||
7455 | Container = IFace; | ||||
7456 | |||||
7457 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols = | ||||
7458 | IFace->getReferencedProtocols(); | ||||
7459 | for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(), | ||||
7460 | E = Protocols.end(); | ||||
7461 | I != E; ++I) | ||||
7462 | FindImplementableMethods(Context, *I, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, | ||||
7463 | KnownMethods, InOriginalClass); | ||||
7464 | |||||
7465 | // Add methods from any class extensions and categories. | ||||
7466 | for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) { | ||||
7467 | FindImplementableMethods(Context, Cat, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, | ||||
7468 | KnownMethods, false); | ||||
7469 | } | ||||
7470 | |||||
7471 | // Visit the superclass. | ||||
7472 | if (IFace->getSuperClass()) | ||||
7473 | FindImplementableMethods(Context, IFace->getSuperClass(), | ||||
7474 | WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, KnownMethods, | ||||
7475 | false); | ||||
7476 | } | ||||
7477 | |||||
7478 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Container)) { | ||||
7479 | // Recurse into protocols. | ||||
7480 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols = | ||||
7481 | Category->getReferencedProtocols(); | ||||
7482 | for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(), | ||||
7483 | E = Protocols.end(); | ||||
7484 | I != E; ++I) | ||||
7485 | FindImplementableMethods(Context, *I, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, | ||||
7486 | KnownMethods, InOriginalClass); | ||||
7487 | |||||
7488 | // If this category is the original class, jump to the interface. | ||||
7489 | if (InOriginalClass && Category->getClassInterface()) | ||||
7490 | FindImplementableMethods(Context, Category->getClassInterface(), | ||||
7491 | WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, KnownMethods, | ||||
7492 | false); | ||||
7493 | } | ||||
7494 | |||||
7495 | if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) { | ||||
7496 | // Make sure we have a definition; that's what we'll walk. | ||||
7497 | if (!Protocol->hasDefinition()) | ||||
7498 | return; | ||||
7499 | Protocol = Protocol->getDefinition(); | ||||
7500 | Container = Protocol; | ||||
7501 | |||||
7502 | // Recurse into protocols. | ||||
7503 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols = | ||||
7504 | Protocol->getReferencedProtocols(); | ||||
7505 | for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(), | ||||
7506 | E = Protocols.end(); | ||||
7507 | I != E; ++I) | ||||
7508 | FindImplementableMethods(Context, *I, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, | ||||
7509 | KnownMethods, false); | ||||
7510 | } | ||||
7511 | |||||
7512 | // Add methods in this container. This operation occurs last because | ||||
7513 | // we want the methods from this container to override any methods | ||||
7514 | // we've previously seen with the same selector. | ||||
7515 | for (auto *M : Container->methods()) { | ||||
7516 | if (!WantInstanceMethods || M->isInstanceMethod() == *WantInstanceMethods) { | ||||
7517 | if (!ReturnType.isNull() && | ||||
7518 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ReturnType, M->getReturnType())) | ||||
7519 | continue; | ||||
7520 | |||||
7521 | KnownMethods[M->getSelector()] = | ||||
7522 | KnownMethodsMap::mapped_type(M, InOriginalClass); | ||||
7523 | } | ||||
7524 | } | ||||
7525 | } | ||||
7526 | |||||
7527 | /// Add the parenthesized return or parameter type chunk to a code | ||||
7528 | /// completion string. | ||||
7529 | static void AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(QualType Type, unsigned ObjCDeclQuals, | ||||
7530 | ASTContext &Context, | ||||
7531 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||
7532 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder) { | ||||
7533 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7534 | std::string Quals = formatObjCParamQualifiers(ObjCDeclQuals, Type); | ||||
7535 | if (!Quals.empty()) | ||||
7536 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Quals)); | ||||
7537 | Builder.AddTextChunk( | ||||
7538 | GetCompletionTypeString(Type, Context, Policy, Builder.getAllocator())); | ||||
7539 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7540 | } | ||||
7541 | |||||
7542 | /// Determine whether the given class is or inherits from a class by | ||||
7543 | /// the given name. | ||||
7544 | static bool InheritsFromClassNamed(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class, StringRef Name) { | ||||
7545 | if (!Class) | ||||
7546 | return false; | ||||
7547 | |||||
7548 | if (Class->getIdentifier() && Class->getIdentifier()->getName() == Name) | ||||
7549 | return true; | ||||
7550 | |||||
7551 | return InheritsFromClassNamed(Class->getSuperClass(), Name); | ||||
7552 | } | ||||
7553 | |||||
7554 | /// Add code completions for Objective-C Key-Value Coding (KVC) and | ||||
7555 | /// Key-Value Observing (KVO). | ||||
7556 | static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, | ||||
7557 | bool IsInstanceMethod, | ||||
7558 | QualType ReturnType, ASTContext &Context, | ||||
7559 | VisitedSelectorSet &KnownSelectors, | ||||
7560 | ResultBuilder &Results) { | ||||
7561 | IdentifierInfo *PropName = Property->getIdentifier(); | ||||
7562 | if (!PropName || PropName->getLength() == 0) | ||||
7563 | return; | ||||
7564 | |||||
7565 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()); | ||||
7566 | |||||
7567 | // Builder that will create each code completion. | ||||
7568 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
7569 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator(); | ||||
7570 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
7571 | |||||
7572 | // The selector table. | ||||
7573 | SelectorTable &Selectors = Context.Selectors; | ||||
7574 | |||||
7575 | // The property name, copied into the code completion allocation region | ||||
7576 | // on demand. | ||||
7577 | struct KeyHolder { | ||||
7578 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator; | ||||
7579 | StringRef Key; | ||||
7580 | const char *CopiedKey; | ||||
7581 | |||||
7582 | KeyHolder(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, StringRef Key) | ||||
7583 | : Allocator(Allocator), Key(Key), CopiedKey(nullptr) {} | ||||
7584 | |||||
7585 | operator const char *() { | ||||
7586 | if (CopiedKey) | ||||
7587 | return CopiedKey; | ||||
7588 | |||||
7589 | return CopiedKey = Allocator.CopyString(Key); | ||||
7590 | } | ||||
7591 | } Key(Allocator, PropName->getName()); | ||||
7592 | |||||
7593 | // The uppercased name of the property name. | ||||
7594 | std::string UpperKey = PropName->getName(); | ||||
7595 | if (!UpperKey.empty()) | ||||
7596 | UpperKey[0] = toUppercase(UpperKey[0]); | ||||
7597 | |||||
7598 | bool ReturnTypeMatchesProperty = | ||||
7599 | ReturnType.isNull() || | ||||
7600 | Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ReturnType.getNonReferenceType(), | ||||
7601 | Property->getType()); | ||||
7602 | bool ReturnTypeMatchesVoid = ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isVoidType(); | ||||
7603 | |||||
7604 | // Add the normal accessor -(type)key. | ||||
7605 | if (IsInstanceMethod && | ||||
7606 | KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(PropName)).second && | ||||
7607 | ReturnTypeMatchesProperty && !Property->getGetterMethodDecl()) { | ||||
7608 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) | ||||
7609 | AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(Property->getType(), /*Quals=*/0, Context, Policy, | ||||
7610 | Builder); | ||||
7611 | |||||
7612 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Key); | ||||
7613 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, | ||||
7614 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||
7615 | } | ||||
7616 | |||||
7617 | // If we have an integral or boolean property (or the user has provided | ||||
7618 | // an integral or boolean return type), add the accessor -(type)isKey. | ||||
7619 | if (IsInstanceMethod && | ||||
7620 | ((!ReturnType.isNull() && | ||||
7621 | (ReturnType->isIntegerType() || ReturnType->isBooleanType())) || | ||||
7622 | (ReturnType.isNull() && (Property->getType()->isIntegerType() || | ||||
7623 | Property->getType()->isBooleanType())))) { | ||||
7624 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("is") + UpperKey).str(); | ||||
7625 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||
7626 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId)) | ||||
7627 | .second) { | ||||
7628 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||
7629 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7630 | Builder.AddTextChunk("BOOL"); | ||||
7631 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7632 | } | ||||
7633 | |||||
7634 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorId->getName())); | ||||
7635 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, | ||||
7636 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||
7637 | } | ||||
7638 | } | ||||
7639 | |||||
7640 | // Add the normal mutator. | ||||
7641 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid && | ||||
7642 | !Property->getSetterMethodDecl()) { | ||||
7643 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("set") + UpperKey).str(); | ||||
7644 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||
7645 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { | ||||
7646 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||
7647 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7648 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void"); | ||||
7649 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7650 | } | ||||
7651 | |||||
7652 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorId->getName())); | ||||
7653 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(":"); | ||||
7654 | AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(Property->getType(), /*Quals=*/0, Context, Policy, | ||||
7655 | Builder); | ||||
7656 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Key); | ||||
7657 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, | ||||
7658 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||
7659 | } | ||||
7660 | } | ||||
7661 | |||||
7662 | // Indexed and unordered accessors | ||||
7663 | unsigned IndexedGetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern; | ||||
7664 | unsigned IndexedSetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern; | ||||
7665 | unsigned UnorderedGetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern; | ||||
7666 | unsigned UnorderedSetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern; | ||||
7667 | if (const auto *ObjCPointer = | ||||
7668 | Property->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||
7669 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = ObjCPointer->getInterfaceDecl()) { | ||||
7670 | // If this interface type is not provably derived from a known | ||||
7671 | // collection, penalize the corresponding completions. | ||||
7672 | if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(IFace, "NSMutableArray")) { | ||||
7673 | IndexedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; | ||||
7674 | if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(IFace, "NSArray")) | ||||
7675 | IndexedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; | ||||
7676 | } | ||||
7677 | |||||
7678 | if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(IFace, "NSMutableSet")) { | ||||
7679 | UnorderedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; | ||||
7680 | if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(IFace, "NSSet")) | ||||
7681 | UnorderedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; | ||||
7682 | } | ||||
7683 | } | ||||
7684 | } else { | ||||
7685 | IndexedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; | ||||
7686 | IndexedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; | ||||
7687 | UnorderedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; | ||||
7688 | UnorderedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection; | ||||
7689 | } | ||||
7690 | |||||
7691 | // Add -(NSUInteger)countOf<key> | ||||
7692 | if (IsInstanceMethod && | ||||
7693 | (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isIntegerType())) { | ||||
7694 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("countOf") + UpperKey).str(); | ||||
7695 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||
7696 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId)) | ||||
7697 | .second) { | ||||
7698 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||
7699 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7700 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSUInteger"); | ||||
7701 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7702 | } | ||||
7703 | |||||
7704 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorId->getName())); | ||||
7705 | Results.AddResult( | ||||
7706 | Result(Builder.TakeString(), | ||||
7707 | std::min(IndexedGetterPriority, UnorderedGetterPriority), | ||||
7708 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||
7709 | } | ||||
7710 | } | ||||
7711 | |||||
7712 | // Indexed getters | ||||
7713 | // Add -(id)objectInKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index | ||||
7714 | if (IsInstanceMethod && | ||||
7715 | (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) { | ||||
7716 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("objectIn") + UpperKey + "AtIndex").str(); | ||||
7717 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||
7718 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { | ||||
7719 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||
7720 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7721 | Builder.AddTextChunk("id"); | ||||
7722 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7723 | } | ||||
7724 | |||||
7725 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":")); | ||||
7726 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7727 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSUInteger"); | ||||
7728 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7729 | Builder.AddTextChunk("index"); | ||||
7730 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedGetterPriority, | ||||
7731 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||
7732 | } | ||||
7733 | } | ||||
7734 | |||||
7735 | // Add -(NSArray *)keyAtIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes | ||||
7736 | if (IsInstanceMethod && | ||||
7737 | (ReturnType.isNull() || | ||||
7738 | (ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && | ||||
7739 | ReturnType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceDecl() && | ||||
7740 | ReturnType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() | ||||
7741 | ->getInterfaceDecl() | ||||
7742 | ->getName() == "NSArray"))) { | ||||
7743 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine(Property->getName()) + "AtIndexes").str(); | ||||
7744 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||
7745 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { | ||||
7746 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||
7747 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7748 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSArray *"); | ||||
7749 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7750 | } | ||||
7751 | |||||
7752 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":")); | ||||
7753 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7754 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSIndexSet *"); | ||||
7755 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7756 | Builder.AddTextChunk("indexes"); | ||||
7757 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedGetterPriority, | ||||
7758 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||
7759 | } | ||||
7760 | } | ||||
7761 | |||||
7762 | // Add -(void)getKey:(type **)buffer range:(NSRange)inRange | ||||
7763 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { | ||||
7764 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("get") + UpperKey).str(); | ||||
7765 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(SelectorName), | ||||
7766 | &Context.Idents.get("range")}; | ||||
7767 | |||||
7768 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) { | ||||
7769 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||
7770 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7771 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void"); | ||||
7772 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7773 | } | ||||
7774 | |||||
7775 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":")); | ||||
7776 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7777 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type"); | ||||
7778 | Builder.AddTextChunk(" **"); | ||||
7779 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7780 | Builder.AddTextChunk("buffer"); | ||||
7781 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
7782 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("range:"); | ||||
7783 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7784 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSRange"); | ||||
7785 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7786 | Builder.AddTextChunk("inRange"); | ||||
7787 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedGetterPriority, | ||||
7788 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||
7789 | } | ||||
7790 | } | ||||
7791 | |||||
7792 | // Mutable indexed accessors | ||||
7793 | |||||
7794 | // - (void)insertObject:(type *)object inKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index | ||||
7795 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { | ||||
7796 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("in") + UpperKey + "AtIndex").str(); | ||||
7797 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get("insertObject"), | ||||
7798 | &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName)}; | ||||
7799 | |||||
7800 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) { | ||||
7801 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||
7802 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7803 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void"); | ||||
7804 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7805 | } | ||||
7806 | |||||
7807 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("insertObject:"); | ||||
7808 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7809 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type"); | ||||
7810 | Builder.AddTextChunk(" *"); | ||||
7811 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7812 | Builder.AddTextChunk("object"); | ||||
7813 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
7814 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":")); | ||||
7815 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7816 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("NSUInteger"); | ||||
7817 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7818 | Builder.AddTextChunk("index"); | ||||
7819 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority, | ||||
7820 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||
7821 | } | ||||
7822 | } | ||||
7823 | |||||
7824 | // - (void)insertKey:(NSArray *)array atIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes | ||||
7825 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { | ||||
7826 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("insert") + UpperKey).str(); | ||||
7827 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(SelectorName), | ||||
7828 | &Context.Idents.get("atIndexes")}; | ||||
7829 | |||||
7830 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) { | ||||
7831 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||
7832 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7833 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void"); | ||||
7834 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7835 | } | ||||
7836 | |||||
7837 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":")); | ||||
7838 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7839 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSArray *"); | ||||
7840 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7841 | Builder.AddTextChunk("array"); | ||||
7842 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
7843 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("atIndexes:"); | ||||
7844 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7845 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("NSIndexSet *"); | ||||
7846 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7847 | Builder.AddTextChunk("indexes"); | ||||
7848 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority, | ||||
7849 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||
7850 | } | ||||
7851 | } | ||||
7852 | |||||
7853 | // -(void)removeObjectFromKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index | ||||
7854 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { | ||||
7855 | std::string SelectorName = | ||||
7856 | (Twine("removeObjectFrom") + UpperKey + "AtIndex").str(); | ||||
7857 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||
7858 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { | ||||
7859 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||
7860 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7861 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void"); | ||||
7862 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7863 | } | ||||
7864 | |||||
7865 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":")); | ||||
7866 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7867 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSUInteger"); | ||||
7868 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7869 | Builder.AddTextChunk("index"); | ||||
7870 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority, | ||||
7871 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||
7872 | } | ||||
7873 | } | ||||
7874 | |||||
7875 | // -(void)removeKeyAtIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes | ||||
7876 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { | ||||
7877 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("remove") + UpperKey + "AtIndexes").str(); | ||||
7878 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||
7879 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { | ||||
7880 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||
7881 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7882 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void"); | ||||
7883 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7884 | } | ||||
7885 | |||||
7886 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":")); | ||||
7887 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7888 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSIndexSet *"); | ||||
7889 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7890 | Builder.AddTextChunk("indexes"); | ||||
7891 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority, | ||||
7892 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||
7893 | } | ||||
7894 | } | ||||
7895 | |||||
7896 | // - (void)replaceObjectInKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index withObject:(id)object | ||||
7897 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { | ||||
7898 | std::string SelectorName = | ||||
7899 | (Twine("replaceObjectIn") + UpperKey + "AtIndex").str(); | ||||
7900 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(SelectorName), | ||||
7901 | &Context.Idents.get("withObject")}; | ||||
7902 | |||||
7903 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) { | ||||
7904 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||
7905 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7906 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void"); | ||||
7907 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7908 | } | ||||
7909 | |||||
7910 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":")); | ||||
7911 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7912 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("NSUInteger"); | ||||
7913 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7914 | Builder.AddTextChunk("index"); | ||||
7915 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
7916 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("withObject:"); | ||||
7917 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7918 | Builder.AddTextChunk("id"); | ||||
7919 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7920 | Builder.AddTextChunk("object"); | ||||
7921 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority, | ||||
7922 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||
7923 | } | ||||
7924 | } | ||||
7925 | |||||
7926 | // - (void)replaceKeyAtIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes withKey:(NSArray *)array | ||||
7927 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { | ||||
7928 | std::string SelectorName1 = | ||||
7929 | (Twine("replace") + UpperKey + "AtIndexes").str(); | ||||
7930 | std::string SelectorName2 = (Twine("with") + UpperKey).str(); | ||||
7931 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(SelectorName1), | ||||
7932 | &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName2)}; | ||||
7933 | |||||
7934 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) { | ||||
7935 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||
7936 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7937 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void"); | ||||
7938 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7939 | } | ||||
7940 | |||||
7941 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName1 + ":")); | ||||
7942 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7943 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("NSIndexSet *"); | ||||
7944 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7945 | Builder.AddTextChunk("indexes"); | ||||
7946 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
7947 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName2 + ":")); | ||||
7948 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7949 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSArray *"); | ||||
7950 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7951 | Builder.AddTextChunk("array"); | ||||
7952 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority, | ||||
7953 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||
7954 | } | ||||
7955 | } | ||||
7956 | |||||
7957 | // Unordered getters | ||||
7958 | // - (NSEnumerator *)enumeratorOfKey | ||||
7959 | if (IsInstanceMethod && | ||||
7960 | (ReturnType.isNull() || | ||||
7961 | (ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && | ||||
7962 | ReturnType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceDecl() && | ||||
7963 | ReturnType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() | ||||
7964 | ->getInterfaceDecl() | ||||
7965 | ->getName() == "NSEnumerator"))) { | ||||
7966 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("enumeratorOf") + UpperKey).str(); | ||||
7967 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||
7968 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId)) | ||||
7969 | .second) { | ||||
7970 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||
7971 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7972 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSEnumerator *"); | ||||
7973 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7974 | } | ||||
7975 | |||||
7976 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName)); | ||||
7977 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedGetterPriority, | ||||
7978 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||
7979 | } | ||||
7980 | } | ||||
7981 | |||||
7982 | // - (type *)memberOfKey:(type *)object | ||||
7983 | if (IsInstanceMethod && | ||||
7984 | (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) { | ||||
7985 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("memberOf") + UpperKey).str(); | ||||
7986 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||
7987 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { | ||||
7988 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||
7989 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7990 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type"); | ||||
7991 | Builder.AddTextChunk(" *"); | ||||
7992 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
7993 | } | ||||
7994 | |||||
7995 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":")); | ||||
7996 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
7997 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||
7998 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type"); | ||||
7999 | Builder.AddTextChunk(" *"); | ||||
8000 | } else { | ||||
8001 | Builder.AddTextChunk(GetCompletionTypeString( | ||||
8002 | ReturnType, Context, Policy, Builder.getAllocator())); | ||||
8003 | } | ||||
8004 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
8005 | Builder.AddTextChunk("object"); | ||||
8006 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedGetterPriority, | ||||
8007 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||
8008 | } | ||||
8009 | } | ||||
8010 | |||||
8011 | // Mutable unordered accessors | ||||
8012 | // - (void)addKeyObject:(type *)object | ||||
8013 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { | ||||
8014 | std::string SelectorName = | ||||
8015 | (Twine("add") + UpperKey + Twine("Object")).str(); | ||||
8016 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||
8017 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { | ||||
8018 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||
8019 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
8020 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void"); | ||||
8021 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
8022 | } | ||||
8023 | |||||
8024 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":")); | ||||
8025 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
8026 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type"); | ||||
8027 | Builder.AddTextChunk(" *"); | ||||
8028 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
8029 | Builder.AddTextChunk("object"); | ||||
8030 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority, | ||||
8031 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||
8032 | } | ||||
8033 | } | ||||
8034 | |||||
8035 | // - (void)addKey:(NSSet *)objects | ||||
8036 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { | ||||
8037 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("add") + UpperKey).str(); | ||||
8038 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||
8039 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { | ||||
8040 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||
8041 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
8042 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void"); | ||||
8043 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
8044 | } | ||||
8045 | |||||
8046 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":")); | ||||
8047 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
8048 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet *"); | ||||
8049 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
8050 | Builder.AddTextChunk("objects"); | ||||
8051 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority, | ||||
8052 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||
8053 | } | ||||
8054 | } | ||||
8055 | |||||
8056 | // - (void)removeKeyObject:(type *)object | ||||
8057 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { | ||||
8058 | std::string SelectorName = | ||||
8059 | (Twine("remove") + UpperKey + Twine("Object")).str(); | ||||
8060 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||
8061 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { | ||||
8062 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||
8063 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
8064 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void"); | ||||
8065 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
8066 | } | ||||
8067 | |||||
8068 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":")); | ||||
8069 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
8070 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type"); | ||||
8071 | Builder.AddTextChunk(" *"); | ||||
8072 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
8073 | Builder.AddTextChunk("object"); | ||||
8074 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority, | ||||
8075 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||
8076 | } | ||||
8077 | } | ||||
8078 | |||||
8079 | // - (void)removeKey:(NSSet *)objects | ||||
8080 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { | ||||
8081 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("remove") + UpperKey).str(); | ||||
8082 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||
8083 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { | ||||
8084 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||
8085 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
8086 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void"); | ||||
8087 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
8088 | } | ||||
8089 | |||||
8090 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":")); | ||||
8091 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
8092 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet *"); | ||||
8093 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
8094 | Builder.AddTextChunk("objects"); | ||||
8095 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority, | ||||
8096 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||
8097 | } | ||||
8098 | } | ||||
8099 | |||||
8100 | // - (void)intersectKey:(NSSet *)objects | ||||
8101 | if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) { | ||||
8102 | std::string SelectorName = (Twine("intersect") + UpperKey).str(); | ||||
8103 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||
8104 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) { | ||||
8105 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||
8106 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
8107 | Builder.AddTextChunk("void"); | ||||
8108 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
8109 | } | ||||
8110 | |||||
8111 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":")); | ||||
8112 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
8113 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet *"); | ||||
8114 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
8115 | Builder.AddTextChunk("objects"); | ||||
8116 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority, | ||||
8117 | CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl)); | ||||
8118 | } | ||||
8119 | } | ||||
8120 | |||||
8121 | // Key-Value Observing | ||||
8122 | // + (NSSet *)keyPathsForValuesAffectingKey | ||||
8123 | if (!IsInstanceMethod && | ||||
8124 | (ReturnType.isNull() || | ||||
8125 | (ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && | ||||
8126 | ReturnType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceDecl() && | ||||
8127 | ReturnType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() | ||||
8128 | ->getInterfaceDecl() | ||||
8129 | ->getName() == "NSSet"))) { | ||||
8130 | std::string SelectorName = | ||||
8131 | (Twine("keyPathsForValuesAffecting") + UpperKey).str(); | ||||
8132 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||
8133 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId)) | ||||
8134 | .second) { | ||||
8135 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||
8136 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
8137 | Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet<NSString *> *"); | ||||
8138 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
8139 | } | ||||
8140 | |||||
8141 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName)); | ||||
8142 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, | ||||
8143 | CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl)); | ||||
8144 | } | ||||
8145 | } | ||||
8146 | |||||
8147 | // + (BOOL)automaticallyNotifiesObserversForKey | ||||
8148 | if (!IsInstanceMethod && | ||||
8149 | (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isIntegerType() || | ||||
8150 | ReturnType->isBooleanType())) { | ||||
8151 | std::string SelectorName = | ||||
8152 | (Twine("automaticallyNotifiesObserversOf") + UpperKey).str(); | ||||
8153 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName); | ||||
8154 | if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId)) | ||||
8155 | .second) { | ||||
8156 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||
8157 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
8158 | Builder.AddTextChunk("BOOL"); | ||||
8159 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
8160 | } | ||||
8161 | |||||
8162 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName)); | ||||
8163 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, | ||||
8164 | CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl)); | ||||
8165 | } | ||||
8166 | } | ||||
8167 | } | ||||
8168 | |||||
8169 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, Optional<bool> IsInstanceMethod, | ||||
8170 | ParsedType ReturnTy) { | ||||
8171 | // Determine the return type of the method we're declaring, if | ||||
8172 | // provided. | ||||
8173 | QualType ReturnType = GetTypeFromParser(ReturnTy); | ||||
8174 | Decl *IDecl = nullptr; | ||||
8175 | if (CurContext->isObjCContainer()) { | ||||
8176 | ObjCContainerDecl *OCD = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); | ||||
8177 | IDecl = OCD; | ||||
8178 | } | ||||
8179 | // Determine where we should start searching for methods. | ||||
8180 | ObjCContainerDecl *SearchDecl = nullptr; | ||||
8181 | bool IsInImplementation = false; | ||||
8182 | if (Decl *D = IDecl) { | ||||
8183 | if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { | ||||
8184 | SearchDecl = Impl->getClassInterface(); | ||||
8185 | IsInImplementation = true; | ||||
8186 | } else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatImpl = | ||||
8187 | dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(D)) { | ||||
8188 | SearchDecl = CatImpl->getCategoryDecl(); | ||||
8189 | IsInImplementation = true; | ||||
8190 | } else | ||||
8191 | SearchDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(D); | ||||
8192 | } | ||||
8193 | |||||
8194 | if (!SearchDecl && S) { | ||||
8195 | if (DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity()) | ||||
8196 | SearchDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(DC); | ||||
8197 | } | ||||
8198 | |||||
8199 | if (!SearchDecl) { | ||||
8200 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, | ||||
8201 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other, nullptr, 0); | ||||
8202 | return; | ||||
8203 | } | ||||
8204 | |||||
8205 | // Find all of the methods that we could declare/implement here. | ||||
8206 | KnownMethodsMap KnownMethods; | ||||
8207 | FindImplementableMethods(Context, SearchDecl, IsInstanceMethod, ReturnType, | ||||
8208 | KnownMethods); | ||||
8209 | |||||
8210 | // Add declarations or definitions for each of the known methods. | ||||
8211 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
8212 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
8213 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
8214 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); | ||||
8215 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
8216 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(*this); | ||||
8217 | for (KnownMethodsMap::iterator M = KnownMethods.begin(), | ||||
8218 | MEnd = KnownMethods.end(); | ||||
8219 | M != MEnd; ++M) { | ||||
8220 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method = M->second.getPointer(); | ||||
8221 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||
8222 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
8223 | |||||
8224 | // Add the '-'/'+' prefix if it wasn't provided yet. | ||||
8225 | if (!IsInstanceMethod) { | ||||
8226 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Method->isInstanceMethod() ? "-" : "+"); | ||||
8227 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
8228 | } | ||||
8229 | |||||
8230 | // If the result type was not already provided, add it to the | ||||
8231 | // pattern as (type). | ||||
8232 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||
8233 | QualType ResTy = Method->getSendResultType().stripObjCKindOfType(Context); | ||||
8234 | AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(ResTy); | ||||
8235 | AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(ResTy, Method->getObjCDeclQualifier(), Context, | ||||
8236 | Policy, Builder); | ||||
8237 | } | ||||
8238 | |||||
8239 | Selector Sel = Method->getSelector(); | ||||
8240 | |||||
8241 | // Add the first part of the selector to the pattern. | ||||
8242 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||
8243 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0))); | ||||
8244 | |||||
8245 | // Add parameters to the pattern. | ||||
8246 | unsigned I = 0; | ||||
8247 | for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P = Method->param_begin(), | ||||
8248 | PEnd = Method->param_end(); | ||||
8249 | P != PEnd; (void)++P, ++I) { | ||||
8250 | // Add the part of the selector name. | ||||
8251 | if (I == 0) | ||||
8252 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(":"); | ||||
8253 | else if (I < Sel.getNumArgs()) { | ||||
8254 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
8255 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||
8256 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":")); | ||||
8257 | } else | ||||
8258 | break; | ||||
8259 | |||||
8260 | // Add the parameter type. | ||||
8261 | QualType ParamType; | ||||
8262 | if ((*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) | ||||
8263 | ParamType = (*P)->getType(); | ||||
8264 | else | ||||
8265 | ParamType = (*P)->getOriginalType(); | ||||
8266 | ParamType = ParamType.substObjCTypeArgs( | ||||
8267 | Context, {}, ObjCSubstitutionContext::Parameter); | ||||
8268 | AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(ParamType); | ||||
8269 | AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(ParamType, (*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier(), Context, | ||||
8270 | Policy, Builder); | ||||
8271 | |||||
8272 | if (IdentifierInfo *Id = (*P)->getIdentifier()) | ||||
8273 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Id->getName())); | ||||
8274 | } | ||||
8275 | |||||
8276 | if (Method->isVariadic()) { | ||||
8277 | if (Method->param_size() > 0) | ||||
8278 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); | ||||
8279 | Builder.AddTextChunk("..."); | ||||
8280 | } | ||||
8281 | |||||
8282 | if (IsInImplementation && Results.includeCodePatterns()) { | ||||
8283 | // We will be defining the method here, so add a compound statement. | ||||
8284 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
8285 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); | ||||
8286 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||
8287 | if (!Method->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { | ||||
8288 | // If the result type is not void, add a return clause. | ||||
8289 | Builder.AddTextChunk("return"); | ||||
8290 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
8291 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); | ||||
8292 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); | ||||
8293 | } else | ||||
8294 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); | ||||
8295 | |||||
8296 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); | ||||
8297 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); | ||||
8298 | } | ||||
8299 | |||||
8300 | unsigned Priority = CCP_CodePattern; | ||||
8301 | auto R = Result(Builder.TakeString(), Method, Priority); | ||||
8302 | if (!M->second.getInt()) | ||||
8303 | setInBaseClass(R); | ||||
8304 | Results.AddResult(std::move(R)); | ||||
8305 | } | ||||
8306 | |||||
8307 | // Add Key-Value-Coding and Key-Value-Observing accessor methods for all of | ||||
8308 | // the properties in this class and its categories. | ||||
8309 | if (Context.getLangOpts().ObjC) { | ||||
8310 | SmallVector<ObjCContainerDecl *, 4> Containers; | ||||
8311 | Containers.push_back(SearchDecl); | ||||
8312 | |||||
8313 | VisitedSelectorSet KnownSelectors; | ||||
8314 | for (KnownMethodsMap::iterator M = KnownMethods.begin(), | ||||
8315 | MEnd = KnownMethods.end(); | ||||
8316 | M != MEnd; ++M) | ||||
8317 | KnownSelectors.insert(M->first); | ||||
8318 | |||||
8319 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(SearchDecl); | ||||
8320 | if (!IFace) | ||||
8321 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(SearchDecl)) | ||||
8322 | IFace = Category->getClassInterface(); | ||||
8323 | |||||
8324 | if (IFace) | ||||
8325 | for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) | ||||
8326 | Containers.push_back(Cat); | ||||
8327 | |||||
8328 | if (IsInstanceMethod) { | ||||
8329 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Containers.size(); I != N; ++I) | ||||
8330 | for (auto *P : Containers[I]->instance_properties()) | ||||
8331 | AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(P, *IsInstanceMethod, ReturnType, Context, | ||||
8332 | KnownSelectors, Results); | ||||
8333 | } | ||||
8334 | } | ||||
8335 | |||||
8336 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
8337 | |||||
8338 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
8339 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
8340 | } | ||||
8341 | |||||
8342 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector( | ||||
8343 | Scope *S, bool IsInstanceMethod, bool AtParameterName, ParsedType ReturnTy, | ||||
8344 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents) { | ||||
8345 | // If we have an external source, load the entire class method | ||||
8346 | // pool from the AST file. | ||||
8347 | if (ExternalSource) { | ||||
8348 | for (uint32_t I = 0, N = ExternalSource->GetNumExternalSelectors(); I != N; | ||||
8349 | ++I) { | ||||
8350 | Selector Sel = ExternalSource->GetExternalSelector(I); | ||||
8351 | if (Sel.isNull() || MethodPool.count(Sel)) | ||||
8352 | continue; | ||||
8353 | |||||
8354 | ReadMethodPool(Sel); | ||||
8355 | } | ||||
8356 | } | ||||
8357 | |||||
8358 | // Build the set of methods we can see. | ||||
8359 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; | ||||
8360 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
8361 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
8362 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); | ||||
8363 | |||||
8364 | if (ReturnTy) | ||||
8365 | Results.setPreferredType(GetTypeFromParser(ReturnTy).getNonReferenceType()); | ||||
8366 | |||||
8367 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
8368 | for (GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = MethodPool.begin(), | ||||
8369 | MEnd = MethodPool.end(); | ||||
8370 | M != MEnd; ++M) { | ||||
8371 | for (ObjCMethodList *MethList = IsInstanceMethod ? &M->second.first | ||||
8372 | : &M->second.second; | ||||
8373 | MethList && MethList->getMethod(); MethList = MethList->getNext()) { | ||||
8374 | if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(MethList->getMethod(), MK_Any, SelIdents)) | ||||
8375 | continue; | ||||
8376 | |||||
8377 | if (AtParameterName) { | ||||
8378 | // Suggest parameter names we've seen before. | ||||
8379 | unsigned NumSelIdents = SelIdents.size(); | ||||
8380 | if (NumSelIdents && | ||||
8381 | NumSelIdents <= MethList->getMethod()->param_size()) { | ||||
8382 | ParmVarDecl *Param = | ||||
8383 | MethList->getMethod()->parameters()[NumSelIdents - 1]; | ||||
8384 | if (Param->getIdentifier()) { | ||||
8385 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||
8386 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
8387 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString( | ||||
8388 | Param->getIdentifier()->getName())); | ||||
8389 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||
8390 | } | ||||
8391 | } | ||||
8392 | |||||
8393 | continue; | ||||
8394 | } | ||||
8395 | |||||
8396 | Result R(MethList->getMethod(), | ||||
8397 | Results.getBasePriority(MethList->getMethod()), nullptr); | ||||
8398 | R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size(); | ||||
8399 | R.AllParametersAreInformative = false; | ||||
8400 | R.DeclaringEntity = true; | ||||
8401 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); | ||||
8402 | } | ||||
8403 | } | ||||
8404 | |||||
8405 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
8406 | |||||
8407 | if (!AtParameterName && !SelIdents.empty() && | ||||
8408 | SelIdents.front()->getName().startswith("init")) { | ||||
8409 | for (const auto &M : PP.macros()) { | ||||
8410 | if (M.first->getName() != "NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER") | ||||
8411 | continue; | ||||
8412 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
8413 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||
8414 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
8415 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||
8416 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(M.first->getName())); | ||||
8417 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_Macro, | ||||
8418 | CXCursor_MacroDefinition)); | ||||
8419 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
8420 | } | ||||
8421 | } | ||||
8422 | |||||
8423 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
8424 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
8425 | } | ||||
8426 | |||||
8427 | void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional) { | ||||
8428 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
8429 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
8430 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_PreprocessorDirective); | ||||
8431 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
8432 | |||||
8433 | // #if <condition> | ||||
8434 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||
8435 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
8436 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("if"); | ||||
8437 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
8438 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition"); | ||||
8439 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||
8440 | |||||
8441 | // #ifdef <macro> | ||||
8442 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("ifdef"); | ||||
8443 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
8444 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro"); | ||||
8445 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||
8446 | |||||
8447 | // #ifndef <macro> | ||||
8448 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("ifndef"); | ||||
8449 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
8450 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro"); | ||||
8451 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||
8452 | |||||
8453 | if (InConditional) { | ||||
8454 | // #elif <condition> | ||||
8455 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("elif"); | ||||
8456 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
8457 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition"); | ||||
8458 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||
8459 | |||||
8460 | // #else | ||||
8461 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("else"); | ||||
8462 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||
8463 | |||||
8464 | // #endif | ||||
8465 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("endif"); | ||||
8466 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||
8467 | } | ||||
8468 | |||||
8469 | // #include "header" | ||||
8470 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("include"); | ||||
8471 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
8472 | Builder.AddTextChunk("\""); | ||||
8473 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header"); | ||||
8474 | Builder.AddTextChunk("\""); | ||||
8475 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||
8476 | |||||
8477 | // #include <header> | ||||
8478 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("include"); | ||||
8479 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
8480 | Builder.AddTextChunk("<"); | ||||
8481 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header"); | ||||
8482 | Builder.AddTextChunk(">"); | ||||
8483 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||
8484 | |||||
8485 | // #define <macro> | ||||
8486 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("define"); | ||||
8487 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
8488 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro"); | ||||
8489 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||
8490 | |||||
8491 | // #define <macro>(<args>) | ||||
8492 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("define"); | ||||
8493 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
8494 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro"); | ||||
8495 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
8496 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("args"); | ||||
8497 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
8498 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||
8499 | |||||
8500 | // #undef <macro> | ||||
8501 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("undef"); | ||||
8502 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
8503 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro"); | ||||
8504 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||
8505 | |||||
8506 | // #line <number> | ||||
8507 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("line"); | ||||
8508 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
8509 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("number"); | ||||
8510 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||
8511 | |||||
8512 | // #line <number> "filename" | ||||
8513 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("line"); | ||||
8514 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
8515 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("number"); | ||||
8516 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
8517 | Builder.AddTextChunk("\""); | ||||
8518 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("filename"); | ||||
8519 | Builder.AddTextChunk("\""); | ||||
8520 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||
8521 | |||||
8522 | // #error <message> | ||||
8523 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("error"); | ||||
8524 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
8525 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("message"); | ||||
8526 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||
8527 | |||||
8528 | // #pragma <arguments> | ||||
8529 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("pragma"); | ||||
8530 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
8531 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("arguments"); | ||||
8532 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||
8533 | |||||
8534 | if (getLangOpts().ObjC) { | ||||
8535 | // #import "header" | ||||
8536 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("import"); | ||||
8537 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
8538 | Builder.AddTextChunk("\""); | ||||
8539 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header"); | ||||
8540 | Builder.AddTextChunk("\""); | ||||
8541 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||
8542 | |||||
8543 | // #import <header> | ||||
8544 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("import"); | ||||
8545 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
8546 | Builder.AddTextChunk("<"); | ||||
8547 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header"); | ||||
8548 | Builder.AddTextChunk(">"); | ||||
8549 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||
8550 | } | ||||
8551 | |||||
8552 | // #include_next "header" | ||||
8553 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("include_next"); | ||||
8554 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
8555 | Builder.AddTextChunk("\""); | ||||
8556 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header"); | ||||
8557 | Builder.AddTextChunk("\""); | ||||
8558 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||
8559 | |||||
8560 | // #include_next <header> | ||||
8561 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("include_next"); | ||||
8562 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
8563 | Builder.AddTextChunk("<"); | ||||
8564 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header"); | ||||
8565 | Builder.AddTextChunk(">"); | ||||
8566 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||
8567 | |||||
8568 | // #warning <message> | ||||
8569 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("warning"); | ||||
8570 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
8571 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("message"); | ||||
8572 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||
8573 | |||||
8574 | // Note: #ident and #sccs are such crazy anachronisms that we don't provide | ||||
8575 | // completions for them. And __include_macros is a Clang-internal extension | ||||
8576 | // that we don't want to encourage anyone to use. | ||||
8577 | |||||
8578 | // FIXME: we don't support #assert or #unassert, so don't suggest them. | ||||
8579 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
8580 | |||||
8581 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
8582 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
8583 | } | ||||
8584 | |||||
8585 | void Sema::CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S) { | ||||
8586 | CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, S->getFnParent() ? Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction | ||||
8587 | : Sema::PCC_Namespace); | ||||
8588 | } | ||||
8589 | |||||
8590 | void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition) { | ||||
8591 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
8592 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
8593 | IsDefinition ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_MacroName | ||||
8594 | : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_MacroNameUse); | ||||
8595 | if (!IsDefinition && (!CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->includeMacros())) { | ||||
8596 | // Add just the names of macros, not their arguments. | ||||
8597 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||
8598 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
8599 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
8600 | for (Preprocessor::macro_iterator M = PP.macro_begin(), | ||||
8601 | MEnd = PP.macro_end(); | ||||
8602 | M != MEnd; ++M) { | ||||
8603 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( | ||||
8604 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(M->first->getName())); | ||||
8605 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult( | ||||
8606 | Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, CXCursor_MacroDefinition)); | ||||
8607 | } | ||||
8608 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
8609 | } else if (IsDefinition) { | ||||
8610 | // FIXME: Can we detect when the user just wrote an include guard above? | ||||
8611 | } | ||||
8612 | |||||
8613 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
8614 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
8615 | } | ||||
8616 | |||||
8617 | void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression() { | ||||
8618 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
8619 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
8620 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_PreprocessorExpression); | ||||
8621 | |||||
8622 | if (!CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) | ||||
8623 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, | ||||
8624 | !CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), true); | ||||
8625 | |||||
8626 | // defined (<macro>) | ||||
8627 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
8628 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), | ||||
8629 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
8630 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("defined"); | ||||
8631 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); | ||||
8632 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); | ||||
8633 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro"); | ||||
8634 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); | ||||
8635 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); | ||||
8636 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
8637 | |||||
8638 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
8639 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
8640 | } | ||||
8641 | |||||
8642 | void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, | ||||
8643 | IdentifierInfo *Macro, | ||||
8644 | MacroInfo *MacroInfo, | ||||
8645 | unsigned Argument) { | ||||
8646 | // FIXME: In the future, we could provide "overload" results, much like we | ||||
8647 | // do for function calls. | ||||
8648 | |||||
8649 | // Now just ignore this. There will be another code-completion callback | ||||
8650 | // for the expanded tokens. | ||||
8651 | } | ||||
8652 | |||||
8653 | // This handles completion inside an #include filename, e.g. #include <foo/ba | ||||
8654 | // We look for the directory "foo" under each directory on the include path, | ||||
8655 | // list its files, and reassemble the appropriate #include. | ||||
8656 | void Sema::CodeCompleteIncludedFile(llvm::StringRef Dir, bool Angled) { | ||||
8657 | // RelDir should use /, but unescaped \ is possible on windows! | ||||
8658 | // Our completions will normalize to / for simplicity, this case is rare. | ||||
8659 | std::string RelDir = llvm::sys::path::convert_to_slash(Dir); | ||||
8660 | // We need the native slashes for the actual file system interactions. | ||||
8661 | SmallString<128> NativeRelDir = StringRef(RelDir); | ||||
8662 | llvm::sys::path::native(NativeRelDir); | ||||
8663 | llvm::vfs::FileSystem &FS = | ||||
8664 | getSourceManager().getFileManager().getVirtualFileSystem(); | ||||
8665 | |||||
8666 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
8667 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
8668 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_IncludedFile); | ||||
8669 | llvm::DenseSet<StringRef> SeenResults; // To deduplicate results. | ||||
8670 | |||||
8671 | // Helper: adds one file or directory completion result. | ||||
8672 | auto AddCompletion = [&](StringRef Filename, bool IsDirectory) { | ||||
8673 | SmallString<64> TypedChunk = Filename; | ||||
8674 | // Directory completion is up to the slash, e.g. <sys/ | ||||
8675 | TypedChunk.push_back(IsDirectory ? '/' : Angled ? '>' : '"'); | ||||
8676 | auto R = SeenResults.insert(TypedChunk); | ||||
8677 | if (R.second) { // New completion | ||||
8678 | const char *InternedTyped = Results.getAllocator().CopyString(TypedChunk); | ||||
8679 | *R.first = InternedTyped; // Avoid dangling StringRef. | ||||
8680 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
8681 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); | ||||
8682 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(InternedTyped); | ||||
8683 | // The result is a "Pattern", which is pretty opaque. | ||||
8684 | // We may want to include the real filename to allow smart ranking. | ||||
8685 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString())); | ||||
8686 | } | ||||
8687 | }; | ||||
8688 | |||||
8689 | // Helper: scans IncludeDir for nice files, and adds results for each. | ||||
8690 | auto AddFilesFromIncludeDir = [&](StringRef IncludeDir, | ||||
8691 | bool IsSystem, | ||||
8692 | DirectoryLookup::LookupType_t LookupType) { | ||||
8693 | llvm::SmallString<128> Dir = IncludeDir; | ||||
8694 | if (!NativeRelDir.empty()) { | ||||
8695 | if (LookupType == DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework) { | ||||
8696 | // For a framework dir, #include <Foo/Bar/> actually maps to | ||||
8697 | // a path of Foo.framework/Headers/Bar/. | ||||
8698 | auto Begin = llvm::sys::path::begin(NativeRelDir); | ||||
8699 | auto End = llvm::sys::path::end(NativeRelDir); | ||||
8700 | |||||
8701 | llvm::sys::path::append(Dir, *Begin + ".framework", "Headers"); | ||||
8702 | llvm::sys::path::append(Dir, ++Begin, End); | ||||
8703 | } else { | ||||
8704 | llvm::sys::path::append(Dir, NativeRelDir); | ||||
8705 | } | ||||
8706 | } | ||||
8707 | |||||
8708 | std::error_code EC; | ||||
8709 | unsigned Count = 0; | ||||
8710 | for (auto It = FS.dir_begin(Dir, EC); | ||||
8711 | !EC && It != llvm::vfs::directory_iterator(); It.increment(EC)) { | ||||
8712 | if (++Count == 2500) // If we happen to hit a huge directory, | ||||
8713 | break; // bail out early so we're not too slow. | ||||
8714 | StringRef Filename = llvm::sys::path::filename(It->path()); | ||||
8715 | switch (It->type()) { | ||||
8716 | case llvm::sys::fs::file_type::directory_file: | ||||
8717 | // All entries in a framework directory must have a ".framework" suffix, | ||||
8718 | // but the suffix does not appear in the source code's include/import. | ||||
8719 | if (LookupType == DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework && | ||||
8720 | NativeRelDir.empty() && !Filename.consume_back(".framework")) | ||||
8721 | break; | ||||
8722 | |||||
8723 | AddCompletion(Filename, /*IsDirectory=*/true); | ||||
8724 | break; | ||||
8725 | case llvm::sys::fs::file_type::regular_file: | ||||
8726 | // Only files that really look like headers. (Except in system dirs). | ||||
8727 | if (!IsSystem) { | ||||
8728 | // Header extensions from Types.def, which we can't depend on here. | ||||
8729 | if (!(Filename.endswith_lower(".h") || | ||||
8730 | Filename.endswith_lower(".hh") || | ||||
8731 | Filename.endswith_lower(".hpp") || | ||||
8732 | Filename.endswith_lower(".inc"))) | ||||
8733 | break; | ||||
8734 | } | ||||
8735 | AddCompletion(Filename, /*IsDirectory=*/false); | ||||
8736 | break; | ||||
8737 | default: | ||||
8738 | break; | ||||
8739 | } | ||||
8740 | } | ||||
8741 | }; | ||||
8742 | |||||
8743 | // Helper: adds results relative to IncludeDir, if possible. | ||||
8744 | auto AddFilesFromDirLookup = [&](const DirectoryLookup &IncludeDir, | ||||
8745 | bool IsSystem) { | ||||
8746 | switch (IncludeDir.getLookupType()) { | ||||
8747 | case DirectoryLookup::LT_HeaderMap: | ||||
8748 | // header maps are not (currently) enumerable. | ||||
8749 | break; | ||||
8750 | case DirectoryLookup::LT_NormalDir: | ||||
8751 | AddFilesFromIncludeDir(IncludeDir.getDir()->getName(), IsSystem, | ||||
8752 | DirectoryLookup::LT_NormalDir); | ||||
8753 | break; | ||||
8754 | case DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework: | ||||
8755 | AddFilesFromIncludeDir(IncludeDir.getFrameworkDir()->getName(), IsSystem, | ||||
8756 | DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework); | ||||
8757 | break; | ||||
8758 | } | ||||
8759 | }; | ||||
8760 | |||||
8761 | // Finally with all our helpers, we can scan the include path. | ||||
8762 | // Do this in standard order so deduplication keeps the right file. | ||||
8763 | // (In case we decide to add more details to the results later). | ||||
8764 | const auto &S = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo(); | ||||
8765 | using llvm::make_range; | ||||
8766 | if (!Angled) { | ||||
8767 | // The current directory is on the include path for "quoted" includes. | ||||
8768 | auto *CurFile = PP.getCurrentFileLexer()->getFileEntry(); | ||||
8769 | if (CurFile && CurFile->getDir()) | ||||
8770 | AddFilesFromIncludeDir(CurFile->getDir()->getName(), false, | ||||
8771 | DirectoryLookup::LT_NormalDir); | ||||
8772 | for (const auto &D : make_range(S.quoted_dir_begin(), S.quoted_dir_end())) | ||||
8773 | AddFilesFromDirLookup(D, false); | ||||
8774 | } | ||||
8775 | for (const auto &D : make_range(S.angled_dir_begin(), S.angled_dir_end())) | ||||
8776 | AddFilesFromDirLookup(D, false); | ||||
8777 | for (const auto &D : make_range(S.system_dir_begin(), S.system_dir_end())) | ||||
8778 | AddFilesFromDirLookup(D, true); | ||||
8779 | |||||
8780 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
8781 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
8782 | } | ||||
8783 | |||||
8784 | void Sema::CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage() { | ||||
8785 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, | ||||
8786 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_NaturalLanguage, nullptr, | ||||
8787 | 0); | ||||
8788 | } | ||||
8789 | |||||
8790 | void Sema::CodeCompleteAvailabilityPlatformName() { | ||||
8791 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), | ||||
8792 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), | ||||
8793 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); | ||||
8794 | Results.EnterNewScope(); | ||||
8795 | static const char *Platforms[] = {"macOS", "iOS", "watchOS", "tvOS"}; | ||||
8796 | for (const char *Platform : llvm::makeArrayRef(Platforms)) { | ||||
8797 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Platform)); | ||||
8798 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Results.getAllocator().CopyString( | ||||
8799 | Twine(Platform) + "ApplicationExtension"))); | ||||
8800 | } | ||||
8801 | Results.ExitScope(); | ||||
8802 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), | ||||
8803 | Results.data(), Results.size()); | ||||
8804 | } | ||||
8805 | |||||
8806 | void Sema::GatherGlobalCodeCompletions( | ||||
8807 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, | ||||
8808 | SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results) { | ||||
8809 | ResultBuilder Builder(*this, Allocator, CCTUInfo, | ||||
8810 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Recovery); | ||||
8811 | if (!CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { | ||||
8812 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Builder, | ||||
8813 | Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); | ||||
8814 | LookupVisibleDecls(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), LookupAnyName, | ||||
8815 | Consumer, | ||||
8816 | !CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); | ||||
8817 | } | ||||
8818 | |||||
8819 | if (!CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) | ||||
8820 | AddMacroResults(PP, Builder, | ||||
8821 | !CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), true); | ||||
8822 | |||||
8823 | Results.clear(); | ||||
8824 | Results.insert(Results.end(), Builder.data(), | ||||
8825 | Builder.data() + Builder.size()); | ||||
8826 | } |
1 | //===- Type.h - C Language Family Type Representation -----------*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | /// \file |
10 | /// C Language Family Type Representation |
11 | /// |
12 | /// This file defines the clang::Type interface and subclasses, used to |
13 | /// represent types for languages in the C family. |
14 | // |
15 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
16 | |
17 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
18 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
19 | |
20 | #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" |
21 | #include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h" |
22 | #include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h" |
23 | #include "clang/Basic/AttrKinds.h" |
24 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" |
25 | #include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h" |
26 | #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" |
27 | #include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h" |
28 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" |
29 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" |
30 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
31 | #include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h" |
32 | #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" |
33 | #include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h" |
34 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h" |
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/None.h" |
37 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
38 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" |
39 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" |
40 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" |
41 | #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h" |
42 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
43 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
44 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
45 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" |
46 | #include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h" |
47 | #include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h" |
48 | #include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h" |
49 | #include <cassert> |
50 | #include <cstddef> |
51 | #include <cstdint> |
52 | #include <cstring> |
53 | #include <string> |
54 | #include <type_traits> |
55 | #include <utility> |
56 | |
57 | namespace clang { |
58 | |
59 | class ExtQuals; |
60 | class QualType; |
61 | class TagDecl; |
62 | class Type; |
63 | |
64 | enum { |
65 | TypeAlignmentInBits = 4, |
66 | TypeAlignment = 1 << TypeAlignmentInBits |
67 | }; |
68 | |
69 | namespace serialization { |
70 | template <class T> class AbstractTypeReader; |
71 | template <class T> class AbstractTypeWriter; |
72 | } |
73 | |
74 | } // namespace clang |
75 | |
76 | namespace llvm { |
77 | |
78 | template <typename T> |
79 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits; |
80 | template<> |
81 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::Type*> { |
82 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::Type *P) { return P; } |
83 | |
84 | static inline ::clang::Type *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
85 | return static_cast< ::clang::Type*>(P); |
86 | } |
87 | |
88 | enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits }; |
89 | }; |
90 | |
91 | template<> |
92 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::ExtQuals*> { |
93 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::ExtQuals *P) { return P; } |
94 | |
95 | static inline ::clang::ExtQuals *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
96 | return static_cast< ::clang::ExtQuals*>(P); |
97 | } |
98 | |
99 | enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits }; |
100 | }; |
101 | |
102 | } // namespace llvm |
103 | |
104 | namespace clang { |
105 | |
106 | class ASTContext; |
107 | template <typename> class CanQual; |
108 | class CXXRecordDecl; |
109 | class DeclContext; |
110 | class EnumDecl; |
111 | class Expr; |
112 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase; |
113 | class FunctionDecl; |
114 | class IdentifierInfo; |
115 | class NamedDecl; |
116 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
117 | class ObjCProtocolDecl; |
118 | class ObjCTypeParamDecl; |
119 | struct PrintingPolicy; |
120 | class RecordDecl; |
121 | class Stmt; |
122 | class TagDecl; |
123 | class TemplateArgument; |
124 | class TemplateArgumentListInfo; |
125 | class TemplateArgumentLoc; |
126 | class TemplateTypeParmDecl; |
127 | class TypedefNameDecl; |
128 | class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl; |
129 | |
130 | using CanQualType = CanQual<Type>; |
131 | |
132 | // Provide forward declarations for all of the *Type classes. |
133 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) class Class##Type; |
134 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
135 | |
136 | /// The collection of all-type qualifiers we support. |
137 | /// Clang supports five independent qualifiers: |
138 | /// * C99: const, volatile, and restrict |
139 | /// * MS: __unaligned |
140 | /// * Embedded C (TR18037): address spaces |
141 | /// * Objective C: the GC attributes (none, weak, or strong) |
142 | class Qualifiers { |
143 | public: |
144 | enum TQ { // NOTE: These flags must be kept in sync with DeclSpec::TQ. |
145 | Const = 0x1, |
146 | Restrict = 0x2, |
147 | Volatile = 0x4, |
148 | CVRMask = Const | Volatile | Restrict |
149 | }; |
150 | |
151 | enum GC { |
152 | GCNone = 0, |
153 | Weak, |
154 | Strong |
155 | }; |
156 | |
157 | enum ObjCLifetime { |
158 | /// There is no lifetime qualification on this type. |
159 | OCL_None, |
160 | |
161 | /// This object can be modified without requiring retains or |
162 | /// releases. |
163 | OCL_ExplicitNone, |
164 | |
165 | /// Assigning into this object requires the old value to be |
166 | /// released and the new value to be retained. The timing of the |
167 | /// release of the old value is inexact: it may be moved to |
168 | /// immediately after the last known point where the value is |
169 | /// live. |
170 | OCL_Strong, |
171 | |
172 | /// Reading or writing from this object requires a barrier call. |
173 | OCL_Weak, |
174 | |
175 | /// Assigning into this object requires a lifetime extension. |
176 | OCL_Autoreleasing |
177 | }; |
178 | |
179 | enum { |
180 | /// The maximum supported address space number. |
181 | /// 23 bits should be enough for anyone. |
182 | MaxAddressSpace = 0x7fffffu, |
183 | |
184 | /// The width of the "fast" qualifier mask. |
185 | FastWidth = 3, |
186 | |
187 | /// The fast qualifier mask. |
188 | FastMask = (1 << FastWidth) - 1 |
189 | }; |
190 | |
191 | /// Returns the common set of qualifiers while removing them from |
192 | /// the given sets. |
193 | static Qualifiers removeCommonQualifiers(Qualifiers &L, Qualifiers &R) { |
194 | // If both are only CVR-qualified, bit operations are sufficient. |
195 | if (!(L.Mask & ~CVRMask) && !(R.Mask & ~CVRMask)) { |
196 | Qualifiers Q; |
197 | Q.Mask = L.Mask & R.Mask; |
198 | L.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
199 | R.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
200 | return Q; |
201 | } |
202 | |
203 | Qualifiers Q; |
204 | unsigned CommonCRV = L.getCVRQualifiers() & R.getCVRQualifiers(); |
205 | Q.addCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
206 | L.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
207 | R.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
208 | |
209 | if (L.getObjCGCAttr() == R.getObjCGCAttr()) { |
210 | Q.setObjCGCAttr(L.getObjCGCAttr()); |
211 | L.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
212 | R.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
213 | } |
214 | |
215 | if (L.getObjCLifetime() == R.getObjCLifetime()) { |
216 | Q.setObjCLifetime(L.getObjCLifetime()); |
217 | L.removeObjCLifetime(); |
218 | R.removeObjCLifetime(); |
219 | } |
220 | |
221 | if (L.getAddressSpace() == R.getAddressSpace()) { |
222 | Q.setAddressSpace(L.getAddressSpace()); |
223 | L.removeAddressSpace(); |
224 | R.removeAddressSpace(); |
225 | } |
226 | return Q; |
227 | } |
228 | |
229 | static Qualifiers fromFastMask(unsigned Mask) { |
230 | Qualifiers Qs; |
231 | Qs.addFastQualifiers(Mask); |
232 | return Qs; |
233 | } |
234 | |
235 | static Qualifiers fromCVRMask(unsigned CVR) { |
236 | Qualifiers Qs; |
237 | Qs.addCVRQualifiers(CVR); |
238 | return Qs; |
239 | } |
240 | |
241 | static Qualifiers fromCVRUMask(unsigned CVRU) { |
242 | Qualifiers Qs; |
243 | Qs.addCVRUQualifiers(CVRU); |
244 | return Qs; |
245 | } |
246 | |
247 | // Deserialize qualifiers from an opaque representation. |
248 | static Qualifiers fromOpaqueValue(unsigned opaque) { |
249 | Qualifiers Qs; |
250 | Qs.Mask = opaque; |
251 | return Qs; |
252 | } |
253 | |
254 | // Serialize these qualifiers into an opaque representation. |
255 | unsigned getAsOpaqueValue() const { |
256 | return Mask; |
257 | } |
258 | |
259 | bool hasConst() const { return Mask & Const; } |
260 | bool hasOnlyConst() const { return Mask == Const; } |
261 | void removeConst() { Mask &= ~Const; } |
262 | void addConst() { Mask |= Const; } |
263 | |
264 | bool hasVolatile() const { return Mask & Volatile; } |
265 | bool hasOnlyVolatile() const { return Mask == Volatile; } |
266 | void removeVolatile() { Mask &= ~Volatile; } |
267 | void addVolatile() { Mask |= Volatile; } |
268 | |
269 | bool hasRestrict() const { return Mask & Restrict; } |
270 | bool hasOnlyRestrict() const { return Mask == Restrict; } |
271 | void removeRestrict() { Mask &= ~Restrict; } |
272 | void addRestrict() { Mask |= Restrict; } |
273 | |
274 | bool hasCVRQualifiers() const { return getCVRQualifiers(); } |
275 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const { return Mask & CVRMask; } |
276 | unsigned getCVRUQualifiers() const { return Mask & (CVRMask | UMask); } |
277 | |
278 | void setCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
279 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 279, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
280 | Mask = (Mask & ~CVRMask) | mask; |
281 | } |
282 | void removeCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
283 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 283, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
284 | Mask &= ~mask; |
285 | } |
286 | void removeCVRQualifiers() { |
287 | removeCVRQualifiers(CVRMask); |
288 | } |
289 | void addCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
290 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 290, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
291 | Mask |= mask; |
292 | } |
293 | void addCVRUQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
294 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVRU bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 294, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
295 | Mask |= mask; |
296 | } |
297 | |
298 | bool hasUnaligned() const { return Mask & UMask; } |
299 | void setUnaligned(bool flag) { |
300 | Mask = (Mask & ~UMask) | (flag ? UMask : 0); |
301 | } |
302 | void removeUnaligned() { Mask &= ~UMask; } |
303 | void addUnaligned() { Mask |= UMask; } |
304 | |
305 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Mask & GCAttrMask; } |
306 | GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return GC((Mask & GCAttrMask) >> GCAttrShift); } |
307 | void setObjCGCAttr(GC type) { |
308 | Mask = (Mask & ~GCAttrMask) | (type << GCAttrShift); |
309 | } |
310 | void removeObjCGCAttr() { setObjCGCAttr(GCNone); } |
311 | void addObjCGCAttr(GC type) { |
312 | assert(type)((type) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 312, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
313 | setObjCGCAttr(type); |
314 | } |
315 | Qualifiers withoutObjCGCAttr() const { |
316 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
317 | qs.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
318 | return qs; |
319 | } |
320 | Qualifiers withoutObjCLifetime() const { |
321 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
322 | qs.removeObjCLifetime(); |
323 | return qs; |
324 | } |
325 | Qualifiers withoutAddressSpace() const { |
326 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
327 | qs.removeAddressSpace(); |
328 | return qs; |
329 | } |
330 | |
331 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Mask & LifetimeMask; } |
332 | ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
333 | return ObjCLifetime((Mask & LifetimeMask) >> LifetimeShift); |
334 | } |
335 | void setObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { |
336 | Mask = (Mask & ~LifetimeMask) | (type << LifetimeShift); |
337 | } |
338 | void removeObjCLifetime() { setObjCLifetime(OCL_None); } |
339 | void addObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { |
340 | assert(type)((type) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 340, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
341 | assert(!hasObjCLifetime())((!hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!hasObjCLifetime()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 341, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
342 | Mask |= (type << LifetimeShift); |
343 | } |
344 | |
345 | /// True if the lifetime is neither None or ExplicitNone. |
346 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { |
347 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); |
348 | return (lifetime > OCL_ExplicitNone); |
349 | } |
350 | |
351 | /// True if the lifetime is either strong or weak. |
352 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { |
353 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); |
354 | return (lifetime == OCL_Strong || lifetime == OCL_Weak); |
355 | } |
356 | |
357 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Mask & AddressSpaceMask; } |
358 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { |
359 | return static_cast<LangAS>(Mask >> AddressSpaceShift); |
360 | } |
361 | bool hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace() const { |
362 | return isTargetAddressSpace(getAddressSpace()); |
363 | } |
364 | /// Get the address space attribute value to be printed by diagnostics. |
365 | unsigned getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue() const { |
366 | auto Addr = getAddressSpace(); |
367 | // This function is not supposed to be used with language specific |
368 | // address spaces. If that happens, the diagnostic message should consider |
369 | // printing the QualType instead of the address space value. |
370 | assert(Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace())((Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 370, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
371 | if (Addr != LangAS::Default) |
372 | return toTargetAddressSpace(Addr); |
373 | // TODO: The diagnostic messages where Addr may be 0 should be fixed |
374 | // since it cannot differentiate the situation where 0 denotes the default |
375 | // address space or user specified __attribute__((address_space(0))). |
376 | return 0; |
377 | } |
378 | void setAddressSpace(LangAS space) { |
379 | assert((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace)(((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("(unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 379, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
380 | Mask = (Mask & ~AddressSpaceMask) |
381 | | (((uint32_t) space) << AddressSpaceShift); |
382 | } |
383 | void removeAddressSpace() { setAddressSpace(LangAS::Default); } |
384 | void addAddressSpace(LangAS space) { |
385 | assert(space != LangAS::Default)((space != LangAS::Default) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("space != LangAS::Default", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 385, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
386 | setAddressSpace(space); |
387 | } |
388 | |
389 | // Fast qualifiers are those that can be allocated directly |
390 | // on a QualType object. |
391 | bool hasFastQualifiers() const { return getFastQualifiers(); } |
392 | unsigned getFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & FastMask; } |
393 | void setFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
394 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 394, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
395 | Mask = (Mask & ~FastMask) | mask; |
396 | } |
397 | void removeFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
398 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 398, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
399 | Mask &= ~mask; |
400 | } |
401 | void removeFastQualifiers() { |
402 | removeFastQualifiers(FastMask); |
403 | } |
404 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
405 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 405, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
406 | Mask |= mask; |
407 | } |
408 | |
409 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers which require an ExtQuals |
410 | /// node to be allocated. |
411 | bool hasNonFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & ~FastMask; } |
412 | Qualifiers getNonFastQualifiers() const { |
413 | Qualifiers Quals = *this; |
414 | Quals.setFastQualifiers(0); |
415 | return Quals; |
416 | } |
417 | |
418 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers. |
419 | bool hasQualifiers() const { return Mask; } |
420 | bool empty() const { return !Mask; } |
421 | |
422 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set. |
423 | void addQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { |
424 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just |
425 | // bit-or it in. |
426 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) |
427 | Mask |= Q.Mask; |
428 | else { |
429 | Mask |= (Q.Mask & CVRMask); |
430 | if (Q.hasAddressSpace()) |
431 | addAddressSpace(Q.getAddressSpace()); |
432 | if (Q.hasObjCGCAttr()) |
433 | addObjCGCAttr(Q.getObjCGCAttr()); |
434 | if (Q.hasObjCLifetime()) |
435 | addObjCLifetime(Q.getObjCLifetime()); |
436 | } |
437 | } |
438 | |
439 | /// Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set. |
440 | void removeQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { |
441 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just |
442 | // bit-and the inverse in. |
443 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) |
444 | Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
445 | else { |
446 | Mask &= ~(Q.Mask & CVRMask); |
447 | if (getObjCGCAttr() == Q.getObjCGCAttr()) |
448 | removeObjCGCAttr(); |
449 | if (getObjCLifetime() == Q.getObjCLifetime()) |
450 | removeObjCLifetime(); |
451 | if (getAddressSpace() == Q.getAddressSpace()) |
452 | removeAddressSpace(); |
453 | } |
454 | } |
455 | |
456 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set, given that |
457 | /// they don't conflict. |
458 | void addConsistentQualifiers(Qualifiers qs) { |
459 | assert(getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() ||((getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace () || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 460, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
460 | !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace())((getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace () || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 460, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
461 | assert(getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() ||((getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 462, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
462 | !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr())((getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 462, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
463 | assert(getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() ||((getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime () || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 464, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
464 | !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime())((getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime () || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 464, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
465 | Mask |= qs.Mask; |
466 | } |
467 | |
468 | /// Returns true if address space A is equal to or a superset of B. |
469 | /// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of |
470 | /// overlapping address spaces. |
471 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: |
472 | /// every address space is a superset of itself. |
473 | /// CL2.0 adds: |
474 | /// __generic is a superset of any address space except for __constant. |
475 | static bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(LangAS A, LangAS B) { |
476 | // Address spaces must match exactly. |
477 | return A == B || |
478 | // Otherwise in OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5: every address space except |
479 | // for __constant can be used as __generic. |
480 | (A == LangAS::opencl_generic && B != LangAS::opencl_constant) || |
481 | // Consider pointer size address spaces to be equivalent to default. |
482 | ((isPtrSizeAddressSpace(A) || A == LangAS::Default) && |
483 | (isPtrSizeAddressSpace(B) || B == LangAS::Default)); |
484 | } |
485 | |
486 | /// Returns true if the address space in these qualifiers is equal to or |
487 | /// a superset of the address space in the argument qualifiers. |
488 | bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Qualifiers other) const { |
489 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(getAddressSpace(), other.getAddressSpace()); |
490 | } |
491 | |
492 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set. |
493 | /// Generally this answers the question of whether an object with the other |
494 | /// qualifiers can be safely used as an object with these qualifiers. |
495 | bool compatiblyIncludes(Qualifiers other) const { |
496 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(other) && |
497 | // ObjC GC qualifiers can match, be added, or be removed, but can't |
498 | // be changed. |
499 | (getObjCGCAttr() == other.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || |
500 | !other.hasObjCGCAttr()) && |
501 | // ObjC lifetime qualifiers must match exactly. |
502 | getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime() && |
503 | // CVR qualifiers may subset. |
504 | (((Mask & CVRMask) | (other.Mask & CVRMask)) == (Mask & CVRMask)) && |
505 | // U qualifier may superset. |
506 | (!other.hasUnaligned() || hasUnaligned()); |
507 | } |
508 | |
509 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of |
510 | /// qualifiers from the narrow perspective of Objective-C ARC lifetime. |
511 | /// |
512 | /// One set of Objective-C lifetime qualifiers compatibly includes the other |
513 | /// if the lifetime qualifiers match, or if both are non-__weak and the |
514 | /// including set also contains the 'const' qualifier, or both are non-__weak |
515 | /// and one is None (which can only happen in non-ARC modes). |
516 | bool compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(Qualifiers other) const { |
517 | if (getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime()) |
518 | return true; |
519 | |
520 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak) |
521 | return false; |
522 | |
523 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None) |
524 | return true; |
525 | |
526 | return hasConst(); |
527 | } |
528 | |
529 | /// Determine whether this set of qualifiers is a strict superset of |
530 | /// another set of qualifiers, not considering qualifier compatibility. |
531 | bool isStrictSupersetOf(Qualifiers Other) const; |
532 | |
533 | bool operator==(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask == Other.Mask; } |
534 | bool operator!=(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask != Other.Mask; } |
535 | |
536 | explicit operator bool() const { return hasQualifiers(); } |
537 | |
538 | Qualifiers &operator+=(Qualifiers R) { |
539 | addQualifiers(R); |
540 | return *this; |
541 | } |
542 | |
543 | // Union two qualifier sets. If an enumerated qualifier appears |
544 | // in both sets, use the one from the right. |
545 | friend Qualifiers operator+(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { |
546 | L += R; |
547 | return L; |
548 | } |
549 | |
550 | Qualifiers &operator-=(Qualifiers R) { |
551 | removeQualifiers(R); |
552 | return *this; |
553 | } |
554 | |
555 | /// Compute the difference between two qualifier sets. |
556 | friend Qualifiers operator-(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { |
557 | L -= R; |
558 | return L; |
559 | } |
560 | |
561 | std::string getAsString() const; |
562 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
563 | |
564 | static std::string getAddrSpaceAsString(LangAS AS); |
565 | |
566 | bool isEmptyWhenPrinted(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
567 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
568 | bool appendSpaceIfNonEmpty = false) const; |
569 | |
570 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
571 | ID.AddInteger(Mask); |
572 | } |
573 | |
574 | private: |
575 | // bits: |0 1 2|3|4 .. 5|6 .. 8|9 ... 31| |
576 | // |C R V|U|GCAttr|Lifetime|AddressSpace| |
577 | uint32_t Mask = 0; |
578 | |
579 | static const uint32_t UMask = 0x8; |
580 | static const uint32_t UShift = 3; |
581 | static const uint32_t GCAttrMask = 0x30; |
582 | static const uint32_t GCAttrShift = 4; |
583 | static const uint32_t LifetimeMask = 0x1C0; |
584 | static const uint32_t LifetimeShift = 6; |
585 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceMask = |
586 | ~(CVRMask | UMask | GCAttrMask | LifetimeMask); |
587 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceShift = 9; |
588 | }; |
589 | |
590 | /// A std::pair-like structure for storing a qualified type split |
591 | /// into its local qualifiers and its locally-unqualified type. |
592 | struct SplitQualType { |
593 | /// The locally-unqualified type. |
594 | const Type *Ty = nullptr; |
595 | |
596 | /// The local qualifiers. |
597 | Qualifiers Quals; |
598 | |
599 | SplitQualType() = default; |
600 | SplitQualType(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs) : Ty(ty), Quals(qs) {} |
601 | |
602 | SplitQualType getSingleStepDesugaredType() const; // end of this file |
603 | |
604 | // Make std::tie work. |
605 | std::pair<const Type *,Qualifiers> asPair() const { |
606 | return std::pair<const Type *, Qualifiers>(Ty, Quals); |
607 | } |
608 | |
609 | friend bool operator==(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { |
610 | return a.Ty == b.Ty && a.Quals == b.Quals; |
611 | } |
612 | friend bool operator!=(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { |
613 | return a.Ty != b.Ty || a.Quals != b.Quals; |
614 | } |
615 | }; |
616 | |
617 | /// The kind of type we are substituting Objective-C type arguments into. |
618 | /// |
619 | /// The kind of substitution affects the replacement of type parameters when |
620 | /// no concrete type information is provided, e.g., when dealing with an |
621 | /// unspecialized type. |
622 | enum class ObjCSubstitutionContext { |
623 | /// An ordinary type. |
624 | Ordinary, |
625 | |
626 | /// The result type of a method or function. |
627 | Result, |
628 | |
629 | /// The parameter type of a method or function. |
630 | Parameter, |
631 | |
632 | /// The type of a property. |
633 | Property, |
634 | |
635 | /// The superclass of a type. |
636 | Superclass, |
637 | }; |
638 | |
639 | /// A (possibly-)qualified type. |
640 | /// |
641 | /// For efficiency, we don't store CV-qualified types as nodes on their |
642 | /// own: instead each reference to a type stores the qualifiers. This |
643 | /// greatly reduces the number of nodes we need to allocate for types (for |
644 | /// example we only need one for 'int', 'const int', 'volatile int', |
645 | /// 'const volatile int', etc). |
646 | /// |
647 | /// As an added efficiency bonus, instead of making this a pair, we |
648 | /// just store the two bits we care about in the low bits of the |
649 | /// pointer. To handle the packing/unpacking, we make QualType be a |
650 | /// simple wrapper class that acts like a smart pointer. A third bit |
651 | /// indicates whether there are extended qualifiers present, in which |
652 | /// case the pointer points to a special structure. |
653 | class QualType { |
654 | friend class QualifierCollector; |
655 | |
656 | // Thankfully, these are efficiently composable. |
657 | llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::PointerUnion<const Type *, const ExtQuals *>, |
658 | Qualifiers::FastWidth> Value; |
659 | |
660 | const ExtQuals *getExtQualsUnsafe() const { |
661 | return Value.getPointer().get<const ExtQuals*>(); |
662 | } |
663 | |
664 | const Type *getTypePtrUnsafe() const { |
665 | return Value.getPointer().get<const Type*>(); |
666 | } |
667 | |
668 | const ExtQualsTypeCommonBase *getCommonPtr() const { |
669 | assert(!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer")((!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isNull() && \"Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 669, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
670 | auto CommonPtrVal = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Value.getOpaqueValue()); |
671 | CommonPtrVal &= ~(uintptr_t)((1 << TypeAlignmentInBits) - 1); |
672 | return reinterpret_cast<ExtQualsTypeCommonBase*>(CommonPtrVal); |
673 | } |
674 | |
675 | public: |
676 | QualType() = default; |
677 | QualType(const Type *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} |
678 | QualType(const ExtQuals *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} |
679 | |
680 | unsigned getLocalFastQualifiers() const { return Value.getInt(); } |
681 | void setLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Quals) { Value.setInt(Quals); } |
682 | |
683 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type. |
684 | /// |
685 | /// This function requires that the type not be NULL. If the type might be |
686 | /// NULL, use the (slightly less efficient) \c getTypePtrOrNull(). |
687 | const Type *getTypePtr() const; |
688 | |
689 | const Type *getTypePtrOrNull() const; |
690 | |
691 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the name of the base type. |
692 | const IdentifierInfo *getBaseTypeIdentifier() const; |
693 | |
694 | /// Divides a QualType into its unqualified type and a set of local |
695 | /// qualifiers. |
696 | SplitQualType split() const; |
697 | |
698 | void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Value.getOpaqueValue(); } |
699 | |
700 | static QualType getFromOpaquePtr(const void *Ptr) { |
701 | QualType T; |
702 | T.Value.setFromOpaqueValue(const_cast<void*>(Ptr)); |
703 | return T; |
704 | } |
705 | |
706 | const Type &operator*() const { |
707 | return *getTypePtr(); |
708 | } |
709 | |
710 | const Type *operator->() const { |
711 | return getTypePtr(); |
712 | } |
713 | |
714 | bool isCanonical() const; |
715 | bool isCanonicalAsParam() const; |
716 | |
717 | /// Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet. |
718 | bool isNull() const { |
719 | return Value.getPointer().isNull(); |
720 | } |
721 | |
722 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
723 | /// "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
724 | /// added "const" at a different level. |
725 | bool isLocalConstQualified() const { |
726 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const); |
727 | } |
728 | |
729 | /// Determine whether this type is const-qualified. |
730 | bool isConstQualified() const; |
731 | |
732 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
733 | /// "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
734 | /// added "restrict" at a different level. |
735 | bool isLocalRestrictQualified() const { |
736 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Restrict); |
737 | } |
738 | |
739 | /// Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified. |
740 | bool isRestrictQualified() const; |
741 | |
742 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
743 | /// "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
744 | /// added "volatile" at a different level. |
745 | bool isLocalVolatileQualified() const { |
746 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Volatile); |
747 | } |
748 | |
749 | /// Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified. |
750 | bool isVolatileQualified() const; |
751 | |
752 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any |
753 | /// qualifiers, without looking through any typedefs that might add |
754 | /// qualifiers at a different level. |
755 | bool hasLocalQualifiers() const { |
756 | return getLocalFastQualifiers() || hasLocalNonFastQualifiers(); |
757 | } |
758 | |
759 | /// Determine whether this type has any qualifiers. |
760 | bool hasQualifiers() const; |
761 | |
762 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any |
763 | /// "non-fast" qualifiers, e.g., those that are stored in an ExtQualType |
764 | /// instance. |
765 | bool hasLocalNonFastQualifiers() const { |
766 | return Value.getPointer().is<const ExtQuals*>(); |
767 | } |
768 | |
769 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType |
770 | /// instance, not including any qualifiers acquired through typedefs or |
771 | /// other sugar. |
772 | Qualifiers getLocalQualifiers() const; |
773 | |
774 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type. |
775 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const; |
776 | |
777 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers |
778 | /// local to this particular QualType instance, not including any qualifiers |
779 | /// acquired through typedefs or other sugar. |
780 | unsigned getLocalCVRQualifiers() const { |
781 | return getLocalFastQualifiers(); |
782 | } |
783 | |
784 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers |
785 | /// applied to this type. |
786 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const; |
787 | |
788 | bool isConstant(const ASTContext& Ctx) const { |
789 | return QualType::isConstant(*this, Ctx); |
790 | } |
791 | |
792 | /// Determine whether this is a Plain Old Data (POD) type (C++ 3.9p10). |
793 | bool isPODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
794 | |
795 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the rules of the C++98 |
796 | /// standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. |
797 | bool isCXX98PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
798 | |
799 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the more relaxed rules |
800 | /// of the C++11 standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. |
801 | /// (C++0x [basic.types]p9). Note that, unlike |
802 | /// CXXRecordDecl::isCXX11StandardLayout, this takes DRs into account. |
803 | bool isCXX11PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
804 | |
805 | /// Return true if this is a trivial type per (C++0x [basic.types]p9) |
806 | bool isTrivialType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
807 | |
808 | /// Return true if this is a trivially copyable type (C++0x [basic.types]p9) |
809 | bool isTriviallyCopyableType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
810 | |
811 | |
812 | /// Returns true if it is a class and it might be dynamic. |
813 | bool mayBeDynamicClass() const; |
814 | |
815 | /// Returns true if it is not a class or if the class might not be dynamic. |
816 | bool mayBeNotDynamicClass() const; |
817 | |
818 | // Don't promise in the API that anything besides 'const' can be |
819 | // easily added. |
820 | |
821 | /// Add the `const` type qualifier to this QualType. |
822 | void addConst() { |
823 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
824 | } |
825 | QualType withConst() const { |
826 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
827 | } |
828 | |
829 | /// Add the `volatile` type qualifier to this QualType. |
830 | void addVolatile() { |
831 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
832 | } |
833 | QualType withVolatile() const { |
834 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
835 | } |
836 | |
837 | /// Add the `restrict` qualifier to this QualType. |
838 | void addRestrict() { |
839 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
840 | } |
841 | QualType withRestrict() const { |
842 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
843 | } |
844 | |
845 | QualType withCVRQualifiers(unsigned CVR) const { |
846 | return withFastQualifiers(CVR); |
847 | } |
848 | |
849 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) { |
850 | assert(!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask)((!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 851, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
851 | && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!")((!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 851, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
852 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() | TQs); |
853 | } |
854 | |
855 | void removeLocalConst(); |
856 | void removeLocalVolatile(); |
857 | void removeLocalRestrict(); |
858 | void removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask); |
859 | |
860 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers() { Value.setInt(0); } |
861 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { |
862 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers")((!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"mask has non-fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 862, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
863 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() & ~Mask); |
864 | } |
865 | |
866 | // Creates a type with the given qualifiers in addition to any |
867 | // qualifiers already on this type. |
868 | QualType withFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { |
869 | QualType T = *this; |
870 | T.addFastQualifiers(TQs); |
871 | return T; |
872 | } |
873 | |
874 | // Creates a type with exactly the given fast qualifiers, removing |
875 | // any existing fast qualifiers. |
876 | QualType withExactLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { |
877 | return withoutLocalFastQualifiers().withFastQualifiers(TQs); |
878 | } |
879 | |
880 | // Removes fast qualifiers, but leaves any extended qualifiers in place. |
881 | QualType withoutLocalFastQualifiers() const { |
882 | QualType T = *this; |
883 | T.removeLocalFastQualifiers(); |
884 | return T; |
885 | } |
886 | |
887 | QualType getCanonicalType() const; |
888 | |
889 | /// Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers |
890 | /// removed, but without removing any qualifiers that may have been applied |
891 | /// through typedefs. |
892 | QualType getLocalUnqualifiedType() const { return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); } |
893 | |
894 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, |
895 | /// removing as little sugar as possible. |
896 | /// |
897 | /// This routine looks through various kinds of sugar to find the |
898 | /// least-desugared type that is unqualified. For example, given: |
899 | /// |
900 | /// \code |
901 | /// typedef int Integer; |
902 | /// typedef const Integer CInteger; |
903 | /// typedef CInteger DifferenceType; |
904 | /// \endcode |
905 | /// |
906 | /// Executing \c getUnqualifiedType() on the type \c DifferenceType will |
907 | /// desugar until we hit the type \c Integer, which has no qualifiers on it. |
908 | /// |
909 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array |
910 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use |
911 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. |
912 | inline QualType getUnqualifiedType() const; |
913 | |
914 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little |
915 | /// sugar as possible. |
916 | /// |
917 | /// Like getUnqualifiedType(), but also returns the set of |
918 | /// qualifiers that were built up. |
919 | /// |
920 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array |
921 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use |
922 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. |
923 | inline SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedType() const; |
924 | |
925 | /// Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other |
926 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. |
927 | bool isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType Other) const; |
928 | |
929 | /// Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other |
930 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. |
931 | bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType Other) const; |
932 | |
933 | QualType getNonReferenceType() const; |
934 | |
935 | /// Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the |
936 | /// specified result type. |
937 | /// |
938 | /// This routine should be used for expressions for which the return type is |
939 | /// explicitly specified (e.g., in a cast or call) and isn't necessarily |
940 | /// an lvalue. It removes a top-level reference (since there are no |
941 | /// expressions of reference type) and deletes top-level cvr-qualifiers |
942 | /// from non-class types (in C++) or all types (in C). |
943 | QualType getNonLValueExprType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
944 | |
945 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from |
946 | /// the type. This takes off typedefs, typeof's etc. If the outer level of |
947 | /// the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. This is similar |
948 | /// to getting the canonical type, but it doesn't remove *all* typedefs. For |
949 | /// example, it returns "T*" as "T*", (not as "int*"), because the pointer is |
950 | /// concrete. |
951 | /// |
952 | /// Qualifiers are left in place. |
953 | QualType getDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
954 | return getDesugaredType(*this, Context); |
955 | } |
956 | |
957 | SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType() const { |
958 | return getSplitDesugaredType(*this); |
959 | } |
960 | |
961 | /// Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from |
962 | /// the type. |
963 | /// |
964 | /// This routine takes off the first typedef, typeof, etc. If the outer level |
965 | /// of the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. |
966 | QualType getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
967 | return getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(*this, Context); |
968 | } |
969 | |
970 | /// Returns the specified type after dropping any |
971 | /// outer-level parentheses. |
972 | QualType IgnoreParens() const { |
973 | if (isa<ParenType>(*this)) |
974 | return QualType::IgnoreParens(*this); |
975 | return *this; |
976 | } |
977 | |
978 | /// Indicate whether the specified types and qualifiers are identical. |
979 | friend bool operator==(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
980 | return LHS.Value == RHS.Value; |
981 | } |
982 | friend bool operator!=(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
983 | return LHS.Value != RHS.Value; |
984 | } |
985 | friend bool operator<(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
986 | return LHS.Value < RHS.Value; |
987 | } |
988 | |
989 | static std::string getAsString(SplitQualType split, |
990 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { |
991 | return getAsString(split.Ty, split.Quals, Policy); |
992 | } |
993 | static std::string getAsString(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
994 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
995 | |
996 | std::string getAsString() const; |
997 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
998 | |
999 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1000 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), |
1001 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const; |
1002 | |
1003 | static void print(SplitQualType split, raw_ostream &OS, |
1004 | const PrintingPolicy &policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder, |
1005 | unsigned Indentation = 0) { |
1006 | return print(split.Ty, split.Quals, OS, policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); |
1007 | } |
1008 | |
1009 | static void print(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1010 | raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &policy, |
1011 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, |
1012 | unsigned Indentation = 0); |
1013 | |
1014 | void getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str, |
1015 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
1016 | |
1017 | static void getAsStringInternal(SplitQualType split, std::string &out, |
1018 | const PrintingPolicy &policy) { |
1019 | return getAsStringInternal(split.Ty, split.Quals, out, policy); |
1020 | } |
1021 | |
1022 | static void getAsStringInternal(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1023 | std::string &out, |
1024 | const PrintingPolicy &policy); |
1025 | |
1026 | class StreamedQualTypeHelper { |
1027 | const QualType &T; |
1028 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy; |
1029 | const Twine &PlaceHolder; |
1030 | unsigned Indentation; |
1031 | |
1032 | public: |
1033 | StreamedQualTypeHelper(const QualType &T, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1034 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, unsigned Indentation) |
1035 | : T(T), Policy(Policy), PlaceHolder(PlaceHolder), |
1036 | Indentation(Indentation) {} |
1037 | |
1038 | friend raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, |
1039 | const StreamedQualTypeHelper &SQT) { |
1040 | SQT.T.print(OS, SQT.Policy, SQT.PlaceHolder, SQT.Indentation); |
1041 | return OS; |
1042 | } |
1043 | }; |
1044 | |
1045 | StreamedQualTypeHelper stream(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1046 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), |
1047 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const { |
1048 | return StreamedQualTypeHelper(*this, Policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); |
1049 | } |
1050 | |
1051 | void dump(const char *s) const; |
1052 | void dump() const; |
1053 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const; |
1054 | |
1055 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
1056 | ID.AddPointer(getAsOpaquePtr()); |
1057 | } |
1058 | |
1059 | /// Check if this type has any address space qualifier. |
1060 | inline bool hasAddressSpace() const; |
1061 | |
1062 | /// Return the address space of this type. |
1063 | inline LangAS getAddressSpace() const; |
1064 | |
1065 | /// Returns gc attribute of this type. |
1066 | inline Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const; |
1067 | |
1068 | /// true when Type is objc's weak. |
1069 | bool isObjCGCWeak() const { |
1070 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Weak; |
1071 | } |
1072 | |
1073 | /// true when Type is objc's strong. |
1074 | bool isObjCGCStrong() const { |
1075 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Strong; |
1076 | } |
1077 | |
1078 | /// Returns lifetime attribute of this type. |
1079 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
1080 | return getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime(); |
1081 | } |
1082 | |
1083 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { |
1084 | return getQualifiers().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime(); |
1085 | } |
1086 | |
1087 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { |
1088 | return getQualifiers().hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime(); |
1089 | } |
1090 | |
1091 | // true when Type is objc's weak and weak is enabled but ARC isn't. |
1092 | bool isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
1093 | |
1094 | enum PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind { |
1095 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that |
1096 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a |
1097 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. |
1098 | PDIK_Trivial, |
1099 | |
1100 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1101 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. |
1102 | PDIK_ARCStrong, |
1103 | |
1104 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1105 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. |
1106 | PDIK_ARCWeak, |
1107 | |
1108 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is not PCK_Trivial. |
1109 | PDIK_Struct |
1110 | }; |
1111 | |
1112 | /// Functions to query basic properties of non-trivial C struct types. |
1113 | |
1114 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1115 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to default initialize |
1116 | /// and return the kind. |
1117 | PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind |
1118 | isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize() const; |
1119 | |
1120 | enum PrimitiveCopyKind { |
1121 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that |
1122 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a |
1123 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. |
1124 | PCK_Trivial, |
1125 | |
1126 | /// The type would be trivial except that it is volatile-qualified. Types |
1127 | /// that fall into one of the other non-trivial cases may additionally be |
1128 | /// volatile-qualified. |
1129 | PCK_VolatileTrivial, |
1130 | |
1131 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1132 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. |
1133 | PCK_ARCStrong, |
1134 | |
1135 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1136 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. |
1137 | PCK_ARCWeak, |
1138 | |
1139 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is neither |
1140 | /// PCK_Trivial nor PCK_VolatileTrivial. |
1141 | /// Note that a C++ struct type does not necessarily match this; C++ copying |
1142 | /// semantics are too complex to express here, in part because they depend |
1143 | /// on the exact constructor or assignment operator that is chosen by |
1144 | /// overload resolution to do the copy. |
1145 | PCK_Struct |
1146 | }; |
1147 | |
1148 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1149 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to copy and return the |
1150 | /// kind. |
1151 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy() const; |
1152 | |
1153 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1154 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to destructively |
1155 | /// move and return the kind. Destructive move in this context is a C++-style |
1156 | /// move in which the source object is placed in a valid but unspecified state |
1157 | /// after it is moved, as opposed to a truly destructive move in which the |
1158 | /// source object is placed in an uninitialized state. |
1159 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructiveMove() const; |
1160 | |
1161 | enum DestructionKind { |
1162 | DK_none, |
1163 | DK_cxx_destructor, |
1164 | DK_objc_strong_lifetime, |
1165 | DK_objc_weak_lifetime, |
1166 | DK_nontrivial_c_struct |
1167 | }; |
1168 | |
1169 | /// Returns a nonzero value if objects of this type require |
1170 | /// non-trivial work to clean up after. Non-zero because it's |
1171 | /// conceivable that qualifiers (objc_gc(weak)?) could make |
1172 | /// something require destruction. |
1173 | DestructionKind isDestructedType() const { |
1174 | return isDestructedTypeImpl(*this); |
1175 | } |
1176 | |
1177 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to |
1178 | /// default-initialize, which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial |
1179 | /// to default-initialize. If this returns true, |
1180 | /// isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize returns PDIK_Struct. |
1181 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const; |
1182 | |
1183 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to destruct, |
1184 | /// which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to destruct. If |
1185 | /// this returns true, isDestructedType returns DK_nontrivial_c_struct. |
1186 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const; |
1187 | |
1188 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to copy, which |
1189 | /// is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to copy. If this returns |
1190 | /// true, isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy returns PCK_Struct. |
1191 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const; |
1192 | |
1193 | /// Determine whether expressions of the given type are forbidden |
1194 | /// from being lvalues in C. |
1195 | /// |
1196 | /// The expression types that are forbidden to be lvalues are: |
1197 | /// - 'void', but not qualified void |
1198 | /// - function types |
1199 | /// |
1200 | /// The exact rule here is C99 6.3.2.1: |
1201 | /// An lvalue is an expression with an object type or an incomplete |
1202 | /// type other than void. |
1203 | bool isCForbiddenLValueType() const; |
1204 | |
1205 | /// Substitute type arguments for the Objective-C type parameters used in the |
1206 | /// subject type. |
1207 | /// |
1208 | /// \param ctx ASTContext in which the type exists. |
1209 | /// |
1210 | /// \param typeArgs The type arguments that will be substituted for the |
1211 | /// Objective-C type parameters in the subject type, which are generally |
1212 | /// computed via \c Type::getObjCSubstitutions. If empty, the type |
1213 | /// parameters will be replaced with their bounds or id/Class, as appropriate |
1214 | /// for the context. |
1215 | /// |
1216 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. |
1217 | /// |
1218 | /// \returns the resulting type. |
1219 | QualType substObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx, |
1220 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
1221 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; |
1222 | |
1223 | /// Substitute type arguments from an object type for the Objective-C type |
1224 | /// parameters used in the subject type. |
1225 | /// |
1226 | /// This operation combines the computation of type arguments for |
1227 | /// substitution (\c Type::getObjCSubstitutions) with the actual process of |
1228 | /// substitution (\c QualType::substObjCTypeArgs) for the convenience of |
1229 | /// callers that need to perform a single substitution in isolation. |
1230 | /// |
1231 | /// \param objectType The type of the object whose member type we're |
1232 | /// substituting into. For example, this might be the receiver of a message |
1233 | /// or the base of a property access. |
1234 | /// |
1235 | /// \param dc The declaration context from which the subject type was |
1236 | /// retrieved, which indicates (for example) which type parameters should |
1237 | /// be substituted. |
1238 | /// |
1239 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. |
1240 | /// |
1241 | /// \returns the subject type after replacing all of the Objective-C type |
1242 | /// parameters with their corresponding arguments. |
1243 | QualType substObjCMemberType(QualType objectType, |
1244 | const DeclContext *dc, |
1245 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; |
1246 | |
1247 | /// Strip Objective-C "__kindof" types from the given type. |
1248 | QualType stripObjCKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
1249 | |
1250 | /// Remove all qualifiers including _Atomic. |
1251 | QualType getAtomicUnqualifiedType() const; |
1252 | |
1253 | private: |
1254 | // These methods are implemented in a separate translation unit; |
1255 | // "static"-ize them to avoid creating temporary QualTypes in the |
1256 | // caller. |
1257 | static bool isConstant(QualType T, const ASTContext& Ctx); |
1258 | static QualType getDesugaredType(QualType T, const ASTContext &Context); |
1259 | static SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType(QualType T); |
1260 | static SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(QualType type); |
1261 | static QualType getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(QualType type, |
1262 | const ASTContext &C); |
1263 | static QualType IgnoreParens(QualType T); |
1264 | static DestructionKind isDestructedTypeImpl(QualType type); |
1265 | |
1266 | /// Check if \param RD is or contains a non-trivial C union. |
1267 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1268 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1269 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1270 | }; |
1271 | |
1272 | } // namespace clang |
1273 | |
1274 | namespace llvm { |
1275 | |
1276 | /// Implement simplify_type for QualType, so that we can dyn_cast from QualType |
1277 | /// to a specific Type class. |
1278 | template<> struct simplify_type< ::clang::QualType> { |
1279 | using SimpleType = const ::clang::Type *; |
1280 | |
1281 | static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(::clang::QualType Val) { |
1282 | return Val.getTypePtr(); |
1283 | } |
1284 | }; |
1285 | |
1286 | // Teach SmallPtrSet that QualType is "basically a pointer". |
1287 | template<> |
1288 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::QualType> { |
1289 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::QualType P) { |
1290 | return P.getAsOpaquePtr(); |
1291 | } |
1292 | |
1293 | static inline clang::QualType getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
1294 | return clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(P); |
1295 | } |
1296 | |
1297 | // Various qualifiers go in low bits. |
1298 | enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = 0 }; |
1299 | }; |
1300 | |
1301 | } // namespace llvm |
1302 | |
1303 | namespace clang { |
1304 | |
1305 | /// Base class that is common to both the \c ExtQuals and \c Type |
1306 | /// classes, which allows \c QualType to access the common fields between the |
1307 | /// two. |
1308 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { |
1309 | friend class ExtQuals; |
1310 | friend class QualType; |
1311 | friend class Type; |
1312 | |
1313 | /// The "base" type of an extended qualifiers type (\c ExtQuals) or |
1314 | /// a self-referential pointer (for \c Type). |
1315 | /// |
1316 | /// This pointer allows an efficient mapping from a QualType to its |
1317 | /// underlying type pointer. |
1318 | const Type *const BaseType; |
1319 | |
1320 | /// The canonical type of this type. A QualType. |
1321 | QualType CanonicalType; |
1322 | |
1323 | ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(const Type *baseType, QualType canon) |
1324 | : BaseType(baseType), CanonicalType(canon) {} |
1325 | }; |
1326 | |
1327 | /// We can encode up to four bits in the low bits of a |
1328 | /// type pointer, but there are many more type qualifiers that we want |
1329 | /// to be able to apply to an arbitrary type. Therefore we have this |
1330 | /// struct, intended to be heap-allocated and used by QualType to |
1331 | /// store qualifiers. |
1332 | /// |
1333 | /// The current design tags the 'const', 'restrict', and 'volatile' qualifiers |
1334 | /// in three low bits on the QualType pointer; a fourth bit records whether |
1335 | /// the pointer is an ExtQuals node. The extended qualifiers (address spaces, |
1336 | /// Objective-C GC attributes) are much more rare. |
1337 | class ExtQuals : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
1338 | // NOTE: changing the fast qualifiers should be straightforward as |
1339 | // long as you don't make 'const' non-fast. |
1340 | // 1. Qualifiers: |
1341 | // a) Modify the bitmasks (Qualifiers::TQ and DeclSpec::TQ). |
1342 | // Fast qualifiers must occupy the low-order bits. |
1343 | // b) Update Qualifiers::FastWidth and FastMask. |
1344 | // 2. QualType: |
1345 | // a) Update is{Volatile,Restrict}Qualified(), defined inline. |
1346 | // b) Update remove{Volatile,Restrict}, defined near the end of |
1347 | // this header. |
1348 | // 3. ASTContext: |
1349 | // a) Update get{Volatile,Restrict}Type. |
1350 | |
1351 | /// The immutable set of qualifiers applied by this node. Always contains |
1352 | /// extended qualifiers. |
1353 | Qualifiers Quals; |
1354 | |
1355 | ExtQuals *this_() { return this; } |
1356 | |
1357 | public: |
1358 | ExtQuals(const Type *baseType, QualType canon, Qualifiers quals) |
1359 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(baseType, |
1360 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon), |
1361 | Quals(quals) { |
1362 | assert(Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers()((Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1363, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1363 | && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers")((Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1363, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1364 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers()((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1365, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1365 | && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers")((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1365, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1366 | } |
1367 | |
1368 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const { return Quals; } |
1369 | |
1370 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.hasObjCGCAttr(); } |
1371 | Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.getObjCGCAttr(); } |
1372 | |
1373 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Quals.hasObjCLifetime(); } |
1374 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
1375 | return Quals.getObjCLifetime(); |
1376 | } |
1377 | |
1378 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Quals.hasAddressSpace(); } |
1379 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { return Quals.getAddressSpace(); } |
1380 | |
1381 | const Type *getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
1382 | |
1383 | public: |
1384 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
1385 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), Quals); |
1386 | } |
1387 | |
1388 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
1389 | const Type *BaseType, |
1390 | Qualifiers Quals) { |
1391 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!")((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1391, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1392 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType); |
1393 | Quals.Profile(ID); |
1394 | } |
1395 | }; |
1396 | |
1397 | /// The kind of C++11 ref-qualifier associated with a function type. |
1398 | /// This determines whether a member function's "this" object can be an |
1399 | /// lvalue, rvalue, or neither. |
1400 | enum RefQualifierKind { |
1401 | /// No ref-qualifier was provided. |
1402 | RQ_None = 0, |
1403 | |
1404 | /// An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &). |
1405 | RQ_LValue, |
1406 | |
1407 | /// An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&). |
1408 | RQ_RValue |
1409 | }; |
1410 | |
1411 | /// Which keyword(s) were used to create an AutoType. |
1412 | enum class AutoTypeKeyword { |
1413 | /// auto |
1414 | Auto, |
1415 | |
1416 | /// decltype(auto) |
1417 | DecltypeAuto, |
1418 | |
1419 | /// __auto_type (GNU extension) |
1420 | GNUAutoType |
1421 | }; |
1422 | |
1423 | /// The base class of the type hierarchy. |
1424 | /// |
1425 | /// A central concept with types is that each type always has a canonical |
1426 | /// type. A canonical type is the type with any typedef names stripped out |
1427 | /// of it or the types it references. For example, consider: |
1428 | /// |
1429 | /// typedef int foo; |
1430 | /// typedef foo* bar; |
1431 | /// 'int *' 'foo *' 'bar' |
1432 | /// |
1433 | /// There will be a Type object created for 'int'. Since int is canonical, its |
1434 | /// CanonicalType pointer points to itself. There is also a Type for 'foo' (a |
1435 | /// TypedefType). Its CanonicalType pointer points to the 'int' Type. Next |
1436 | /// there is a PointerType that represents 'int*', which, like 'int', is |
1437 | /// canonical. Finally, there is a PointerType type for 'foo*' whose canonical |
1438 | /// type is 'int*', and there is a TypedefType for 'bar', whose canonical type |
1439 | /// is also 'int*'. |
1440 | /// |
1441 | /// Non-canonical types are useful for emitting diagnostics, without losing |
1442 | /// information about typedefs being used. Canonical types are useful for type |
1443 | /// comparisons (they allow by-pointer equality tests) and useful for reasoning |
1444 | /// about whether something has a particular form (e.g. is a function type), |
1445 | /// because they implicitly, recursively, strip all typedefs out of a type. |
1446 | /// |
1447 | /// Types, once created, are immutable. |
1448 | /// |
1449 | class alignas(8) Type : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { |
1450 | public: |
1451 | enum TypeClass { |
1452 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) Class, |
1453 | #define LAST_TYPE(Class) TypeLast = Class |
1454 | #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) |
1455 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
1456 | }; |
1457 | |
1458 | private: |
1459 | /// Bitfields required by the Type class. |
1460 | class TypeBitfields { |
1461 | friend class Type; |
1462 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; |
1463 | |
1464 | /// TypeClass bitfield - Enum that specifies what subclass this belongs to. |
1465 | unsigned TC : 8; |
1466 | |
1467 | /// Whether this type is a dependent type (C++ [temp.dep.type]). |
1468 | unsigned Dependent : 1; |
1469 | |
1470 | /// Whether this type somehow involves a template parameter, even |
1471 | /// if the resolution of the type does not depend on a template parameter. |
1472 | unsigned InstantiationDependent : 1; |
1473 | |
1474 | /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5). |
1475 | unsigned VariablyModified : 1; |
1476 | |
1477 | /// Whether this type contains an unexpanded parameter pack |
1478 | /// (for C++11 variadic templates). |
1479 | unsigned ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack : 1; |
1480 | |
1481 | /// True if the cache (i.e. the bitfields here starting with |
1482 | /// 'Cache') is valid. |
1483 | mutable unsigned CacheValid : 1; |
1484 | |
1485 | /// Linkage of this type. |
1486 | mutable unsigned CachedLinkage : 3; |
1487 | |
1488 | /// Whether this type involves and local or unnamed types. |
1489 | mutable unsigned CachedLocalOrUnnamed : 1; |
1490 | |
1491 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1492 | mutable unsigned FromAST : 1; |
1493 | |
1494 | bool isCacheValid() const { |
1495 | return CacheValid; |
1496 | } |
1497 | |
1498 | Linkage getLinkage() const { |
1499 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1499, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1500 | return static_cast<Linkage>(CachedLinkage); |
1501 | } |
1502 | |
1503 | bool hasLocalOrUnnamedType() const { |
1504 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1504, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1505 | return CachedLocalOrUnnamed; |
1506 | } |
1507 | }; |
1508 | enum { NumTypeBits = 18 }; |
1509 | |
1510 | protected: |
1511 | // These classes allow subclasses to somewhat cleanly pack bitfields |
1512 | // into Type. |
1513 | |
1514 | class ArrayTypeBitfields { |
1515 | friend class ArrayType; |
1516 | |
1517 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1518 | |
1519 | /// CVR qualifiers from declarations like |
1520 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. |
1521 | unsigned IndexTypeQuals : 3; |
1522 | |
1523 | /// Storage class qualifiers from declarations like |
1524 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. |
1525 | /// Actually an ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier. |
1526 | unsigned SizeModifier : 3; |
1527 | }; |
1528 | |
1529 | class ConstantArrayTypeBitfields { |
1530 | friend class ConstantArrayType; |
1531 | |
1532 | unsigned : NumTypeBits + 3 + 3; |
1533 | |
1534 | /// Whether we have a stored size expression. |
1535 | unsigned HasStoredSizeExpr : 1; |
1536 | }; |
1537 | |
1538 | class BuiltinTypeBitfields { |
1539 | friend class BuiltinType; |
1540 | |
1541 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1542 | |
1543 | /// The kind (BuiltinType::Kind) of builtin type this is. |
1544 | unsigned Kind : 8; |
1545 | }; |
1546 | |
1547 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields store various bits belonging to FunctionProtoType. |
1548 | /// Only common bits are stored here. Additional uncommon bits are stored |
1549 | /// in a trailing object after FunctionProtoType. |
1550 | class FunctionTypeBitfields { |
1551 | friend class FunctionProtoType; |
1552 | friend class FunctionType; |
1553 | |
1554 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1555 | |
1556 | /// Extra information which affects how the function is called, like |
1557 | /// regparm and the calling convention. |
1558 | unsigned ExtInfo : 12; |
1559 | |
1560 | /// The ref-qualifier associated with a \c FunctionProtoType. |
1561 | /// |
1562 | /// This is a value of type \c RefQualifierKind. |
1563 | unsigned RefQualifier : 2; |
1564 | |
1565 | /// Used only by FunctionProtoType, put here to pack with the |
1566 | /// other bitfields. |
1567 | /// The qualifiers are part of FunctionProtoType because... |
1568 | /// |
1569 | /// C++ 8.3.5p4: The return type, the parameter type list and the |
1570 | /// cv-qualifier-seq, [...], are part of the function type. |
1571 | unsigned FastTypeQuals : Qualifiers::FastWidth; |
1572 | /// Whether this function has extended Qualifiers. |
1573 | unsigned HasExtQuals : 1; |
1574 | |
1575 | /// The number of parameters this function has, not counting '...'. |
1576 | /// According to [implimits] 8 bits should be enough here but this is |
1577 | /// somewhat easy to exceed with metaprogramming and so we would like to |
1578 | /// keep NumParams as wide as reasonably possible. |
1579 | unsigned NumParams : 16; |
1580 | |
1581 | /// The type of exception specification this function has. |
1582 | unsigned ExceptionSpecType : 4; |
1583 | |
1584 | /// Whether this function has extended parameter information. |
1585 | unsigned HasExtParameterInfos : 1; |
1586 | |
1587 | /// Whether the function is variadic. |
1588 | unsigned Variadic : 1; |
1589 | |
1590 | /// Whether this function has a trailing return type. |
1591 | unsigned HasTrailingReturn : 1; |
1592 | }; |
1593 | |
1594 | class ObjCObjectTypeBitfields { |
1595 | friend class ObjCObjectType; |
1596 | |
1597 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1598 | |
1599 | /// The number of type arguments stored directly on this object type. |
1600 | unsigned NumTypeArgs : 7; |
1601 | |
1602 | /// The number of protocols stored directly on this object type. |
1603 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; |
1604 | |
1605 | /// Whether this is a "kindof" type. |
1606 | unsigned IsKindOf : 1; |
1607 | }; |
1608 | |
1609 | class ReferenceTypeBitfields { |
1610 | friend class ReferenceType; |
1611 | |
1612 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1613 | |
1614 | /// True if the type was originally spelled with an lvalue sigil. |
1615 | /// This is never true of rvalue references but can also be false |
1616 | /// on lvalue references because of C++0x [dcl.typedef]p9, |
1617 | /// as follows: |
1618 | /// |
1619 | /// typedef int &ref; // lvalue, spelled lvalue |
1620 | /// typedef int &&rvref; // rvalue |
1621 | /// ref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue |
1622 | /// ref &&a; // lvalue, inner ref |
1623 | /// rvref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue |
1624 | /// rvref &&a; // rvalue, inner ref |
1625 | unsigned SpelledAsLValue : 1; |
1626 | |
1627 | /// True if the inner type is a reference type. This only happens |
1628 | /// in non-canonical forms. |
1629 | unsigned InnerRef : 1; |
1630 | }; |
1631 | |
1632 | class TypeWithKeywordBitfields { |
1633 | friend class TypeWithKeyword; |
1634 | |
1635 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1636 | |
1637 | /// An ElaboratedTypeKeyword. 8 bits for efficient access. |
1638 | unsigned Keyword : 8; |
1639 | }; |
1640 | |
1641 | enum { NumTypeWithKeywordBits = 8 }; |
1642 | |
1643 | class ElaboratedTypeBitfields { |
1644 | friend class ElaboratedType; |
1645 | |
1646 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1647 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; |
1648 | |
1649 | /// Whether the ElaboratedType has a trailing OwnedTagDecl. |
1650 | unsigned HasOwnedTagDecl : 1; |
1651 | }; |
1652 | |
1653 | class VectorTypeBitfields { |
1654 | friend class VectorType; |
1655 | friend class DependentVectorType; |
1656 | |
1657 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1658 | |
1659 | /// The kind of vector, either a generic vector type or some |
1660 | /// target-specific vector type such as for AltiVec or Neon. |
1661 | unsigned VecKind : 3; |
1662 | |
1663 | /// The number of elements in the vector. |
1664 | unsigned NumElements : 29 - NumTypeBits; |
1665 | |
1666 | enum { MaxNumElements = (1 << (29 - NumTypeBits)) - 1 }; |
1667 | }; |
1668 | |
1669 | class AttributedTypeBitfields { |
1670 | friend class AttributedType; |
1671 | |
1672 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1673 | |
1674 | /// An AttributedType::Kind |
1675 | unsigned AttrKind : 32 - NumTypeBits; |
1676 | }; |
1677 | |
1678 | class AutoTypeBitfields { |
1679 | friend class AutoType; |
1680 | |
1681 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1682 | |
1683 | /// Was this placeholder type spelled as 'auto', 'decltype(auto)', |
1684 | /// or '__auto_type'? AutoTypeKeyword value. |
1685 | unsigned Keyword : 2; |
1686 | }; |
1687 | |
1688 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields { |
1689 | friend class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType; |
1690 | |
1691 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1692 | |
1693 | /// The number of template arguments in \c Arguments, which is |
1694 | /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. |
1695 | /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template |
1696 | /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible. |
1697 | /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type |
1698 | /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to |
1699 | /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1700 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1701 | }; |
1702 | |
1703 | class TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { |
1704 | friend class TemplateSpecializationType; |
1705 | |
1706 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1707 | |
1708 | /// Whether this template specialization type is a substituted type alias. |
1709 | unsigned TypeAlias : 1; |
1710 | |
1711 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template |
1712 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 |
1713 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to |
1714 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large |
1715 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since |
1716 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason |
1717 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1718 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1719 | }; |
1720 | |
1721 | class DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { |
1722 | friend class DependentTemplateSpecializationType; |
1723 | |
1724 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1725 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; |
1726 | |
1727 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template |
1728 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 |
1729 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to |
1730 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large |
1731 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since |
1732 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason |
1733 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1734 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1735 | }; |
1736 | |
1737 | class PackExpansionTypeBitfields { |
1738 | friend class PackExpansionType; |
1739 | |
1740 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1741 | |
1742 | /// The number of expansions that this pack expansion will |
1743 | /// generate when substituted (+1), which is expected to be able to |
1744 | /// hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. However, as this limit |
1745 | /// is somewhat easy to hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to |
1746 | /// keep it as large as possible. At the moment it has been left as a |
1747 | /// non-bitfield since this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so |
1748 | /// there is no reason to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1749 | /// |
1750 | /// This field will only have a non-zero value when some of the parameter |
1751 | /// packs that occur within the pattern have been substituted but others |
1752 | /// have not. |
1753 | unsigned NumExpansions; |
1754 | }; |
1755 | |
1756 | union { |
1757 | TypeBitfields TypeBits; |
1758 | ArrayTypeBitfields ArrayTypeBits; |
1759 | ConstantArrayTypeBitfields ConstantArrayTypeBits; |
1760 | AttributedTypeBitfields AttributedTypeBits; |
1761 | AutoTypeBitfields AutoTypeBits; |
1762 | BuiltinTypeBitfields BuiltinTypeBits; |
1763 | FunctionTypeBitfields FunctionTypeBits; |
1764 | ObjCObjectTypeBitfields ObjCObjectTypeBits; |
1765 | ReferenceTypeBitfields ReferenceTypeBits; |
1766 | TypeWithKeywordBitfields TypeWithKeywordBits; |
1767 | ElaboratedTypeBitfields ElaboratedTypeBits; |
1768 | VectorTypeBitfields VectorTypeBits; |
1769 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits; |
1770 | TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields TemplateSpecializationTypeBits; |
1771 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields |
1772 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits; |
1773 | PackExpansionTypeBitfields PackExpansionTypeBits; |
1774 | |
1775 | static_assert(sizeof(TypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1776 | "TypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1777 | static_assert(sizeof(ArrayTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1778 | "ArrayTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1779 | static_assert(sizeof(AttributedTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1780 | "AttributedTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1781 | static_assert(sizeof(AutoTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1782 | "AutoTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1783 | static_assert(sizeof(BuiltinTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1784 | "BuiltinTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1785 | static_assert(sizeof(FunctionTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1786 | "FunctionTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1787 | static_assert(sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1788 | "ObjCObjectTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1789 | static_assert(sizeof(ReferenceTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1790 | "ReferenceTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1791 | static_assert(sizeof(TypeWithKeywordBitfields) <= 8, |
1792 | "TypeWithKeywordBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1793 | static_assert(sizeof(ElaboratedTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1794 | "ElaboratedTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1795 | static_assert(sizeof(VectorTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1796 | "VectorTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1797 | static_assert(sizeof(SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1798 | "SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields is larger" |
1799 | " than 8 bytes!"); |
1800 | static_assert(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1801 | "TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields is larger" |
1802 | " than 8 bytes!"); |
1803 | static_assert(sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1804 | "DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields is larger" |
1805 | " than 8 bytes!"); |
1806 | static_assert(sizeof(PackExpansionTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1807 | "PackExpansionTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes"); |
1808 | }; |
1809 | |
1810 | private: |
1811 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; |
1812 | |
1813 | /// Set whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1814 | void setFromAST(bool V = true) const { |
1815 | TypeBits.FromAST = V; |
1816 | } |
1817 | |
1818 | protected: |
1819 | friend class ASTContext; |
1820 | |
1821 | Type(TypeClass tc, QualType canon, bool Dependent, |
1822 | bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified, |
1823 | bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) |
1824 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(this, |
1825 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon) { |
1826 | TypeBits.TC = tc; |
1827 | TypeBits.Dependent = Dependent; |
1828 | TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = Dependent || InstantiationDependent; |
1829 | TypeBits.VariablyModified = VariablyModified; |
1830 | TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack; |
1831 | TypeBits.CacheValid = false; |
1832 | TypeBits.CachedLocalOrUnnamed = false; |
1833 | TypeBits.CachedLinkage = NoLinkage; |
1834 | TypeBits.FromAST = false; |
1835 | } |
1836 | |
1837 | // silence VC++ warning C4355: 'this' : used in base member initializer list |
1838 | Type *this_() { return this; } |
1839 | |
1840 | void setDependent(bool D = true) { |
1841 | TypeBits.Dependent = D; |
1842 | if (D) |
1843 | TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = true; |
1844 | } |
1845 | |
1846 | void setInstantiationDependent(bool D = true) { |
1847 | TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = D; } |
1848 | |
1849 | void setVariablyModified(bool VM = true) { TypeBits.VariablyModified = VM; } |
1850 | |
1851 | void setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack(bool PP = true) { |
1852 | TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = PP; |
1853 | } |
1854 | |
1855 | public: |
1856 | friend class ASTReader; |
1857 | friend class ASTWriter; |
1858 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
1859 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeWriter; |
1860 | |
1861 | Type(const Type &) = delete; |
1862 | Type(Type &&) = delete; |
1863 | Type &operator=(const Type &) = delete; |
1864 | Type &operator=(Type &&) = delete; |
1865 | |
1866 | TypeClass getTypeClass() const { return static_cast<TypeClass>(TypeBits.TC); } |
1867 | |
1868 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1869 | bool isFromAST() const { return TypeBits.FromAST; } |
1870 | |
1871 | /// Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter |
1872 | /// pack, used to support C++0x variadic templates. |
1873 | /// |
1874 | /// A type that contains a parameter pack shall be expanded by the |
1875 | /// ellipsis operator at some point. For example, the typedef in the |
1876 | /// following example contains an unexpanded parameter pack 'T': |
1877 | /// |
1878 | /// \code |
1879 | /// template<typename ...T> |
1880 | /// struct X { |
1881 | /// typedef T* pointer_types; // ill-formed; T is a parameter pack. |
1882 | /// }; |
1883 | /// \endcode |
1884 | /// |
1885 | /// Note that this routine does not specify which |
1886 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const { |
1887 | return TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack; |
1888 | } |
1889 | |
1890 | /// Determines if this type would be canonical if it had no further |
1891 | /// qualification. |
1892 | bool isCanonicalUnqualified() const { |
1893 | return CanonicalType == QualType(this, 0); |
1894 | } |
1895 | |
1896 | /// Pull a single level of sugar off of this locally-unqualified type. |
1897 | /// Users should generally prefer SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() |
1898 | /// or QualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext&). |
1899 | QualType getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType() const; |
1900 | |
1901 | /// Types are partitioned into 3 broad categories (C99 6.2.5p1): |
1902 | /// object types, function types, and incomplete types. |
1903 | |
1904 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete type. |
1905 | /// A type that can describe objects, but which lacks information needed to |
1906 | /// determine its size (e.g. void, or a fwd declared struct). Clients of this |
1907 | /// routine will need to determine if the size is actually required. |
1908 | /// |
1909 | /// Def If non-null, and the type refers to some kind of declaration |
1910 | /// that can be completed (such as a C struct, C++ class, or Objective-C |
1911 | /// class), will be set to the declaration. |
1912 | bool isIncompleteType(NamedDecl **Def = nullptr) const; |
1913 | |
1914 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete or object |
1915 | /// type, in other words, not a function type. |
1916 | bool isIncompleteOrObjectType() const { |
1917 | return !isFunctionType(); |
1918 | } |
1919 | |
1920 | /// Determine whether this type is an object type. |
1921 | bool isObjectType() const { |
1922 | // C++ [basic.types]p8: |
1923 | // An object type is a (possibly cv-qualified) type that is not a |
1924 | // function type, not a reference type, and not a void type. |
1925 | return !isReferenceType() && !isFunctionType() && !isVoidType(); |
1926 | } |
1927 | |
1928 | /// Return true if this is a literal type |
1929 | /// (C++11 [basic.types]p10) |
1930 | bool isLiteralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1931 | |
1932 | /// Test if this type is a standard-layout type. |
1933 | /// (C++0x [basic.type]p9) |
1934 | bool isStandardLayoutType() const; |
1935 | |
1936 | /// Helper methods to distinguish type categories. All type predicates |
1937 | /// operate on the canonical type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. |
1938 | |
1939 | /// Returns true if the type is a builtin type. |
1940 | bool isBuiltinType() const; |
1941 | |
1942 | /// Test for a particular builtin type. |
1943 | bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const; |
1944 | |
1945 | /// Test for a type which does not represent an actual type-system type but |
1946 | /// is instead used as a placeholder for various convenient purposes within |
1947 | /// Clang. All such types are BuiltinTypes. |
1948 | bool isPlaceholderType() const; |
1949 | const BuiltinType *getAsPlaceholderType() const; |
1950 | |
1951 | /// Test for a specific placeholder type. |
1952 | bool isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const; |
1953 | |
1954 | /// Test for a placeholder type other than Overload; see |
1955 | /// BuiltinType::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType. |
1956 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const; |
1957 | |
1958 | /// isIntegerType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). |
1959 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. |
1960 | bool isIntegerType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (int, char, bool, enum) |
1961 | bool isEnumeralType() const; |
1962 | |
1963 | /// Determine whether this type is a scoped enumeration type. |
1964 | bool isScopedEnumeralType() const; |
1965 | bool isBooleanType() const; |
1966 | bool isCharType() const; |
1967 | bool isWideCharType() const; |
1968 | bool isChar8Type() const; |
1969 | bool isChar16Type() const; |
1970 | bool isChar32Type() const; |
1971 | bool isAnyCharacterType() const; |
1972 | bool isIntegralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1973 | |
1974 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type. |
1975 | bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const; |
1976 | |
1977 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or unscoped enumeration type. |
1978 | bool isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() const; |
1979 | bool isUnscopedEnumerationType() const; |
1980 | |
1981 | /// Floating point categories. |
1982 | bool isRealFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p10 (float, double, long double) |
1983 | /// isComplexType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). |
1984 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. |
1985 | bool isComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) |
1986 | bool isAnyComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) + Complex Int. |
1987 | bool isFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (real floating + complex) |
1988 | bool isHalfType() const; // OpenCL 6.1.1.1, NEON (IEEE 754-2008 half) |
1989 | bool isFloat16Type() const; // C11 extension ISO/IEC TS 18661 |
1990 | bool isFloat128Type() const; |
1991 | bool isRealType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (real floating + integer) |
1992 | bool isArithmeticType() const; // C99 6.2.5p18 (integer + floating) |
1993 | bool isVoidType() const; // C99 6.2.5p19 |
1994 | bool isScalarType() const; // C99 6.2.5p21 (arithmetic + pointers) |
1995 | bool isAggregateType() const; |
1996 | bool isFundamentalType() const; |
1997 | bool isCompoundType() const; |
1998 | |
1999 | // Type Predicates: Check to see if this type is structurally the specified |
2000 | // type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. |
2001 | bool isFunctionType() const; |
2002 | bool isFunctionNoProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>(); } |
2003 | bool isFunctionProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); } |
2004 | bool isPointerType() const; |
2005 | bool isAnyPointerType() const; // Any C pointer or ObjC object pointer |
2006 | bool isBlockPointerType() const; |
2007 | bool isVoidPointerType() const; |
2008 | bool isReferenceType() const; |
2009 | bool isLValueReferenceType() const; |
2010 | bool isRValueReferenceType() const; |
2011 | bool isObjectPointerType() const; |
2012 | bool isFunctionPointerType() const; |
2013 | bool isFunctionReferenceType() const; |
2014 | bool isMemberPointerType() const; |
2015 | bool isMemberFunctionPointerType() const; |
2016 | bool isMemberDataPointerType() const; |
2017 | bool isArrayType() const; |
2018 | bool isConstantArrayType() const; |
2019 | bool isIncompleteArrayType() const; |
2020 | bool isVariableArrayType() const; |
2021 | bool isDependentSizedArrayType() const; |
2022 | bool isRecordType() const; |
2023 | bool isClassType() const; |
2024 | bool isStructureType() const; |
2025 | bool isObjCBoxableRecordType() const; |
2026 | bool isInterfaceType() const; |
2027 | bool isStructureOrClassType() const; |
2028 | bool isUnionType() const; |
2029 | bool isComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC _Complex integer type. |
2030 | bool isVectorType() const; // GCC vector type. |
2031 | bool isExtVectorType() const; // Extended vector type. |
2032 | bool isDependentAddressSpaceType() const; // value-dependent address space qualifier |
2033 | bool isObjCObjectPointerType() const; // pointer to ObjC object |
2034 | bool isObjCRetainableType() const; // ObjC object or block pointer |
2035 | bool isObjCLifetimeType() const; // (array of)* retainable type |
2036 | bool isObjCIndirectLifetimeType() const; // (pointer to)* lifetime type |
2037 | bool isObjCNSObjectType() const; // __attribute__((NSObject)) |
2038 | bool isObjCIndependentClassType() const; // __attribute__((objc_independent_class)) |
2039 | // FIXME: change this to 'raw' interface type, so we can used 'interface' type |
2040 | // for the common case. |
2041 | bool isObjCObjectType() const; // NSString or typeof(*(id)0) |
2042 | bool isObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; // NSString<foo> |
2043 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const; // id<foo> |
2044 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const; // Class<foo> |
2045 | bool isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const; |
2046 | bool isObjCIdType() const; // id |
2047 | bool isDecltypeType() const; |
2048 | /// Was this type written with the special inert-in-ARC __unsafe_unretained |
2049 | /// qualifier? |
2050 | /// |
2051 | /// This approximates the answer to the following question: if this |
2052 | /// translation unit were compiled in ARC, would this type be qualified |
2053 | /// with __unsafe_unretained? |
2054 | bool isObjCInertUnsafeUnretainedType() const { |
2055 | return hasAttr(attr::ObjCInertUnsafeUnretained); |
2056 | } |
2057 | |
2058 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'id' or a __kindof type of an |
2059 | /// object type, e.g., __kindof NSView * or __kindof id |
2060 | /// <NSCopying>. |
2061 | /// |
2062 | /// \param bound Will be set to the bound on non-id subtype types, |
2063 | /// which will be (possibly specialized) Objective-C class type, or |
2064 | /// null for 'id. |
2065 | bool isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx, |
2066 | const ObjCObjectType *&bound) const; |
2067 | |
2068 | bool isObjCClassType() const; // Class |
2069 | |
2070 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'Class' or a __kindof type of an |
2071 | /// Class type, e.g., __kindof Class <NSCopying>. |
2072 | /// |
2073 | /// Unlike \c isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType, there is no relevant bound |
2074 | /// here because Objective-C's type system cannot express "a class |
2075 | /// object for a subclass of NSFoo". |
2076 | bool isObjCClassOrClassKindOfType() const; |
2077 | |
2078 | bool isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(ASTContext &ctx) const; |
2079 | bool isObjCSelType() const; // Class |
2080 | bool isObjCBuiltinType() const; // 'id' or 'Class' |
2081 | bool isObjCARCBridgableType() const; |
2082 | bool isCARCBridgableType() const; |
2083 | bool isTemplateTypeParmType() const; // C++ template type parameter |
2084 | bool isNullPtrType() const; // C++11 std::nullptr_t |
2085 | bool isNothrowT() const; // C++ std::nothrow_t |
2086 | bool isAlignValT() const; // C++17 std::align_val_t |
2087 | bool isStdByteType() const; // C++17 std::byte |
2088 | bool isAtomicType() const; // C11 _Atomic() |
2089 | bool isUndeducedAutoType() const; // C++11 auto or |
2090 | // C++14 decltype(auto) |
2091 | |
2092 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
2093 | bool is##Id##Type() const; |
2094 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
2095 | |
2096 | bool isImageType() const; // Any OpenCL image type |
2097 | |
2098 | bool isSamplerT() const; // OpenCL sampler_t |
2099 | bool isEventT() const; // OpenCL event_t |
2100 | bool isClkEventT() const; // OpenCL clk_event_t |
2101 | bool isQueueT() const; // OpenCL queue_t |
2102 | bool isReserveIDT() const; // OpenCL reserve_id_t |
2103 | |
2104 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
2105 | bool is##Id##Type() const; |
2106 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
2107 | // Type defined in cl_intel_device_side_avc_motion_estimation OpenCL extension |
2108 | bool isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const; |
2109 | bool isOCLExtOpaqueType() const; // Any OpenCL extension type |
2110 | |
2111 | bool isPipeType() const; // OpenCL pipe type |
2112 | bool isOpenCLSpecificType() const; // Any OpenCL specific type |
2113 | |
2114 | /// Determines if this type, which must satisfy |
2115 | /// isObjCLifetimeType(), is implicitly __unsafe_unretained rather |
2116 | /// than implicitly __strong. |
2117 | bool isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType() const; |
2118 | |
2119 | /// Return the implicit lifetime for this type, which must not be dependent. |
2120 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCARCImplicitLifetime() const; |
2121 | |
2122 | enum ScalarTypeKind { |
2123 | STK_CPointer, |
2124 | STK_BlockPointer, |
2125 | STK_ObjCObjectPointer, |
2126 | STK_MemberPointer, |
2127 | STK_Bool, |
2128 | STK_Integral, |
2129 | STK_Floating, |
2130 | STK_IntegralComplex, |
2131 | STK_FloatingComplex, |
2132 | STK_FixedPoint |
2133 | }; |
2134 | |
2135 | /// Given that this is a scalar type, classify it. |
2136 | ScalarTypeKind getScalarTypeKind() const; |
2137 | |
2138 | /// Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition |
2139 | /// somehow depends on a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.type]). |
2140 | bool isDependentType() const { return TypeBits.Dependent; } |
2141 | |
2142 | /// Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type, |
2143 | /// meaning that the type involves a template parameter (even if the |
2144 | /// definition does not actually depend on the type substituted for that |
2145 | /// template parameter). |
2146 | bool isInstantiationDependentType() const { |
2147 | return TypeBits.InstantiationDependent; |
2148 | } |
2149 | |
2150 | /// Determine whether this type is an undeduced type, meaning that |
2151 | /// it somehow involves a C++11 'auto' type or similar which has not yet been |
2152 | /// deduced. |
2153 | bool isUndeducedType() const; |
2154 | |
2155 | /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5). |
2156 | bool isVariablyModifiedType() const { return TypeBits.VariablyModified; } |
2157 | |
2158 | /// Whether this type involves a variable-length array type |
2159 | /// with a definite size. |
2160 | bool hasSizedVLAType() const; |
2161 | |
2162 | /// Whether this type is or contains a local or unnamed type. |
2163 | bool hasUnnamedOrLocalType() const; |
2164 | |
2165 | bool isOverloadableType() const; |
2166 | |
2167 | /// Determine wither this type is a C++ elaborated-type-specifier. |
2168 | bool isElaboratedTypeSpecifier() const; |
2169 | |
2170 | bool canDecayToPointerType() const; |
2171 | |
2172 | /// Whether this type is represented natively as a pointer. This includes |
2173 | /// pointers, references, block pointers, and Objective-C interface, |
2174 | /// qualified id, and qualified interface types, as well as nullptr_t. |
2175 | bool hasPointerRepresentation() const; |
2176 | |
2177 | /// Whether this type can represent an objective pointer type for the |
2178 | /// purpose of GC'ability |
2179 | bool hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const; |
2180 | |
2181 | /// Determine whether this type has an integer representation |
2182 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an integer type or a vector. |
2183 | bool hasIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2184 | |
2185 | /// Determine whether this type has an signed integer representation |
2186 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an signed integer type or a vector. |
2187 | bool hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2188 | |
2189 | /// Determine whether this type has an unsigned integer representation |
2190 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an unsigned integer type or a vector. |
2191 | bool hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2192 | |
2193 | /// Determine whether this type has a floating-point representation |
2194 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is a floating-point type or a vector thereof. |
2195 | bool hasFloatingRepresentation() const; |
2196 | |
2197 | // Type Checking Functions: Check to see if this type is structurally the |
2198 | // specified type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers, and return a pointer to |
2199 | // the best type we can. |
2200 | const RecordType *getAsStructureType() const; |
2201 | /// NOTE: getAs*ArrayType are methods on ASTContext. |
2202 | const RecordType *getAsUnionType() const; |
2203 | const ComplexType *getAsComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC complex int type. |
2204 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCInterfaceType() const; |
2205 | |
2206 | // The following is a convenience method that returns an ObjCObjectPointerType |
2207 | // for object declared using an interface. |
2208 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCInterfacePointerType() const; |
2209 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedIdType() const; |
2210 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedClassType() const; |
2211 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; |
2212 | |
2213 | /// Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either |
2214 | /// because the type is a RecordType or because it is the injected-class-name |
2215 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. |
2216 | CXXRecordDecl *getAsCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2217 | |
2218 | /// Retrieves the RecordDecl this type refers to. |
2219 | RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl() const; |
2220 | |
2221 | /// Retrieves the TagDecl that this type refers to, either |
2222 | /// because the type is a TagType or because it is the injected-class-name |
2223 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. |
2224 | TagDecl *getAsTagDecl() const; |
2225 | |
2226 | /// If this is a pointer or reference to a RecordType, return the |
2227 | /// CXXRecordDecl that the type refers to. |
2228 | /// |
2229 | /// If this is not a pointer or reference, or the type being pointed to does |
2230 | /// not refer to a CXXRecordDecl, returns NULL. |
2231 | const CXXRecordDecl *getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2232 | |
2233 | /// Get the DeducedType whose type will be deduced for a variable with |
2234 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer |
2235 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. |
2236 | DeducedType *getContainedDeducedType() const; |
2237 | |
2238 | /// Get the AutoType whose type will be deduced for a variable with |
2239 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer |
2240 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. |
2241 | AutoType *getContainedAutoType() const { |
2242 | return dyn_cast_or_null<AutoType>(getContainedDeducedType()); |
2243 | } |
2244 | |
2245 | /// Determine whether this type was written with a leading 'auto' |
2246 | /// corresponding to a trailing return type (possibly for a nested |
2247 | /// function type within a pointer to function type or similar). |
2248 | bool hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() const; |
2249 | |
2250 | /// Member-template getAs<specific type>'. Look through sugar for |
2251 | /// an instance of \<specific type>. This scheme will eventually |
2252 | /// replace the specific getAsXXXX methods above. |
2253 | /// |
2254 | /// There are some specializations of this member template listed |
2255 | /// immediately following this class. |
2256 | template <typename T> const T *getAs() const; |
2257 | |
2258 | /// Member-template getAsAdjusted<specific type>. Look through specific kinds |
2259 | /// of sugar (parens, attributes, etc) for an instance of \<specific type>. |
2260 | /// This is used when you need to walk over sugar nodes that represent some |
2261 | /// kind of type adjustment from a type that was written as a \<specific type> |
2262 | /// to another type that is still canonically a \<specific type>. |
2263 | template <typename T> const T *getAsAdjusted() const; |
2264 | |
2265 | /// A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards |
2266 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. |
2267 | const ArrayType *getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; |
2268 | |
2269 | /// Member-template castAs<specific type>. Look through sugar for |
2270 | /// the underlying instance of \<specific type>. |
2271 | /// |
2272 | /// This method has the same relationship to getAs<T> as cast<T> has |
2273 | /// to dyn_cast<T>; which is to say, the underlying type *must* |
2274 | /// have the intended type, and this method will never return null. |
2275 | template <typename T> const T *castAs() const; |
2276 | |
2277 | /// A variant of castAs<> for array type which silently discards |
2278 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. |
2279 | const ArrayType *castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; |
2280 | |
2281 | /// Determine whether this type had the specified attribute applied to it |
2282 | /// (looking through top-level type sugar). |
2283 | bool hasAttr(attr::Kind AK) const; |
2284 | |
2285 | /// Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type |
2286 | /// qualifiers. This should never be used when type qualifiers |
2287 | /// are meaningful. |
2288 | const Type *getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const; |
2289 | |
2290 | /// If this is an array type, return the element type of the array, |
2291 | /// potentially with type qualifiers missing. |
2292 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. |
2293 | const Type *getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual() const; |
2294 | |
2295 | /// If this is a pointer type, return the pointee type. |
2296 | /// If this is an array type, return the array element type. |
2297 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. |
2298 | const Type *getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const; |
2299 | |
2300 | /// If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block |
2301 | /// pointer, this returns the respective pointee. |
2302 | QualType getPointeeType() const; |
2303 | |
2304 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from the type, |
2305 | /// removing any typedefs, typeofs, etc., as well as any qualifiers. |
2306 | const Type *getUnqualifiedDesugaredType() const; |
2307 | |
2308 | /// More type predicates useful for type checking/promotion |
2309 | bool isPromotableIntegerType() const; // C99 6.3.1.1p2 |
2310 | |
2311 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is |
2312 | /// signed, according to C99 6.2.5p4 [char, signed char, short, int, long..], |
2313 | /// or an enum decl which has a signed representation. |
2314 | bool isSignedIntegerType() const; |
2315 | |
2316 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is |
2317 | /// unsigned, according to C99 6.2.5p6 [which returns true for _Bool], |
2318 | /// or an enum decl which has an unsigned representation. |
2319 | bool isUnsignedIntegerType() const; |
2320 | |
2321 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is signed or an |
2322 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a signed integer type. |
2323 | bool isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; |
2324 | |
2325 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is unsigned or an |
2326 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a unsigned integer type. |
2327 | bool isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; |
2328 | |
2329 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type according to |
2330 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. |
2331 | bool isFixedPointType() const; |
2332 | |
2333 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point or integer type. |
2334 | bool isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const; |
2335 | |
2336 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to |
2337 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. |
2338 | bool isSaturatedFixedPointType() const; |
2339 | |
2340 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to |
2341 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. |
2342 | bool isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const; |
2343 | |
2344 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is signed according |
2345 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. |
2346 | bool isSignedFixedPointType() const; |
2347 | |
2348 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is unsigned according |
2349 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. |
2350 | bool isUnsignedFixedPointType() const; |
2351 | |
2352 | /// Return true if this is not a variable sized type, |
2353 | /// according to the rules of C99 6.7.5p3. It is not legal to call this on |
2354 | /// incomplete types. |
2355 | bool isConstantSizeType() const; |
2356 | |
2357 | /// Returns true if this type can be represented by some |
2358 | /// set of type specifiers. |
2359 | bool isSpecifierType() const; |
2360 | |
2361 | /// Determine the linkage of this type. |
2362 | Linkage getLinkage() const; |
2363 | |
2364 | /// Determine the visibility of this type. |
2365 | Visibility getVisibility() const { |
2366 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility(); |
2367 | } |
2368 | |
2369 | /// Return true if the visibility was explicitly set is the code. |
2370 | bool isVisibilityExplicit() const { |
2371 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().isVisibilityExplicit(); |
2372 | } |
2373 | |
2374 | /// Determine the linkage and visibility of this type. |
2375 | LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const; |
2376 | |
2377 | /// True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency |
2378 | /// checking. Should always return true. |
2379 | bool isLinkageValid() const; |
2380 | |
2381 | /// Determine the nullability of the given type. |
2382 | /// |
2383 | /// Note that nullability is only captured as sugar within the type |
2384 | /// system, not as part of the canonical type, so nullability will |
2385 | /// be lost by canonicalization and desugaring. |
2386 | Optional<NullabilityKind> getNullability(const ASTContext &context) const; |
2387 | |
2388 | /// Determine whether the given type can have a nullability |
2389 | /// specifier applied to it, i.e., if it is any kind of pointer type. |
2390 | /// |
2391 | /// \param ResultIfUnknown The value to return if we don't yet know whether |
2392 | /// this type can have nullability because it is dependent. |
2393 | bool canHaveNullability(bool ResultIfUnknown = true) const; |
2394 | |
2395 | /// Retrieve the set of substitutions required when accessing a member |
2396 | /// of the Objective-C receiver type that is declared in the given context. |
2397 | /// |
2398 | /// \c *this is the type of the object we're operating on, e.g., the |
2399 | /// receiver for a message send or the base of a property access, and is |
2400 | /// expected to be of some object or object pointer type. |
2401 | /// |
2402 | /// \param dc The declaration context for which we are building up a |
2403 | /// substitution mapping, which should be an Objective-C class, extension, |
2404 | /// category, or method within. |
2405 | /// |
2406 | /// \returns an array of type arguments that can be substituted for |
2407 | /// the type parameters of the given declaration context in any type described |
2408 | /// within that context, or an empty optional to indicate that no |
2409 | /// substitution is required. |
2410 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> |
2411 | getObjCSubstitutions(const DeclContext *dc) const; |
2412 | |
2413 | /// Determines if this is an ObjC interface type that may accept type |
2414 | /// parameters. |
2415 | bool acceptsObjCTypeParams() const; |
2416 | |
2417 | const char *getTypeClassName() const; |
2418 | |
2419 | QualType getCanonicalTypeInternal() const { |
2420 | return CanonicalType; |
2421 | } |
2422 | |
2423 | CanQualType getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() const; // in CanonicalType.h |
2424 | void dump() const; |
2425 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const; |
2426 | }; |
2427 | |
2428 | /// This will check for a TypedefType by removing any existing sugar |
2429 | /// until it reaches a TypedefType or a non-sugared type. |
2430 | template <> const TypedefType *Type::getAs() const; |
2431 | |
2432 | /// This will check for a TemplateSpecializationType by removing any |
2433 | /// existing sugar until it reaches a TemplateSpecializationType or a |
2434 | /// non-sugared type. |
2435 | template <> const TemplateSpecializationType *Type::getAs() const; |
2436 | |
2437 | /// This will check for an AttributedType by removing any existing sugar |
2438 | /// until it reaches an AttributedType or a non-sugared type. |
2439 | template <> const AttributedType *Type::getAs() const; |
2440 | |
2441 | // We can do canonical leaf types faster, because we don't have to |
2442 | // worry about preserving child type decoration. |
2443 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) |
2444 | #define LEAF_TYPE(Class) \ |
2445 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::getAs() const { \ |
2446 | return dyn_cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ |
2447 | } \ |
2448 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::castAs() const { \ |
2449 | return cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ |
2450 | } |
2451 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
2452 | |
2453 | /// This class is used for builtin types like 'int'. Builtin |
2454 | /// types are always canonical and have a literal name field. |
2455 | class BuiltinType : public Type { |
2456 | public: |
2457 | enum Kind { |
2458 | // OpenCL image types |
2459 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) Id, |
2460 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
2461 | // OpenCL extension types |
2462 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) Id, |
2463 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
2464 | // SVE Types |
2465 | #define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id, |
2466 | #include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" |
2467 | // All other builtin types |
2468 | #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) Id, |
2469 | #define LAST_BUILTIN_TYPE(Id) LastKind = Id |
2470 | #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" |
2471 | }; |
2472 | |
2473 | private: |
2474 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2475 | |
2476 | BuiltinType(Kind K) |
2477 | : Type(Builtin, QualType(), /*Dependent=*/(K == Dependent), |
2478 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/(K == Dependent), |
2479 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, |
2480 | /*Unexpanded parameter pack=*/false) { |
2481 | BuiltinTypeBits.Kind = K; |
2482 | } |
2483 | |
2484 | public: |
2485 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(BuiltinTypeBits.Kind); } |
2486 | StringRef getName(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
2487 | |
2488 | const char *getNameAsCString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const { |
2489 | // The StringRef is null-terminated. |
2490 | StringRef str = getName(Policy); |
2491 | assert(!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0')((!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0') ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\\0'" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 2491, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2492 | return str.data(); |
2493 | } |
2494 | |
2495 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2496 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2497 | |
2498 | bool isInteger() const { |
2499 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= Int128; |
2500 | } |
2501 | |
2502 | bool isSignedInteger() const { |
2503 | return getKind() >= Char_S && getKind() <= Int128; |
2504 | } |
2505 | |
2506 | bool isUnsignedInteger() const { |
2507 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= UInt128; |
2508 | } |
2509 | |
2510 | bool isFloatingPoint() const { |
2511 | return getKind() >= Half && getKind() <= Float128; |
2512 | } |
2513 | |
2514 | /// Determines whether the given kind corresponds to a placeholder type. |
2515 | static bool isPlaceholderTypeKind(Kind K) { |
2516 | return K >= Overload; |
2517 | } |
2518 | |
2519 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type, i.e. a type |
2520 | /// which cannot appear in arbitrary positions in a fully-formed |
2521 | /// expression. |
2522 | bool isPlaceholderType() const { |
2523 | return isPlaceholderTypeKind(getKind()); |
2524 | } |
2525 | |
2526 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type other than |
2527 | /// Overload. Most placeholder types require only syntactic |
2528 | /// information about their context in order to be resolved (e.g. |
2529 | /// whether it is a call expression), which means they can (and |
2530 | /// should) be resolved in an earlier "phase" of analysis. |
2531 | /// Overload expressions sometimes pick up further information |
2532 | /// from their context, like whether the context expects a |
2533 | /// specific function-pointer type, and so frequently need |
2534 | /// special treatment. |
2535 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { |
2536 | return getKind() > Overload; |
2537 | } |
2538 | |
2539 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Builtin; } |
2540 | }; |
2541 | |
2542 | /// Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11. This supports the C99 complex |
2543 | /// types (_Complex float etc) as well as the GCC integer complex extensions. |
2544 | class ComplexType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2545 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2546 | |
2547 | QualType ElementType; |
2548 | |
2549 | ComplexType(QualType Element, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2550 | : Type(Complex, CanonicalPtr, Element->isDependentType(), |
2551 | Element->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2552 | Element->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2553 | Element->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2554 | ElementType(Element) {} |
2555 | |
2556 | public: |
2557 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
2558 | |
2559 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2560 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2561 | |
2562 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2563 | Profile(ID, getElementType()); |
2564 | } |
2565 | |
2566 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Element) { |
2567 | ID.AddPointer(Element.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2568 | } |
2569 | |
2570 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Complex; } |
2571 | }; |
2572 | |
2573 | /// Sugar for parentheses used when specifying types. |
2574 | class ParenType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2575 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2576 | |
2577 | QualType Inner; |
2578 | |
2579 | ParenType(QualType InnerType, QualType CanonType) |
2580 | : Type(Paren, CanonType, InnerType->isDependentType(), |
2581 | InnerType->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2582 | InnerType->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2583 | InnerType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2584 | Inner(InnerType) {} |
2585 | |
2586 | public: |
2587 | QualType getInnerType() const { return Inner; } |
2588 | |
2589 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
2590 | QualType desugar() const { return getInnerType(); } |
2591 | |
2592 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2593 | Profile(ID, getInnerType()); |
2594 | } |
2595 | |
2596 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Inner) { |
2597 | Inner.Profile(ID); |
2598 | } |
2599 | |
2600 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Paren; } |
2601 | }; |
2602 | |
2603 | /// PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators. |
2604 | class PointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2605 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2606 | |
2607 | QualType PointeeType; |
2608 | |
2609 | PointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2610 | : Type(Pointer, CanonicalPtr, Pointee->isDependentType(), |
2611 | Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2612 | Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2613 | Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2614 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
2615 | |
2616 | public: |
2617 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2618 | |
2619 | /// Returns true if address spaces of pointers overlap. |
2620 | /// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules for pointers to different |
2621 | /// address spaces (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of overlapping |
2622 | /// address spaces. |
2623 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: |
2624 | /// address spaces overlap iff they are they same. |
2625 | /// CL2.0 adds: |
2626 | /// __generic overlaps with any address space except for __constant. |
2627 | bool isAddressSpaceOverlapping(const PointerType &other) const { |
2628 | Qualifiers thisQuals = PointeeType.getQualifiers(); |
2629 | Qualifiers otherQuals = other.getPointeeType().getQualifiers(); |
2630 | // Address spaces overlap if at least one of them is a superset of another |
2631 | return thisQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(otherQuals) || |
2632 | otherQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(thisQuals); |
2633 | } |
2634 | |
2635 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2636 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2637 | |
2638 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2639 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
2640 | } |
2641 | |
2642 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { |
2643 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2644 | } |
2645 | |
2646 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Pointer; } |
2647 | }; |
2648 | |
2649 | /// Represents a type which was implicitly adjusted by the semantic |
2650 | /// engine for arbitrary reasons. For example, array and function types can |
2651 | /// decay, and function types can have their calling conventions adjusted. |
2652 | class AdjustedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2653 | QualType OriginalTy; |
2654 | QualType AdjustedTy; |
2655 | |
2656 | protected: |
2657 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2658 | |
2659 | AdjustedType(TypeClass TC, QualType OriginalTy, QualType AdjustedTy, |
2660 | QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2661 | : Type(TC, CanonicalPtr, OriginalTy->isDependentType(), |
2662 | OriginalTy->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2663 | OriginalTy->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2664 | OriginalTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2665 | OriginalTy(OriginalTy), AdjustedTy(AdjustedTy) {} |
2666 | |
2667 | public: |
2668 | QualType getOriginalType() const { return OriginalTy; } |
2669 | QualType getAdjustedType() const { return AdjustedTy; } |
2670 | |
2671 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
2672 | QualType desugar() const { return AdjustedTy; } |
2673 | |
2674 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2675 | Profile(ID, OriginalTy, AdjustedTy); |
2676 | } |
2677 | |
2678 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Orig, QualType New) { |
2679 | ID.AddPointer(Orig.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2680 | ID.AddPointer(New.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2681 | } |
2682 | |
2683 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2684 | return T->getTypeClass() == Adjusted || T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; |
2685 | } |
2686 | }; |
2687 | |
2688 | /// Represents a pointer type decayed from an array or function type. |
2689 | class DecayedType : public AdjustedType { |
2690 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2691 | |
2692 | inline |
2693 | DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType Decayed, QualType Canonical); |
2694 | |
2695 | public: |
2696 | QualType getDecayedType() const { return getAdjustedType(); } |
2697 | |
2698 | inline QualType getPointeeType() const; |
2699 | |
2700 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; } |
2701 | }; |
2702 | |
2703 | /// Pointer to a block type. |
2704 | /// This type is to represent types syntactically represented as |
2705 | /// "void (^)(int)", etc. Pointee is required to always be a function type. |
2706 | class BlockPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2707 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2708 | |
2709 | // Block is some kind of pointer type |
2710 | QualType PointeeType; |
2711 | |
2712 | BlockPointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalCls) |
2713 | : Type(BlockPointer, CanonicalCls, Pointee->isDependentType(), |
2714 | Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2715 | Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2716 | Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2717 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
2718 | |
2719 | public: |
2720 | // Get the pointee type. Pointee is required to always be a function type. |
2721 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2722 | |
2723 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2724 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2725 | |
2726 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2727 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
2728 | } |
2729 | |
2730 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { |
2731 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2732 | } |
2733 | |
2734 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2735 | return T->getTypeClass() == BlockPointer; |
2736 | } |
2737 | }; |
2738 | |
2739 | /// Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType |
2740 | class ReferenceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2741 | QualType PointeeType; |
2742 | |
2743 | protected: |
2744 | ReferenceType(TypeClass tc, QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, |
2745 | bool SpelledAsLValue) |
2746 | : Type(tc, CanonicalRef, Referencee->isDependentType(), |
2747 | Referencee->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2748 | Referencee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2749 | Referencee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2750 | PointeeType(Referencee) { |
2751 | ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue = SpelledAsLValue; |
2752 | ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef = Referencee->isReferenceType(); |
2753 | } |
2754 | |
2755 | public: |
2756 | bool isSpelledAsLValue() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue; } |
2757 | bool isInnerRef() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef; } |
2758 | |
2759 | QualType getPointeeTypeAsWritten() const { return PointeeType; } |
2760 | |
2761 | QualType getPointeeType() const { |
2762 | // FIXME: this might strip inner qualifiers; okay? |
2763 | const ReferenceType *T = this; |
2764 | while (T->isInnerRef()) |
2765 | T = T->PointeeType->castAs<ReferenceType>(); |
2766 | return T->PointeeType; |
2767 | } |
2768 | |
2769 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2770 | Profile(ID, PointeeType, isSpelledAsLValue()); |
2771 | } |
2772 | |
2773 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
2774 | QualType Referencee, |
2775 | bool SpelledAsLValue) { |
2776 | ID.AddPointer(Referencee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2777 | ID.AddBoolean(SpelledAsLValue); |
2778 | } |
2779 | |
2780 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2781 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference || |
2782 | T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; |
2783 | } |
2784 | }; |
2785 | |
2786 | /// An lvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. |
2787 | class LValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { |
2788 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
2789 | |
2790 | LValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, |
2791 | bool SpelledAsLValue) |
2792 | : ReferenceType(LValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, |
2793 | SpelledAsLValue) {} |
2794 | |
2795 | public: |
2796 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2797 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2798 | |
2799 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2800 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference; |
2801 | } |
2802 | }; |
2803 | |
2804 | /// An rvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. |
2805 | class RValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { |
2806 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
2807 | |
2808 | RValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef) |
2809 | : ReferenceType(RValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, false) {} |
2810 | |
2811 | public: |
2812 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2813 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2814 | |
2815 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2816 | return T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; |
2817 | } |
2818 | }; |
2819 | |
2820 | /// A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members. |
2821 | /// |
2822 | /// This includes both pointers to data members and pointer to member functions. |
2823 | class MemberPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2824 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2825 | |
2826 | QualType PointeeType; |
2827 | |
2828 | /// The class of which the pointee is a member. Must ultimately be a |
2829 | /// RecordType, but could be a typedef or a template parameter too. |
2830 | const Type *Class; |
2831 | |
2832 | MemberPointerType(QualType Pointee, const Type *Cls, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2833 | : Type(MemberPointer, CanonicalPtr, |
2834 | Cls->isDependentType() || Pointee->isDependentType(), |
2835 | (Cls->isInstantiationDependentType() || |
2836 | Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType()), |
2837 | Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2838 | (Cls->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() || |
2839 | Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())), |
2840 | PointeeType(Pointee), Class(Cls) {} |
2841 | |
2842 | public: |
2843 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2844 | |
2845 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a |
2846 | /// function type rather than a data-member type. |
2847 | bool isMemberFunctionPointer() const { |
2848 | return PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); |
2849 | } |
2850 | |
2851 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a |
2852 | /// data type rather than a function type. |
2853 | bool isMemberDataPointer() const { |
2854 | return !PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); |
2855 | } |
2856 | |
2857 | const Type *getClass() const { return Class; } |
2858 | CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2859 | |
2860 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2861 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2862 | |
2863 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2864 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType(), getClass()); |
2865 | } |
2866 | |
2867 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee, |
2868 | const Type *Class) { |
2869 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2870 | ID.AddPointer(Class); |
2871 | } |
2872 | |
2873 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2874 | return T->getTypeClass() == MemberPointer; |
2875 | } |
2876 | }; |
2877 | |
2878 | /// Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators. |
2879 | class ArrayType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2880 | public: |
2881 | /// Capture whether this is a normal array (e.g. int X[4]) |
2882 | /// an array with a static size (e.g. int X[static 4]), or an array |
2883 | /// with a star size (e.g. int X[*]). |
2884 | /// 'static' is only allowed on function parameters. |
2885 | enum ArraySizeModifier { |
2886 | Normal, Static, Star |
2887 | }; |
2888 | |
2889 | private: |
2890 | /// The element type of the array. |
2891 | QualType ElementType; |
2892 | |
2893 | protected: |
2894 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2895 | |
2896 | ArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, ArraySizeModifier sm, |
2897 | unsigned tq, const Expr *sz = nullptr); |
2898 | |
2899 | public: |
2900 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
2901 | |
2902 | ArraySizeModifier getSizeModifier() const { |
2903 | return ArraySizeModifier(ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier); |
2904 | } |
2905 | |
2906 | Qualifiers getIndexTypeQualifiers() const { |
2907 | return Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2908 | } |
2909 | |
2910 | unsigned getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers() const { |
2911 | return ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals; |
2912 | } |
2913 | |
2914 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2915 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray || |
2916 | T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray || |
2917 | T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray || |
2918 | T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; |
2919 | } |
2920 | }; |
2921 | |
2922 | /// Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size. |
2923 | /// For example, the canonical type for 'int A[4 + 4*100]' is a |
2924 | /// ConstantArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is 404. |
2925 | class ConstantArrayType final |
2926 | : public ArrayType, |
2927 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ConstantArrayType, const Expr *> { |
2928 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2929 | friend TrailingObjects; |
2930 | |
2931 | llvm::APInt Size; // Allows us to unique the type. |
2932 | |
2933 | ConstantArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, const llvm::APInt &size, |
2934 | const Expr *sz, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
2935 | : ArrayType(ConstantArray, et, can, sm, tq, sz), Size(size) { |
2936 | ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr = sz != nullptr; |
2937 | if (ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr) { |
2938 | assert(!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size")((!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!can.isNull() && \"canonical constant array should not have size\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 2938, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2939 | *getTrailingObjects<const Expr*>() = sz; |
2940 | } |
2941 | } |
2942 | |
2943 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<const Expr*>) const { |
2944 | return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr; |
2945 | } |
2946 | |
2947 | public: |
2948 | const llvm::APInt &getSize() const { return Size; } |
2949 | const Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
2950 | return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr |
2951 | ? *getTrailingObjects<const Expr *>() |
2952 | : nullptr; |
2953 | } |
2954 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2955 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2956 | |
2957 | /// Determine the number of bits required to address a member of |
2958 | // an array with the given element type and number of elements. |
2959 | static unsigned getNumAddressingBits(const ASTContext &Context, |
2960 | QualType ElementType, |
2961 | const llvm::APInt &NumElements); |
2962 | |
2963 | /// Determine the maximum number of active bits that an array's size |
2964 | /// can require, which limits the maximum size of the array. |
2965 | static unsigned getMaxSizeBits(const ASTContext &Context); |
2966 | |
2967 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { |
2968 | Profile(ID, Ctx, getElementType(), getSize(), getSizeExpr(), |
2969 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2970 | } |
2971 | |
2972 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx, |
2973 | QualType ET, const llvm::APInt &ArraySize, |
2974 | const Expr *SizeExpr, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, |
2975 | unsigned TypeQuals); |
2976 | |
2977 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2978 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray; |
2979 | } |
2980 | }; |
2981 | |
2982 | /// Represents a C array with an unspecified size. For example 'int A[]' has |
2983 | /// an IncompleteArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is |
2984 | /// unspecified. |
2985 | class IncompleteArrayType : public ArrayType { |
2986 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2987 | |
2988 | IncompleteArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, |
2989 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
2990 | : ArrayType(IncompleteArray, et, can, sm, tq) {} |
2991 | |
2992 | public: |
2993 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
2994 | |
2995 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2996 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2997 | |
2998 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2999 | return T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray; |
3000 | } |
3001 | |
3002 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3003 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSizeModifier(), |
3004 | getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
3005 | } |
3006 | |
3007 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET, |
3008 | ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals) { |
3009 | ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3010 | ID.AddInteger(SizeMod); |
3011 | ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals); |
3012 | } |
3013 | }; |
3014 | |
3015 | /// Represents a C array with a specified size that is not an |
3016 | /// integer-constant-expression. For example, 'int s[x+foo()]'. |
3017 | /// Since the size expression is an arbitrary expression, we store it as such. |
3018 | /// |
3019 | /// Note: VariableArrayType's aren't uniqued (since the expressions aren't) and |
3020 | /// should not be: two lexically equivalent variable array types could mean |
3021 | /// different things, for example, these variables do not have the same type |
3022 | /// dynamically: |
3023 | /// |
3024 | /// void foo(int x) { |
3025 | /// int Y[x]; |
3026 | /// ++x; |
3027 | /// int Z[x]; |
3028 | /// } |
3029 | class VariableArrayType : public ArrayType { |
3030 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3031 | |
3032 | /// An assignment-expression. VLA's are only permitted within |
3033 | /// a function block. |
3034 | Stmt *SizeExpr; |
3035 | |
3036 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. |
3037 | SourceRange Brackets; |
3038 | |
3039 | VariableArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, Expr *e, |
3040 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
3041 | SourceRange brackets) |
3042 | : ArrayType(VariableArray, et, can, sm, tq, e), |
3043 | SizeExpr((Stmt*) e), Brackets(brackets) {} |
3044 | |
3045 | public: |
3046 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
3047 | |
3048 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
3049 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish |
3050 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. |
3051 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; |
3052 | } |
3053 | |
3054 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } |
3055 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } |
3056 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } |
3057 | |
3058 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3059 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3060 | |
3061 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3062 | return T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray; |
3063 | } |
3064 | |
3065 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3066 | llvm_unreachable("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3066); |
3067 | } |
3068 | }; |
3069 | |
3070 | /// Represents an array type in C++ whose size is a value-dependent expression. |
3071 | /// |
3072 | /// For example: |
3073 | /// \code |
3074 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3075 | /// class array { |
3076 | /// T data[Size]; |
3077 | /// }; |
3078 | /// \endcode |
3079 | /// |
3080 | /// For these types, we won't actually know what the array bound is |
3081 | /// until template instantiation occurs, at which point this will |
3082 | /// become either a ConstantArrayType or a VariableArrayType. |
3083 | class DependentSizedArrayType : public ArrayType { |
3084 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3085 | |
3086 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3087 | |
3088 | /// An assignment expression that will instantiate to the |
3089 | /// size of the array. |
3090 | /// |
3091 | /// The expression itself might be null, in which case the array |
3092 | /// type will have its size deduced from an initializer. |
3093 | Stmt *SizeExpr; |
3094 | |
3095 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. |
3096 | SourceRange Brackets; |
3097 | |
3098 | DependentSizedArrayType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType et, QualType can, |
3099 | Expr *e, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
3100 | SourceRange brackets); |
3101 | |
3102 | public: |
3103 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
3104 | |
3105 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
3106 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish |
3107 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. |
3108 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; |
3109 | } |
3110 | |
3111 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } |
3112 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } |
3113 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } |
3114 | |
3115 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3116 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3117 | |
3118 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3119 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; |
3120 | } |
3121 | |
3122 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3123 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), |
3124 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), getSizeExpr()); |
3125 | } |
3126 | |
3127 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3128 | QualType ET, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, |
3129 | unsigned TypeQuals, Expr *E); |
3130 | }; |
3131 | |
3132 | /// Represents an extended address space qualifier where the input address space |
3133 | /// value is dependent. Non-dependent address spaces are not represented with a |
3134 | /// special Type subclass; they are stored on an ExtQuals node as part of a QualType. |
3135 | /// |
3136 | /// For example: |
3137 | /// \code |
3138 | /// template<typename T, int AddrSpace> |
3139 | /// class AddressSpace { |
3140 | /// typedef T __attribute__((address_space(AddrSpace))) type; |
3141 | /// } |
3142 | /// \endcode |
3143 | class DependentAddressSpaceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3144 | friend class ASTContext; |
3145 | |
3146 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3147 | Expr *AddrSpaceExpr; |
3148 | QualType PointeeType; |
3149 | SourceLocation loc; |
3150 | |
3151 | DependentAddressSpaceType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType PointeeType, |
3152 | QualType can, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr, |
3153 | SourceLocation loc); |
3154 | |
3155 | public: |
3156 | Expr *getAddrSpaceExpr() const { return AddrSpaceExpr; } |
3157 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
3158 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3159 | |
3160 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3161 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3162 | |
3163 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3164 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentAddressSpace; |
3165 | } |
3166 | |
3167 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3168 | Profile(ID, Context, getPointeeType(), getAddrSpaceExpr()); |
3169 | } |
3170 | |
3171 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3172 | QualType PointeeType, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr); |
3173 | }; |
3174 | |
3175 | /// Represents an extended vector type where either the type or size is |
3176 | /// dependent. |
3177 | /// |
3178 | /// For example: |
3179 | /// \code |
3180 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3181 | /// class vector { |
3182 | /// typedef T __attribute__((ext_vector_type(Size))) type; |
3183 | /// } |
3184 | /// \endcode |
3185 | class DependentSizedExtVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3186 | friend class ASTContext; |
3187 | |
3188 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3189 | Expr *SizeExpr; |
3190 | |
3191 | /// The element type of the array. |
3192 | QualType ElementType; |
3193 | |
3194 | SourceLocation loc; |
3195 | |
3196 | DependentSizedExtVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3197 | QualType can, Expr *SizeExpr, SourceLocation loc); |
3198 | |
3199 | public: |
3200 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } |
3201 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3202 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3203 | |
3204 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3205 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3206 | |
3207 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3208 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedExtVector; |
3209 | } |
3210 | |
3211 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3212 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr()); |
3213 | } |
3214 | |
3215 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3216 | QualType ElementType, Expr *SizeExpr); |
3217 | }; |
3218 | |
3219 | |
3220 | /// Represents a GCC generic vector type. This type is created using |
3221 | /// __attribute__((vector_size(n)), where "n" specifies the vector size in |
3222 | /// bytes; or from an Altivec __vector or vector declaration. |
3223 | /// Since the constructor takes the number of vector elements, the |
3224 | /// client is responsible for converting the size into the number of elements. |
3225 | class VectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3226 | public: |
3227 | enum VectorKind { |
3228 | /// not a target-specific vector type |
3229 | GenericVector, |
3230 | |
3231 | /// is AltiVec vector |
3232 | AltiVecVector, |
3233 | |
3234 | /// is AltiVec 'vector Pixel' |
3235 | AltiVecPixel, |
3236 | |
3237 | /// is AltiVec 'vector bool ...' |
3238 | AltiVecBool, |
3239 | |
3240 | /// is ARM Neon vector |
3241 | NeonVector, |
3242 | |
3243 | /// is ARM Neon polynomial vector |
3244 | NeonPolyVector |
3245 | }; |
3246 | |
3247 | protected: |
3248 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3249 | |
3250 | /// The element type of the vector. |
3251 | QualType ElementType; |
3252 | |
3253 | VectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType, |
3254 | VectorKind vecKind); |
3255 | |
3256 | VectorType(TypeClass tc, QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, |
3257 | QualType canonType, VectorKind vecKind); |
3258 | |
3259 | public: |
3260 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3261 | unsigned getNumElements() const { return VectorTypeBits.NumElements; } |
3262 | |
3263 | static bool isVectorSizeTooLarge(unsigned NumElements) { |
3264 | return NumElements > VectorTypeBitfields::MaxNumElements; |
3265 | } |
3266 | |
3267 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3268 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3269 | |
3270 | VectorKind getVectorKind() const { |
3271 | return VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); |
3272 | } |
3273 | |
3274 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3275 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumElements(), |
3276 | getTypeClass(), getVectorKind()); |
3277 | } |
3278 | |
3279 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType, |
3280 | unsigned NumElements, TypeClass TypeClass, |
3281 | VectorKind VecKind) { |
3282 | ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3283 | ID.AddInteger(NumElements); |
3284 | ID.AddInteger(TypeClass); |
3285 | ID.AddInteger(VecKind); |
3286 | } |
3287 | |
3288 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3289 | return T->getTypeClass() == Vector || T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; |
3290 | } |
3291 | }; |
3292 | |
3293 | /// Represents a vector type where either the type or size is dependent. |
3294 | //// |
3295 | /// For example: |
3296 | /// \code |
3297 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3298 | /// class vector { |
3299 | /// typedef T __attribute__((vector_size(Size))) type; |
3300 | /// } |
3301 | /// \endcode |
3302 | class DependentVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3303 | friend class ASTContext; |
3304 | |
3305 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3306 | QualType ElementType; |
3307 | Expr *SizeExpr; |
3308 | SourceLocation Loc; |
3309 | |
3310 | DependentVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3311 | QualType CanonType, Expr *SizeExpr, |
3312 | SourceLocation Loc, VectorType::VectorKind vecKind); |
3313 | |
3314 | public: |
3315 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } |
3316 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3317 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return Loc; } |
3318 | VectorType::VectorKind getVectorKind() const { |
3319 | return VectorType::VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); |
3320 | } |
3321 | |
3322 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3323 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3324 | |
3325 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3326 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentVector; |
3327 | } |
3328 | |
3329 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3330 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr(), getVectorKind()); |
3331 | } |
3332 | |
3333 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3334 | QualType ElementType, const Expr *SizeExpr, |
3335 | VectorType::VectorKind VecKind); |
3336 | }; |
3337 | |
3338 | /// ExtVectorType - Extended vector type. This type is created using |
3339 | /// __attribute__((ext_vector_type(n)), where "n" is the number of elements. |
3340 | /// Unlike vector_size, ext_vector_type is only allowed on typedef's. This |
3341 | /// class enables syntactic extensions, like Vector Components for accessing |
3342 | /// points (as .xyzw), colors (as .rgba), and textures (modeled after OpenGL |
3343 | /// Shading Language). |
3344 | class ExtVectorType : public VectorType { |
3345 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3346 | |
3347 | ExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType) |
3348 | : VectorType(ExtVector, vecType, nElements, canonType, GenericVector) {} |
3349 | |
3350 | public: |
3351 | static int getPointAccessorIdx(char c) { |
3352 | switch (c) { |
3353 | default: return -1; |
3354 | case 'x': case 'r': return 0; |
3355 | case 'y': case 'g': return 1; |
3356 | case 'z': case 'b': return 2; |
3357 | case 'w': case 'a': return 3; |
3358 | } |
3359 | } |
3360 | |
3361 | static int getNumericAccessorIdx(char c) { |
3362 | switch (c) { |
3363 | default: return -1; |
3364 | case '0': return 0; |
3365 | case '1': return 1; |
3366 | case '2': return 2; |
3367 | case '3': return 3; |
3368 | case '4': return 4; |
3369 | case '5': return 5; |
3370 | case '6': return 6; |
3371 | case '7': return 7; |
3372 | case '8': return 8; |
3373 | case '9': return 9; |
3374 | case 'A': |
3375 | case 'a': return 10; |
3376 | case 'B': |
3377 | case 'b': return 11; |
3378 | case 'C': |
3379 | case 'c': return 12; |
3380 | case 'D': |
3381 | case 'd': return 13; |
3382 | case 'E': |
3383 | case 'e': return 14; |
3384 | case 'F': |
3385 | case 'f': return 15; |
3386 | } |
3387 | } |
3388 | |
3389 | static int getAccessorIdx(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) { |
3390 | if (isNumericAccessor) |
3391 | return getNumericAccessorIdx(c); |
3392 | else |
3393 | return getPointAccessorIdx(c); |
3394 | } |
3395 | |
3396 | bool isAccessorWithinNumElements(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) const { |
3397 | if (int idx = getAccessorIdx(c, isNumericAccessor)+1) |
3398 | return unsigned(idx-1) < getNumElements(); |
3399 | return false; |
3400 | } |
3401 | |
3402 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3403 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3404 | |
3405 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3406 | return T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; |
3407 | } |
3408 | }; |
3409 | |
3410 | /// FunctionType - C99 6.7.5.3 - Function Declarators. This is the common base |
3411 | /// class of FunctionNoProtoType and FunctionProtoType. |
3412 | class FunctionType : public Type { |
3413 | // The type returned by the function. |
3414 | QualType ResultType; |
3415 | |
3416 | public: |
3417 | /// Interesting information about a specific parameter that can't simply |
3418 | /// be reflected in parameter's type. This is only used by FunctionProtoType |
3419 | /// but is in FunctionType to make this class available during the |
3420 | /// specification of the bases of FunctionProtoType. |
3421 | /// |
3422 | /// It makes sense to model language features this way when there's some |
3423 | /// sort of parameter-specific override (such as an attribute) that |
3424 | /// affects how the function is called. For example, the ARC ns_consumed |
3425 | /// attribute changes whether a parameter is passed at +0 (the default) |
3426 | /// or +1 (ns_consumed). This must be reflected in the function type, |
3427 | /// but isn't really a change to the parameter type. |
3428 | /// |
3429 | /// One serious disadvantage of modelling language features this way is |
3430 | /// that they generally do not work with language features that attempt |
3431 | /// to destructure types. For example, template argument deduction will |
3432 | /// not be able to match a parameter declared as |
3433 | /// T (*)(U) |
3434 | /// against an argument of type |
3435 | /// void (*)(__attribute__((ns_consumed)) id) |
3436 | /// because the substitution of T=void, U=id into the former will |
3437 | /// not produce the latter. |
3438 | class ExtParameterInfo { |
3439 | enum { |
3440 | ABIMask = 0x0F, |
3441 | IsConsumed = 0x10, |
3442 | HasPassObjSize = 0x20, |
3443 | IsNoEscape = 0x40, |
3444 | }; |
3445 | unsigned char Data = 0; |
3446 | |
3447 | public: |
3448 | ExtParameterInfo() = default; |
3449 | |
3450 | /// Return the ABI treatment of this parameter. |
3451 | ParameterABI getABI() const { return ParameterABI(Data & ABIMask); } |
3452 | ExtParameterInfo withABI(ParameterABI kind) const { |
3453 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; |
3454 | copy.Data = (copy.Data & ~ABIMask) | unsigned(kind); |
3455 | return copy; |
3456 | } |
3457 | |
3458 | /// Is this parameter considered "consumed" by Objective-C ARC? |
3459 | /// Consumed parameters must have retainable object type. |
3460 | bool isConsumed() const { return (Data & IsConsumed); } |
3461 | ExtParameterInfo withIsConsumed(bool consumed) const { |
3462 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; |
3463 | if (consumed) |
3464 | copy.Data |= IsConsumed; |
3465 | else |
3466 | copy.Data &= ~IsConsumed; |
3467 | return copy; |
3468 | } |
3469 | |
3470 | bool hasPassObjectSize() const { return Data & HasPassObjSize; } |
3471 | ExtParameterInfo withHasPassObjectSize() const { |
3472 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; |
3473 | Copy.Data |= HasPassObjSize; |
3474 | return Copy; |
3475 | } |
3476 | |
3477 | bool isNoEscape() const { return Data & IsNoEscape; } |
3478 | ExtParameterInfo withIsNoEscape(bool NoEscape) const { |
3479 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; |
3480 | if (NoEscape) |
3481 | Copy.Data |= IsNoEscape; |
3482 | else |
3483 | Copy.Data &= ~IsNoEscape; |
3484 | return Copy; |
3485 | } |
3486 | |
3487 | unsigned char getOpaqueValue() const { return Data; } |
3488 | static ExtParameterInfo getFromOpaqueValue(unsigned char data) { |
3489 | ExtParameterInfo result; |
3490 | result.Data = data; |
3491 | return result; |
3492 | } |
3493 | |
3494 | friend bool operator==(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { |
3495 | return lhs.Data == rhs.Data; |
3496 | } |
3497 | |
3498 | friend bool operator!=(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { |
3499 | return lhs.Data != rhs.Data; |
3500 | } |
3501 | }; |
3502 | |
3503 | /// A class which abstracts out some details necessary for |
3504 | /// making a call. |
3505 | /// |
3506 | /// It is not actually used directly for storing this information in |
3507 | /// a FunctionType, although FunctionType does currently use the |
3508 | /// same bit-pattern. |
3509 | /// |
3510 | // If you add a field (say Foo), other than the obvious places (both, |
3511 | // constructors, compile failures), what you need to update is |
3512 | // * Operator== |
3513 | // * getFoo |
3514 | // * withFoo |
3515 | // * functionType. Add Foo, getFoo. |
3516 | // * ASTContext::getFooType |
3517 | // * ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes |
3518 | // * FunctionNoProtoType::Profile |
3519 | // * FunctionProtoType::Profile |
3520 | // * TypePrinter::PrintFunctionProto |
3521 | // * AST read and write |
3522 | // * Codegen |
3523 | class ExtInfo { |
3524 | friend class FunctionType; |
3525 | |
3526 | // Feel free to rearrange or add bits, but if you go over 12, |
3527 | // you'll need to adjust both the Bits field below and |
3528 | // Type::FunctionTypeBitfields. |
3529 | |
3530 | // | CC |noreturn|produces|nocallersavedregs|regparm|nocfcheck| |
3531 | // |0 .. 4| 5 | 6 | 7 |8 .. 10| 11 | |
3532 | // |
3533 | // regparm is either 0 (no regparm attribute) or the regparm value+1. |
3534 | enum { CallConvMask = 0x1F }; |
3535 | enum { NoReturnMask = 0x20 }; |
3536 | enum { ProducesResultMask = 0x40 }; |
3537 | enum { NoCallerSavedRegsMask = 0x80 }; |
3538 | enum { NoCfCheckMask = 0x800 }; |
3539 | enum { |
3540 | RegParmMask = ~(CallConvMask | NoReturnMask | ProducesResultMask | |
3541 | NoCallerSavedRegsMask | NoCfCheckMask), |
3542 | RegParmOffset = 8 |
3543 | }; // Assumed to be the last field |
3544 | uint16_t Bits = CC_C; |
3545 | |
3546 | ExtInfo(unsigned Bits) : Bits(static_cast<uint16_t>(Bits)) {} |
3547 | |
3548 | public: |
3549 | // Constructor with no defaults. Use this when you know that you |
3550 | // have all the elements (when reading an AST file for example). |
3551 | ExtInfo(bool noReturn, bool hasRegParm, unsigned regParm, CallingConv cc, |
3552 | bool producesResult, bool noCallerSavedRegs, bool NoCfCheck) { |
3553 | assert((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value")(((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && \"Invalid regparm value\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3553, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3554 | Bits = ((unsigned)cc) | (noReturn ? NoReturnMask : 0) | |
3555 | (producesResult ? ProducesResultMask : 0) | |
3556 | (noCallerSavedRegs ? NoCallerSavedRegsMask : 0) | |
3557 | (hasRegParm ? ((regParm + 1) << RegParmOffset) : 0) | |
3558 | (NoCfCheck ? NoCfCheckMask : 0); |
3559 | } |
3560 | |
3561 | // Constructor with all defaults. Use when for example creating a |
3562 | // function known to use defaults. |
3563 | ExtInfo() = default; |
3564 | |
3565 | // Constructor with just the calling convention, which is an important part |
3566 | // of the canonical type. |
3567 | ExtInfo(CallingConv CC) : Bits(CC) {} |
3568 | |
3569 | bool getNoReturn() const { return Bits & NoReturnMask; } |
3570 | bool getProducesResult() const { return Bits & ProducesResultMask; } |
3571 | bool getNoCallerSavedRegs() const { return Bits & NoCallerSavedRegsMask; } |
3572 | bool getNoCfCheck() const { return Bits & NoCfCheckMask; } |
3573 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return (Bits >> RegParmOffset) != 0; } |
3574 | |
3575 | unsigned getRegParm() const { |
3576 | unsigned RegParm = (Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset; |
3577 | if (RegParm > 0) |
3578 | --RegParm; |
3579 | return RegParm; |
3580 | } |
3581 | |
3582 | CallingConv getCC() const { return CallingConv(Bits & CallConvMask); } |
3583 | |
3584 | bool operator==(ExtInfo Other) const { |
3585 | return Bits == Other.Bits; |
3586 | } |
3587 | bool operator!=(ExtInfo Other) const { |
3588 | return Bits != Other.Bits; |
3589 | } |
3590 | |
3591 | // Note that we don't have setters. That is by design, use |
3592 | // the following with methods instead of mutating these objects. |
3593 | |
3594 | ExtInfo withNoReturn(bool noReturn) const { |
3595 | if (noReturn) |
3596 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoReturnMask); |
3597 | else |
3598 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoReturnMask); |
3599 | } |
3600 | |
3601 | ExtInfo withProducesResult(bool producesResult) const { |
3602 | if (producesResult) |
3603 | return ExtInfo(Bits | ProducesResultMask); |
3604 | else |
3605 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~ProducesResultMask); |
3606 | } |
3607 | |
3608 | ExtInfo withNoCallerSavedRegs(bool noCallerSavedRegs) const { |
3609 | if (noCallerSavedRegs) |
3610 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCallerSavedRegsMask); |
3611 | else |
3612 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCallerSavedRegsMask); |
3613 | } |
3614 | |
3615 | ExtInfo withNoCfCheck(bool noCfCheck) const { |
3616 | if (noCfCheck) |
3617 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCfCheckMask); |
3618 | else |
3619 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCfCheckMask); |
3620 | } |
3621 | |
3622 | ExtInfo withRegParm(unsigned RegParm) const { |
3623 | assert(RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value")((RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RegParm < 7 && \"Invalid regparm value\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3623, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3624 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~RegParmMask) | |
3625 | ((RegParm + 1) << RegParmOffset)); |
3626 | } |
3627 | |
3628 | ExtInfo withCallingConv(CallingConv cc) const { |
3629 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~CallConvMask) | (unsigned) cc); |
3630 | } |
3631 | |
3632 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
3633 | ID.AddInteger(Bits); |
3634 | } |
3635 | }; |
3636 | |
3637 | /// A simple holder for a QualType representing a type in an |
3638 | /// exception specification. Unfortunately needed by FunctionProtoType |
3639 | /// because TrailingObjects cannot handle repeated types. |
3640 | struct ExceptionType { QualType Type; }; |
3641 | |
3642 | /// A simple holder for various uncommon bits which do not fit in |
3643 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields. Aligned to alignof(void *) to maintain the |
3644 | /// alignment of subsequent objects in TrailingObjects. You must update |
3645 | /// hasExtraBitfields in FunctionProtoType after adding extra data here. |
3646 | struct alignas(void *) FunctionTypeExtraBitfields { |
3647 | /// The number of types in the exception specification. |
3648 | /// A whole unsigned is not needed here and according to |
3649 | /// [implimits] 8 bits would be enough here. |
3650 | unsigned NumExceptionType; |
3651 | }; |
3652 | |
3653 | protected: |
3654 | FunctionType(TypeClass tc, QualType res, |
3655 | QualType Canonical, bool Dependent, |
3656 | bool InstantiationDependent, |
3657 | bool VariablyModified, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, |
3658 | ExtInfo Info) |
3659 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependent, InstantiationDependent, VariablyModified, |
3660 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack), |
3661 | ResultType(res) { |
3662 | FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo = Info.Bits; |
3663 | } |
3664 | |
3665 | Qualifiers getFastTypeQuals() const { |
3666 | return Qualifiers::fromFastMask(FunctionTypeBits.FastTypeQuals); |
3667 | } |
3668 | |
3669 | public: |
3670 | QualType getReturnType() const { return ResultType; } |
3671 | |
3672 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return getExtInfo().getHasRegParm(); } |
3673 | unsigned getRegParmType() const { return getExtInfo().getRegParm(); } |
3674 | |
3675 | /// Determine whether this function type includes the GNU noreturn |
3676 | /// attribute. The C++11 [[noreturn]] attribute does not affect the function |
3677 | /// type. |
3678 | bool getNoReturnAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getNoReturn(); } |
3679 | |
3680 | CallingConv getCallConv() const { return getExtInfo().getCC(); } |
3681 | ExtInfo getExtInfo() const { return ExtInfo(FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo); } |
3682 | |
3683 | static_assert((~Qualifiers::FastMask & Qualifiers::CVRMask) == 0, |
3684 | "Const, volatile and restrict are assumed to be a subset of " |
3685 | "the fast qualifiers."); |
3686 | |
3687 | bool isConst() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasConst(); } |
3688 | bool isVolatile() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasVolatile(); } |
3689 | bool isRestrict() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasRestrict(); } |
3690 | |
3691 | /// Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of |
3692 | /// this type. |
3693 | QualType getCallResultType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
3694 | return getReturnType().getNonLValueExprType(Context); |
3695 | } |
3696 | |
3697 | static StringRef getNameForCallConv(CallingConv CC); |
3698 | |
3699 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3700 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto || |
3701 | T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; |
3702 | } |
3703 | }; |
3704 | |
3705 | /// Represents a K&R-style 'int foo()' function, which has |
3706 | /// no information available about its arguments. |
3707 | class FunctionNoProtoType : public FunctionType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3708 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3709 | |
3710 | FunctionNoProtoType(QualType Result, QualType Canonical, ExtInfo Info) |
3711 | : FunctionType(FunctionNoProto, Result, Canonical, |
3712 | /*Dependent=*/false, /*InstantiationDependent=*/false, |
3713 | Result->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
3714 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false, Info) {} |
3715 | |
3716 | public: |
3717 | // No additional state past what FunctionType provides. |
3718 | |
3719 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3720 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3721 | |
3722 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3723 | Profile(ID, getReturnType(), getExtInfo()); |
3724 | } |
3725 | |
3726 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ResultType, |
3727 | ExtInfo Info) { |
3728 | Info.Profile(ID); |
3729 | ID.AddPointer(ResultType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3730 | } |
3731 | |
3732 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3733 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto; |
3734 | } |
3735 | }; |
3736 | |
3737 | /// Represents a prototype with parameter type info, e.g. |
3738 | /// 'int foo(int)' or 'int foo(void)'. 'void' is represented as having no |
3739 | /// parameters, not as having a single void parameter. Such a type can have |
3740 | /// an exception specification, but this specification is not part of the |
3741 | /// canonical type. FunctionProtoType has several trailing objects, some of |
3742 | /// which optional. For more information about the trailing objects see |
3743 | /// the first comment inside FunctionProtoType. |
3744 | class FunctionProtoType final |
3745 | : public FunctionType, |
3746 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, |
3747 | private llvm::TrailingObjects< |
3748 | FunctionProtoType, QualType, SourceLocation, |
3749 | FunctionType::FunctionTypeExtraBitfields, FunctionType::ExceptionType, |
3750 | Expr *, FunctionDecl *, FunctionType::ExtParameterInfo, Qualifiers> { |
3751 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3752 | friend TrailingObjects; |
3753 | |
3754 | // FunctionProtoType is followed by several trailing objects, some of |
3755 | // which optional. They are in order: |
3756 | // |
3757 | // * An array of getNumParams() QualType holding the parameter types. |
3758 | // Always present. Note that for the vast majority of FunctionProtoType, |
3759 | // these will be the only trailing objects. |
3760 | // |
3761 | // * Optionally if the function is variadic, the SourceLocation of the |
3762 | // ellipsis. |
3763 | // |
3764 | // * Optionally if some extra data is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields |
3765 | // (see FunctionTypeExtraBitfields and FunctionTypeBitfields): |
3766 | // a single FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. Present if and only if |
3767 | // hasExtraBitfields() is true. |
3768 | // |
3769 | // * Optionally exactly one of: |
3770 | // * an array of getNumExceptions() ExceptionType, |
3771 | // * a single Expr *, |
3772 | // * a pair of FunctionDecl *, |
3773 | // * a single FunctionDecl * |
3774 | // used to store information about the various types of exception |
3775 | // specification. See getExceptionSpecSize for the details. |
3776 | // |
3777 | // * Optionally an array of getNumParams() ExtParameterInfo holding |
3778 | // an ExtParameterInfo for each of the parameters. Present if and |
3779 | // only if hasExtParameterInfos() is true. |
3780 | // |
3781 | // * Optionally a Qualifiers object to represent extra qualifiers that can't |
3782 | // be represented by FunctionTypeBitfields.FastTypeQuals. Present if and only |
3783 | // if hasExtQualifiers() is true. |
3784 | // |
3785 | // The optional FunctionTypeExtraBitfields has to be before the data |
3786 | // related to the exception specification since it contains the number |
3787 | // of exception types. |
3788 | // |
3789 | // We put the ExtParameterInfos last. If all were equal, it would make |
3790 | // more sense to put these before the exception specification, because |
3791 | // it's much easier to skip past them compared to the elaborate switch |
3792 | // required to skip the exception specification. However, all is not |
3793 | // equal; ExtParameterInfos are used to model very uncommon features, |
3794 | // and it's better not to burden the more common paths. |
3795 | |
3796 | public: |
3797 | /// Holds information about the various types of exception specification. |
3798 | /// ExceptionSpecInfo is not stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is |
3799 | /// used to group together the various bits of information about the |
3800 | /// exception specification. |
3801 | struct ExceptionSpecInfo { |
3802 | /// The kind of exception specification this is. |
3803 | ExceptionSpecificationType Type = EST_None; |
3804 | |
3805 | /// Explicitly-specified list of exception types. |
3806 | ArrayRef<QualType> Exceptions; |
3807 | |
3808 | /// Noexcept expression, if this is a computed noexcept specification. |
3809 | Expr *NoexceptExpr = nullptr; |
3810 | |
3811 | /// The function whose exception specification this is, for |
3812 | /// EST_Unevaluated and EST_Uninstantiated. |
3813 | FunctionDecl *SourceDecl = nullptr; |
3814 | |
3815 | /// The function template whose exception specification this is instantiated |
3816 | /// from, for EST_Uninstantiated. |
3817 | FunctionDecl *SourceTemplate = nullptr; |
3818 | |
3819 | ExceptionSpecInfo() = default; |
3820 | |
3821 | ExceptionSpecInfo(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) : Type(EST) {} |
3822 | }; |
3823 | |
3824 | /// Extra information about a function prototype. ExtProtoInfo is not |
3825 | /// stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is used to group together |
3826 | /// the various bits of extra information about a function prototype. |
3827 | struct ExtProtoInfo { |
3828 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ExtInfo; |
3829 | bool Variadic : 1; |
3830 | bool HasTrailingReturn : 1; |
3831 | Qualifiers TypeQuals; |
3832 | RefQualifierKind RefQualifier = RQ_None; |
3833 | ExceptionSpecInfo ExceptionSpec; |
3834 | const ExtParameterInfo *ExtParameterInfos = nullptr; |
3835 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc; |
3836 | |
3837 | ExtProtoInfo() : Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} |
3838 | |
3839 | ExtProtoInfo(CallingConv CC) |
3840 | : ExtInfo(CC), Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} |
3841 | |
3842 | ExtProtoInfo withExceptionSpec(const ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) { |
3843 | ExtProtoInfo Result(*this); |
3844 | Result.ExceptionSpec = ESI; |
3845 | return Result; |
3846 | } |
3847 | }; |
3848 | |
3849 | private: |
3850 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<QualType>) const { |
3851 | return getNumParams(); |
3852 | } |
3853 | |
3854 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<SourceLocation>) const { |
3855 | return isVariadic(); |
3856 | } |
3857 | |
3858 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>) const { |
3859 | return hasExtraBitfields(); |
3860 | } |
3861 | |
3862 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExceptionType>) const { |
3863 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExceptionType; |
3864 | } |
3865 | |
3866 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Expr *>) const { |
3867 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExprPtr; |
3868 | } |
3869 | |
3870 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionDecl *>) const { |
3871 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumFunctionDeclPtr; |
3872 | } |
3873 | |
3874 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExtParameterInfo>) const { |
3875 | return hasExtParameterInfos() ? getNumParams() : 0; |
3876 | } |
3877 | |
3878 | /// Determine whether there are any argument types that |
3879 | /// contain an unexpanded parameter pack. |
3880 | static bool containsAnyUnexpandedParameterPack(const QualType *ArgArray, |
3881 | unsigned numArgs) { |
3882 | for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < numArgs; ++Idx) |
3883 | if (ArgArray[Idx]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) |
3884 | return true; |
3885 | |
3886 | return false; |
3887 | } |
3888 | |
3889 | FunctionProtoType(QualType result, ArrayRef<QualType> params, |
3890 | QualType canonical, const ExtProtoInfo &epi); |
3891 | |
3892 | /// This struct is returned by getExceptionSpecSize and is used to |
3893 | /// translate an ExceptionSpecificationType to the number and kind |
3894 | /// of trailing objects related to the exception specification. |
3895 | struct ExceptionSpecSizeHolder { |
3896 | unsigned NumExceptionType; |
3897 | unsigned NumExprPtr; |
3898 | unsigned NumFunctionDeclPtr; |
3899 | }; |
3900 | |
3901 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects |
3902 | /// related to the exception specification. |
3903 | static ExceptionSpecSizeHolder |
3904 | getExceptionSpecSize(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, unsigned NumExceptions) { |
3905 | switch (EST) { |
3906 | case EST_None: |
3907 | case EST_DynamicNone: |
3908 | case EST_MSAny: |
3909 | case EST_BasicNoexcept: |
3910 | case EST_Unparsed: |
3911 | case EST_NoThrow: |
3912 | return {0, 0, 0}; |
3913 | |
3914 | case EST_Dynamic: |
3915 | return {NumExceptions, 0, 0}; |
3916 | |
3917 | case EST_DependentNoexcept: |
3918 | case EST_NoexceptFalse: |
3919 | case EST_NoexceptTrue: |
3920 | return {0, 1, 0}; |
3921 | |
3922 | case EST_Uninstantiated: |
3923 | return {0, 0, 2}; |
3924 | |
3925 | case EST_Unevaluated: |
3926 | return {0, 0, 1}; |
3927 | } |
3928 | llvm_unreachable("bad exception specification kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad exception specification kind" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3928); |
3929 | } |
3930 | |
3931 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects |
3932 | /// related to the exception specification. |
3933 | ExceptionSpecSizeHolder getExceptionSpecSize() const { |
3934 | return getExceptionSpecSize(getExceptionSpecType(), getNumExceptions()); |
3935 | } |
3936 | |
3937 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. |
3938 | static bool hasExtraBitfields(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) { |
3939 | // If the exception spec type is EST_Dynamic then we have > 0 exception |
3940 | // types and the exact number is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. |
3941 | return EST == EST_Dynamic; |
3942 | } |
3943 | |
3944 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. |
3945 | bool hasExtraBitfields() const { |
3946 | return hasExtraBitfields(getExceptionSpecType()); |
3947 | } |
3948 | |
3949 | bool hasExtQualifiers() const { |
3950 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtQuals; |
3951 | } |
3952 | |
3953 | public: |
3954 | unsigned getNumParams() const { return FunctionTypeBits.NumParams; } |
3955 | |
3956 | QualType getParamType(unsigned i) const { |
3957 | assert(i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index")((i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumParams() && \"invalid parameter index\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3957, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3958 | return param_type_begin()[i]; |
3959 | } |
3960 | |
3961 | ArrayRef<QualType> getParamTypes() const { |
3962 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); |
3963 | } |
3964 | |
3965 | ExtProtoInfo getExtProtoInfo() const { |
3966 | ExtProtoInfo EPI; |
3967 | EPI.ExtInfo = getExtInfo(); |
3968 | EPI.Variadic = isVariadic(); |
3969 | EPI.EllipsisLoc = getEllipsisLoc(); |
3970 | EPI.HasTrailingReturn = hasTrailingReturn(); |
3971 | EPI.ExceptionSpec = getExceptionSpecInfo(); |
3972 | EPI.TypeQuals = getMethodQuals(); |
3973 | EPI.RefQualifier = getRefQualifier(); |
3974 | EPI.ExtParameterInfos = getExtParameterInfosOrNull(); |
3975 | return EPI; |
3976 | } |
3977 | |
3978 | /// Get the kind of exception specification on this function. |
3979 | ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { |
3980 | return static_cast<ExceptionSpecificationType>( |
3981 | FunctionTypeBits.ExceptionSpecType); |
3982 | } |
3983 | |
3984 | /// Return whether this function has any kind of exception spec. |
3985 | bool hasExceptionSpec() const { return getExceptionSpecType() != EST_None; } |
3986 | |
3987 | /// Return whether this function has a dynamic (throw) exception spec. |
3988 | bool hasDynamicExceptionSpec() const { |
3989 | return isDynamicExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); |
3990 | } |
3991 | |
3992 | /// Return whether this function has a noexcept exception spec. |
3993 | bool hasNoexceptExceptionSpec() const { |
3994 | return isNoexceptExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); |
3995 | } |
3996 | |
3997 | /// Return whether this function has a dependent exception spec. |
3998 | bool hasDependentExceptionSpec() const; |
3999 | |
4000 | /// Return whether this function has an instantiation-dependent exception |
4001 | /// spec. |
4002 | bool hasInstantiationDependentExceptionSpec() const; |
4003 | |
4004 | /// Return all the available information about this type's exception spec. |
4005 | ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpecInfo() const { |
4006 | ExceptionSpecInfo Result; |
4007 | Result.Type = getExceptionSpecType(); |
4008 | if (Result.Type == EST_Dynamic) { |
4009 | Result.Exceptions = exceptions(); |
4010 | } else if (isComputedNoexcept(Result.Type)) { |
4011 | Result.NoexceptExpr = getNoexceptExpr(); |
4012 | } else if (Result.Type == EST_Uninstantiated) { |
4013 | Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); |
4014 | Result.SourceTemplate = getExceptionSpecTemplate(); |
4015 | } else if (Result.Type == EST_Unevaluated) { |
4016 | Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); |
4017 | } |
4018 | return Result; |
4019 | } |
4020 | |
4021 | /// Return the number of types in the exception specification. |
4022 | unsigned getNumExceptions() const { |
4023 | return getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Dynamic |
4024 | ? getTrailingObjects<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>() |
4025 | ->NumExceptionType |
4026 | : 0; |
4027 | } |
4028 | |
4029 | /// Return the ith exception type, where 0 <= i < getNumExceptions(). |
4030 | QualType getExceptionType(unsigned i) const { |
4031 | assert(i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!")((i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumExceptions() && \"Invalid exception number!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4031, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4032 | return exception_begin()[i]; |
4033 | } |
4034 | |
4035 | /// Return the expression inside noexcept(expression), or a null pointer |
4036 | /// if there is none (because the exception spec is not of this form). |
4037 | Expr *getNoexceptExpr() const { |
4038 | if (!isComputedNoexcept(getExceptionSpecType())) |
4039 | return nullptr; |
4040 | return *getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); |
4041 | } |
4042 | |
4043 | /// If this function type has an exception specification which hasn't |
4044 | /// been determined yet (either because it has not been evaluated or because |
4045 | /// it has not been instantiated), this is the function whose exception |
4046 | /// specification is represented by this type. |
4047 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecDecl() const { |
4048 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated && |
4049 | getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Unevaluated) |
4050 | return nullptr; |
4051 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[0]; |
4052 | } |
4053 | |
4054 | /// If this function type has an uninstantiated exception |
4055 | /// specification, this is the function whose exception specification |
4056 | /// should be instantiated to find the exception specification for |
4057 | /// this type. |
4058 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecTemplate() const { |
4059 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated) |
4060 | return nullptr; |
4061 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[1]; |
4062 | } |
4063 | |
4064 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception |
4065 | /// specification. |
4066 | CanThrowResult canThrow() const; |
4067 | |
4068 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception |
4069 | /// specification. If this depends on template arguments, returns |
4070 | /// \c ResultIfDependent. |
4071 | bool isNothrow(bool ResultIfDependent = false) const { |
4072 | return ResultIfDependent ? canThrow() != CT_Can : canThrow() == CT_Cannot; |
4073 | } |
4074 | |
4075 | /// Whether this function prototype is variadic. |
4076 | bool isVariadic() const { return FunctionTypeBits.Variadic; } |
4077 | |
4078 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { |
4079 | return isVariadic() ? *getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>() |
4080 | : SourceLocation(); |
4081 | } |
4082 | |
4083 | /// Determines whether this function prototype contains a |
4084 | /// parameter pack at the end. |
4085 | /// |
4086 | /// A function template whose last parameter is a parameter pack can be |
4087 | /// called with an arbitrary number of arguments, much like a variadic |
4088 | /// function. |
4089 | bool isTemplateVariadic() const; |
4090 | |
4091 | /// Whether this function prototype has a trailing return type. |
4092 | bool hasTrailingReturn() const { return FunctionTypeBits.HasTrailingReturn; } |
4093 | |
4094 | Qualifiers getMethodQuals() const { |
4095 | if (hasExtQualifiers()) |
4096 | return *getTrailingObjects<Qualifiers>(); |
4097 | else |
4098 | return getFastTypeQuals(); |
4099 | } |
4100 | |
4101 | /// Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this function type. |
4102 | RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const { |
4103 | return static_cast<RefQualifierKind>(FunctionTypeBits.RefQualifier); |
4104 | } |
4105 | |
4106 | using param_type_iterator = const QualType *; |
4107 | using param_type_range = llvm::iterator_range<param_type_iterator>; |
4108 | |
4109 | param_type_range param_types() const { |
4110 | return param_type_range(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); |
4111 | } |
4112 | |
4113 | param_type_iterator param_type_begin() const { |
4114 | return getTrailingObjects<QualType>(); |
4115 | } |
4116 | |
4117 | param_type_iterator param_type_end() const { |
4118 | return param_type_begin() + getNumParams(); |
4119 | } |
4120 | |
4121 | using exception_iterator = const QualType *; |
4122 | |
4123 | ArrayRef<QualType> exceptions() const { |
4124 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(exception_begin(), exception_end()); |
4125 | } |
4126 | |
4127 | exception_iterator exception_begin() const { |
4128 | return reinterpret_cast<exception_iterator>( |
4129 | getTrailingObjects<ExceptionType>()); |
4130 | } |
4131 | |
4132 | exception_iterator exception_end() const { |
4133 | return exception_begin() + getNumExceptions(); |
4134 | } |
4135 | |
4136 | /// Is there any interesting extra information for any of the parameters |
4137 | /// of this function type? |
4138 | bool hasExtParameterInfos() const { |
4139 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtParameterInfos; |
4140 | } |
4141 | |
4142 | ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo> getExtParameterInfos() const { |
4143 | assert(hasExtParameterInfos())((hasExtParameterInfos()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("hasExtParameterInfos()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4143, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4144 | return ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo>(getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(), |
4145 | getNumParams()); |
4146 | } |
4147 | |
4148 | /// Return a pointer to the beginning of the array of extra parameter |
4149 | /// information, if present, or else null if none of the parameters |
4150 | /// carry it. This is equivalent to getExtProtoInfo().ExtParameterInfos. |
4151 | const ExtParameterInfo *getExtParameterInfosOrNull() const { |
4152 | if (!hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4153 | return nullptr; |
4154 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(); |
4155 | } |
4156 | |
4157 | ExtParameterInfo getExtParameterInfo(unsigned I) const { |
4158 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4158, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4159 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4160 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I]; |
4161 | return ExtParameterInfo(); |
4162 | } |
4163 | |
4164 | ParameterABI getParameterABI(unsigned I) const { |
4165 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4165, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4166 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4167 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].getABI(); |
4168 | return ParameterABI::Ordinary; |
4169 | } |
4170 | |
4171 | bool isParamConsumed(unsigned I) const { |
4172 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4172, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4173 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4174 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].isConsumed(); |
4175 | return false; |
4176 | } |
4177 | |
4178 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4179 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4180 | |
4181 | void printExceptionSpecification(raw_ostream &OS, |
4182 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
4183 | |
4184 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4185 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; |
4186 | } |
4187 | |
4188 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx); |
4189 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Result, |
4190 | param_type_iterator ArgTys, unsigned NumArgs, |
4191 | const ExtProtoInfo &EPI, const ASTContext &Context, |
4192 | bool Canonical); |
4193 | }; |
4194 | |
4195 | /// Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped |
4196 | /// typename using declaration, e.g. |
4197 | /// using typename Base<T>::foo; |
4198 | /// |
4199 | /// Template instantiation turns these into the underlying type. |
4200 | class UnresolvedUsingType : public Type { |
4201 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4202 | |
4203 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Decl; |
4204 | |
4205 | UnresolvedUsingType(const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) |
4206 | : Type(UnresolvedUsing, QualType(), true, true, false, |
4207 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false), |
4208 | Decl(const_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl*>(D)) {} |
4209 | |
4210 | public: |
4211 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
4212 | |
4213 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4214 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4215 | |
4216 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4217 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnresolvedUsing; |
4218 | } |
4219 | |
4220 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4221 | return Profile(ID, Decl); |
4222 | } |
4223 | |
4224 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4225 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) { |
4226 | ID.AddPointer(D); |
4227 | } |
4228 | }; |
4229 | |
4230 | class TypedefType : public Type { |
4231 | TypedefNameDecl *Decl; |
4232 | |
4233 | protected: |
4234 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4235 | |
4236 | TypedefType(TypeClass tc, const TypedefNameDecl *D, QualType can) |
4237 | : Type(tc, can, can->isDependentType(), |
4238 | can->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4239 | can->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4240 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false), |
4241 | Decl(const_cast<TypedefNameDecl*>(D)) { |
4242 | assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")((!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<TypedefType>(can) && \"Invalid canonical type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4242, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4243 | } |
4244 | |
4245 | public: |
4246 | TypedefNameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
4247 | |
4248 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4249 | QualType desugar() const; |
4250 | |
4251 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Typedef; } |
4252 | }; |
4253 | |
4254 | /// Sugar type that represents a type that was qualified by a qualifier written |
4255 | /// as a macro invocation. |
4256 | class MacroQualifiedType : public Type { |
4257 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4258 | |
4259 | QualType UnderlyingTy; |
4260 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII; |
4261 | |
4262 | MacroQualifiedType(QualType UnderlyingTy, QualType CanonTy, |
4263 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII) |
4264 | : Type(MacroQualified, CanonTy, UnderlyingTy->isDependentType(), |
4265 | UnderlyingTy->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4266 | UnderlyingTy->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4267 | UnderlyingTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4268 | UnderlyingTy(UnderlyingTy), MacroII(MacroII) { |
4269 | assert(isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) &&((isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4270, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
4270 | "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.")((isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4270, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4271 | } |
4272 | |
4273 | public: |
4274 | const IdentifierInfo *getMacroIdentifier() const { return MacroII; } |
4275 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingTy; } |
4276 | |
4277 | /// Return this attributed type's modified type with no qualifiers attached to |
4278 | /// it. |
4279 | QualType getModifiedType() const; |
4280 | |
4281 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4282 | QualType desugar() const; |
4283 | |
4284 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4285 | return T->getTypeClass() == MacroQualified; |
4286 | } |
4287 | }; |
4288 | |
4289 | /// Represents a `typeof` (or __typeof__) expression (a GCC extension). |
4290 | class TypeOfExprType : public Type { |
4291 | Expr *TOExpr; |
4292 | |
4293 | protected: |
4294 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4295 | |
4296 | TypeOfExprType(Expr *E, QualType can = QualType()); |
4297 | |
4298 | public: |
4299 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return TOExpr; } |
4300 | |
4301 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4302 | QualType desugar() const; |
4303 | |
4304 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4305 | bool isSugared() const; |
4306 | |
4307 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOfExpr; } |
4308 | }; |
4309 | |
4310 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4311 | /// `typeof(expr)` types. |
4312 | /// |
4313 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4314 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4315 | /// of this class via TypeOfExprType nodes. |
4316 | class DependentTypeOfExprType |
4317 | : public TypeOfExprType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4318 | const ASTContext &Context; |
4319 | |
4320 | public: |
4321 | DependentTypeOfExprType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E) |
4322 | : TypeOfExprType(E), Context(Context) {} |
4323 | |
4324 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4325 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); |
4326 | } |
4327 | |
4328 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
4329 | Expr *E); |
4330 | }; |
4331 | |
4332 | /// Represents `typeof(type)`, a GCC extension. |
4333 | class TypeOfType : public Type { |
4334 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4335 | |
4336 | QualType TOType; |
4337 | |
4338 | TypeOfType(QualType T, QualType can) |
4339 | : Type(TypeOf, can, T->isDependentType(), |
4340 | T->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4341 | T->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4342 | T->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4343 | TOType(T) { |
4344 | assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")((!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<TypedefType>(can) && \"Invalid canonical type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4344, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4345 | } |
4346 | |
4347 | public: |
4348 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return TOType; } |
4349 | |
4350 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4351 | QualType desugar() const { return getUnderlyingType(); } |
4352 | |
4353 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4354 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4355 | |
4356 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOf; } |
4357 | }; |
4358 | |
4359 | /// Represents the type `decltype(expr)` (C++11). |
4360 | class DecltypeType : public Type { |
4361 | Expr *E; |
4362 | QualType UnderlyingType; |
4363 | |
4364 | protected: |
4365 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4366 | |
4367 | DecltypeType(Expr *E, QualType underlyingType, QualType can = QualType()); |
4368 | |
4369 | public: |
4370 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return E; } |
4371 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4372 | |
4373 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4374 | QualType desugar() const; |
4375 | |
4376 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4377 | bool isSugared() const; |
4378 | |
4379 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decltype; } |
4380 | }; |
4381 | |
4382 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4383 | /// decltype(expr) types. |
4384 | /// |
4385 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4386 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4387 | /// of this class via DecltypeType nodes. |
4388 | class DependentDecltypeType : public DecltypeType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4389 | const ASTContext &Context; |
4390 | |
4391 | public: |
4392 | DependentDecltypeType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E); |
4393 | |
4394 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4395 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); |
4396 | } |
4397 | |
4398 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
4399 | Expr *E); |
4400 | }; |
4401 | |
4402 | /// A unary type transform, which is a type constructed from another. |
4403 | class UnaryTransformType : public Type { |
4404 | public: |
4405 | enum UTTKind { |
4406 | EnumUnderlyingType |
4407 | }; |
4408 | |
4409 | private: |
4410 | /// The untransformed type. |
4411 | QualType BaseType; |
4412 | |
4413 | /// The transformed type if not dependent, otherwise the same as BaseType. |
4414 | QualType UnderlyingType; |
4415 | |
4416 | UTTKind UKind; |
4417 | |
4418 | protected: |
4419 | friend class ASTContext; |
4420 | |
4421 | UnaryTransformType(QualType BaseTy, QualType UnderlyingTy, UTTKind UKind, |
4422 | QualType CanonicalTy); |
4423 | |
4424 | public: |
4425 | bool isSugared() const { return !isDependentType(); } |
4426 | QualType desugar() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4427 | |
4428 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4429 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
4430 | |
4431 | UTTKind getUTTKind() const { return UKind; } |
4432 | |
4433 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4434 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnaryTransform; |
4435 | } |
4436 | }; |
4437 | |
4438 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4439 | /// __underlying_type(type) types. |
4440 | /// |
4441 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4442 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4443 | /// of this class via UnaryTransformType nodes. |
4444 | class DependentUnaryTransformType : public UnaryTransformType, |
4445 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4446 | public: |
4447 | DependentUnaryTransformType(const ASTContext &C, QualType BaseType, |
4448 | UTTKind UKind); |
4449 | |
4450 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4451 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), getUTTKind()); |
4452 | } |
4453 | |
4454 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType BaseType, |
4455 | UTTKind UKind) { |
4456 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4457 | ID.AddInteger((unsigned)UKind); |
4458 | } |
4459 | }; |
4460 | |
4461 | class TagType : public Type { |
4462 | friend class ASTReader; |
4463 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
4464 | |
4465 | /// Stores the TagDecl associated with this type. The decl may point to any |
4466 | /// TagDecl that declares the entity. |
4467 | TagDecl *decl; |
4468 | |
4469 | protected: |
4470 | TagType(TypeClass TC, const TagDecl *D, QualType can); |
4471 | |
4472 | public: |
4473 | TagDecl *getDecl() const; |
4474 | |
4475 | /// Determines whether this type is in the process of being defined. |
4476 | bool isBeingDefined() const; |
4477 | |
4478 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4479 | return T->getTypeClass() == Enum || T->getTypeClass() == Record; |
4480 | } |
4481 | }; |
4482 | |
4483 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast |
4484 | /// to detect TagType objects of structs/unions/classes. |
4485 | class RecordType : public TagType { |
4486 | protected: |
4487 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4488 | |
4489 | explicit RecordType(const RecordDecl *D) |
4490 | : TagType(Record, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4491 | explicit RecordType(TypeClass TC, RecordDecl *D) |
4492 | : TagType(TC, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4493 | |
4494 | public: |
4495 | RecordDecl *getDecl() const { |
4496 | return reinterpret_cast<RecordDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); |
4497 | } |
4498 | |
4499 | /// Recursively check all fields in the record for const-ness. If any field |
4500 | /// is declared const, return true. Otherwise, return false. |
4501 | bool hasConstFields() const; |
4502 | |
4503 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4504 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4505 | |
4506 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Record; } |
4507 | }; |
4508 | |
4509 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast |
4510 | /// to detect TagType objects of enums. |
4511 | class EnumType : public TagType { |
4512 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4513 | |
4514 | explicit EnumType(const EnumDecl *D) |
4515 | : TagType(Enum, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4516 | |
4517 | public: |
4518 | EnumDecl *getDecl() const { |
4519 | return reinterpret_cast<EnumDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); |
4520 | } |
4521 | |
4522 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4523 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4524 | |
4525 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Enum; } |
4526 | }; |
4527 | |
4528 | /// An attributed type is a type to which a type attribute has been applied. |
4529 | /// |
4530 | /// The "modified type" is the fully-sugared type to which the attributed |
4531 | /// type was applied; generally it is not canonically equivalent to the |
4532 | /// attributed type. The "equivalent type" is the minimally-desugared type |
4533 | /// which the type is canonically equivalent to. |
4534 | /// |
4535 | /// For example, in the following attributed type: |
4536 | /// int32_t __attribute__((vector_size(16))) |
4537 | /// - the modified type is the TypedefType for int32_t |
4538 | /// - the equivalent type is VectorType(16, int32_t) |
4539 | /// - the canonical type is VectorType(16, int) |
4540 | class AttributedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4541 | public: |
4542 | using Kind = attr::Kind; |
4543 | |
4544 | private: |
4545 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4546 | |
4547 | QualType ModifiedType; |
4548 | QualType EquivalentType; |
4549 | |
4550 | AttributedType(QualType canon, attr::Kind attrKind, QualType modified, |
4551 | QualType equivalent) |
4552 | : Type(Attributed, canon, equivalent->isDependentType(), |
4553 | equivalent->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4554 | equivalent->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4555 | equivalent->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4556 | ModifiedType(modified), EquivalentType(equivalent) { |
4557 | AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind = attrKind; |
4558 | } |
4559 | |
4560 | public: |
4561 | Kind getAttrKind() const { |
4562 | return static_cast<Kind>(AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind); |
4563 | } |
4564 | |
4565 | QualType getModifiedType() const { return ModifiedType; } |
4566 | QualType getEquivalentType() const { return EquivalentType; } |
4567 | |
4568 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4569 | QualType desugar() const { return getEquivalentType(); } |
4570 | |
4571 | /// Does this attribute behave like a type qualifier? |
4572 | /// |
4573 | /// A type qualifier adjusts a type to provide specialized rules for |
4574 | /// a specific object, like the standard const and volatile qualifiers. |
4575 | /// This includes attributes controlling things like nullability, |
4576 | /// address spaces, and ARC ownership. The value of the object is still |
4577 | /// largely described by the modified type. |
4578 | /// |
4579 | /// In contrast, many type attributes "rewrite" their modified type to |
4580 | /// produce a fundamentally different type, not necessarily related in any |
4581 | /// formalizable way to the original type. For example, calling convention |
4582 | /// and vector attributes are not simple type qualifiers. |
4583 | /// |
4584 | /// Type qualifiers are often, but not always, reflected in the canonical |
4585 | /// type. |
4586 | bool isQualifier() const; |
4587 | |
4588 | bool isMSTypeSpec() const; |
4589 | |
4590 | bool isCallingConv() const; |
4591 | |
4592 | llvm::Optional<NullabilityKind> getImmediateNullability() const; |
4593 | |
4594 | /// Retrieve the attribute kind corresponding to the given |
4595 | /// nullability kind. |
4596 | static Kind getNullabilityAttrKind(NullabilityKind kind) { |
4597 | switch (kind) { |
4598 | case NullabilityKind::NonNull: |
4599 | return attr::TypeNonNull; |
4600 | |
4601 | case NullabilityKind::Nullable: |
4602 | return attr::TypeNullable; |
4603 | |
4604 | case NullabilityKind::Unspecified: |
4605 | return attr::TypeNullUnspecified; |
4606 | } |
4607 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown nullability kind.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown nullability kind." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4607); |
4608 | } |
4609 | |
4610 | /// Strip off the top-level nullability annotation on the given |
4611 | /// type, if it's there. |
4612 | /// |
4613 | /// \param T The type to strip. If the type is exactly an |
4614 | /// AttributedType specifying nullability (without looking through |
4615 | /// type sugar), the nullability is returned and this type changed |
4616 | /// to the underlying modified type. |
4617 | /// |
4618 | /// \returns the top-level nullability, if present. |
4619 | static Optional<NullabilityKind> stripOuterNullability(QualType &T); |
4620 | |
4621 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4622 | Profile(ID, getAttrKind(), ModifiedType, EquivalentType); |
4623 | } |
4624 | |
4625 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Kind attrKind, |
4626 | QualType modified, QualType equivalent) { |
4627 | ID.AddInteger(attrKind); |
4628 | ID.AddPointer(modified.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4629 | ID.AddPointer(equivalent.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4630 | } |
4631 | |
4632 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4633 | return T->getTypeClass() == Attributed; |
4634 | } |
4635 | }; |
4636 | |
4637 | class TemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4638 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4639 | |
4640 | // Helper data collector for canonical types. |
4641 | struct CanonicalTTPTInfo { |
4642 | unsigned Depth : 15; |
4643 | unsigned ParameterPack : 1; |
4644 | unsigned Index : 16; |
4645 | }; |
4646 | |
4647 | union { |
4648 | // Info for the canonical type. |
4649 | CanonicalTTPTInfo CanTTPTInfo; |
4650 | |
4651 | // Info for the non-canonical type. |
4652 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl; |
4653 | }; |
4654 | |
4655 | /// Build a non-canonical type. |
4656 | TemplateTypeParmType(TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl, QualType Canon) |
4657 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, Canon, /*Dependent=*/true, |
4658 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
4659 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, |
4660 | Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4661 | TTPDecl(TTPDecl) {} |
4662 | |
4663 | /// Build the canonical type. |
4664 | TemplateTypeParmType(unsigned D, unsigned I, bool PP) |
4665 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, QualType(this, 0), |
4666 | /*Dependent=*/true, |
4667 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
4668 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, PP) { |
4669 | CanTTPTInfo.Depth = D; |
4670 | CanTTPTInfo.Index = I; |
4671 | CanTTPTInfo.ParameterPack = PP; |
4672 | } |
4673 | |
4674 | const CanonicalTTPTInfo& getCanTTPTInfo() const { |
4675 | QualType Can = getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
4676 | return Can->castAs<TemplateTypeParmType>()->CanTTPTInfo; |
4677 | } |
4678 | |
4679 | public: |
4680 | unsigned getDepth() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Depth; } |
4681 | unsigned getIndex() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Index; } |
4682 | bool isParameterPack() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().ParameterPack; } |
4683 | |
4684 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *getDecl() const { |
4685 | return isCanonicalUnqualified() ? nullptr : TTPDecl; |
4686 | } |
4687 | |
4688 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const; |
4689 | |
4690 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4691 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4692 | |
4693 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4694 | Profile(ID, getDepth(), getIndex(), isParameterPack(), getDecl()); |
4695 | } |
4696 | |
4697 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Depth, |
4698 | unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack, |
4699 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) { |
4700 | ID.AddInteger(Depth); |
4701 | ID.AddInteger(Index); |
4702 | ID.AddBoolean(ParameterPack); |
4703 | ID.AddPointer(TTPDecl); |
4704 | } |
4705 | |
4706 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4707 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateTypeParm; |
4708 | } |
4709 | }; |
4710 | |
4711 | /// Represents the result of substituting a type for a template |
4712 | /// type parameter. |
4713 | /// |
4714 | /// Within an instantiated template, all template type parameters have |
4715 | /// been replaced with these. They are used solely to record that a |
4716 | /// type was originally written as a template type parameter; |
4717 | /// therefore they are never canonical. |
4718 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4719 | friend class ASTContext; |
4720 | |
4721 | // The original type parameter. |
4722 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; |
4723 | |
4724 | SubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, QualType Canon) |
4725 | : Type(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Canon, Canon->isDependentType(), |
4726 | Canon->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4727 | Canon->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4728 | Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4729 | Replaced(Param) {} |
4730 | |
4731 | public: |
4732 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. |
4733 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { |
4734 | return Replaced; |
4735 | } |
4736 | |
4737 | /// Gets the type that was substituted for the template |
4738 | /// parameter. |
4739 | QualType getReplacementType() const { |
4740 | return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
4741 | } |
4742 | |
4743 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4744 | QualType desugar() const { return getReplacementType(); } |
4745 | |
4746 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4747 | Profile(ID, getReplacedParameter(), getReplacementType()); |
4748 | } |
4749 | |
4750 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4751 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, |
4752 | QualType Replacement) { |
4753 | ID.AddPointer(Replaced); |
4754 | ID.AddPointer(Replacement.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4755 | } |
4756 | |
4757 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4758 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParm; |
4759 | } |
4760 | }; |
4761 | |
4762 | /// Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template |
4763 | /// type parameter pack. |
4764 | /// |
4765 | /// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs |
4766 | /// and those parameter packs correspond to different levels of template |
4767 | /// parameter lists, this type node is used to represent a template type |
4768 | /// parameter pack from an outer level, which has already had its argument pack |
4769 | /// substituted but that still lives within a pack expansion that itself |
4770 | /// could not be instantiated. When actually performing a substitution into |
4771 | /// that pack expansion (e.g., when all template parameters have corresponding |
4772 | /// arguments), this type will be replaced with the \c SubstTemplateTypeParmType |
4773 | /// at the current pack substitution index. |
4774 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4775 | friend class ASTContext; |
4776 | |
4777 | /// The original type parameter. |
4778 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; |
4779 | |
4780 | /// A pointer to the set of template arguments that this |
4781 | /// parameter pack is instantiated with. |
4782 | const TemplateArgument *Arguments; |
4783 | |
4784 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, |
4785 | QualType Canon, |
4786 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); |
4787 | |
4788 | public: |
4789 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Replaced->getIdentifier(); } |
4790 | |
4791 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. |
4792 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { |
4793 | return Replaced; |
4794 | } |
4795 | |
4796 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
4797 | return SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits.NumArgs; |
4798 | } |
4799 | |
4800 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4801 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4802 | |
4803 | TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const; |
4804 | |
4805 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
4806 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4807 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, |
4808 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); |
4809 | |
4810 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4811 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParmPack; |
4812 | } |
4813 | }; |
4814 | |
4815 | /// Common base class for placeholders for types that get replaced by |
4816 | /// placeholder type deduction: C++11 auto, C++14 decltype(auto), C++17 deduced |
4817 | /// class template types, and (eventually) constrained type names from the C++ |
4818 | /// Concepts TS. |
4819 | /// |
4820 | /// These types are usually a placeholder for a deduced type. However, before |
4821 | /// the initializer is attached, or (usually) if the initializer is |
4822 | /// type-dependent, there is no deduced type and the type is canonical. In |
4823 | /// the latter case, it is also a dependent type. |
4824 | class DeducedType : public Type { |
4825 | protected: |
4826 | DeducedType(TypeClass TC, QualType DeducedAsType, bool IsDependent, |
4827 | bool IsInstantiationDependent, bool ContainsParameterPack) |
4828 | : Type(TC, |
4829 | // FIXME: Retain the sugared deduced type? |
4830 | DeducedAsType.isNull() ? QualType(this, 0) |
4831 | : DeducedAsType.getCanonicalType(), |
4832 | IsDependent, IsInstantiationDependent, |
4833 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, ContainsParameterPack) { |
4834 | if (!DeducedAsType.isNull()) { |
4835 | if (DeducedAsType->isDependentType()) |
4836 | setDependent(); |
4837 | if (DeducedAsType->isInstantiationDependentType()) |
4838 | setInstantiationDependent(); |
4839 | if (DeducedAsType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) |
4840 | setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack(); |
4841 | } |
4842 | } |
4843 | |
4844 | public: |
4845 | bool isSugared() const { return !isCanonicalUnqualified(); } |
4846 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } |
4847 | |
4848 | /// Get the type deduced for this placeholder type, or null if it's |
4849 | /// either not been deduced or was deduced to a dependent type. |
4850 | QualType getDeducedType() const { |
4851 | return !isCanonicalUnqualified() ? getCanonicalTypeInternal() : QualType(); |
4852 | } |
4853 | bool isDeduced() const { |
4854 | return !isCanonicalUnqualified() || isDependentType(); |
4855 | } |
4856 | |
4857 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4858 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto || |
4859 | T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; |
4860 | } |
4861 | }; |
4862 | |
4863 | /// Represents a C++11 auto or C++14 decltype(auto) type. |
4864 | class AutoType : public DeducedType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4865 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4866 | |
4867 | AutoType(QualType DeducedAsType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, |
4868 | bool IsDeducedAsDependent, bool IsDeducedAsPack) |
4869 | : DeducedType(Auto, DeducedAsType, IsDeducedAsDependent, |
4870 | IsDeducedAsDependent, IsDeducedAsPack) { |
4871 | AutoTypeBits.Keyword = (unsigned)Keyword; |
4872 | } |
4873 | |
4874 | public: |
4875 | bool isDecltypeAuto() const { |
4876 | return getKeyword() == AutoTypeKeyword::DecltypeAuto; |
4877 | } |
4878 | |
4879 | AutoTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { |
4880 | return (AutoTypeKeyword)AutoTypeBits.Keyword; |
4881 | } |
4882 | |
4883 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4884 | Profile(ID, getDeducedType(), getKeyword(), isDependentType(), |
4885 | containsUnexpandedParameterPack()); |
4886 | } |
4887 | |
4888 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Deduced, |
4889 | AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, bool IsDependent, bool IsPack) { |
4890 | ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4891 | ID.AddInteger((unsigned)Keyword); |
4892 | ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent); |
4893 | ID.AddBoolean(IsPack); |
4894 | } |
4895 | |
4896 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4897 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto; |
4898 | } |
4899 | }; |
4900 | |
4901 | /// Represents a C++17 deduced template specialization type. |
4902 | class DeducedTemplateSpecializationType : public DeducedType, |
4903 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4904 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4905 | |
4906 | /// The name of the template whose arguments will be deduced. |
4907 | TemplateName Template; |
4908 | |
4909 | DeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, |
4910 | QualType DeducedAsType, |
4911 | bool IsDeducedAsDependent) |
4912 | : DeducedType(DeducedTemplateSpecialization, DeducedAsType, |
4913 | IsDeducedAsDependent || Template.isDependent(), |
4914 | IsDeducedAsDependent || Template.isInstantiationDependent(), |
4915 | Template.containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4916 | Template(Template) {} |
4917 | |
4918 | public: |
4919 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are deducing. |
4920 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template;} |
4921 | |
4922 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4923 | Profile(ID, getTemplateName(), getDeducedType(), isDependentType()); |
4924 | } |
4925 | |
4926 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName Template, |
4927 | QualType Deduced, bool IsDependent) { |
4928 | Template.Profile(ID); |
4929 | ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4930 | ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent); |
4931 | } |
4932 | |
4933 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4934 | return T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; |
4935 | } |
4936 | }; |
4937 | |
4938 | /// Represents a type template specialization; the template |
4939 | /// must be a class template, a type alias template, or a template |
4940 | /// template parameter. A template which cannot be resolved to one of |
4941 | /// these, e.g. because it is written with a dependent scope |
4942 | /// specifier, is instead represented as a |
4943 | /// @c DependentTemplateSpecializationType. |
4944 | /// |
4945 | /// A non-dependent template specialization type is always "sugar", |
4946 | /// typically for a \c RecordType. For example, a class template |
4947 | /// specialization type of \c vector<int> will refer to a tag type for |
4948 | /// the instantiation \c std::vector<int, std::allocator<int>> |
4949 | /// |
4950 | /// Template specializations are dependent if either the template or |
4951 | /// any of the template arguments are dependent, in which case the |
4952 | /// type may also be canonical. |
4953 | /// |
4954 | /// Instances of this type are allocated with a trailing array of |
4955 | /// TemplateArguments, followed by a QualType representing the |
4956 | /// non-canonical aliased type when the template is a type alias |
4957 | /// template. |
4958 | class alignas(8) TemplateSpecializationType |
4959 | : public Type, |
4960 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4961 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4962 | |
4963 | /// The name of the template being specialized. This is |
4964 | /// either a TemplateName::Template (in which case it is a |
4965 | /// ClassTemplateDecl*, a TemplateTemplateParmDecl*, or a |
4966 | /// TypeAliasTemplateDecl*), a |
4967 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack, or a |
4968 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm (in which case the |
4969 | /// replacement must, recursively, be one of these). |
4970 | TemplateName Template; |
4971 | |
4972 | TemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T, |
4973 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
4974 | QualType Canon, |
4975 | QualType Aliased); |
4976 | |
4977 | public: |
4978 | /// Determine whether any of the given template arguments are dependent. |
4979 | static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
4980 | bool &InstantiationDependent); |
4981 | |
4982 | static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &, |
4983 | bool &InstantiationDependent); |
4984 | |
4985 | /// True if this template specialization type matches a current |
4986 | /// instantiation in the context in which it is found. |
4987 | bool isCurrentInstantiation() const { |
4988 | return isa<InjectedClassNameType>(getCanonicalTypeInternal()); |
4989 | } |
4990 | |
4991 | /// Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias |
4992 | /// template that has been substituted. |
4993 | /// |
4994 | /// Nearly every template specialization type whose template is an alias |
4995 | /// template will be substituted. However, this is not the case when |
4996 | /// the specialization contains a pack expansion but the template alias |
4997 | /// does not have a corresponding parameter pack, e.g., |
4998 | /// |
4999 | /// \code |
5000 | /// template<typename T, typename U, typename V> struct S; |
5001 | /// template<typename T, typename U> using A = S<T, int, U>; |
5002 | /// template<typename... Ts> struct X { |
5003 | /// typedef A<Ts...> type; // not a type alias |
5004 | /// }; |
5005 | /// \endcode |
5006 | bool isTypeAlias() const { return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.TypeAlias; } |
5007 | |
5008 | /// Get the aliased type, if this is a specialization of a type alias |
5009 | /// template. |
5010 | QualType getAliasedType() const { |
5011 | assert(isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization")((isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isTypeAlias() && \"not a type alias template specialization\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5011, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5012 | return *reinterpret_cast<const QualType*>(end()); |
5013 | } |
5014 | |
5015 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; |
5016 | |
5017 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } |
5018 | iterator end() const; // defined inline in TemplateBase.h |
5019 | |
5020 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are specializing. |
5021 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template; } |
5022 | |
5023 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
5024 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
5025 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument *>(this + 1); |
5026 | } |
5027 | |
5028 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
5029 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
5030 | return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; |
5031 | } |
5032 | |
5033 | /// Retrieve a specific template argument as a type. |
5034 | /// \pre \c isArgType(Arg) |
5035 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
5036 | |
5037 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
5038 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
5039 | } |
5040 | |
5041 | bool isSugared() const { |
5042 | return !isDependentType() || isCurrentInstantiation() || isTypeAlias(); |
5043 | } |
5044 | |
5045 | QualType desugar() const { |
5046 | return isTypeAlias() ? getAliasedType() : getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
5047 | } |
5048 | |
5049 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { |
5050 | Profile(ID, Template, template_arguments(), Ctx); |
5051 | if (isTypeAlias()) |
5052 | getAliasedType().Profile(ID); |
5053 | } |
5054 | |
5055 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName T, |
5056 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5057 | const ASTContext &Context); |
5058 | |
5059 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5060 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateSpecialization; |
5061 | } |
5062 | }; |
5063 | |
5064 | /// Print a template argument list, including the '<' and '>' |
5065 | /// enclosing the template arguments. |
5066 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5067 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5068 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
5069 | |
5070 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5071 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
5072 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
5073 | |
5074 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5075 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, |
5076 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
5077 | |
5078 | /// The injected class name of a C++ class template or class |
5079 | /// template partial specialization. Used to record that a type was |
5080 | /// spelled with a bare identifier rather than as a template-id; the |
5081 | /// equivalent for non-templated classes is just RecordType. |
5082 | /// |
5083 | /// Injected class name types are always dependent. Template |
5084 | /// instantiation turns these into RecordTypes. |
5085 | /// |
5086 | /// Injected class name types are always canonical. This works |
5087 | /// because it is impossible to compare an injected class name type |
5088 | /// with the corresponding non-injected template type, for the same |
5089 | /// reason that it is impossible to directly compare template |
5090 | /// parameters from different dependent contexts: injected class name |
5091 | /// types can only occur within the scope of a particular templated |
5092 | /// declaration, and within that scope every template specialization |
5093 | /// will canonicalize to the injected class name (when appropriate |
5094 | /// according to the rules of the language). |
5095 | class InjectedClassNameType : public Type { |
5096 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
5097 | friend class ASTNodeImporter; |
5098 | friend class ASTReader; // FIXME: ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType is not |
5099 | // currently suitable for AST reading, too much |
5100 | // interdependencies. |
5101 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
5102 | |
5103 | CXXRecordDecl *Decl; |
5104 | |
5105 | /// The template specialization which this type represents. |
5106 | /// For example, in |
5107 | /// template <class T> class A { ... }; |
5108 | /// this is A<T>, whereas in |
5109 | /// template <class X, class Y> class A<B<X,Y> > { ... }; |
5110 | /// this is A<B<X,Y> >. |
5111 | /// |
5112 | /// It is always unqualified, always a template specialization type, |
5113 | /// and always dependent. |
5114 | QualType InjectedType; |
5115 | |
5116 | InjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *D, QualType TST) |
5117 | : Type(InjectedClassName, QualType(), /*Dependent=*/true, |
5118 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
5119 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, |
5120 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false), |
5121 | Decl(D), InjectedType(TST) { |
5122 | assert(isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST))((isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5122, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5123 | assert(!TST.hasQualifiers())((!TST.hasQualifiers()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!TST.hasQualifiers()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5123, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5124 | assert(TST->isDependentType())((TST->isDependentType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("TST->isDependentType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5124, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5125 | } |
5126 | |
5127 | public: |
5128 | QualType getInjectedSpecializationType() const { return InjectedType; } |
5129 | |
5130 | const TemplateSpecializationType *getInjectedTST() const { |
5131 | return cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(InjectedType.getTypePtr()); |
5132 | } |
5133 | |
5134 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { |
5135 | return getInjectedTST()->getTemplateName(); |
5136 | } |
5137 | |
5138 | CXXRecordDecl *getDecl() const; |
5139 | |
5140 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5141 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5142 | |
5143 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5144 | return T->getTypeClass() == InjectedClassName; |
5145 | } |
5146 | }; |
5147 | |
5148 | /// The kind of a tag type. |
5149 | enum TagTypeKind { |
5150 | /// The "struct" keyword. |
5151 | TTK_Struct, |
5152 | |
5153 | /// The "__interface" keyword. |
5154 | TTK_Interface, |
5155 | |
5156 | /// The "union" keyword. |
5157 | TTK_Union, |
5158 | |
5159 | /// The "class" keyword. |
5160 | TTK_Class, |
5161 | |
5162 | /// The "enum" keyword. |
5163 | TTK_Enum |
5164 | }; |
5165 | |
5166 | /// The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or |
5167 | /// introduces an elaborated-type-specifier. |
5168 | enum ElaboratedTypeKeyword { |
5169 | /// The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5170 | ETK_Struct, |
5171 | |
5172 | /// The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5173 | ETK_Interface, |
5174 | |
5175 | /// The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5176 | ETK_Union, |
5177 | |
5178 | /// The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5179 | ETK_Class, |
5180 | |
5181 | /// The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5182 | ETK_Enum, |
5183 | |
5184 | /// The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g., |
5185 | /// \c typename T::type. |
5186 | ETK_Typename, |
5187 | |
5188 | /// No keyword precedes the qualified type name. |
5189 | ETK_None |
5190 | }; |
5191 | |
5192 | /// A helper class for Type nodes having an ElaboratedTypeKeyword. |
5193 | /// The keyword in stored in the free bits of the base class. |
5194 | /// Also provides a few static helpers for converting and printing |
5195 | /// elaborated type keyword and tag type kind enumerations. |
5196 | class TypeWithKeyword : public Type { |
5197 | protected: |
5198 | TypeWithKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, TypeClass tc, |
5199 | QualType Canonical, bool Dependent, |
5200 | bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified, |
5201 | bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) |
5202 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependent, InstantiationDependent, VariablyModified, |
5203 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) { |
5204 | TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword = Keyword; |
5205 | } |
5206 | |
5207 | public: |
5208 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { |
5209 | return static_cast<ElaboratedTypeKeyword>(TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword); |
5210 | } |
5211 | |
5212 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into an elaborated type keyword. |
5213 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); |
5214 | |
5215 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into a tag type kind. |
5216 | /// It is an error to provide a type specifier which *isn't* a tag kind here. |
5217 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); |
5218 | |
5219 | /// Converts a TagTypeKind into an elaborated type keyword. |
5220 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTagTypeKind(TagTypeKind Tag); |
5221 | |
5222 | /// Converts an elaborated type keyword into a TagTypeKind. |
5223 | /// It is an error to provide an elaborated type keyword |
5224 | /// which *isn't* a tag kind here. |
5225 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5226 | |
5227 | static bool KeywordIsTagTypeKind(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5228 | |
5229 | static StringRef getKeywordName(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5230 | |
5231 | static StringRef getTagTypeKindName(TagTypeKind Kind) { |
5232 | return getKeywordName(getKeywordForTagTypeKind(Kind)); |
5233 | } |
5234 | |
5235 | class CannotCastToThisType {}; |
5236 | static CannotCastToThisType classof(const Type *); |
5237 | }; |
5238 | |
5239 | /// Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type |
5240 | /// keyword, e.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type, |
5241 | /// or both. |
5242 | /// |
5243 | /// This type is used to keep track of a type name as written in the |
5244 | /// source code, including tag keywords and any nested-name-specifiers. |
5245 | /// The type itself is always "sugar", used to express what was written |
5246 | /// in the source code but containing no additional semantic information. |
5247 | class ElaboratedType final |
5248 | : public TypeWithKeyword, |
5249 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, |
5250 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ElaboratedType, TagDecl *> { |
5251 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5252 | friend TrailingObjects; |
5253 | |
5254 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5255 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5256 | |
5257 | /// The type that this qualified name refers to. |
5258 | QualType NamedType; |
5259 | |
5260 | /// The (re)declaration of this tag type owned by this occurrence is stored |
5261 | /// as a trailing object if there is one. Use getOwnedTagDecl to obtain |
5262 | /// it, or obtain a null pointer if there is none. |
5263 | |
5264 | ElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5265 | QualType NamedType, QualType CanonType, TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) |
5266 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, Elaborated, CanonType, |
5267 | NamedType->isDependentType(), |
5268 | NamedType->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
5269 | NamedType->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
5270 | NamedType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
5271 | NNS(NNS), NamedType(NamedType) { |
5272 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = false; |
5273 | if (OwnedTagDecl) { |
5274 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = true; |
5275 | *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() = OwnedTagDecl; |
5276 | } |
5277 | assert(!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5279, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
5278 | "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword "((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5279, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
5279 | "and name qualifier both null.")((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5279, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5280 | } |
5281 | |
5282 | public: |
5283 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. |
5284 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5285 | |
5286 | /// Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id. |
5287 | QualType getNamedType() const { return NamedType; } |
5288 | |
5289 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
5290 | QualType desugar() const { return getNamedType(); } |
5291 | |
5292 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
5293 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
5294 | |
5295 | /// Return the (re)declaration of this type owned by this occurrence of this |
5296 | /// type, or nullptr if there is none. |
5297 | TagDecl *getOwnedTagDecl() const { |
5298 | return ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl ? *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() |
5299 | : nullptr; |
5300 | } |
5301 | |
5302 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5303 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, NamedType, getOwnedTagDecl()); |
5304 | } |
5305 | |
5306 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5307 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType, |
5308 | TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) { |
5309 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); |
5310 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); |
5311 | NamedType.Profile(ID); |
5312 | ID.AddPointer(OwnedTagDecl); |
5313 | } |
5314 | |
5315 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Elaborated; } |
5316 | }; |
5317 | |
5318 | /// Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is |
5319 | /// dependent. |
5320 | /// |
5321 | /// DependentNameType represents a class of dependent types that involve a |
5322 | /// possibly dependent nested-name-specifier (e.g., "T::") followed by a |
5323 | /// name of a type. The DependentNameType may start with a "typename" (for a |
5324 | /// typename-specifier), "class", "struct", "union", or "enum" (for a |
5325 | /// dependent elaborated-type-specifier), or nothing (in contexts where we |
5326 | /// know that we must be referring to a type, e.g., in a base class specifier). |
5327 | /// Typically the nested-name-specifier is dependent, but in MSVC compatibility |
5328 | /// mode, this type is used with non-dependent names to delay name lookup until |
5329 | /// instantiation. |
5330 | class DependentNameType : public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5331 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5332 | |
5333 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5334 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5335 | |
5336 | /// The type that this typename specifier refers to. |
5337 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; |
5338 | |
5339 | DependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5340 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType CanonType) |
5341 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, DependentName, CanonType, /*Dependent=*/true, |
5342 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
5343 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, |
5344 | NNS->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
5345 | NNS(NNS), Name(Name) {} |
5346 | |
5347 | public: |
5348 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. |
5349 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5350 | |
5351 | /// Retrieve the type named by the typename specifier as an identifier. |
5352 | /// |
5353 | /// This routine will return a non-NULL identifier pointer when the |
5354 | /// form of the original typename was terminated by an identifier, |
5355 | /// e.g., "typename T::type". |
5356 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { |
5357 | return Name; |
5358 | } |
5359 | |
5360 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5361 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5362 | |
5363 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5364 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, Name); |
5365 | } |
5366 | |
5367 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5368 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name) { |
5369 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); |
5370 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); |
5371 | ID.AddPointer(Name); |
5372 | } |
5373 | |
5374 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5375 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentName; |
5376 | } |
5377 | }; |
5378 | |
5379 | /// Represents a template specialization type whose template cannot be |
5380 | /// resolved, e.g. |
5381 | /// A<T>::template B<T> |
5382 | class alignas(8) DependentTemplateSpecializationType |
5383 | : public TypeWithKeyword, |
5384 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5385 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5386 | |
5387 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5388 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5389 | |
5390 | /// The identifier of the template. |
5391 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; |
5392 | |
5393 | DependentTemplateSpecializationType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5394 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5395 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
5396 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5397 | QualType Canon); |
5398 | |
5399 | const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const { |
5400 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
5401 | } |
5402 | |
5403 | TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() { |
5404 | return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
5405 | } |
5406 | |
5407 | public: |
5408 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5409 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name; } |
5410 | |
5411 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
5412 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
5413 | return getArgBuffer(); |
5414 | } |
5415 | |
5416 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
5417 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
5418 | return DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; |
5419 | } |
5420 | |
5421 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
5422 | |
5423 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
5424 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
5425 | } |
5426 | |
5427 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; |
5428 | |
5429 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } |
5430 | iterator end() const; // inline in TemplateBase.h |
5431 | |
5432 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5433 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5434 | |
5435 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) { |
5436 | Profile(ID, Context, getKeyword(), NNS, Name, {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}); |
5437 | } |
5438 | |
5439 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5440 | const ASTContext &Context, |
5441 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5442 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
5443 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
5444 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args); |
5445 | |
5446 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5447 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentTemplateSpecialization; |
5448 | } |
5449 | }; |
5450 | |
5451 | /// Represents a pack expansion of types. |
5452 | /// |
5453 | /// Pack expansions are part of C++11 variadic templates. A pack |
5454 | /// expansion contains a pattern, which itself contains one or more |
5455 | /// "unexpanded" parameter packs. When instantiated, a pack expansion |
5456 | /// produces a series of types, each instantiated from the pattern of |
5457 | /// the expansion, where the Ith instantiation of the pattern uses the |
5458 | /// Ith arguments bound to each of the unexpanded parameter packs. The |
5459 | /// pack expansion is considered to "expand" these unexpanded |
5460 | /// parameter packs. |
5461 | /// |
5462 | /// \code |
5463 | /// template<typename ...Types> struct tuple; |
5464 | /// |
5465 | /// template<typename ...Types> |
5466 | /// struct tuple_of_references { |
5467 | /// typedef tuple<Types&...> type; |
5468 | /// }; |
5469 | /// \endcode |
5470 | /// |
5471 | /// Here, the pack expansion \c Types&... is represented via a |
5472 | /// PackExpansionType whose pattern is Types&. |
5473 | class PackExpansionType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5474 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5475 | |
5476 | /// The pattern of the pack expansion. |
5477 | QualType Pattern; |
5478 | |
5479 | PackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, QualType Canon, |
5480 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) |
5481 | : Type(PackExpansion, Canon, /*Dependent=*/Pattern->isDependentType(), |
5482 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
5483 | /*VariablyModified=*/Pattern->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
5484 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false), |
5485 | Pattern(Pattern) { |
5486 | PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions = |
5487 | NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0; |
5488 | } |
5489 | |
5490 | public: |
5491 | /// Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the |
5492 | /// type that will be repeatedly instantiated when instantiating the |
5493 | /// pack expansion itself. |
5494 | QualType getPattern() const { return Pattern; } |
5495 | |
5496 | /// Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will |
5497 | /// generate, if known. |
5498 | Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const { |
5499 | if (PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions) |
5500 | return PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions - 1; |
5501 | return None; |
5502 | } |
5503 | |
5504 | bool isSugared() const { return !Pattern->isDependentType(); } |
5505 | QualType desugar() const { return isSugared() ? Pattern : QualType(this, 0); } |
5506 | |
5507 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5508 | Profile(ID, getPattern(), getNumExpansions()); |
5509 | } |
5510 | |
5511 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pattern, |
5512 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { |
5513 | ID.AddPointer(Pattern.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
5514 | ID.AddBoolean(NumExpansions.hasValue()); |
5515 | if (NumExpansions) |
5516 | ID.AddInteger(*NumExpansions); |
5517 | } |
5518 | |
5519 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5520 | return T->getTypeClass() == PackExpansion; |
5521 | } |
5522 | }; |
5523 | |
5524 | /// This class wraps the list of protocol qualifiers. For types that can |
5525 | /// take ObjC protocol qualifers, they can subclass this class. |
5526 | template <class T> |
5527 | class ObjCProtocolQualifiers { |
5528 | protected: |
5529 | ObjCProtocolQualifiers() = default; |
5530 | |
5531 | ObjCProtocolDecl * const *getProtocolStorage() const { |
5532 | return const_cast<ObjCProtocolQualifiers*>(this)->getProtocolStorage(); |
5533 | } |
5534 | |
5535 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorage() { |
5536 | return static_cast<T*>(this)->getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5537 | } |
5538 | |
5539 | void setNumProtocols(unsigned N) { |
5540 | static_cast<T*>(this)->setNumProtocolsImpl(N); |
5541 | } |
5542 | |
5543 | void initialize(ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols) { |
5544 | setNumProtocols(protocols.size()); |
5545 | assert(getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() &&((getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && "bitfield overflow in protocol count" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5546, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
5546 | "bitfield overflow in protocol count")((getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && "bitfield overflow in protocol count" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5546, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5547 | if (!protocols.empty()) |
5548 | memcpy(getProtocolStorage(), protocols.data(), |
5549 | protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl*)); |
5550 | } |
5551 | |
5552 | public: |
5553 | using qual_iterator = ObjCProtocolDecl * const *; |
5554 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; |
5555 | |
5556 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } |
5557 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { return getProtocolStorage(); } |
5558 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { return qual_begin() + getNumProtocols(); } |
5559 | |
5560 | bool qual_empty() const { return getNumProtocols() == 0; } |
5561 | |
5562 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this type, or 0 if |
5563 | /// there are none. |
5564 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { |
5565 | return static_cast<const T*>(this)->getNumProtocolsImpl(); |
5566 | } |
5567 | |
5568 | /// Fetch a protocol by index. |
5569 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { |
5570 | assert(I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access")((I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumProtocols() && \"Out-of-range protocol access\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5570, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5571 | return qual_begin()[I]; |
5572 | } |
5573 | |
5574 | /// Retrieve all of the protocol qualifiers. |
5575 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> getProtocols() const { |
5576 | return ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(qual_begin(), getNumProtocols()); |
5577 | } |
5578 | }; |
5579 | |
5580 | /// Represents a type parameter type in Objective C. It can take |
5581 | /// a list of protocols. |
5582 | class ObjCTypeParamType : public Type, |
5583 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>, |
5584 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5585 | friend class ASTContext; |
5586 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>; |
5587 | |
5588 | /// The number of protocols stored on this type. |
5589 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; |
5590 | |
5591 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl; |
5592 | |
5593 | /// The protocols are stored after the ObjCTypeParamType node. In the |
5594 | /// canonical type, the list of protocols are sorted alphabetically |
5595 | /// and uniqued. |
5596 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5597 | |
5598 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, |
5599 | /// or 0 if there are none. |
5600 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { |
5601 | return NumProtocols; |
5602 | } |
5603 | |
5604 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { |
5605 | NumProtocols = N; |
5606 | } |
5607 | |
5608 | ObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *D, |
5609 | QualType can, |
5610 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); |
5611 | |
5612 | public: |
5613 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
5614 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } |
5615 | |
5616 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5617 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCTypeParam; |
5618 | } |
5619 | |
5620 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
5621 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5622 | const ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl, |
5623 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); |
5624 | |
5625 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *getDecl() const { return OTPDecl; } |
5626 | }; |
5627 | |
5628 | /// Represents a class type in Objective C. |
5629 | /// |
5630 | /// Every Objective C type is a combination of a base type, a set of |
5631 | /// type arguments (optional, for parameterized classes) and a list of |
5632 | /// protocols. |
5633 | /// |
5634 | /// Given the following declarations: |
5635 | /// \code |
5636 | /// \@class C<T>; |
5637 | /// \@protocol P; |
5638 | /// \endcode |
5639 | /// |
5640 | /// 'C' is an ObjCInterfaceType C. It is sugar for an ObjCObjectType |
5641 | /// with base C and no protocols. |
5642 | /// |
5643 | /// 'C<P>' is an unspecialized ObjCObjectType with base C and protocol list [P]. |
5644 | /// 'C<C*>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with type arguments 'C*' and no |
5645 | /// protocol list. |
5646 | /// 'C<C*><P>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with base C, type arguments 'C*', |
5647 | /// and protocol list [P]. |
5648 | /// |
5649 | /// 'id' is a TypedefType which is sugar for an ObjCObjectPointerType whose |
5650 | /// pointee is an ObjCObjectType with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType |
5651 | /// and no protocols. |
5652 | /// |
5653 | /// 'id<P>' is an ObjCObjectPointerType whose pointee is an ObjCObjectType |
5654 | /// with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType and protocol list [P]. Eventually |
5655 | /// this should get its own sugar class to better represent the source. |
5656 | class ObjCObjectType : public Type, |
5657 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType> { |
5658 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType>; |
5659 | |
5660 | // ObjCObjectType.NumTypeArgs - the number of type arguments stored |
5661 | // after the ObjCObjectPointerType node. |
5662 | // ObjCObjectType.NumProtocols - the number of protocols stored |
5663 | // after the type arguments of ObjCObjectPointerType node. |
5664 | // |
5665 | // These protocols are those written directly on the type. If |
5666 | // protocol qualifiers ever become additive, the iterators will need |
5667 | // to get kindof complicated. |
5668 | // |
5669 | // In the canonical object type, these are sorted alphabetically |
5670 | // and uniqued. |
5671 | |
5672 | /// Either a BuiltinType or an InterfaceType or sugar for either. |
5673 | QualType BaseType; |
5674 | |
5675 | /// Cached superclass type. |
5676 | mutable llvm::PointerIntPair<const ObjCObjectType *, 1, bool> |
5677 | CachedSuperClassType; |
5678 | |
5679 | QualType *getTypeArgStorage(); |
5680 | const QualType *getTypeArgStorage() const { |
5681 | return const_cast<ObjCObjectType *>(this)->getTypeArgStorage(); |
5682 | } |
5683 | |
5684 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5685 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, |
5686 | /// or 0 if there are none. |
5687 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { |
5688 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols; |
5689 | } |
5690 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { |
5691 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = N; |
5692 | } |
5693 | |
5694 | protected: |
5695 | enum Nonce_ObjCInterface { Nonce_ObjCInterface }; |
5696 | |
5697 | ObjCObjectType(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, |
5698 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5699 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5700 | bool isKindOf); |
5701 | |
5702 | ObjCObjectType(enum Nonce_ObjCInterface) |
5703 | : Type(ObjCInterface, QualType(), false, false, false, false), |
5704 | BaseType(QualType(this_(), 0)) { |
5705 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = 0; |
5706 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs = 0; |
5707 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf = 0; |
5708 | } |
5709 | |
5710 | void computeSuperClassTypeSlow() const; |
5711 | |
5712 | public: |
5713 | /// Gets the base type of this object type. This is always (possibly |
5714 | /// sugar for) one of: |
5715 | /// - the 'id' builtin type (as opposed to the 'id' type visible to the |
5716 | /// user, which is a typedef for an ObjCObjectPointerType) |
5717 | /// - the 'Class' builtin type (same caveat) |
5718 | /// - an ObjCObjectType (currently always an ObjCInterfaceType) |
5719 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
5720 | |
5721 | bool isObjCId() const { |
5722 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId); |
5723 | } |
5724 | |
5725 | bool isObjCClass() const { |
5726 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCClass); |
5727 | } |
5728 | |
5729 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedId() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } |
5730 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedClass() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } |
5731 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() const { |
5732 | if (!qual_empty()) return false; |
5733 | if (const BuiltinType *T = getBaseType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
5734 | return T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCId || |
5735 | T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCClass; |
5736 | return false; |
5737 | } |
5738 | bool isObjCQualifiedId() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } |
5739 | bool isObjCQualifiedClass() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } |
5740 | |
5741 | /// Gets the interface declaration for this object type, if the base type |
5742 | /// really is an interface. |
5743 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterface() const; |
5744 | |
5745 | /// Determine whether this object type is "specialized", meaning |
5746 | /// that it has type arguments. |
5747 | bool isSpecialized() const; |
5748 | |
5749 | /// Determine whether this object type was written with type arguments. |
5750 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { |
5751 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs > 0; |
5752 | } |
5753 | |
5754 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized", meaning |
5755 | /// that it has no type arguments. |
5756 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return !isSpecialized(); } |
5757 | |
5758 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as |
5759 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. |
5760 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } |
5761 | |
5762 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type (semantically). |
5763 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const; |
5764 | |
5765 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type as they were |
5766 | /// written. |
5767 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { |
5768 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTypeArgStorage(), |
5769 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); |
5770 | } |
5771 | |
5772 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type as written. |
5773 | bool isKindOfTypeAsWritten() const { return ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf; } |
5774 | |
5775 | /// Whether this ia a "__kindof" type (semantically). |
5776 | bool isKindOfType() const; |
5777 | |
5778 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object type. |
5779 | /// |
5780 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the |
5781 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a |
5782 | /// specialization of the superclass type. Produces a null type if |
5783 | /// there is no superclass. |
5784 | QualType getSuperClassType() const { |
5785 | if (!CachedSuperClassType.getInt()) |
5786 | computeSuperClassTypeSlow(); |
5787 | |
5788 | assert(CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?")((CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && \"Superclass not set?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5788, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5789 | return QualType(CachedSuperClassType.getPointer(), 0); |
5790 | } |
5791 | |
5792 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any |
5793 | /// protocol qualifiers. |
5794 | QualType stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
5795 | |
5796 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5797 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5798 | |
5799 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5800 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObject || |
5801 | T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; |
5802 | } |
5803 | }; |
5804 | |
5805 | /// A class providing a concrete implementation |
5806 | /// of ObjCObjectType, so as to not increase the footprint of |
5807 | /// ObjCInterfaceType. Code outside of ASTContext and the core type |
5808 | /// system should not reference this type. |
5809 | class ObjCObjectTypeImpl : public ObjCObjectType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5810 | friend class ASTContext; |
5811 | |
5812 | // If anyone adds fields here, ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorage() |
5813 | // will need to be modified. |
5814 | |
5815 | ObjCObjectTypeImpl(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, |
5816 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5817 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5818 | bool isKindOf) |
5819 | : ObjCObjectType(Canonical, Base, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf) {} |
5820 | |
5821 | public: |
5822 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
5823 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5824 | QualType Base, |
5825 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5826 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5827 | bool isKindOf); |
5828 | }; |
5829 | |
5830 | inline QualType *ObjCObjectType::getTypeArgStorage() { |
5831 | return reinterpret_cast<QualType *>(static_cast<ObjCObjectTypeImpl*>(this)+1); |
5832 | } |
5833 | |
5834 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { |
5835 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( |
5836 | getTypeArgStorage() + ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); |
5837 | } |
5838 | |
5839 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCTypeParamType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { |
5840 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( |
5841 | static_cast<ObjCTypeParamType*>(this)+1); |
5842 | } |
5843 | |
5844 | /// Interfaces are the core concept in Objective-C for object oriented design. |
5845 | /// They basically correspond to C++ classes. There are two kinds of interface |
5846 | /// types: normal interfaces like `NSString`, and qualified interfaces, which |
5847 | /// are qualified with a protocol list like `NSString<NSCopyable, NSAmazing>`. |
5848 | /// |
5849 | /// ObjCInterfaceType guarantees the following properties when considered |
5850 | /// as a subtype of its superclass, ObjCObjectType: |
5851 | /// - There are no protocol qualifiers. To reinforce this, code which |
5852 | /// tries to invoke the protocol methods via an ObjCInterfaceType will |
5853 | /// fail to compile. |
5854 | /// - It is its own base type. That is, if T is an ObjCInterfaceType*, |
5855 | /// T->getBaseType() == QualType(T, 0). |
5856 | class ObjCInterfaceType : public ObjCObjectType { |
5857 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
5858 | friend class ASTReader; |
5859 | friend class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
5860 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
5861 | |
5862 | mutable ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl; |
5863 | |
5864 | ObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) |
5865 | : ObjCObjectType(Nonce_ObjCInterface), |
5866 | Decl(const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(D)) {} |
5867 | |
5868 | public: |
5869 | /// Get the declaration of this interface. |
5870 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
5871 | |
5872 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5873 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5874 | |
5875 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5876 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; |
5877 | } |
5878 | |
5879 | // Nonsense to "hide" certain members of ObjCObjectType within this |
5880 | // class. People asking for protocols on an ObjCInterfaceType are |
5881 | // not going to get what they want: ObjCInterfaceTypes are |
5882 | // guaranteed to have no protocols. |
5883 | enum { |
5884 | qual_iterator, |
5885 | qual_begin, |
5886 | qual_end, |
5887 | getNumProtocols, |
5888 | getProtocol |
5889 | }; |
5890 | }; |
5891 | |
5892 | inline ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCObjectType::getInterface() const { |
5893 | QualType baseType = getBaseType(); |
5894 | while (const auto *ObjT = baseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) { |
5895 | if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(ObjT)) |
5896 | return T->getDecl(); |
5897 | |
5898 | baseType = ObjT->getBaseType(); |
5899 | } |
5900 | |
5901 | return nullptr; |
5902 | } |
5903 | |
5904 | /// Represents a pointer to an Objective C object. |
5905 | /// |
5906 | /// These are constructed from pointer declarators when the pointee type is |
5907 | /// an ObjCObjectType (or sugar for one). In addition, the 'id' and 'Class' |
5908 | /// types are typedefs for these, and the protocol-qualified types 'id<P>' |
5909 | /// and 'Class<P>' are translated into these. |
5910 | /// |
5911 | /// Pointers to pointers to Objective C objects are still PointerTypes; |
5912 | /// only the first level of pointer gets it own type implementation. |
5913 | class ObjCObjectPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5914 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
5915 | |
5916 | QualType PointeeType; |
5917 | |
5918 | ObjCObjectPointerType(QualType Canonical, QualType Pointee) |
5919 | : Type(ObjCObjectPointer, Canonical, |
5920 | Pointee->isDependentType(), |
5921 | Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
5922 | Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
5923 | Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
5924 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
5925 | |
5926 | public: |
5927 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. |
5928 | /// The result will always be an ObjCObjectType or sugar thereof. |
5929 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
5930 | |
5931 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. Always returns non-null. |
5932 | /// |
5933 | /// This method is equivalent to getPointeeType() except that |
5934 | /// it discards any typedefs (or other sugar) between this |
5935 | /// type and the "outermost" object type. So for: |
5936 | /// \code |
5937 | /// \@class A; \@protocol P; \@protocol Q; |
5938 | /// typedef A<P> AP; |
5939 | /// typedef A A1; |
5940 | /// typedef A1<P> A1P; |
5941 | /// typedef A1P<Q> A1PQ; |
5942 | /// \endcode |
5943 | /// For 'A*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. |
5944 | /// For 'A<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. |
5945 | /// For 'AP*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. |
5946 | /// For 'A1*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. |
5947 | /// For 'A1<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. |
5948 | /// For 'A1P*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. |
5949 | /// For 'A1PQ*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<Q>', because |
5950 | /// adding protocols to a protocol-qualified base discards the |
5951 | /// old qualifiers (for now). But if it didn't, getObjectType() |
5952 | /// would return 'A1P<Q>' (and we'd have to make iterating over |
5953 | /// qualifiers more complicated). |
5954 | const ObjCObjectType *getObjectType() const { |
5955 | return PointeeType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>(); |
5956 | } |
5957 | |
5958 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective C |
5959 | /// \@interface type, gets the type for that interface. Any protocol |
5960 | /// qualifiers on the interface are ignored. |
5961 | /// |
5962 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' |
5963 | const ObjCInterfaceType *getInterfaceType() const; |
5964 | |
5965 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective \@interface |
5966 | /// type, gets the declaration for that interface. |
5967 | /// |
5968 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' |
5969 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterfaceDecl() const { |
5970 | return getObjectType()->getInterface(); |
5971 | } |
5972 | |
5973 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' type, i.e. if |
5974 | /// its object type is the primitive 'id' type with no protocols. |
5975 | bool isObjCIdType() const { |
5976 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedId(); |
5977 | } |
5978 | |
5979 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'Class' type, |
5980 | /// i.e. if its object tive is the primitive 'Class' type with no protocols. |
5981 | bool isObjCClassType() const { |
5982 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedClass(); |
5983 | } |
5984 | |
5985 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' or 'Class' type, |
5986 | bool isObjCIdOrClassType() const { |
5987 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass(); |
5988 | } |
5989 | |
5990 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'id<P>' for some non-empty set of |
5991 | /// protocols. |
5992 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { |
5993 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedId(); |
5994 | } |
5995 | |
5996 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'Class<P>' for some non-empty set of |
5997 | /// protocols. |
5998 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { |
5999 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedClass(); |
6000 | } |
6001 | |
6002 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type. |
6003 | bool isKindOfType() const { return getObjectType()->isKindOfType(); } |
6004 | |
6005 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. |
6006 | bool isSpecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isSpecialized(); } |
6007 | |
6008 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. |
6009 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { |
6010 | return getObjectType()->isSpecializedAsWritten(); |
6011 | } |
6012 | |
6013 | /// Whether this type is unspecialized, meaning that is has no type arguments. |
6014 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isUnspecialized(); } |
6015 | |
6016 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as |
6017 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. |
6018 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } |
6019 | |
6020 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. |
6021 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const { |
6022 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgs(); |
6023 | } |
6024 | |
6025 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. |
6026 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { |
6027 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgsAsWritten(); |
6028 | } |
6029 | |
6030 | /// An iterator over the qualifiers on the object type. Provided |
6031 | /// for convenience. This will always iterate over the full set of |
6032 | /// protocols on a type, not just those provided directly. |
6033 | using qual_iterator = ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator; |
6034 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; |
6035 | |
6036 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } |
6037 | |
6038 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { |
6039 | return getObjectType()->qual_begin(); |
6040 | } |
6041 | |
6042 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { |
6043 | return getObjectType()->qual_end(); |
6044 | } |
6045 | |
6046 | bool qual_empty() const { return getObjectType()->qual_empty(); } |
6047 | |
6048 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols on the object type. |
6049 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { |
6050 | return getObjectType()->getNumProtocols(); |
6051 | } |
6052 | |
6053 | /// Retrieve a qualifying protocol by index on the object type. |
6054 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { |
6055 | return getObjectType()->getProtocol(I); |
6056 | } |
6057 | |
6058 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6059 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6060 | |
6061 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object pointer type. |
6062 | /// |
6063 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the |
6064 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a |
6065 | /// pointer to a specialization of the superclass type. Produces a |
6066 | /// null type if there is no superclass. |
6067 | QualType getSuperClassType() const; |
6068 | |
6069 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any |
6070 | /// protocol qualifiers. |
6071 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals( |
6072 | const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
6073 | |
6074 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6075 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
6076 | } |
6077 | |
6078 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { |
6079 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6080 | } |
6081 | |
6082 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6083 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObjectPointer; |
6084 | } |
6085 | }; |
6086 | |
6087 | class AtomicType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6088 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6089 | |
6090 | QualType ValueType; |
6091 | |
6092 | AtomicType(QualType ValTy, QualType Canonical) |
6093 | : Type(Atomic, Canonical, ValTy->isDependentType(), |
6094 | ValTy->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
6095 | ValTy->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
6096 | ValTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
6097 | ValueType(ValTy) {} |
6098 | |
6099 | public: |
6100 | /// Gets the type contained by this atomic type, i.e. |
6101 | /// the type returned by performing an atomic load of this atomic type. |
6102 | QualType getValueType() const { return ValueType; } |
6103 | |
6104 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6105 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6106 | |
6107 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6108 | Profile(ID, getValueType()); |
6109 | } |
6110 | |
6111 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { |
6112 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6113 | } |
6114 | |
6115 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6116 | return T->getTypeClass() == Atomic; |
6117 | } |
6118 | }; |
6119 | |
6120 | /// PipeType - OpenCL20. |
6121 | class PipeType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6122 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6123 | |
6124 | QualType ElementType; |
6125 | bool isRead; |
6126 | |
6127 | PipeType(QualType elemType, QualType CanonicalPtr, bool isRead) |
6128 | : Type(Pipe, CanonicalPtr, elemType->isDependentType(), |
6129 | elemType->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
6130 | elemType->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
6131 | elemType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
6132 | ElementType(elemType), isRead(isRead) {} |
6133 | |
6134 | public: |
6135 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
6136 | |
6137 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6138 | |
6139 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6140 | |
6141 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6142 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), isReadOnly()); |
6143 | } |
6144 | |
6145 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T, bool isRead) { |
6146 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6147 | ID.AddBoolean(isRead); |
6148 | } |
6149 | |
6150 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6151 | return T->getTypeClass() == Pipe; |
6152 | } |
6153 | |
6154 | bool isReadOnly() const { return isRead; } |
6155 | }; |
6156 | |
6157 | /// A qualifier set is used to build a set of qualifiers. |
6158 | class QualifierCollector : public Qualifiers { |
6159 | public: |
6160 | QualifierCollector(Qualifiers Qs = Qualifiers()) : Qualifiers(Qs) {} |
6161 | |
6162 | /// Collect any qualifiers on the given type and return an |
6163 | /// unqualified type. The qualifiers are assumed to be consistent |
6164 | /// with those already in the type. |
6165 | const Type *strip(QualType type) { |
6166 | addFastQualifiers(type.getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6167 | if (!type.hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6168 | return type.getTypePtrUnsafe(); |
6169 | |
6170 | const ExtQuals *extQuals = type.getExtQualsUnsafe(); |
6171 | addConsistentQualifiers(extQuals->getQualifiers()); |
6172 | return extQuals->getBaseType(); |
6173 | } |
6174 | |
6175 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. |
6176 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, QualType QT) const; |
6177 | |
6178 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. |
6179 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, const Type* T) const; |
6180 | }; |
6181 | |
6182 | /// A container of type source information. |
6183 | /// |
6184 | /// A client can read the relevant info using TypeLoc wrappers, e.g: |
6185 | /// @code |
6186 | /// TypeLoc TL = TypeSourceInfo->getTypeLoc(); |
6187 | /// TL.getBeginLoc().print(OS, SrcMgr); |
6188 | /// @endcode |
6189 | class alignas(8) TypeSourceInfo { |
6190 | // Contains a memory block after the class, used for type source information, |
6191 | // allocated by ASTContext. |
6192 | friend class ASTContext; |
6193 | |
6194 | QualType Ty; |
6195 | |
6196 | TypeSourceInfo(QualType ty) : Ty(ty) {} |
6197 | |
6198 | public: |
6199 | /// Return the type wrapped by this type source info. |
6200 | QualType getType() const { return Ty; } |
6201 | |
6202 | /// Return the TypeLoc wrapper for the type source info. |
6203 | TypeLoc getTypeLoc() const; // implemented in TypeLoc.h |
6204 | |
6205 | /// Override the type stored in this TypeSourceInfo. Use with caution! |
6206 | void overrideType(QualType T) { Ty = T; } |
6207 | }; |
6208 | |
6209 | // Inline function definitions. |
6210 | |
6211 | inline SplitQualType SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() const { |
6212 | SplitQualType desugar = |
6213 | Ty->getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType().split(); |
6214 | desugar.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(Quals); |
6215 | return desugar; |
6216 | } |
6217 | |
6218 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtr() const { |
6219 | return getCommonPtr()->BaseType; |
6220 | } |
6221 | |
6222 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtrOrNull() const { |
6223 | return (isNull() ? nullptr : getCommonPtr()->BaseType); |
6224 | } |
6225 | |
6226 | inline SplitQualType QualType::split() const { |
6227 | if (!hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6228 | return SplitQualType(getTypePtrUnsafe(), |
6229 | Qualifiers::fromFastMask(getLocalFastQualifiers())); |
6230 | |
6231 | const ExtQuals *eq = getExtQualsUnsafe(); |
6232 | Qualifiers qs = eq->getQualifiers(); |
6233 | qs.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6234 | return SplitQualType(eq->getBaseType(), qs); |
6235 | } |
6236 | |
6237 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getLocalQualifiers() const { |
6238 | Qualifiers Quals; |
6239 | if (hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6240 | Quals = getExtQualsUnsafe()->getQualifiers(); |
6241 | Quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6242 | return Quals; |
6243 | } |
6244 | |
6245 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getQualifiers() const { |
6246 | Qualifiers quals = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalQualifiers(); |
6247 | quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6248 | return quals; |
6249 | } |
6250 | |
6251 | inline unsigned QualType::getCVRQualifiers() const { |
6252 | unsigned cvr = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalCVRQualifiers(); |
6253 | cvr |= getLocalCVRQualifiers(); |
6254 | return cvr; |
6255 | } |
6256 | |
6257 | inline QualType QualType::getCanonicalType() const { |
6258 | QualType canon = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType; |
6259 | return canon.withFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6260 | } |
6261 | |
6262 | inline bool QualType::isCanonical() const { |
6263 | return getTypePtr()->isCanonicalUnqualified(); |
6264 | } |
6265 | |
6266 | inline bool QualType::isCanonicalAsParam() const { |
6267 | if (!isCanonical()) return false; |
6268 | if (hasLocalQualifiers()) return false; |
6269 | |
6270 | const Type *T = getTypePtr(); |
6271 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && T->hasSizedVLAType()) |
6272 | return false; |
6273 | |
6274 | return !isa<FunctionType>(T) && !isa<ArrayType>(T); |
6275 | } |
6276 | |
6277 | inline bool QualType::isConstQualified() const { |
6278 | return isLocalConstQualified() || |
6279 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalConstQualified(); |
6280 | } |
6281 | |
6282 | inline bool QualType::isRestrictQualified() const { |
6283 | return isLocalRestrictQualified() || |
6284 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalRestrictQualified(); |
6285 | } |
6286 | |
6287 | |
6288 | inline bool QualType::isVolatileQualified() const { |
6289 | return isLocalVolatileQualified() || |
6290 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalVolatileQualified(); |
6291 | } |
6292 | |
6293 | inline bool QualType::hasQualifiers() const { |
6294 | return hasLocalQualifiers() || |
6295 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.hasLocalQualifiers(); |
6296 | } |
6297 | |
6298 | inline QualType QualType::getUnqualifiedType() const { |
6299 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) |
6300 | return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); |
6301 | |
6302 | return QualType(getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this).Ty, 0); |
6303 | } |
6304 | |
6305 | inline SplitQualType QualType::getSplitUnqualifiedType() const { |
6306 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) |
6307 | return split(); |
6308 | |
6309 | return getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this); |
6310 | } |
6311 | |
6312 | inline void QualType::removeLocalConst() { |
6313 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
6314 | } |
6315 | |
6316 | inline void QualType::removeLocalRestrict() { |
6317 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
6318 | } |
6319 | |
6320 | inline void QualType::removeLocalVolatile() { |
6321 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
6322 | } |
6323 | |
6324 | inline void QualType::removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { |
6325 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits")((!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && \"mask has non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6325, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
6326 | static_assert((int)Qualifiers::CVRMask == (int)Qualifiers::FastMask, |
6327 | "Fast bits differ from CVR bits!"); |
6328 | |
6329 | // Fast path: we don't need to touch the slow qualifiers. |
6330 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Mask); |
6331 | } |
6332 | |
6333 | /// Check if this type has any address space qualifier. |
6334 | inline bool QualType::hasAddressSpace() const { |
6335 | return getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace(); |
6336 | } |
6337 | |
6338 | /// Return the address space of this type. |
6339 | inline LangAS QualType::getAddressSpace() const { |
6340 | return getQualifiers().getAddressSpace(); |
6341 | } |
6342 | |
6343 | /// Return the gc attribute of this type. |
6344 | inline Qualifiers::GC QualType::getObjCGCAttr() const { |
6345 | return getQualifiers().getObjCGCAttr(); |
6346 | } |
6347 | |
6348 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const { |
6349 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6350 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(RD); |
6351 | return false; |
6352 | } |
6353 | |
6354 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const { |
6355 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6356 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(RD); |
6357 | return false; |
6358 | } |
6359 | |
6360 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const { |
6361 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6362 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(RD); |
6363 | return false; |
6364 | } |
6365 | |
6366 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(const Type &t) { |
6367 | if (const auto *PT = t.getAs<PointerType>()) { |
6368 | if (const auto *FT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()) |
6369 | return FT->getExtInfo(); |
6370 | } else if (const auto *FT = t.getAs<FunctionType>()) |
6371 | return FT->getExtInfo(); |
6372 | |
6373 | return FunctionType::ExtInfo(); |
6374 | } |
6375 | |
6376 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(QualType t) { |
6377 | return getFunctionExtInfo(*t); |
6378 | } |
6379 | |
6380 | /// Determine whether this type is more |
6381 | /// qualified than the Other type. For example, "const volatile int" |
6382 | /// is more qualified than "const int", "volatile int", and |
6383 | /// "int". However, it is not more qualified than "const volatile |
6384 | /// int". |
6385 | inline bool QualType::isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType other) const { |
6386 | Qualifiers MyQuals = getQualifiers(); |
6387 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); |
6388 | return (MyQuals != OtherQuals && MyQuals.compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals)); |
6389 | } |
6390 | |
6391 | /// Determine whether this type is at last |
6392 | /// as qualified as the Other type. For example, "const volatile |
6393 | /// int" is at least as qualified as "const int", "volatile int", |
6394 | /// "int", and "const volatile int". |
6395 | inline bool QualType::isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType other) const { |
6396 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); |
6397 | |
6398 | // Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is a void. |
6399 | if (getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType()) |
6400 | OtherQuals.removeUnaligned(); |
6401 | |
6402 | return getQualifiers().compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals); |
6403 | } |
6404 | |
6405 | /// If Type is a reference type (e.g., const |
6406 | /// int&), returns the type that the reference refers to ("const |
6407 | /// int"). Otherwise, returns the type itself. This routine is used |
6408 | /// throughout Sema to implement C++ 5p6: |
6409 | /// |
6410 | /// If an expression initially has the type "reference to T" (8.3.2, |
6411 | /// 8.5.3), the type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further |
6412 | /// analysis, the expression designates the object or function |
6413 | /// denoted by the reference, and the expression is an lvalue. |
6414 | inline QualType QualType::getNonReferenceType() const { |
6415 | if (const auto *RefType = (*this)->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
6416 | return RefType->getPointeeType(); |
6417 | else |
6418 | return *this; |
6419 | } |
6420 | |
6421 | inline bool QualType::isCForbiddenLValueType() const { |
6422 | return ((getTypePtr()->isVoidType() && !hasQualifiers()) || |
6423 | getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); |
6424 | } |
6425 | |
6426 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a fundamental type. |
6427 | /// |
6428 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.fundamental]. |
6429 | inline bool Type::isFundamentalType() const { |
6430 | return isVoidType() || |
6431 | isNullPtrType() || |
6432 | // FIXME: It's really annoying that we don't have an |
6433 | // 'isArithmeticType()' which agrees with the standard definition. |
6434 | (isArithmeticType() && !isEnumeralType()); |
6435 | } |
6436 | |
6437 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a compound type. |
6438 | /// |
6439 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.compound]. |
6440 | inline bool Type::isCompoundType() const { |
6441 | // C++0x [basic.compound]p1: |
6442 | // Compound types can be constructed in the following ways: |
6443 | // -- arrays of objects of a given type [...]; |
6444 | return isArrayType() || |
6445 | // -- functions, which have parameters of given types [...]; |
6446 | isFunctionType() || |
6447 | // -- pointers to void or objects or functions [...]; |
6448 | isPointerType() || |
6449 | // -- references to objects or functions of a given type. [...] |
6450 | isReferenceType() || |
6451 | // -- classes containing a sequence of objects of various types, [...]; |
6452 | isRecordType() || |
6453 | // -- unions, which are classes capable of containing objects of different |
6454 | // types at different times; |
6455 | isUnionType() || |
6456 | // -- enumerations, which comprise a set of named constant values. [...]; |
6457 | isEnumeralType() || |
6458 | // -- pointers to non-static class members, [...]. |
6459 | isMemberPointerType(); |
6460 | } |
6461 | |
6462 | inline bool Type::isFunctionType() const { |
6463 | return isa<FunctionType>(CanonicalType); |
6464 | } |
6465 | |
6466 | inline bool Type::isPointerType() const { |
6467 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6468 | } |
6469 | |
6470 | inline bool Type::isAnyPointerType() const { |
6471 | return isPointerType() || isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
6472 | } |
6473 | |
6474 | inline bool Type::isBlockPointerType() const { |
6475 | return isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6476 | } |
6477 | |
6478 | inline bool Type::isReferenceType() const { |
6479 | return isa<ReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6480 | } |
6481 | |
6482 | inline bool Type::isLValueReferenceType() const { |
6483 | return isa<LValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6484 | } |
6485 | |
6486 | inline bool Type::isRValueReferenceType() const { |
6487 | return isa<RValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6488 | } |
6489 | |
6490 | inline bool Type::isObjectPointerType() const { |
6491 | // Note: an "object pointer type" is not the same thing as a pointer to an |
6492 | // object type; rather, it is a pointer to an object type or a pointer to cv |
6493 | // void. |
6494 | if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6495 | return !T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6496 | else |
6497 | return false; |
6498 | } |
6499 | |
6500 | inline bool Type::isFunctionPointerType() const { |
6501 | if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6502 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6503 | else |
6504 | return false; |
6505 | } |
6506 | |
6507 | inline bool Type::isFunctionReferenceType() const { |
6508 | if (const auto *T = getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
6509 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6510 | else |
6511 | return false; |
6512 | } |
6513 | |
6514 | inline bool Type::isMemberPointerType() const { |
6515 | return isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6516 | } |
6517 | |
6518 | inline bool Type::isMemberFunctionPointerType() const { |
6519 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
6520 | return T->isMemberFunctionPointer(); |
6521 | else |
6522 | return false; |
6523 | } |
6524 | |
6525 | inline bool Type::isMemberDataPointerType() const { |
6526 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
6527 | return T->isMemberDataPointer(); |
6528 | else |
6529 | return false; |
6530 | } |
6531 | |
6532 | inline bool Type::isArrayType() const { |
6533 | return isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6534 | } |
6535 | |
6536 | inline bool Type::isConstantArrayType() const { |
6537 | return isa<ConstantArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6538 | } |
6539 | |
6540 | inline bool Type::isIncompleteArrayType() const { |
6541 | return isa<IncompleteArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6542 | } |
6543 | |
6544 | inline bool Type::isVariableArrayType() const { |
6545 | return isa<VariableArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6546 | } |
6547 | |
6548 | inline bool Type::isDependentSizedArrayType() const { |
6549 | return isa<DependentSizedArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6550 | } |
6551 | |
6552 | inline bool Type::isBuiltinType() const { |
6553 | return isa<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType); |
6554 | } |
6555 | |
6556 | inline bool Type::isRecordType() const { |
6557 | return isa<RecordType>(CanonicalType); |
6558 | } |
6559 | |
6560 | inline bool Type::isEnumeralType() const { |
6561 | return isa<EnumType>(CanonicalType); |
6562 | } |
6563 | |
6564 | inline bool Type::isAnyComplexType() const { |
6565 | return isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType); |
6566 | } |
6567 | |
6568 | inline bool Type::isVectorType() const { |
6569 | return isa<VectorType>(CanonicalType); |
6570 | } |
6571 | |
6572 | inline bool Type::isExtVectorType() const { |
6573 | return isa<ExtVectorType>(CanonicalType); |
6574 | } |
6575 | |
6576 | inline bool Type::isDependentAddressSpaceType() const { |
6577 | return isa<DependentAddressSpaceType>(CanonicalType); |
6578 | } |
6579 | |
6580 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectPointerType() const { |
6581 | return isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6582 | } |
6583 | |
6584 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectType() const { |
6585 | return isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); |
6586 | } |
6587 | |
6588 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const { |
6589 | return isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(CanonicalType) || |
6590 | isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); |
6591 | } |
6592 | |
6593 | inline bool Type::isAtomicType() const { |
6594 | return isa<AtomicType>(CanonicalType); |
6595 | } |
6596 | |
6597 | inline bool Type::isUndeducedAutoType() const { |
6598 | return isa<AutoType>(CanonicalType); |
6599 | } |
6600 | |
6601 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { |
6602 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6603 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); |
6604 | return false; |
6605 | } |
6606 | |
6607 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { |
6608 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6609 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType(); |
6610 | return false; |
6611 | } |
6612 | |
6613 | inline bool Type::isObjCIdType() const { |
6614 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6615 | return OPT->isObjCIdType(); |
6616 | return false; |
6617 | } |
6618 | |
6619 | inline bool Type::isObjCClassType() const { |
6620 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6621 | return OPT->isObjCClassType(); |
6622 | return false; |
6623 | } |
6624 | |
6625 | inline bool Type::isObjCSelType() const { |
6626 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6627 | return OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCSel); |
6628 | return false; |
6629 | } |
6630 | |
6631 | inline bool Type::isObjCBuiltinType() const { |
6632 | return isObjCIdType() || isObjCClassType() || isObjCSelType(); |
6633 | } |
6634 | |
6635 | inline bool Type::isDecltypeType() const { |
6636 | return isa<DecltypeType>(this); |
6637 | } |
6638 | |
6639 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
6640 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ |
6641 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ |
6642 | } |
6643 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
6644 | |
6645 | inline bool Type::isSamplerT() const { |
6646 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLSampler); |
6647 | } |
6648 | |
6649 | inline bool Type::isEventT() const { |
6650 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLEvent); |
6651 | } |
6652 | |
6653 | inline bool Type::isClkEventT() const { |
6654 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent); |
6655 | } |
6656 | |
6657 | inline bool Type::isQueueT() const { |
6658 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLQueue); |
6659 | } |
6660 | |
6661 | inline bool Type::isReserveIDT() const { |
6662 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLReserveID); |
6663 | } |
6664 | |
6665 | inline bool Type::isImageType() const { |
6666 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) is##Id##Type() || |
6667 | return |
6668 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
6669 | false; // end boolean or operation |
6670 | } |
6671 | |
6672 | inline bool Type::isPipeType() const { |
6673 | return isa<PipeType>(CanonicalType); |
6674 | } |
6675 | |
6676 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
6677 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ |
6678 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ |
6679 | } |
6680 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6681 | |
6682 | inline bool Type::isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const { |
6683 | #define INTEL_SUBGROUP_AVC_TYPE(ExtType, Id) \ |
6684 | isOCLIntelSubgroupAVC##Id##Type() || |
6685 | return |
6686 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6687 | false; // end of boolean or operation |
6688 | } |
6689 | |
6690 | inline bool Type::isOCLExtOpaqueType() const { |
6691 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) is##Id##Type() || |
6692 | return |
6693 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6694 | false; // end of boolean or operation |
6695 | } |
6696 | |
6697 | inline bool Type::isOpenCLSpecificType() const { |
6698 | return isSamplerT() || isEventT() || isImageType() || isClkEventT() || |
6699 | isQueueT() || isReserveIDT() || isPipeType() || isOCLExtOpaqueType(); |
6700 | } |
6701 | |
6702 | inline bool Type::isTemplateTypeParmType() const { |
6703 | return isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(CanonicalType); |
6704 | } |
6705 | |
6706 | inline bool Type::isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const { |
6707 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
6708 | if (BT->getKind() == (BuiltinType::Kind) K) |
6709 | return true; |
6710 | return false; |
6711 | } |
6712 | |
6713 | inline bool Type::isPlaceholderType() const { |
6714 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6715 | return BT->isPlaceholderType(); |
6716 | return false; |
6717 | } |
6718 | |
6719 | inline const BuiltinType *Type::getAsPlaceholderType() const { |
6720 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6721 | if (BT->isPlaceholderType()) |
6722 | return BT; |
6723 | return nullptr; |
6724 | } |
6725 | |
6726 | inline bool Type::isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const { |
6727 | assert(BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K))((BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6727, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
6728 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6729 | return (BT->getKind() == (BuiltinType::Kind) K); |
6730 | return false; |
6731 | } |
6732 | |
6733 | inline bool Type::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { |
6734 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6735 | return BT->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType(); |
6736 | return false; |
6737 | } |
6738 | |
6739 | inline bool Type::isVoidType() const { |
6740 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6741 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Void; |
6742 | return false; |
6743 | } |
6744 | |
6745 | inline bool Type::isHalfType() const { |
6746 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6747 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half; |
6748 | // FIXME: Should we allow complex __fp16? Probably not. |
6749 | return false; |
6750 | } |
6751 | |
6752 | inline bool Type::isFloat16Type() const { |
6753 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6754 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float16; |
6755 | return false; |
6756 | } |
6757 | |
6758 | inline bool Type::isFloat128Type() const { |
6759 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6760 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float128; |
6761 | return false; |
6762 | } |
6763 | |
6764 | inline bool Type::isNullPtrType() const { |
6765 | if (const auto *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
6766 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::NullPtr; |
6767 | return false; |
6768 | } |
6769 | |
6770 | bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *); |
6771 | bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *); |
6772 | |
6773 | inline bool Type::isIntegerType() const { |
6774 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6775 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && |
6776 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; |
6777 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6778 | // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types. |
6779 | // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types. |
6780 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()) && |
6781 | !IsEnumDeclScoped(ET->getDecl()); |
6782 | } |
6783 | return false; |
6784 | } |
6785 | |
6786 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointType() const { |
6787 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6788 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && |
6789 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; |
6790 | } |
6791 | return false; |
6792 | } |
6793 | |
6794 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const { |
6795 | return isFixedPointType() || isIntegerType(); |
6796 | } |
6797 | |
6798 | inline bool Type::isSaturatedFixedPointType() const { |
6799 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6800 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && |
6801 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; |
6802 | } |
6803 | return false; |
6804 | } |
6805 | |
6806 | inline bool Type::isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const { |
6807 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSaturatedFixedPointType(); |
6808 | } |
6809 | |
6810 | inline bool Type::isSignedFixedPointType() const { |
6811 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6812 | return ((BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && |
6813 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongAccum) || |
6814 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortFract && |
6815 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongFract) || |
6816 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && |
6817 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongAccum) || |
6818 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortFract && |
6819 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongFract)); |
6820 | } |
6821 | return false; |
6822 | } |
6823 | |
6824 | inline bool Type::isUnsignedFixedPointType() const { |
6825 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSignedFixedPointType(); |
6826 | } |
6827 | |
6828 | inline bool Type::isScalarType() const { |
6829 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6830 | return BT->getKind() > BuiltinType::Void && |
6831 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::NullPtr; |
6832 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) |
6833 | // Enums are scalar types, but only if they are defined. Incomplete enums |
6834 | // are not treated as scalar types. |
6835 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); |
6836 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
6837 | isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
6838 | isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
6839 | isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType) || |
6840 | isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6841 | } |
6842 | |
6843 | inline bool Type::isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const { |
6844 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6845 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && |
6846 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; |
6847 | |
6848 | // Check for a complete enum type; incomplete enum types are not properly an |
6849 | // enumeration type in the sense required here. |
6850 | if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) |
6851 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); |
6852 | |
6853 | return false; |
6854 | } |
6855 | |
6856 | inline bool Type::isBooleanType() const { |
6857 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6858 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool; |
6859 | return false; |
6860 | } |
6861 | |
6862 | inline bool Type::isUndeducedType() const { |
6863 | auto *DT = getContainedDeducedType(); |
6864 | return DT && !DT->isDeduced(); |
6865 | } |
6866 | |
6867 | /// Determines whether this is a type for which one can define |
6868 | /// an overloaded operator. |
6869 | inline bool Type::isOverloadableType() const { |
6870 | return isDependentType() || isRecordType() || isEnumeralType(); |
6871 | } |
6872 | |
6873 | /// Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type. |
6874 | inline bool Type::canDecayToPointerType() const { |
6875 | return isFunctionType() || isArrayType(); |
6876 | } |
6877 | |
6878 | inline bool Type::hasPointerRepresentation() const { |
6879 | return (isPointerType() || isReferenceType() || isBlockPointerType() || |
6880 | isObjCObjectPointerType() || isNullPtrType()); |
6881 | } |
6882 | |
6883 | inline bool Type::hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const { |
6884 | return isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
6885 | } |
6886 | |
6887 | inline const Type *Type::getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const { |
6888 | const Type *type = this; |
6889 | while (const ArrayType *arrayType = type->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) |
6890 | type = arrayType->getElementType().getTypePtr(); |
6891 | return type; |
6892 | } |
6893 | |
6894 | inline const Type *Type::getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const { |
6895 | const Type *type = this; |
6896 | if (type->isAnyPointerType()) |
6897 | return type->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); |
6898 | else if (type->isArrayType()) |
6899 | return type->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); |
6900 | return type; |
6901 | } |
6902 | /// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending address spaces into |
6903 | /// a diagnostic with <<. |
6904 | inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
6905 | LangAS AS) { |
6906 | DB.AddTaggedVal(static_cast<std::underlying_type_t<LangAS>>(AS), |
6907 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_addrspace); |
6908 | return DB; |
6909 | } |
6910 | |
6911 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending adress |
6912 | /// spaces into a diagnostic with <<. |
6913 | inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
6914 | LangAS AS) { |
6915 | PD.AddTaggedVal(static_cast<std::underlying_type_t<LangAS>>(AS), |
6916 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_addrspace); |
6917 | return PD; |
6918 | } |
6919 | |
6920 | /// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers into a |
6921 | /// diagnostic with <<. |
6922 | inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
6923 | Qualifiers Q) { |
6924 | DB.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(), |
6925 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual); |
6926 | return DB; |
6927 | } |
6928 | |
6929 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers |
6930 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
6931 | inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
6932 | Qualifiers Q) { |
6933 | PD.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(), |
6934 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual); |
6935 | return PD; |
6936 | } |
6937 | |
6938 | /// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending QualType's into a |
6939 | /// diagnostic with <<. |
6940 | inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
6941 | QualType T) { |
6942 | DB.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()), |
6943 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype); |
6944 | return DB; |
6945 | } |
6946 | |
6947 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending QualType's |
6948 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
6949 | inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
6950 | QualType T) { |
6951 | PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()), |
6952 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype); |
6953 | return PD; |
6954 | } |
6955 | |
6956 | // Helper class template that is used by Type::getAs to ensure that one does |
6957 | // not try to look through a qualified type to get to an array type. |
6958 | template <typename T> |
6959 | using TypeIsArrayType = |
6960 | std::integral_constant<bool, std::is_same<T, ArrayType>::value || |
6961 | std::is_base_of<ArrayType, T>::value>; |
6962 | |
6963 | // Member-template getAs<specific type>'. |
6964 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAs() const { |
6965 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, |
6966 | "ArrayType cannot be used with getAs!"); |
6967 | |
6968 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. |
6969 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) |
6970 | return Ty; |
6971 | |
6972 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
6973 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) |
6974 | return nullptr; |
6975 | |
6976 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without |
6977 | // losing all typedef information. |
6978 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
6979 | } |
6980 | |
6981 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAsAdjusted() const { |
6982 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, "ArrayType cannot be used with getAsAdjusted!"); |
6983 | |
6984 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. |
6985 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) |
6986 | return Ty; |
6987 | |
6988 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
6989 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) |
6990 | return nullptr; |
6991 | |
6992 | // Strip off type adjustments that do not modify the underlying nature of the |
6993 | // type. |
6994 | const Type *Ty = this; |
6995 | while (Ty) { |
6996 | if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Ty)) |
6997 | Ty = A->getModifiedType().getTypePtr(); |
6998 | else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ElaboratedType>(Ty)) |
6999 | Ty = E->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7000 | else if (const auto *P = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) |
7001 | Ty = P->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7002 | else if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AdjustedType>(Ty)) |
7003 | Ty = A->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7004 | else if (const auto *M = dyn_cast<MacroQualifiedType>(Ty)) |
7005 | Ty = M->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7006 | else |
7007 | break; |
7008 | } |
7009 | |
7010 | // Just because the canonical type is correct does not mean we can use cast<>, |
7011 | // since we may not have stripped off all the sugar down to the base type. |
7012 | return dyn_cast<T>(Ty); |
7013 | } |
7014 | |
7015 | inline const ArrayType *Type::getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { |
7016 | // If this is directly an array type, return it. |
7017 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) |
7018 | return arr; |
7019 | |
7020 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
7021 | if (!isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) |
7022 | return nullptr; |
7023 | |
7024 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without |
7025 | // losing all typedef information. |
7026 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7027 | } |
7028 | |
7029 | template <typename T> const T *Type::castAs() const { |
7030 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, |
7031 | "ArrayType cannot be used with castAs!"); |
7032 | |
7033 | if (const auto *ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) return ty; |
7034 | assert(isa<T>(CanonicalType))((isa<T>(CanonicalType)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<T>(CanonicalType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 7034, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7035 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7036 | } |
7037 | |
7038 | inline const ArrayType *Type::castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { |
7039 | assert(isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))((isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 7039, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7040 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) return arr; |
7041 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7042 | } |
7043 | |
7044 | DecayedType::DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType DecayedPtr, |
7045 | QualType CanonicalPtr) |
7046 | : AdjustedType(Decayed, OriginalType, DecayedPtr, CanonicalPtr) { |
7047 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
7048 | QualType Adjusted = getAdjustedType(); |
7049 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Adjusted); |
7050 | assert(isa<PointerType>(Adjusted))((isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~++20200110111110+a1cc19b5814/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 7050, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7051 | #endif |
7052 | } |
7053 | |
7054 | QualType DecayedType::getPointeeType() const { |
7055 | QualType Decayed = getDecayedType(); |
7056 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Decayed); |
7057 | return cast<PointerType>(Decayed)->getPointeeType(); |
7058 | } |
7059 | |
7060 | // Get the decimal string representation of a fixed point type, represented |
7061 | // as a scaled integer. |
7062 | // TODO: At some point, we should change the arguments to instead just accept an |
7063 | // APFixedPoint instead of APSInt and scale. |
7064 | void FixedPointValueToString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, llvm::APSInt Val, |
7065 | unsigned Scale); |
7066 | |
7067 | } // namespace clang |
7068 | |
7069 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |